Science Review 1992 & '93

Home , Atlantic Canada, Chondrus crispus, Sackville River

Bedford Institute of Oceanography

Halifax Fisheries Research Laboratory

St. Andrews Biological Station Canada (This Page Blank in the Original) Science Review 1992 & ‘93 of the Bedford Institute of Oceanography Halifax Fisheries Research Laboratory St. Andrews Biological Station

Published by: Department of Fisheries and Oceans Scotia-Fundy Region 1994 The Science Review of the Bedford Institute of Oceanography, the Halifax Fisheries Research Laboratory, and the St. Andrews Biological Station is published biennially by the Scotia-Fundy Region of the Department of Fisheries and Oceans.

Change of address notices, requests for copies, and other corre- spondence regarding this publication should be sent to:

Marine Assessment and Liaison Division Department of Fisheries and Oceans Bedford Institute of Oceanography P.O. Box 1006 Dartmouth, Nova Scotia Canada. B2Y 4A2

ISSN: 0846-9121 (English) Aussi disponible en français. ISSN: 1182-6541 (French)

Editor: Anna Fiander, Library, BIO Electronic Artwork, Layout and Assembly: Francis Kelly, Technographics, BIO Photographs: BIO Technographics and Authors Printer: Atlantic Nova Print Co. Inc., Halifax

Science Review 1992 & ‘93 was produced using: Power Macintosh 8100/80(R) computer Aldus Freehand@ Aldus Pagemaker@ Adobe Photoshop@

(Aldus Freehand (c) Altsys Corporation, Aldus Pagemaker (c) Aldus Corporation, Adobe Photoshop (c) Adobe Systems Incorporated, Power Macintosh (c) Apple Computer, Inc.)

ii Contents

Research 1992 and ‘93 in Review S.B.MacPhee, D.B.Prior, and H.B.Nicholls ...... 1

A New Understanding of the Ocean Floor Through Multibeam Mapping R. C. Courtney and G. B. J. Fader ...... 9

Light Scattering By Marine Heterotrophic Bacteria O.Ulloa ...... , ...... 15

Technology Transfer From Marine Research H. B. Nicholls and G. H. Seibert ...... 18

Engineering in Fisheries Sciences H. Jansen ...... 22

CWS Seabird Colony Registry: A Computerized Data Management System for Access to Seabird Colony Data D. N. Nettleship ...... 27

Radioactivity Measurements In The Arctic Ocean J. N. Smith and K. M. Ellis ...... 31

Habitat Sensitivity Mapping System: A Method Of Linking Science With Managers P. R. Boudreau...... 36

Monitoring Euphausiid Concentrations in LaHave Basin Using Bottom-mounted Acoustics N. Cochrane and D. D. Sameoto ...... 40

Halibut Aquaculture Research at the St. Andrews Biological Station K. G. Waiwood, K. G. Howes and J. Reid ...... 43

Directions in Scientific Computing D. Swetnam ...... 46

iii Contents

Development of a National Digital Geoscience Data Library and Client Facility: The Opportunity of a Lifetime K. D. McAlpine and K. C. Coflin ...... 50

Instrumentation For In Situ Monitoring of Marine Sediment Geodynamics C. L. Amos, H. A. Christian, D. E. Heffler and W. MacKinnon ...... 55

The Ocean’s Role in the Climate System D. G. Wright, J. R. N. Lazier and R. A. Clarke ...... 60

Electronic Chart Initiatives in the CHS S. T. Grant ...... 65

Sailing Directions - A New Approach B. Pietrzak ...... 68

Sediment Core Processing at the Atlantic Geoscience Centre: State-of-the-Art Geomechanical Applications to Marine Geological Research K. Moran ...... 71

Environmental Marine Geology D. B. Prior and R. A. Pickrill...... 76

The Impact of Atmosphere-Ocean Coupling on the Wave Climate W. Perrie, L. Wang, F. Dobson and B. Toulany ...... 82

Topology and the Changing World of Chartmaking H. Varma and D. Frizzle ...... 87

Organization and Staff ...... 89

Projects ...... 91

Voyages ...... 100

Charts and Publications ...... 114

iv Research 1992 and ‘93 in Review S. B. MacPhee, D. B. Prior, and H. B. Nicholls

S. B. MacPhee D. B. Prior H. B. Nicholls

The years 1992 and ‘93 continued the by Dr. Wendy Watson-Wright of the Re- eral reorganizations, until his retirement. In trend of financial restraint characteristic of gion’s Inspection Services Branch. In late his early years he worked as an oceanogra- the previous review period. Nevertheless, 1993, Dr. R.A. Pickrill was appointed as pher at the Woods Hole Oceanographic In- the years were interesting and fruitful ones the new Head of AGC’s Environmental stitute in Massachusetts. He subsequently for the research and survey programs car- Marine Geology Subdivision. held several scientific positions with the ried out at the Bedford Institute of Ocea- Department of National Defence. Among nography (BIO), the Halifax Fisheries Re- the many highlights in his distinguished search Laboratory (HFRL), and the St. career were: his participation in Operation Andrews Biological Station (SABS). The Crossroads-Bikini to study the oceano- following paragraphs describe significant graphic effects of the first peacetime atomic events that occurred during those years at bomb test; leading the scientific investiga- the laboratories of the Department of Fish- tion and cleanup of the Arrow oil spill in eries and Oceans (DFO), the Department Chedabucto Bay; and chairing the Environ- of Natural Resources (NRCan) and Envi- mental Advisory Committee set up by the ronment Canada. Royal Commission on the Ocean Ranger disaster. Perhaps more than anyone else, Staff Bill Ford oversaw the development of the A number of key staff changes occurred Institute to its present stature as a world within the laboratories during the 1992-93 class research organization. biennium. In April 1992 Dr. D.I. Ross, Di- rector of the Atlantic Geoscience Centre Awards and Presentations (AGC), of the then Department of Energy, The following were among the awards Mines and Resources (DEMR), resigned to and presentations involving staff of the take up an appointment in New Zealand as laboratories: Chief Executive Officer at the Institute of Geological and Nuclear Sciences. He was l Dr. Lubomir Jansa of AGC’s Basin Analy- succeeded as Director by Dr. D.B. Prior, sis Subdivision was presented with the 1992 Head of AGC’s Environmental Marine In Memorium Professor Purkyne Medal of the Czecho- Geology Subdivision. Also in 1992, Dr. Dr. William L. Ford, who retired as Di- slovakia Geological Survey and Geologi- R.H. Cook, Director, SABS transferred rector-General of Ocean and Aquatic Sci- cal Societies at a ceremony in Prague on within DFO Scotia-Fundy Region to as- ences, Atlantic, at BIO in 1978, died Janu- September 11, 1992. The award was made sume the position of Manager of the newly ary 15, 1992 in Halifax. He was appointed in recognition of Dr. Jansa’s research into established Aquaculture Coordination Of- Director of the Institute in 1965 and re- Mesozoic geology, including fundamental fice. He was succeeded as Director, SABS mained there, through several major fed- studies of sedimentary basin evolution, 1 Research Research ocean basin evolution, and the application Huntsman Award to hydrocarbon resources exploration. The A.G. Huntsman Award for excellence in the marine sciences is administered l Dr. Charlotte Keen of AGC’s Regional Re- by a private foundation based at BIO. It connaissance Subdivision was awarded was first awarded in 1980, and up to the honorary membership of the Canadian So- end of 1993, 16 persons had received the ciety of Exploration Geophysicists. Huntsman Medal. The following awards were made during the period covered by l Dr. Stu Smith of the Ocean Circulation this Review: Division of DFO was awarded the Ameri- can Meteorological Society’s Editor’s Award On February 24, 1993, Dr. Trevor Platt for 1991 in recognition of his significant re- of the Canadian DFO at BIO was presented views of manuscripts submitted to the Jour- with the 1992 Huntsman Medal in recog- nal of Atmospheric and Oceanic Technology nition of his extensive and innovative con- and dealing with meteorological measure- tributions to the understanding of pelagic ments from surface buoys, ships and islands. ecosystems, especially in the open ocean. Dr. Platt is the first DFO scientist to win l Dr. Arni Sutherlin, a former member of the SABS, was honoured through the pres- this award. entation of the “Aquaculturist of the Decade Dr. R. Rerner Award” by the Aquaculture Association of On November 5, 1993, Dr. Robert Canada at its 1993 meeting. Dr. Sutherlin Berner of Yale University in New Haven, annual larval and adult surveys. The data worked at the St. Andrews Biological Sta- Connecticut was presented with the 1993 are used to document the resurgence of one tion in the 1970’s and was a key participant Huntsman Medal in recognition of his work of the world’s largest herring stocks, once in the development of the Bay of Fundy on the mathematical modelling of kinetics thought lost to commercial fishing. Sur- salmonid industry. in the field of sedimentary geochemistry. veys were carried out in both 1992 and 1993. In 1992, for example, the work in- l Dr. Gus Vilks of AGC’s Environmental Research and Survey Highlights volved two vessels: EE Prince surveyed Marine Geology Subdivision was awarded Some of the major events that occurred adults while CSS Parizeau conducted lar- honourary membership of the North Ameri- during the 1992-93 biennium are outlined val studies. The information obtained on can Micropalaeontology Section of the So- below by broad geographic region. distribution and abundance is used to pro- ciety of Exploration of Palaeontology and vide an assessment of stock status in the Mineralogy. This award, which came on the Gulf of Maine, Georges Bank, likely event that a commercial herring fish- eve of his retirement in 1993, was in recog- Bay of Fundy ery is re-established. nition of his outstanding contributions to Since 1987, scientists at the SABS have Quaternary marine geology, paleoecology been monitoring the recovery of the DFO research continued throughout the and paleoceanography. Georges Bank (5Z) herring stock through review period to address issues pertaining

Dr. T. Platt St. Andrews Biological Station 2 Research

paulin-lined cage bottoms. The cage in the Campobello study is designed to overcome these problems. Wild-caught juvenile hali- but were placed in the cage in 1990 and fed a combination of frozen herring and semi-moist salmon pellets. Results to date indicate that Atlantic halibut stocks may provide better genetic material for aquaculture than Icelandic or Faroese stocks.

AGC research in this geographic region includes the analysis of the hydrocarbon potential of Fundy Basin, one of a series of rift basins occurring along the eastern margin of North America that were formed during the early Mesozoic breakup of the super continent Pangaea. Industry seismic data as well as data from exploratory wells and outcrop sections are being utilized in this investigation. The seismic data show Halibut acuaqulture that Triassic and Jurassic strata occur in the west-central portion of the basin. Facies to possible offshore oil/gas development on gion has operated under the threat of win- projections suggest the probability that the Canadian portion of Georges Bank. The ter kill since its inception in 1978. SABS thick lacustrine sequences, which could research is coordinated via the Georges researchers recently increased their moni- contain rich petroleum source rocks, will Bank Steering Committee, which is chaired toring of oceanographic conditions in this be widespread along the basin axis. by DFO and has members from a variety region. The work indicates that the water of groups including the federal government is coldest in localized inshore areas and in Scotian Shelf (Fisheries and Oceans, Environment the northern part of Passamaquoddy Bay. During 1992, as part of its mandate to Canada, Natural Resources Canada and the and that it becomes progressively warmer produce navigation charts, the Canadian National Energy Board), provincial govern- farther offshore. The minimum water tem- Hydrographic Service (CHS) conducted ments (New Brunswick and Nova Scotia), perature observed during a period of record surveys of Halifax Harbour and Approaches academia (Dalhousie University), industry low air temperatures in February 1993 that that have been of interest to the scientific (LASMO Nova Scotia and Texaco resulted in sub-zero water temperatures was community at large. The surveys employed Canada), as well as agencies such as the -0.930C near the head of the St. Croix River state-of-the-art multibeam echosounders Canada-Nova Scotia Offshore Petroleum estuary; the warmest water at this time was and acoustic sweep systems that produced Board and the Seafood Producers Associa- in the offshore (1.100C). Temperatures complete images of the seafloor through tion of Nova Scotia. The Committee re- were relatively uniform throughout the image processing software developed by views the progress of ongoing research water column, indicating that attempts to the AGC and the University of New Bruns- projects that are undertaken by DFO at BIO avoid winter kill by bringing up deeper, wick. For the first time, hydrographers and and funded primarily through the Panel on warmer water would be futile in most ar- geologists could see the “big picture” of the Energy Research and Development eas. seafloor in this area. The hydrographers (PERD). The results of this research will detected previously uncharted features and be a significant consideration in the fed- An ongoing experiment is underway on potential hazards to navigation, including eral/provincial environmental assessment Campobello Island in the Bay of Fundy to ship wrecks. The geologists were able to of exploratory drilling on Georges Bank. evaluate the feasibility of growing halibut define the extent of various sea-floor fea- This assessment is expected to get in salmon cages. The SABS and Harbour tures that will assist in the development of underway in 1996. DeLoutre Products Ltd. are working coop- theories on post-glacial rebound, climate eratively on the project. Norwegian and change and sea-level variations. Aquaculture in the cold waters of Atlan- Scottish attempts to grow halibut in salmon tic Canada has some unique limiting fac- cages have been only partially successful. Until recently, it has not been possible tors. “Winter kill” is the condition of freez- Problems include severe fin chafing and eye to continuously monitor zooplankton popu- ing to death when water temperatures fall damage as a result of rubbing on the cage lation changes except from ships. DFO below -0.70C. The salmon aquaculture twine, and deteriorating water conditions scientists have addressed this problem by industry in the Bay of Fundy’s Quoddy re- from faeces and uneaten food in the tar- developing a prototype moored instrument 3 Research

tive to acidification as a result of the low rally-occurring and drilling waste, was sam- neutralizing capacity of the soils and bed- pled, special attention being given to the rock. Monitoring sites have been chosen to benthic boundary layer (the half meter just reflect areas that have historically supported above the seafloor) where drilling wastes salmon populations and are removed from are thought to temporarily accumulate dur- local sources of acidic loading. ing the dispersion process. The results of this research will be relevant to possible AGC’s new capabilities for sidescan future oil developments on Georges Bank. seafloor-mosaic construction and wide-di- Other research pertaining to the Cohasset- ameter piston coring were utilized in a study Panuke site included a joint AGC-LASMO of pockmarks on the Scotian Shelf con- study of extreme sediment transport and ducted from CSS Hudson. These depres- scour effects during winter storm condi- sion features imply seepages or venting of tions. fluids from the seabed. As a result of this work, it has been concluded that the pockmarks result from seafloor subsidence due Grand Banks, Labrador Sea to subsurface reorganization of sediment The Canadian Atlantic Storms Program particles and reduction in porosity, rather (CASP II) continued in 1992 with a scien- than expulsion and removal of the upper- tific mission from CSS Hudson. Funded Cohasset/Panuke offshore drilling platform most seafloor sediments. by the Panel on Energy Research and De- velopment (PERD), CASP’s ultimate goals based on the BIO optical plankton counter. include accurate ice movement and wave The instrument was deployed successfully DFO scientists from BIO are conduct- forecasting in support of offshore oil and for several extended periods during 1992 ing a monitoring study of particulate drill- and 1993 to monitor zooplankton ing wastes at the Cohasset-Panuke offshore gas development. This particular mission populations in Emerald Basin. Since the oil production site on Sable Island Bank. successfully recovered a moored current abundance of zooplankton (food) can af- This project involves collaboration with the meter array on the northern Grand Bank fect survival of commercially important fish oil company, LASMO Nova Scotia, and near Hibernia, and surveyed currents and species, information on zooplankton popu- AGC. The purpose is to investigate the hydrographic properties in the area with a lation changes over many years is of poten- dispersion, deposition, and ultimate fate of combination of a ship-mounted acoustic tial use to stock assessment biologists. particulate drilling wastes (muds and doppler current profiler (ADCP), surface cuttings) that the operator is permitted to drifters, a Batfish and a Conductivity Tem- AGC scientists involved in the analysis discharge into this high energy, shallow perature Depth (CTD) profiler. In addition and interpretation of geochemical data from water continental shelf environment. A to conventional ship-based oceanographic wells proximate to Sable Island have found major field program was completed in 1993 measurements, a station was set up using a wide variations in kerogen types in the from CSS Parizeau. Data were obtained helicopter, on an ice floe in the interior of along transects west and north of the Jurassic and Cretaceous formations. Differ- the pack ice. ences in the activation energies of the Cohasset site. Suspended matter, both natu- kerogens have resulted in the generation and expulsion of considerable amounts of oil from some Cretaceous shales at a relatively low level of maturation. Based on oil-to- source rock correlations, some of the source rocks for the 22 Scotian Shelf oil and gas discoveries have been identified. Of significance is the fact that oils from many of the mature source rocks have not been identi- tied in discoveries to date, indicating possible sizeable undiscovered resources.

DFO freshwater scientists have initiated a long-term biomonitoring program to detect the effects of airborne loadings of acidic sulphur and nitrogen oxides on the freshwater ecology of Nova Scotia. Specifically targeted are the lakes and rivers along Nova Scotia’s South shore, between Halifax and Yarmouth, since these are particularly sensi- CSS Hudson 4 Research

A collaborative project involving BIO Arctic Also in the Beaufort Sea, a multi-year study and the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries Re- In the fall of 1992, CSS Hudson worked of shoreline retreat, sedimentary dynamics, search Centre in St. John’s, Newfoundland in Hudson Bay and James Bay, collecting coastal geology, and geotechnics was com- successfully completed the first phase of a geological, sediment geodynamical, pleted. Its results have been applied to pipe- trawling impact experiment on the Grand geochemical and biological information. line engineering, environmental protection, Banks. The experiment, being conducted This AGC-led research mission was under- community planning, and climate change to provide quantitative information on the taken in order to obtain some of the infor- issues. possible impacts of mobile fishing gear on mation required to evaluate the environ- the benthic habitat of fishing banks, is the mental impact assessment for Hydro- During September, 1993, scientists from first of its kind to be conducted in Cana- Quebec’s proposed Grande Baleine hydro- AGC, together with colleagues from the electric power generation project and to pro- United States and Europe, gathered geologi- dian waters. The study site, located 40 nau- vide recommendations on subsequent moni- cal and geophysical data between Iceland and tical miles northeast of the Hibernia oil toring programs. This, and a follow-up mis- eastern Greenland. The mission involved development, was selected because of its sion in 1993, also investigated the deglacial CSS Hudson. Among the topics investigated well-developed benthic fauna and relatively evolution of Hudson Strait. The area is a were: the role of turbidity currents and de- uniform sandy sediments. Additionally, key one for global change studies since dis- bris flows in fjord sediment transport within sidescan sonar surveys had shown no evi- charge from the Laurentide ice sheet through an environment where deltas are not present; dence of recent trawling activity and the the region triggered freshwater inputs to the the role of iceberg/sea ice shelves fronting site is now offtcially closed to trawling. The ocean, resulting in major climatic changes larger tidewater glaciers and their effect in experiment placed special demands upon around the North Atlantic Basin. controlling sedimentary processes within the two ships involved: the Wilfred fjords; the role of iceberg calving and raft- Templeman was required to repeatedly Chemists from DFO’s Marine Chemistry ing on sediment accumulation distal from the trawl along the same lines within the very Division at BIO participated in investigations ice margins; and the role of subglacial sedi- narrow experimental corridors, while the of radioactivity in the Arctic marine environment transport through a fjord and onto the CSS Parizeau was required to hold station ment during the review period. One scien- continental slope during periods of ice sheet within a few meters so that biological sam- tist took part in a 1993 research mission of expansion. ples could be collected from precise loca- the Russian research ship, Geolog Fercman tions within disturbed areas. for a four week investigation of radioactive Offshore and International waste dump sites in the Barents and Kara Biological Oceanography Division scien- In July 1992 the AGC participated in a Seas. Also in 1993, another scientist partici- tists at BIO undertook a trans-Atlantic mis- collaborative project with scientists from pated in an investigation aboard CCGS sion in the fall of 1992 aboard CSS Hudson the French oceanographic institute Larsen in the Arctic Ocean to obtain sam- as part of the international Joint Global Ocean IFREMER to acquire seismic data in the ples for the determination of various Flux Study (JGOFS) investigation of primary Newfoundland Basin. Using the CSS Hud- radionuclides in seawater and marine and secondary processes in the upper ocean son with a French seismic system, the data sediments. The latter mission was conducted and their role in the global oceans carbon in collaboration with DFO staff from the In- cycle. This was a cooperative venture be- were acquired as part of a study to under- stitute of Ocean Sciences, Sidney, B.C. tween DFO and Italian, German and Span- stand mechanisms of formation of conju- ish scientists. The research program had two gate passive margins. Similar studies are In August, 1993, the AGC participated in components. The first was a detailed transect underway on the Iberian conjugate. “Arctic ‘93”, a joint project with the U.S. of daily hydrographic and biological sam- Geological Survey. The project was con- pling, extending from Halifax to the coast of In June, 1993, scientists from BIO, the ducted from the U.S. icebreaker Polar Star. Morocco, and return. The second was a more University of Goteborg, the Lamont Refraction data were collected in the Canada localized study of upwelling. The following Doherty Earth Observatory and the Univer- Basin, data which will eventually lead to an year, as part of the same international pro- sity of Washington took part in an annual improved understanding of the Basin’s gram, BIO scientists completed a study of survey of conditions in the Labrador Sea crustal structure. the bio-optical properties of the upper ocean. aboard CSS Hudson. The work was part of Canada’s contribution to the World A 10-year program of repetitive seafloor During October 1992, an AGC scientist Ocean Circulation Experiment (WOCE) mapping was completed in the Beaufort Sea participated in a scientific expedition to in- and focused on the changing properties of in which over 5000 new sea-ice scour vestigate gas hydrates in the Okhotsk and Labrador Sea water, which is renewed via events were documented, providing infor- Japan Seas, off the east coast of Russia. He convection in the winter. One of the more mation on their distribution, characteristics, was a member of an international team op- interesting observations from this year’s and the processes involved. The results of erating from a Soviet research vessel. A to- work was that the temperature of the Lab- this program have led to an improved un- tal of ten seafloor gas vents were discovered rador Sea water is continuing to decrease: derstanding of sediment reworking and will during the expedition, in addition to one vent it was down to 2.70C, whereas in the mid provide key input to the engineering design that had been previously documented. Meth- 1960’s it was as high as 3.50C. of future hydrocarbon production facilities. ane discharge from the active vents was esti- 5 Research

mated to equal or exceed many other global PHIN vehicle from the CCGS Sir Wilfred the major thrusts is an examination of the methane sources, but most of the vented Grenfell. The trials were conducted under feasibility of controlling the number of methane dissolves in the sea and is oxidized the Canadian Ocean Mapping System sealworm parasites by using deworming before reaching the atmosphere. Gas hydrate (COMS) initiative by Brooke Ocean Tech- drugs. Such a response causes seals to samples were recovered from seven cores nology, GeoResources Ltd. and CHS to eliminate worms. A second research thrust taken in two areas. The hydrates appear to check handling system modifications and is a study of immunocontraception meth- form when methane gas flows from subsur- test the procedure for recovering “dead” ods to control the fertility of female grey face petroleum deposits. The focus of AGC’s DOLPHINS. The vehicle performed flaw- seals. interest is in determining if hydrates can re- lessly during the trials and a five kilometre lease significant amounts of methane gas square area was surveyed using the In 1992, an extensive geophysical and into the atmosphere, thereby enhancing the SIMRAD EM100 multibeam sounder and geological digital database was donated to greenhouse effect. differential Global Positioning System AGC by Husky Oil and Petro-Canada. (GPS). Covering offshore sedimentary basins from The North Atlantic Tracer Release Ex- Georges Bank to the Arctic Ocean, the data periment (NATRE) field program has re- For several years the Habitat Ecology base includes over 100,000 line kilometres cently been completed. NATRE is an in- Division of the Biological Sciences Branch of seismic data. The data transfer from ternational study of the rate of mixing at BIO has been developing models to as- Calgary to Dartmouth during March, 1993, and dispersion of ocean waters in the sess the environmental impacts of required 8 semi-trailers! AGC has estab- eastern North Atlantic being carried out aquaculture. One of the main objectives is lished a specialized computer work-station by a group of scientists from the United to develop criteria for evaluating licence facility to provide access to the data for cli- States, the United Kingdom and Canada applications, based on the potential habitat ents. as a part of the World Ocean Circulation damage. However, a major concern was Experiment (WOCE). The final surveys that the complexity of the models and the The Disease Research Unit of the HFRL of the NATRE study were carried out in amount of data required to run them ren- has been working on developing a vaccine April-May, 1993 in the Canary Basin in dered them impractical in the context of a against the Gram-negative bacterium, the eastern Atlantic Ocean, one from the realistic licensing scheme. Therefore a Aeromonas salmonicida, the causative CSS Hudson and the other from the decision support system (DSS) for manag- agent of furunculosis in salmonids. Al- United Kingdom’s RRS Darwin. ers was developed that extracts the neces- though this is the most widely investigated sary data and runs the relevant models au- pathogen of salmonids. there is no effica- Contaminant distributions in the tomatically. The DSS is based on three cious vaccine to prevent this disease. Fur- northern part of the North Atlantic Ocean separate environmental impact models in- thermore, it is not yet clear which arm of were studied in August, 1993 during an volving oxygen demand, benthic loading the immune system (humeral or cellular) expedition on CSS Hudson. This was the and eutrophication. It has received con- is responsible for the protection of fish second of a large-scale survey of considerable attention in demonstrations before against this disease. To answer this ques- taminants in the Atlantic Ocean organ- potential users and at international work- tion, the laboratory has developed an as- ized by the Intergovernmental Oceano- shops. Current work involves development say to isolate and stimulate salmonid of a real database to include variables such graphic Commission (IOC). The first lymphocytes into mounting an immune re- as bathymetry, current speed and sediment mission to the eastern part of the South sponse to the bacterium. For the first time type. A geographical information system Atlantic was conducted in 1990 from the this easy-to-use method allows the investi- (GIS) for storing the data in a form acces- German research vessel R.V. Meteor. gation of the role of humeral and cellular sible by the DSS is being investigated. The main objective for the overall IOC immunity in fish in relation to vurunculosis. open-ocean baseline survey for contami- This research will ultimately help deter- In 1986, the Malouf Royal Commission nants in the Atlantic Ocean is to determine the direction of future vaccine devel- on Seals and Sealing stated that seals have mine the present day distributions of con- opment. a significant impact on the fish resource and taminants within the oceanic deep water that control of the herds might have ben- masses. This will provide baseline con- eficial effects. As an alternative to support- Pursuant to the work of the CHS at BIO centrations against which to assess fu- ing a cull, it suggested that work be done pertaining to the development of the elec- ture changes and also establish reference to investigate other methods to control both tronic chart, two significant events occurred levels for coastal zone monitoring. The the seal and its parasite, the sealworm. As during 1993. An electronic chart facility results will provide the first comprehen- a result the Sealworm Intervention Program was installed at the Marine Institute, St. sive survey of contaminant concentra- (SWIP) was initiated as a cooperative ef- John’s, Newfoundland, to coincide with the tions in the Atlantic Ocean. fort between DFO and Dalhousie Univer- 1993 Marine Simulation and Ship Manoeu- sity, Halifax. This long-term research vrability (MARSIM) Conference, while a Non-Site Specific project is investigating chemical and im- second installation was placed on the Ma- During May 1992, CHS staff coordi- munological methods to control seal pro- rine Atlantic ferry, MV Princess of Acadia nated trials of the semi-submersible DOL- duction and sealworm infestation. One of operating between Saint John, N.B. and 6 Research

Digby, N.S. Further installations of this pointed to the Board of Directors of the Cen- Technology Transfer new navigational technology are expected. tre for Cold Ocean Resources Engineering Technology transfer events and highlights (C-CORE). during the review period included the fol- DFO scientists are involved in a number lowing: of projects under the Ocean Production En- l Brian Nicholls of DFO’s Marine Assess- hancement Network (OPEN) Centres of ment & Liaison Division at BIO, was ap- l During the summer of 1993, the SABS Excellence initiative. Working with uni- pointed Honorary Treasurer of the Engineer- celebrated its 85th Anniversary. Among versity and industry colleagues, research is ing Committee on Oceanic Resources events held to recognize this achievement being undertaken by BIO scientists on two (ECOR). Brian is also the Secretary of the were several highlighting the technology specific projects: cod physiology-heritabil- Canadian National Committee for ECOR. transfer role of the establishment. These ity; and adult scallop trophic resources. The included media briefings, participation in former project has established that cod l Don Gordon of DFO’s Habitat Ecology the Sixth Atlantic Aquaculture Fair in St. stocks are quite different, and in particular Division was appointed a member of the Andrews, and the hosting of an open house that Atlantic cod occupy diverse habitats Scientific Steering Committee of Land- at the Station. with discrete genetic stocks that manifest Ocean Interactions in the Coastal Zone very different performance characteristics. (LOICZ). LOICZ is a core program of the l In March 1992 DFO signed a Canada- In the second part, an improved understand- International Geosphere-Biosphere Pro- Oracle Collaboration Agreement for the ing has been obtained of bivalve responses gramme (IGBP). Hydrographic Hyperspatial Code. This to short-term food fluctuations, lack of agreement, which stemmed from research knowledge of which has hampered attempts Conferences and Workshops on digital data management carried out by to model food acquisition and subsequently During the review period, the following the CHS at BIO, will result in Oracle to predict growth rates and site carrying conferences and workshops were among sev- Canada investing several million dollars in capacity. In addition to providing informa- eral held at, or sponsored in whole or in part the development of database management tion on scallop (and mussel) feeding and di- by, the three regional facilities: software. gestion rates, this work will enable an evaluation of how scallops cope with high con- l ICES Working Group on Statistical As- l A tri-party collaboration was established centrations of particulate material (important pects of Trend Monitoring-This group among DFO, Guildline Instruments Ltd. and in assessing the effects of land-based erosion, met at the HFRL in April 1992 to discuss Focal Technologies Inc. for the further de- bioturbation and anthropogenic activities). the statistical treatment of data on contami- velopment and promotion of the BATFISH nant levels in marine materials, particularly towed vehicle, which was originally devel- Appointments fish tissues. oped at BIO in the 70’s. The work includes Staff were appointed to a variety of na- sensors to be mounted on the vehicle such as tional and international memberships and po- l US/Canada Joint Ice Working Group - Focal’s optical plankton counter. sitions during the review period, including The seventh annual meeting of this group the following: was held at BIO in May 1993. The group l In April 1993 Canada’s Department of coordinates operational ice observation and National Defence (DND) established a route l Allyn Clarke of DFO’s Ocean Circulation forecast activities between Canadian and survey office at BIO. Staffed by four mem- Division, was invited to serve as a co-opted US agencies. bers of DND, the purpose of this office is to member on the Executive Committee of the build up navy ocean survey expertise and to Scientific Committee on Oceanic Research (SCOR). In this role he will provide advice l International Commission for the Con- share resources with other government de- on climate issues; he was also appointed a servation of Atlantic Tuna (ICCAT) -The partments in the mapping of Canada’s litto- member of the Joint Scientific Committee SABS hosted a five-day international work- ral zone. (JSC) of the World Climate Research Pro- shop of this body in July 1993. Participants gramme. examined the problem of using analytical l On November 24, 1992, local ocean-in- techniques to convert catch-at-size to catch- dustry companies participated in a day-long at-age in large pelagic fishes. event at BIO that focused on ocean technol- l Susan Waddy of the SABS was named President-Elect of the World Aquaculture ogy development and transfer. The central Society. Susan will be the Society’s 24th l Ocean Observing System Development part of the event was an exhibition involv- President and the first woman to hold this Panel (OOSDP) -This international panel ing several of the companies, together with office. She will assume the presidency in held a 5-day meeting at BIO in November, exhibits from universities, non-government 1993-94 after serving as President-Elect for 1993. The panel is providing the design agencies and federal departments (including one year. and scientific rationale for the climate mod- NRCan groups at BIO and DFO units at BIO ule of the Global Ocean Observing System and the SABS). In total there were 54 such l Stephen MacPhee, Regional Science Di- (GOOS). Dr. G. T. Needler of BIO is a exhibits. Other features included short talks rector, DFO Scotia-Fundy Region, was ap- member. by industry and government experts, poster 7 Research

Publications The establishments reach their respective clients and customers through a variety of means, including journal articles, reports and nautical charts. During 1992 and 93, the published output of the establishments continued at a high level. In particular, several books and atlases were produced. Full details are provided in the section of this Review entitled “Charts and Publications”. Selected highlights pertaining to the publications of the three establishments are noted below:

l The Geological Survey of Canada’s (GSC) map, “Circumpolar Map of Quater- nary Deposits of the Arctic”, which was compiled in part by scientists of the Atlan- Russian Vessel Keldysh tic Geoscience Centre, received top hon- ours as an entrant in the International Map presentations and a large “Help-Yourself’ l Dr. Gunnar Kullenberg, Secretary, Inter- exhibition held at the 16th International table for trade literature, etc. Three hundred governmental Oceanographic Commission Cartographic Conference in Germany in ‘outside’ persons attended the event, plus (UNESCO); 1993. The map was “highly commended many DFO and NRCan staff from BIO. The for its comprehensive content and outstand- overwhelming reaction of industry partici- l Dr. John Savage, Premier, Province of ing design in the thematic map category”. Nova Scotia; pants was that the event was beneficial and should be repeated. l Although published in 1991, book re- l Dr. Lucien Laubier, Director of Interna- tional Relations and Cooperation, views of Dynamics of Marine Ecosystems: l Throughout the two-year period, DFO’s IFREMER. Biological-Physical Interactions in the Physical and Chemical Sciences Branch Oceans by K.H. Mann and J.R.N. Lazier at BIO continued to produce its monthly In May 1993 the Russian research vessel of DFO did not appear until the following “State-of-the-Ocean” report for the Gulf of RV Akademic Mstislav Keldysh visited BIO year. The book received favourable reviews Maine to the Grand Banks region. The re- under the sponsorship of the Dartmouth- in a variety of scientific journals including port, which includes maps showing surface based International Marine Biodiversity Limnology and Oceanography and Nature. thermal features, is available to industry, gov- Development Corporation. The vessel was A second edition is in the planning stage. ernment and other agencies. alongside for several days during which time discussions on deep-ocean research Visitors topics took place between Canadian and Russian scientists. As in previous years, the three regional establishments received many special visitors Facilities and Support Services from Canada and abroad. Of particular in- Items of interest during the 1992-93 terest were the visits to BIO by the follow- biennium included the following: ing: l the Minister of Agriculture & Fisheries l The BIO scientific computing system un- and Commerce & Industry of the Sultan- derwent major changes, moving away from ate of Oman; a mainframe dependence into an open system environment; l the French Ambassador to Canada; l CSS Parizeau, sister ship to CSS Dawson which was retired from active service in l Her Royal Highness Princess Chulabhom 1991, arrived at BIO in February 1992 af- of Thailand; ter transit from DFO Pacific Region. Parizeau is now based permanently on the l Prof. Lauro Barcelles, Director of the east coast. Museum of Oceanography, Rio Grande, Brazil; l The AGC established an in-house, on- demand digital publishing operation to pro- l The Netherlands Ambassador to Canada, vide timely release of large-format colour His Excellency Baron de Vos van Stenwijk; maps and posters. 8 Research

A New Understanding of the Ocean Floor Through Multibeam Mapping

R. C. Courtney and G. B. J. Fader

related with sample textural information to assist the marine geologist in establishing sediment formations for mapping. Addi- tionally, advances in the accurate positioning of ships, tow fish sensor packages and sampling equipment, have further enhanced our mapping capability.

One of the major limiting factors in building a detailed and coherent understanding of the seabed and its subsurface geology has been a lack of continuity between survey tracks. The tracks are nor- R. C. Courtney G. B. J. Fader mally spaced at hundreds of metres to kilometres and correlation between tracks in Abstract Introduction complex areas has been difficult, if not The advent of digital multibeam bathymetric Traditional methods of mapping seafloor impossible. systems has redefined seabed mapping, reveal- morphology (bathymetry) and sediment ing a hitherto unexpected detail and complexity distribution have relied on the collection, This paper features a new and exciting of the ocean floor’s geomophology. Recent co- interpretation, and correlation of echo- development in marine geologic seabed surveying called multibeam bathymetric operative efforts by the Geological Survey of sounder profiles and seabed grab samples. mapping, technology capable of providing Canada, the Canadian Hydrographic Service King (1970) pioneered this method, map- a complete areal coverage of the seabed’s and other partners of the National Advisory ping the distribution of seabed sediments on the central Scotian Shelf. These meth- bathymetry. Conventional sidescan sonar Committee for Ocean Mapping have signifi- ods have yielded a regional understanding and high-resolution seismic reflection data cantly enhanced, and even changed, our knowl- of the seabed, but are generally of low spa- sets can be correlated with these edge of the sea floor and its associated dynam- tial resolution and have not adequately dealt bathymetric data sets to significantly en- ics in the inner part of Halifax Harbour and the with characterization of coarse-grained hance our knowledge of seabed processes nearby offshore Scotian Shelf. To illustrate these sediments. and subsurface geology, providing a basis new data, this paper highlights interpretations for new insights into geological interpreta- of a bathymetric data set collected by the CSS On the eastern continental shelf of tion. Highlighting a recent multibeam F.C.G. Smith in 1992, using a Navitronic sweep Canada, where the surficial geology is of- bathymetric map from inner Halifax Har- system. The seabed in the harbour is shown to ten dominated by glaciogenic sediments, bour (Courtney, 1993) we will demonstrate be shaped by both natural and anthrophogenic echosounders cannot normally penetrate how it complements more conventional ,forces. Images of Halifax Harbour’s floor show hard seabeds of glacial and relict beach seismic and sidescan data sets, providing a highly variable character, ranging from ar- materials. Advances in seabed mapping new knowledge on sediment distribution eas rough and irregular in the Narrows region, during the late 1970’s and 1980’s, using and associated geological processes which to a smoother more undulating bottom in the sidescan sonar systems combined with have affected the harbour bottom. middle harbour Broad areas of sediment depo- high-resolution seismic reflection profilers, sition, including obstacle induced sediment have largely replaced the echosounder for Multibeam Bathymetric drifts and non-depositional moats, are clearly sediment acoustic characterization. Their Mapping Multibeam bathymetric data were col- defined. The integrated use of multibeam sys- major benefits include an ability to dis- lected in Halifax Harbour during the sum- tems, coupled with complete coverage sidescan criminate between most sediment units and mer of 1992, by members of the Canadian mosaics and high density grids of seismic lines, an ability to map backscatter images of Hydrographic Service ( under the direction must in future be used to understand the more seabed relief and texture. These newer systems are also carefully calibrated and can of M. Lamplugh), from the CSS F.C.G. complex problems of depositional and ero- provide reflectivity metrics (a quantified Smith. It is a twin hulled catamaran sional processess and environmental quality assessment) of sediment acoustic proper- outfitted with a Navitronic sweep system that face a modern industrial society. ties. These measurements are routinely cor- comprising 33 separate sounders spaced 1.3 9 Research

Figure 1: Colour depth coded shaded relief image of bathymetry in Halifax Harbour; integrated onshore with rectified aerial photographs. The bathymetry is artificially illuminated by a light source shining from the northwest at an altitude of 45° from the horizon. m apart. The sounding transducers are fixed mon in estuarine harbours, as refraction Hydrographic data cleaning is a time on outriggers mounted across the beam of effects are avoided. Errors in measured consuming and interpretive process where the vessel, permitting a 32 metre wide depth vary depending on the sea state and one must distinguish false returns arising swath coverage of the seabed on a single bottom roughness, but are generally accu- from air bubbles in the water column, or ship track. Unlike the side-looking Simrad rate to within 10 to 20 cm. The ship’s posi- fish, from real obstacles near the seabed systems mounted on other hydrographic tion was measured with a Polarfix laser which may be hazards to shipping. This vessels, this sweep system sounds depths range and bearing system which locates the effort is further exacerbated by the sheer vertically through the water column; thus vessel to within 1 or 2 metres. The sweep number of soundings to be examined. For- the surveyed swath width does not vary soundings, ship’s position, roll and pitch tunately, advanced computer aided tech- with water depth Because of the geom- were recorded digitally on magnetic tape niques are now being used to facilitate this etry of the sweep systems, errors in meas- and later integrated on a workstation. Over process. The hydrographic data used in this ured water depths are less sensitive to vari- 11 million separate depth soundings of article have been subjected only to a first ations in the water column velocity com- depth were collected during this survey. order cleaning and do not yet meet interna- 10 Research tional hydrographic standards. However, cell was replaced by the median value. This tative and nonsubjective treatment of the images of the seafloor constructed using second step removed the majority of iso- measured data. these data are suitable for geologic inter- lated peaks in the data set. pretation. The soundings were geographi- True three-dimensional images of the cally positioned using the ship’s navigation Images of the seafloor bathymetry were seabed topography, generated on a special- which has been corrected for ship roll and produced using a pseudo three-dimensional ized workstation, were used to interactively pitch as well as transducer offset from the shading of the surface with illumination explore these data. These techniques allow centre of the vessel. Water depths were cor- emanating from the northwest, at an alti- the visualization of the information in ways rected for tidal variations. These processed tude of 45° from the horizon. On these im- not previously available. The viewpoint and water depths were stored in the HIPS ages, shadows are cast on the lower right illumination can be easily changed, often hydrographic data base format and made hand side of structural high points. The highlighting different aspects of the data available to researchers at the Atlantic bathymetry has been vertically exaggerated sets not apparent on the pseudo 3-D prints. Geoscience Centre (AGC). by a factor of ten to enhance surface fea- In addition, other types of data. such as tures. A set of aerial photographs covering sidescan imagery, can be projected onto Researchers at AGC have developed a the harbour area was scanned and projected bathymetry to further enhance interpreta- set of software tools to access the HIPS onto the coordinate system using common tion. bathymetric data base and incorporate the identifiable tie points located on the gridded depth data into a raster based geographic bathymetric data set. A composite image Image of Inner Halifax Harbour information system (GIS) for the produc- was constructed using the registered aerial Multibeam bathymetric data presently tion of seabed images and maps. photographs where no bathymetric data was exist for an area of Halifax Harbour be- measured. Both colour depth coded (Fig- tween the Narrows and the Maugher Beach The first step in the process is gridding ure 1) and grey scale (Figures 2, 3, and 5) area of McNabs Island, a region we refer the point estimates of depth stored in the images were produced in this manner. to as the inner harbour. On first assessment HIPS data base using a technique called These images were first examined on the of the image (Figure 1). it is clear that the “binning”. In this step, a rectangular area computer monitor and later printed on a shape of the harbour floor is complex. The covering the inner harbour region is divided large width electrostatic plotter (poster largest depression, an elongate feature into an array of small squares, or cells, sized prints are available as a Geological trending north-south, occurs between the measuring 2 metres on a side; the total Survey of Canada Open File - Courtney, northwestern area of McNabs Island and number of squares in this study exceeded 1993). It should be noted that up to this the southern area of peninsular Halifax. 30 million. Each of the point soundings of point the image, or map, production has Other smaller deeps are several isolated depth are projected, in turn, onto this used soley digital techniques with quanti- circular depressions in the Narrows, and a gridded array and the depths falling within each cell are saved in the computer’s memory. The depth value to be assigned to each cell is calculated from the point values falling within that cell; one can choose the average, minimum or maximum value as well as the standard deviation of the depths within this cell. The images displayed in this paper were generated using a choice of maximum depth. This gridded array of depth is saved in the native GIS GRASS format.

The gridded data contained numerous shallow values, artifacts that were most likely missed during the first pass of data cleaning. Various statistical methods can be used to automatically remove these values, sufficient for geologic purposes but potentially dangerous for navigational objectives. A nearest neighbour median filter was used to reject isolated peaks in the gridded data wherein grid cell values were rejected if the median of nearest neighbour grid cells dif- fered from the central value by more than Figure 2: A grey scale shaded relief image of the Narrows region of Halifax Harbour, showing 1 metre of water depth. The rejected grid natural and anthropogenic features on the seabed. 11 Research curved moat-like depression southeast of Georges Island.

The seabed of the Narrows is rough and irregular with ridge-like features trending southwest-northeast. The broad area to the north and south of Georges Island is generally flat or gently sloping and appears featureless. However, upon closer examination, many small irregular-shaped topographic elements are evident. The southernmost part, east of McNabs Island, off the image is very complex, with areas of smooth, flat seabed and rough irregular seabed.

Such a cursory examination does not shed much light on the nature or origin of the relief elements on the image. Compre- hensive geophysical studies of Halifax Harbour (Fader and Miller 1992, Fader et al. 1991, Miller and Fader 1989, Miller et al. 1990) based on sidescan sonar and seismic reflection surveys together with samples and photographs, help us to interpret the bathymetric image and to understand the origin of the morphological elements.

Interpretation There are many natural geological features on the seabed of Halifax Harbour but these are often obscured on sidescan sonogram images by an overwhelming anthropogenic imprint (Buckley and Win- Figure 3: A grey scale shaded relief image of the central harbour. ters 1992, Fader et al. 1991). Some examples include dredge spoils, anchor marks, of the first two Narrows bridges, con- rail track and wood pilings. Curvilinear fea- borrow pits, shipwrecks, and unidentified structed in the late 1800’s, occur 500 m tures in the same area are interpreted as rel- debris. These features are also difficult to south of the A. Murray Mackay Bridge, and ict gravel beach ridges. formed during the interpret, and historical documents, archi- appear on the multibeam image as a linear, marine transgression of the harbour (circa val information and personal communica- faint shadow that transects the Narrows. 6.000 y BP (Miller et al. 1982), as the sea tion have provided a valuable source of in- Details of the bridge remains had been pre- flooded up the Narrows in post-glacial time. formation for a large part of the understand- viously revealed through a sidescan sonar Also indicated on Figure 2 is the interpreted ing of the anthropogenic imprint. The fol- survey (Miller et al. 1990), showing a location of the explosion of 1917 where the lowing is a brief interpretation of the ma- cribwork on the seabed, comprising boulders, Mont Blanc’s cargo detonated into the jor features of the bathymetric image, ex- world’s largest explosion prior to the atomic tending from the Narrows region (Figure bomb (Fader in press). 2) to McNab’s Island (Figure 5). In the southern part of the Narrows, the The Narrows relect incised channel of the ancestral The seabed of the Narrows (Figure 2) is Sackville River can be clearly identified very hard, largely composed of gravel with (King 1970, Fader et al. 1991). Its sinuous boulders and some outcropping bedrock course meanders between bedrock ridges with a thin vaneer of discontinuous mud that appear along the flanks of this part of (Fader et al 1991). East-west trending the harbour. Sedimentation since the marine ridges are morphologic expressions of bur- transgression of Halifax Harbour has been ied bedrock ridges in places covered by up Figure 4: A sidescan sonar image of anchor very low in the southern part of the Narrows. to 16 m of till (Fader in press). The remains marks on the floor of Halifax Harbour 0.2-0.4 cm/y (Buckley and Winters 1992), 12 Research

sion” (Fader and Miller 1992), which and other flat areas with isolated features. was purposely scuttled in the harbour Interpretation of the topographic elements in 1942 north of Georges Island. The ship is difficult. Several interesting erosional or caught fire creating a risk that the large non-depositional features occur in this area. cargo of ammunition and explosives Adjacent to Sandwich Point, and continu- would explode. The remains of the ves- ing to the north are a series of bifurcating, sel were finally salvaged in 1956, but a linear erosional scours, known as sedimen- large linear depression, flanked by two tary furrows (Fader and Miller 1992). Their asymmetrical mud berms, and the cargo of presence was suspected from conventional munition shells, boots, and rolls of news- acoustic surveys but they were very diffi- print are still on the harbour floor. cult to interpret and delineate because of their muted registration on sidescan sonar The multibeam image shows most data. They are probably formed in response clearly larger scale geomorphology that is to strong, helical, unidirectional bottom produced by naturally occuring deposit- currents. Sedimentary furrows bifurcate in ional and erosional processes. South of the direction of current flow, and as such Georges Island are two linear depositional are excellent sediment transport indicators. features resulting from northward flowing The direction of the northern bifurcation bottom currents that pass around bedrock reafftrms that the currents that formed them mounds on the seabed. As the bottom cur- flow from south to north, toward the inner Figure 5: A grey scale shaded relief image of rent flow bifurcates around the obstacle, the the seabed of Halifax Harbor from Point harbour. Other bottom features are notable current’s speed increases, reducing the Pleasant Park to Sandwich Point McNabs in this area. A long meandering and sinu- Island. deposition of sediment around the sides of ous ridge-like feature, found at about 23 m the bottom feature. In the lee of the obsta- water depth, is interpreted as a boulder cle, the current speed decreases, allowing berm, a relict coastline of an ancient lake preserving the seabed expression of the old sediment to fall to the bottom and accumu- which existed more than six thousand years river channel. Large ridges south of the east- late at a high rate. This produces, over time, ago when sea level was lower (Miller et ern footing of the Angus L. Macdonald a linear mounded deposit of fine-grained al. 1982, Shaw et al. 1993). A similar fea- Bridge are Halifax Slate exposed at the sediment north of the feature. Since the ture was previously mapped (Fader et al. seabed. bottom current flow is predominately north- 1991) ringing Bedford Basin. The natural ward (Fader and Petrie 1991), these fea- undulation of the seabed is disrupted in the Central Harbour tures are maintained over time. These de- east side of the area by recent dredging. Although the seabed image appears gen- posits are termed obstacle-induced sedi- This activity left a broad incised depres- erally flat and featureless in the area sur- ment drifts. rounding Georges Island (Figure 3), sion in the bottom which has since been muted and reshaped by subsequent current sidescan sonograms indicate that it is criss- Surrounding the south side of Georges or wave action. Ship wrecks can also be crossed with many generations of anchor Island is a moat-like feature which we term identified on these images but little, if any, marks (Figure 4). Through the process of the “Georges Island Moat”. It is produced detail can be resolved concerning their mechanical turbation (anchorturbation), by the same processes of bottom current the deployment and dragging of anchors deflections described above. Directly north structure. The shipwreck shown on Figure can produce linear depressions flanked by of Georges Island is a positive feature, a 5 has been examined by divers and is berms together with isolated pit marks. large depositional mound of Holocene mud, thought to be the Havana, sunk in a colli- These vestigial marks can be as large as 2 over 6m in thickness (Fader et al. 1991). sion in 1906. Sidescan systems must be km in length, 5 m in width, and up to 3 m On first assessment, the moat appears as if used to examine the details of similar fea- in depth. Although they often dominate the it may have been eroded into the soft sedi- tures, allowing the mapper to distinguish character of sidescan sonograms in this ment. However, the internal structure of between anthropogenic and natural objects. area, only the largest ones can be seen in seismic reflection profiles indicates that it the multibeam bathymetric data. has been a characteristic of this part of the Societal Impact harbour since the deposition of fine-grained Of prime importance to the design of a Other features in this area result from Holocene sediments, perhaps as early as 5 wastewater management system for Hali- the grounding of ships and oil rigs. Near thousand years ago, suggesting that the fax Harbour (Fournier 1990) was the need the Dartmouth shoreline, large 15 m di- harbour’s current patterns have not signifi- for an understanding of the fate of parti- ameter, rimmed pits, are interpreted as cantly changed since that time. cles released from a marine outfall placed spudcan footprints left from the testing on the harbour seabed. The bathymetric of jack-up oilrigs on the Harbour bottom. Point Pleasant Park to Sandwich image can be interpreted to address such One of the larger anthropogenic features Point an issue and has contributed to a much is the impression of the hull of the ship This area of the Harbour (Figure 5) is clearer picture of sedimentation in the har- Trongate, termed the “Trongate Depres- very complex with areas of rugged relief bour. The harbour bathymetry results from 13 Research an integration of all the processes that have localized roughness (the presence or ab- plosion of the Mont Blanc in Halifax Harbour. affected the seabed of Halifax Harbour sence of boulders) remains undefined. In Proceedings of the 1917 Explosion Confer- since the glaciers receded over 12 thousand Large obstructions to seabed fishing are ence, Goresbrook Institute, 1992, St. Mary’s years ago (Shaw et al. 1993). clearly shown. University, Nova Scotia.

The sedimentary furrows, the sediment It is tempting to assume that bathymetric FADER, G.B.J and R.O. MILLER, 1992. Cruise drifts, the moat surrounding southeastern multibeam images are sufficient to charac- report F.R.V. Navicula 1990-010, Geological Georges Island and the depositional mound terize the nature and geology of the seabed, Survey of Canada Open File Report no. 2445, north of Georges Island, all indicate net making more traditional surveying meth- 26 p. sediment transport to the north, up the har- ods obsolete. We now know, however, that bour. There is also substantial corrobora- this view is overly optimistic. The FADER, G.B.J., R.O. MILLER, and S.S. tive information supporting long term multibeam systems excel in defining the PECORE, 1991. The Marine Geology of Hali- transport to the north, including heavy regional major structural relationships in a fax Harbour and Adjacent Areas, Geological metal distribution patterns, (Buckley and geologic environment; but they do not have Survey of Canada Open File Report no. 2384, Winters 1992), sediment depocentres, sufficient spatial resolution to define many vol. 1, 23 p. and vol. 2, 25 maps. (Fader et al. 1991) oceanographic meas- benthic features of interest, such as boul- urements (Fader and Petrie 1991) and an- ders, small scale bedforms or smaller FADER, G.B.J. and B. PETRIE, 1991. Halifax ecdotal information on the drifting of ob- anthropogenic objects. Nor do the Harbour - How the currents affect sediment dis- jects. multibeam systems give us any informa- tributions. In Science Review, 1988 and 1989. tion about the subsurface, a key to under- T.E. Smith [ed.], Bedford Institute of Oceanog- The sewage management system for standing the temporal and spatial history raphy, p. 31-35. Halifax Harbour was designed to enhance of an evolving environment. The integrated containment and deposition of effluent par- use of multibeam systems, however, cou- FOURNIER, R.O., 1990. Final report of the ticles in the inner Harbour, (Fournier 1990, pled with complete coverage sidescan mo- Halifax Harbour Task Force, submitted to Nova Scotia Minister of the Environment, 84 p. Halifax Harbour Cleanup Project 1993). saics and high density grids of seismic lines, Consequently, it was necessary to under- must in future be used to understand the HALIFAX HARBOUR CLEANUP stand sediment transport pathways and more complex problems of depositional PROJECT, 1993. Report of the Federal-Pro- depositional centres. Interpretation of the and erosional processes and environmen- vincial Environmental Assessment Panel for the traditional geophysical data showed where tal quality that face a modern industrial Halifax-Dartmouth Metropolitan Wastewater the depositional centres were located, but society. Management System. 79 p. the multibeam bathymetry maps produced a much clearer regional picture and re- Acknowledgements KING, L.H. 1970. Surficial geology of the Hali- vealed previously unknown features. The The authors would like to especially fax-sable Island map area, Marine Sciences continuity and extension of the sedimen- thank members of the Canadian Branch paper no. 1, Department of Energy, tary furrows is more clearly defined on the Hydrographic Service for their diligent time Mines and Resources. 15 p. multibeam images. The sediment drifts and effort spent collecting data used in this paper and making these new data sets read- were not previously known. The clarity and MILLER, A.A.L., P.J. MUDIE, and D.B. continuity of the bathymetric images re- ily available for our use. We also thank SCOTT, 1982. Holocene history of Bedford moved much of the ambiguity associated R.O. Miller, S.S. Pecore, and D. Buckley Basin, Nova Scotia: foraminifera, dinoflagellate with the intrepretation and correlation of for collection of data, geological interpre- and pollen records, Canadian Journal of Earth sidescan sonar and seismic reflection data tation and discussion of Halifax Harbour Sciences, 19: 2342-2367. sets. This more integrated perception geology. helped the Environmental Assessment MILLER, R.O. and G.B.J. FADER, 1989. Panel to select the Georges Island Moat as References Cruise Report 88-018(A) Phase 1, C.S.S. the preferred location for the outfall diffuser BUCKLEY, D.E. and G.V. WINTERS, 1992. Navicula, Geological Survey of Canada Open from the wastewater treatment facility. Geochemical characteristics of contaminated File Report no. 2039, 22 p., 1 map. surficial sediments in Halifax Harbour: impact Relationship of Multibeam of waste discharge. Canadian Journal of Earth MILLER, R.O., G.B.J. FADER, and D.E. Bathymetric Data to Other Sciences, vol. 29: 2617-2639. BUCKLEY, 1990. Cruise Report 89-009 Phase Geophysical Information A, C.S.S. Navicula, Geological Survey of The value of complete seabed coverage COURTNEY, R.C. 1993. Halifax Harbour Canada Open File Report no. 2242, 64 p. in the presentation of bathymetry cannot bathymetric morphology; Geological Survey of be understated. The ability to delineate Canada Open File Report no. 2637, 1 colour map SHAW, J., R.B. TAYLOR, and D.L. FORBES structural trends aids planning of engineer- sheet. 1993. Impact of the Holocene transgression on ing projects that involve the seabed, such the Atlantic coastline of Nova Scotia, as cable or pipeline routing. Seabed habi- FADER, G.B.J. (in press). The marine geologi- Geographie physique et Quaternaire, 47: 221- tat is characterized in a broad sense, but cal setting and seabed impacts of the 1917 ex- 238. 14 Research Light Scattering by Marine Heterotrophic Bacteria

O. Ulloa

studies suggest that heterotrophic bacteria theory to field data on bacterial size and could contribute significantly to the scat- abundance. Samples for bacterial counts tering of light in the field. However, no di- and size measurements were collected on rect evaluations of their contribution to the board the C.S.S. Hudson during optical properties of sea water have yet been August-September, 1988. We analysed data made. from two stations on Georges Bank, two stations in the Northeast Channel (Gulf of Approach Maine), and one station in the Sargasso Sea. Lacking a direct approach for estimat- The samples came from waters that varied ing bacterial scattering in natural waters, over almost 2 orders of magnitude in their we used an alternative approach, which was pigment concentration. In the laboratory, to combine the theory of light scattering cells were stained with DAPI and counted O. Ulloa with data on bacterial size and abundance. under an epifluorescence microscope. For The coccoid shape, random orientation, and the size determination, slides of randomly The modelling of light penetration in the simple cellular structure of most free-living selected fields were taken. The images of ocean and the interpretation of optical marine bacteria suggested that, as a first the slide projection were captured with a measurements obtained by remote sensing approximation, bacteria could be assumed video camera, and then digitized and proc- and by in situ optical sensors require some to be spherical and optically homogeneous essed with an Image Analyzer. The size dis- knowledge of the optical properties of the particles. For such particles, Mie theory of tribution of all the bacteria measured is different substances present in sea water. scattering (Mie, 1908) gives exact solu- given in Fig. 1. Considerable attention has been paid to the tions, provided that the refractive index of study of the absorption and scattering char- the particles and their size are known. acteristics of phytoplankton. They are regarded (along with their derived products) The size distribution of bacteria in na- to be the main contributors to the optical ture can differ significantly from that of properties of sea water. This is the case laboratory cultures, which represent a se- not only in deep-ocean waters, but also in lected group, free of predators. On the other coastal waters that are not significantly af- hand, information on bacterial size in the fected by terrigenous inputs or by the ocean is still limited. Although bacterial resuspension of sediments. The focus of size can be measured in cultures using elec- some of our recent work, on the other hand, tronic particle sizers, bacterial sizes in natu- has been the much-less-studied, ral samples are still most commonly deter- non-pigmented particles, particularly the mined using epifluorescence microscopy, heterotrophic bacteria (Ulloa et al., 1992). a tedious and time-consuming method. With most particle counters it is not possi- Equivalent Spherical Diameter (µm) Heterotrophic bacteria are micro-organ- ble to distinguish between living and isms present in all marine environments, non-living particles, and in most cases the Figure 1: Bacterial size distribution for the in number concentrations 1-2 orders of Western North Atlantic. Combined data from resolution of the instruments has been in- magnitude higher than phytoplankton; Georges Bank, the Northeast Channel, and the sufficient to yield reliable information on however, their influence on the light field Sargasso Sea. A normal (solid line) and a particles smaller than 1 µm and therefore in the ocean has been little studied. They gamma (dashed line) distribution hove been on the size ranges comprising heterotrophic fitted to the data. are small (typical diameter of ˜ 0.5 µm), compared to the other organisms compris- bacteria. Our work was based on detailed ing the plankton; nevertheless they can size measurements of bacterial natural sam- make a significant contribution to the total ples, obtained with image-analised, Optical Characteristics of planktonic biomass (in units of carbon), epifluorescence microscopy. For the bac- Bacteria particularly in oligotrophic waters (Cho and terial refractive index we used values pub- One way to characterize the scatter- Azam, 1990). Studies of some of their ab- lished in the literature. ing process in sea water is through the sorption and scattering characteristics have scattering coefficient b (with dimensions -1 been carried out on cultures (Yentsch, 1962; The scattering properties of natural bac- of [L ), which specifies the fraction of Kopelevich et al., 1987; Morel and Ahn, terial assemblages in different marine en- the light per unit pathlength that is re- 1990; Stramski and Kiefer, 1990). These vironments were assessed by applying Mie moved from a beam due to scattering. For 15 Research many problems in optical oceanography environments studied. However, their con- (e.g., theory of ocean colour, remote tribution would depend not so much on the sensing) the interest is also on the por- trophic status of the ecosystem (i.e., tion of the light that is scattered just in phytoplankton abundances as indexed by the backward direction, with respect to their pigment concentration) as on the lo- the incident light. Hence, it is also use- cal relative abundance (and optical proper- ful to have information on the ties) of each of the major components influencing the optical properties of the sea backscattering coefficient bb (same dimensions as b), which specifies the frac- water. The stations that showed the highest tion of light per unit pathlength that is contribution from bacteria to the total scattering were those in the Northeast Chan- removed from a beam due to nel, which represent an intermediate case backscattering. Both the scattering coef- between the phytoplankton-rich waters of ficient and the backscattering coefficient Georges Bank and the oligotrophic waters are inherent optical properties, since of the Sargasso Sea. With respect to their magnitudes depend only on the backscattering, the bacterial contribution to components present in sea water and are the total backscattering coefficient seems independent of the geometry of the inci- to be somewhat lower than for the total scat- dent light field. They correspond to the tering coefficient, but nevertheless signifi- sums of contributions from pure sea wa- cant. ter and substances in solution and suspension. Discussion Figure 2: (a) Average vertical profiler of These results did not support previous phytoplankton pigment concentration C (clorophyll-a + phaeopigments) in Georges The bacterial scattering and theoretical predictions which indicated that Bank (GB), Northeast Channel (NC), and backscattering coefficients were obtained bacterial scattering relative to total scatter- Sargasso Sea (SS), and comparison between the by numerical computations applying the ing would be more important in waters that scattering coefficient at 550 nm nm to pure Mie equations to the measured size distri- have a higher concentration of bacteria seawater (dotted line), heterotrophic bacteria butions. Results for the 550-nm wavelength (Kopelevich et al., 1987), that their rela- (symbols: squares represent station 1 and are shown in Figs. 2 and 3. The total scat- tive contribution would be independent of diamonds station 2). and the total scattering coefficient at the same wavelength (solid line) tering and backscattering coefficients (ob- the amount of pigments (Morel and Ahn, derived from the pigment data in (b) Georges tained from the pigment data using empiri- 1990), or that they would be more impor- Bank, (c) Northeast Channel, and (d) Sargasso cal relationships) and the scattering and tant contributors in the oligotrophic ocean backscattering coefficients due to pure sea (Stramski and Kiefer, 1990). Part of the water are given for comparison. These re- problem with these earlier predictions was microheterotrophs and detritus to the sults show that the contribution of bacteria that a relationship was assumed between attenuation process. Since variations in the attenuation coefficient can be mainly to the total scattering coefficient would be the concentration of heterotrophic bacteria controlled by scattering (as opposed to on average around 10% in Georges Bank and the phytoplankton pigment concentra- absorption) at the wavelengths used with tion. Recent results, including some from (range 7-17%) and the Sargasso Sea (range the transmissometers, the contribution of the same cruise that yielded the bacteria 3-16%), and 30% in the Northeast Chan- bacteria cannot be neglected, or considered data for our study (Li et al., 1992), show nel (range 9-57%). With respect to the to- to be proportional to that of phytoplankton, tal backscattering coefficient, the bacterial that this assumption is not valid, and that and will have to be estimated contribution would be on average around there is a high degree of scatter in the rela- independently. 7% in Georges Bank (range 5-9%), 12% in tion between bacteria and pigments. Con- the Northeast Channel (range 3-22%), and sequently, the bacterial contribution to the For the modelling and interpretation of 3% in the Sargasso Sea (range l-4%). The scattering coefficients will have to be con- remotely-sensed data of ocean colour. it is apparent higher contribution to the scatter- sidered independently from that of necessary to consider the backscattering co- ing and backscattering coefficients by bac- phytoplankton. efficient, since it is this optical property (in teria in the Northeast Channel, as compared combination with the absorption coefficient) which is related to the irradiance reflectance, with the other locations, can be explained These results have some significant implications for the interpretation of optical or ocean colour. Results of this work showed by the observed higher bacterial abundance data. For example, it has been proposed that that heterotrophic bacteria could contribute in the low-chlorophyll, summer-stratified, phytoplankton growth rates can be up to - 20% to the total backscattering coef- surface waters. estimated from changes in the attenuation ficient. but more typically their contribution coefficient measured with transmisso- would be <10%. Since the backscattering These results show that bacteria could meters. Accurate estimates of their growth coefficient is directly proportional to the ir- contribute significantly to the total scatter- rates, however, require knowledge of the radiance reflectance, neglecting the inde- ing coefficient in any of the three different relative contribution of phytoplankton, pendent contribution of bacteria to the 16 Research

KOPELEVICH, O.V., V.V. RODIONOV, and T.P. STUPAKOVA. 1987. Effect of bacteria on optical characteristics of ocean water. Oceanol- ogy, Engl. Trans. 27: 696-700.

LI, W. K. W., P.M. DICKIE. B.D. IRWIN, and A.M. WOOD. 1992. Biomass of bacteria, cyanobacteria, prochlorophytes and photosynthetic eukaryotes in the Sargasso Sea, Deep-Sea Res. 39: 501-519.

MIE, G. 1908. Beitrage zur Optik trüber Medien, Speziell kolloidalen Metallösungen, Ann. Phys. 25: 377-445.

MOREL, A., and Y.-H. AHN. 1990. Optical efficiency factors of free-living marine bacteria: Influence of bacterioplankton upon the optical properties and particulate organic carbon in oce- Figure 3: Vertical profiles of the backscattering coefficients at 550 nm in (a) Georges Bank, (b) anic waters. J. Mar. Res., 48: 145-175. Northeast Channel and (c) Sargasso Sea, derived from the pigment data in Fig. 2a. Symbols and line types as in Fig. 2 but for backscattering. STRAMSKI, D., and D.A. KIEFER. 1990. Op- tical properties of marine bacteria. Proc. Soc. Photo. Opt. Instrum. Eng., Ocean Opt. X, 1302: backscattering coefficient would introduce can help us with a better interpretation of 250-268. relative errors of the same magnitude. satellite images of ocean colour and the determination of primary production by ULLOA, O.. S. SATHYENDRANATH, T. More recently we have been looking at remote sensing. This work has been car- PLATT and R.A. QUINONES. 1992. Light scat- the effect of other sub-micrometer particles ried out as part of the Canadian contribu- tering by marine heterotrophic bacteria. J. (e.g., detrital particles) on light scattering tion to the Joint Global Ocean Flux Study Geophys. Res. 97: 9619-9629. in the ocean, and also at how changes in (JGOFS). YENTSCH, C. S. 1962. Measurements of vis- the size distribution of the total particle ible light absorption by particulate matter in the suspension can affect the optical properties References ocean, Limnol. Oceanogr. 7: 207-217. of sea water. We expect to incorporate the CHO, B.C., and F. AZAM. 1990. results on bacteria and on other Biogeochemical significance of bacterial sub-micrometer particles into new models biomass in the ocean’s euphotic zone, Mar. Ecol. of light transmission in sea water, which Prog. Ser. 63: 253-259.

17 Research Technology Transfer From Marine Research

H. B. Nicholls and G. H. Seibert

The following information was collected in respect of each transfer:

. name and location of company/client . type of business of company/client . specific technology transferred . end result for company (product, service, etc.) . source of technology transferred . from joint collaboration between laboratory and company . from work undertaken solely within the laboratory . other . technology development/transfer milestones and dates . benefits to laboratory . benefits to company, including general information H. B. Nicholls G. H. Seibert on commercial applications . any other supporting information

Introduction creation of concept by scientist or engineer Because of space limitations, this paper Research and survey programs under- communication of concept from scientist or does not address all of the above items. taken or supported by government agen- engineer (the inventor) to commercial company However, it is planned to provide a more cies in pursuit of their mandates often pro- production of commercial prototype by company comprehensive review in the form of a tech- production of end-product by company leading to nical report at a later date. duce results that industry can use. This is a its marketing and sale frequent occurrence at the three federal Technology Transfers to laboratories, the Bedford Institute of Ocea- This paper presents the number and type Companies nography (BIO), the Halifax Research of technology concepts transferred from the Some 71 items of technology transferred Laboratory and the St. Andrews Biologi- laboratories to private industry and other to industry from the laboratories were iden- cal Station (the laboratories). These estab- clients during the six-year period 1987-92. tified for the six-year period, 1987-92, in- lishments undertake studies of the marine The following definition of technology clusive; these items involved 42 companies environment and its renewable and non- transfer has been used throughout or other clients (refer to Table 1). In a renewable resources along Canada’s east (Nicholls, 1993 pers. comm.): breakdown of these items by type of tech- coast. One category of produced results is nology some of the categories employed “the transfer of hardware, software, in- in the 1992 “SPARK” initiative of the Prov- technology (defined below). This paper formation or services that resulted, either ince of British Columbia, “The Oceans and analyses the transfer of technology from the directly or indirectly, in economic benefits British Columbia: A Strategic Framework laboratories to industry and other clients. to the recipient company through the mar- for Ocean Industry, Science and Technol- keting of a product or service that resulted ogy” (SPARK Oceans Committee, 1993) Technology Transfer - in whole or in part from the technology were used. The number of technology Description and Definition transferred, or had the potential for pro- transfer items from the laboratories is Technology transfer is part of the over- viding such benefits.” shown against each category: all innovation chain, which often takes Ocean observation systems (data collection place within a single company and involves It follows from the above definition that technologies) 10 five phases: idea generation; research and the provision of advice, data, etc. that does Ocean information systems (processing, interpretation and display of data) 12 development; product development; pro- not result in economic benefits to the company through the marketing of a product is Marine robotics and vehicles, including towed duction; and distribution (Doyle, 1990). and semi-submersible vehicles 4 not considered to constitute a transfer of The first two can take place in another or- Oceanographic instruments and electronics 24 technology, and has therefore not been in- Marine navigation I ganization, e.g., in a government labora- cluded in this review. However, the provi- Marine applications of biotechnology tory, with the resulting concept being trans- sion of such items, e.g., in connection with aquaculture 14 ferred to the commercial company. In this the assessment of the environmental impact Scientific service (analytical chemistry, marine surveys, instrument maintenance) 6 case, the following stages are involved of an industrial development, is a regular Other 0 (McKeown, 1993 pers. comm.): occurrence at the laboratories. TOTAL 71 18 Research

A comparison was made with the results Ocean Information Systems - Halifax Fisheries Research Laboratory to of an earlier survey for the years 1980 structure/techniques for efficient the aquaculture industry on such aspects as (approx.) - 1986, inclusive. This study storage, manipulation and queries on egg and larval development, fish feed for- (Fisheries and Oceans, 1988a and b) con- large (spatial, temporal) data sets mulation and provision of seed stock is in In addressing the Canadian Hydrographic direct support of DFO’s Aquaculture Strat- cluded, among other things, that the De- Service’s (CHS) data management prob- egy. The latter aims to support, through partment of Fisheries and Oceans (DFO) lems, researchers at BIO invented a solu- joint partnerships between DFO and indus- science activities result in many economic, tion which was quickly seen to represent a try, advancement and innovation in technological, and industrial benefits to significant breakthrough in the field. CHS aquaculture development, as well as coop- Canada. The coverage and level of detail teamed up with Oracle Corporation, the erative management for a healthy and proof the two studies were not identical, which world’s largest supplier of database soft- ductive environment. DFO’s statutory in- made comparison difficult. However, a re- ware, to develop data management appli- spection and regulatory obligations under view of the same categories, with the ex- cations. The partnership, structured around the Fish Health Protection Regulations and ception of aquaculture, and for DFO at BIO a licensing agreement, required substantial other frameworks must continue to be met, transfer of technology from CHS to Ora- but, increasingly, as technology is being only, gives the following: cle, involving the equivalent of one year’s transferred, the private sector will conduct time of DFO’s inventor. In return for the at least some of these activities, with DFO 1980-86 1987-92 DFO contributions and technology, the in a monitoring role. Longer term DFO Ocean observation systems 0 10 Company agreed to deliver free software research activities continue to be client- Ocean information systems 10 12 worth close to a million dollars. The long driven and are focused on initiatives that term impact of the partnership, however, are leading to greater industrial diversifi- Marine robotics and vehicles 1 4 would be the establishment of a world class cation, e.g., introduction of halibut as a new Oceanographic instruments research facility in Canada. In a speech aquaculture species. DFO will maintain and electronics 7 22 made at the official inauguration of the essential services where the private sector Marine navigation 0 0 Oracle research facility, the Hon. Benoit has not yet developed the capability to re- Bouchard, Minister Responsible for the spond to industry needs. Scientific services 6 6 Federal Office of Regional Development, Other 3 0 Quebec, used the CHS-Oracle partnership Closing Remarks as an example of how “The Government TOTALS: 21 54 of Canada is committed to such joint ef- The transfer of technology from a labo- forts, to maximize our intellectual efforts ratory to industry is generally regarded as and resources in achieving a better living an accomplishment and in some cases as a Results of Technology Transfers and working environment for all Canadi- measure of the usefulness or value of the ans.” Four examples are given below, outlin- laboratory. Hoagland and Kite-Powell ing the events that occurred following the (1989) issue a word of caution, however. Oceanographic Instruments and They note that the level of activity varies transfer of a specific technology concept. Electronics - optical plankton counter The optical plankton counter (OPC) is a low according to the subject field, e.g. oceanog- Ocean Observation Systems - maintenance instrument which permits raphy generally ranks lower than such fields Lagrangian drifters rapid, continuous surveys of marine organ- as biotechnology, microelectronics and spe- The company, Seimac Ltd. of Dartmouth, isms over large regions at tow speeds of up cial materials. They emphasize that the N.S., won a 1989 contract with the U.S. to 12 knots. It can be mounted on undulat- results of oceanographic research have ap- Government for 20 of these drifters to ing tow fish, vertical profilers, or net sam- plication and value in areas other than for record currents and drift patterns in the plers. The technology was transferred un- products or technologies of commercial Pacific Ocean. Seimac beat out two Ameri- der license to the company, Focal Technolo- use. This paper, which covers oceanogra- can bidders on technical merit and cost for gies Inc. of Dartmouth, N.S., in 1990. In a the National Oceanic and Atmospheric November 1993 letter to BIO, the company phy and related fields, demonstrates that it Administration (NOAA) contract. The bu- noted its encouraging sales figures for the is possible to maintain a significant level oys, ordered by the NOAA’s Seattle Wash- first three years as well as similar forecasts of technology transfer over a period of sev- ington, office, use a device similar to a sea for the next few years. It was also noted eral years. The Bedford Institute of Ocea- anchor to stay with bodies of water of in- that various new applications were being nography, for example, has developed, to terest; the buoy’s position is reported via considered, including one with Ontario meet its own requirements, novel instru- the ARGOS satellite. In an article in the Hydro pertaining to the Zebra mussel is- ments and systems not available on the Business Section of the Halifax Mail-Star sue. The letter closes with the statement: in September 1989, the company president “Most certainly, the cooperation of the en- commercial market. Because oceano- noted that Bedford Institute of Oceanogra- tire Metrology group (at BIO), from mar- graphic instrument development is “slow phy staff provided support during Seimac’s keting support through to technical assist- and expensive - and increasingly painful” development of the buoy, adding local firms ance, has contributed to this success. Thank (Wunsch, 1989), this is often done in col- “are lucky to have a facility like BIO (in you.” laboration with industrial partners. Once the area).” The NOAA contract has pro- transferred to industry, however, there are vided spinoff work to other local businesses Marine Biotechnology, Aquaculture - many hurdles to overcome before the tech- for drogues, Kevlar line, sail hardware, expertise and knowledge (several aluminum battens, miscellaneous hard- items) nology is transformed into a marketable ware, and fibreglass hulls for the transmit- The transfer of technology from chiefly the product. The St. Andrews Biological Sta- ters. St. Andrews Biological Station and the tion and the Halifax Fisheries Research 19 Research

Laboratory are transferring technologies in DOYLE, D.J. 1990. Making Technology Hap- WUNSCH, C. 1989. Comments on Oceano- support of the expanding aquaculture in- pen. Doyltech Corporation, Kanata, Ontario. graphic Instrument Development. Oceanogra- dustrv on the east coast of Canada. Here phy. 2(2): 26-7, 64. the emphasis is more on advice and exper- HOAGLAND, P. and H.L. KITE-POWELL. tise as opposed to instruments and systems. 1989. Technology Transfer and Intellectual Property Management in the Field of Oceanog- raphy: An Overview of Research Institution/ References Industry Relations. Working Paper, Marine DEPARTMENT OF FISHERIES AND Policy Centre, Woods Hole Oceanographic In- OCEANS. 1988a. Fisheries and Oceans Re- stitution.. search Centres: Economic and Technological Benefits. Department of Fisheries and Oceans, SPARK OCEANS COMMITTEE. 1993. The Ottawa, Ontario. Oceans and British Columbia: A Strategic Framework for Ocean Industry, Science and DEPARTMENT OF FISHERIES AND Technology. Science Council of British Colum- OCEANS. 1989b. Fisheries and Oceans Re- bia, Victoria, B.C. search Centres: Cases of Technology Transfer. Department of Fisheries and Oceans. Ottawa, Ontario.

Exmnples of hardware technology transfers. 20 Research

Table 1

Technology Transferred, 1987-92

Company/Agency Technology 1 Applied Microelectronics Inst analytical technology for nitrate determinations in seawater 2 Arctic Sciences Ltd capability to measure sea ice parameters including associated data analysis methods 3 Atlantic Salmon Federation perfomance data on previously mature salmon parr when reared in sea cages 4 ASA Consulting Ltd coastal ocean water level information system (COWLIS) 5 ASA Consulting Ltd.. capability to use Synthetic Aperture Radar imagery in operational wave modelling (joint transfer - see also #49) 6 Atlantic Veterinary College analytical technology and training in domoic acid measurement 7 Axiom Engineering Ltd sensor concept and associated frame design for ice thickness measuring system utilizing helicopter deployment 8 Axiom Engineering Ltd design for ice/snow monitoring system 9 Richard Branker Research Ltd advice & data on temperature-conductivity logger design 10 Brooke Ocean Technology Ltd design of oceanographic winch for free fall probes 11 Brooke Ocean Technology Ltd ocean bottom magnetometer design 12 Brooke Ocean Technology Ltd vibracorer design 13 Brooke Ocean Technology Ltd system specifications, design advice and field experience pertaining to launch and recovery system for DOLPHIN semi-submersible vehicle 14 Brooke Ocean Technology Ltd eneineerine information & user experience pertaining to BRUTIV towed vehicle (joint transfer - sea also #35) 15 Brooke Ocean Technology Ltd conceptual design and advice for mid-ocean profiler 16 Brooke Ocean Technology Ltd design of water sampling bottle for physical and chemical oceanogaphy (joint transfer - see also #45) 17 Brooke Ocean Technology Ltd drawinns. fabrication details, sea trial experience for CTD block used in occanographic equipment handling systems 18 Brooke Ocean Technology Ltd engine&ing drawings, fabrication details and sea trial experience for roller block used in oceanographic equipment handling systems (joint transfer - see also #40.#44) 19 Brooke Ocean Technology Ltd design concepts and system details pertaining to moving vessel CTD 20 Connors Brothers salmon egg and larval development data for aquaculture (also transferred to other companies) 21 Connors Brothers aquaculture fish feed fomulation & processing requirements 22 Connors Brothers optimal temperature to start feeding salmon fry in aquaculture operations (also transferrd to other companies) 21 Connors Brothers use of water content of alevin to predict when to start feeding aquaculture salmon fry (also transferred to other companies) 24 Connors Brothers use of overhead cover at first feeding of aquaculture salmon fry (also transferred to other companies) 25 Coretec Inc computer model for forecasting sea-ice 26 Corey Feed Mills aquaculture fish feed formulation and processing requirements 27 Correpro Atlantic Ltd. underwater release mechanism without moving parts for moored oceanographic equipment 28 Correpro Atlantic Ltd. system specification, design concepts and advice for underwater electromagnetic digital data link 29 Eastern Marine Marsh Ltd. design concepts, drawings and user experience pertaining to trawl resistant package 30 Femto Electronics Ltd. acoustic data processing techniques for acoustic estimation of fish abundance 31 Focal Technologies Inc. system specification, field experience and test data pertaining to oceanographic slip rings 32 Focal Technologies Inc. design, fabrication, testing and scientific use data pertaining to optical plankton counter 33 Focal Technologies Inc. system specification, field experience and test data pertaining to fibre optic spectrometer 34 Focal Technologies Inc. system specification, field experience and test data pertaining to fibre optic flurometer 35 Geoforce Consultants maintenance and operation procedures pertaining to BRUTIV towed vehicle (joint transfer - see also #14) 36 Geonex Aerodat Inc. on-ice validation of airborne instrumentation that measures snow plus ice thicknes 37 Geo-Resources Inc. advice and expertise pertaining to ocean mapping system based on DOLPHIN semi-submersible vehicle 38 Geo-Resources Inc. software package for automated navigation of DOLPHIN semi-submersible vehicle 39 Guildline Instrument? Ltd. engineering design, system specifications and performance data for Batfish biological towed survey system 40 Guildline Instruments Ltd. engineering drawings, fabrication detail? and sea trial experience for roller block used in oceanographic equipment handling systems (joint transfer - see also #18, #44) 41 Harbour DeLoutre Products aquaculture expertise on husbandry of halibut 42 Harbour DeLoutre Products aquaculture expertise on mass production of haddock juveniles 43 Harbour DeLoutre Products aquaculture expertise on mass production of halibut juveniles 44 Hawbolt Industries (1989) Ltd. engineering drawings, fabrication details and sea trial experience for roller block used in oceanographic equipment handling systems (joint transfer- see also #18, #40) 45 Intermarine design of water sampling bottle for physical and chemical oceanography (joint transfer - see also #16) 46 I.S.F. Research Ltd engineering and scientific evaluation of HYSUB 5000 ROV vehicle at sea 47 Jacques, Whitford & Assoc. Ltd. strategies for designing a biological effects monitoring program around the Cohasset/Panuke offshore hydrocarbon development 48 MacLaren-Plansearch/SNC Lavalin capability to use a standard wave radar for wave measurements 49 MacLaren-Plansearch/SNC Lavalin capability to use Synthetic Aperture Radar imagery in operational wave modelling (joint transfer - see also #5) 50 Maritime Culture Systems aquaculture methods for spawning and rearing striped bass, including provision of seedstock 51 MARTEC wmd-driven current model code 52 New Brunswick Weir Fishermen’s Assoc. aquaculture expertise on husbandry of juvenile halibut in modified herring weir 53 Ocean Chem Group analytical technology for polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon measurement by HPLC 54 Ocean Chem Group methodology for trace metal analysis of seawater 55 Oracle Corporation Canada Ltd structure/techniques for efficient storage, manipulation & qucries on large (spatial/temporal) data sets 56 Satlantic Inc. specifications, advice, application and test data pertaining to Continuous Ocean Data Acquisition (CODA) system 57 Seakem expertise to produce sea surface temperature maps from satellite imagery 58 Seastar Instruments multi-frequency sonar system design 59 Seastar Instruments oceanographic capability for moored weather buoy 60 Seimac Ltd. ocean turbulence probe design 61 Seimac Ltd. system specification, advice and test data pertaining to Lagrangian drifters 62 Seimac Ltd system specification, advice, test data and sensor design information pertaining to Arctic Ice Monitoring System (AIMS) 63 Seimac Ltd system specification, advice and test data pertaining to MSAT (Mobile Satellite) demonstration project 64 Shur-gain Feeds aquaculture fish feed formulation and processing requirements 65 SOCOMAR Inc. integration of bubbler and optical encoder sensors in TMS1000 water-level recorder system 66 Software Kinetics geo-referenced database technology, including visualization expertise 67 Sweeney Fisheries aquaculture fish feed quality control criteria and silage technology 68 Tavel Ltd. thermograph mooring gear and instruments for use in evaluating potential aquaculture sites 69 UMA Engineering fecal coliform modelling protocols 70 Universal Systems Ltd. software to process large volumes of digital seafloor mapping data 71 Xon Digital Communications Ltd. PC based navigation logging and display-package (first transferred to Coldwell Consulting who subsequently joined with this company)

21 Research

Engineering in Fisheries Sciences H. Jansen

possible for the Department to provide than normal. This has resulted in the pro- smolts for the sea-cages of the developing duction of smolts in one year (rather than Bay of Fundy aquaculture industry while two years) and has doubled smolt produc- maintaining the river stocking program for tion at Mactaquac Fish Culture Station the recreational and native food fisheries. (FCS). Basic infrastructure is in place to permit future doubling of production of All engineering design work and con- accelerated parr. struction drawings, with the exception of electrical, are done in-house. In addition All six generating units are connected to the normal project management activi- to the hatchery water supply system. This ties, the Engineering Services Section takes improves reliability and enables the pro- on the role of general contractor most of duction of increased quantities of warm H. Jansen the time. For many projects the labour is water as the water demand increases with obtained from the Department of Human fish growth. The river water used to cool Resources job creation projects through the thrust bearings of the turbines and air Engineering staff play a key role in the third party sponsors and even Corrections around the stators of the generators is col- activities of the Freshwater and Canada. Engineering staff direct and con- lected in two main pipelines which flow by Anadromous Division, Biological Sciences trol these projects. gravity to a pump building. Cool river Branch. Major expansion and improve- water is collected from two turbine ments at the five Atlantic salmon fish cul- One of the major projects was the de- penstocks and flows by gravity to the pump ture stations have resulted in improved fish sign and construction of the Mactaquac building. The water temperature is regu- quality, increased productivity and effi- Accelerated Rearing Facility (Farmer et al. lated with an automatic butterfly valve on ciency. Fish passage facilities constructed 1989) at a cost of $1.9 M. This installation the river water pipeline which is operated at natural and man-made barriers open up was constructed to utilize the waste warm by a pneumatic temperature controller. The previously inaccessible fish habitat for water produced at the Mactaquac Hydro- mixed, desired temperature water is anadromous fish species to develop self- electric Station in accelerating the devel- pumped 200 m to a head tank building by a sustaining populations. Fish trapping and opment of eyed eggs and alevins. With the number of vertical turbine pumps. The handling installations permit biologists to accelerated growth, the salmon begin feed- water seeps through an automated self- undertake assessment of fish populations ing in April which is two months earlier on many of the Scotia-Fundy rivers. Engi- cleaning sand filter before passing through neering staff direct the design and installation of fishery protective measures by water use developers as required by the Canada Fisheries Act. Old existing fish passage facilities are being upgraded to current standards to improve fish passage efficiency.

Fish Culture Engineering Over the past eleven years major expansion and improvements to the Atlantic salmon fish culture stations have been undertaken to improve fish quality, productivity and efficiency. The fish culture operations are carried out at the Mersey, Coldbrook and Cobequid stations in Nova Scotia and at the Mactaquac and Saint John stations in New Brunswick. The production of Atlantic salmon smolts has been tri- pled to its current production of 900,000 annually. Parr production has been increased from 350,000 to 2,000,000 annu- Mactaquac Fish Culture Station with Mactaquac Hydroelectric Station and Mactaquac ally. The increased production has made it Accelerated Rearing Facility in background. 22 Research

30 packed column aerator-degasser units which are located over a concrete headtank. The filter decreases the concentration of suspended solids and the packed columns reduce the total gas pressure and associated problems with gas supersaturation. The warm treated water then flows by gravity to the incubation building or to four greenhouse-like structures (aquadomes). The water enters the incubation building through two ultraviolet sterilizers and pro- ceeds to upwelling incubation boxes which contain eyed eggs and alevins in layers of perforated plastic poultry nesting. In early April the salmon are removed from the incubation boxes and transferred to 3 m by 3 m fibreglass rearing ponds which are housed in the aquadomes. The warm water (15°C) and automatic feeder system enables the production of two-gram parr by mid-June each year. The accelerated parr Fish trapping facilities at upper end of the Liscomb River fishway are then transferred to the outdoor concrete rearing ponds at the Mactaquac FCS. constructed by engineering staff. These One of the Department owned down- Salmon Enhancement Projects facilities are on the East, Grand, LaHave, stream fish bypasses at East River, Sheet Declines in salmon stocks have occurred Liscomb, Medway and Sackville rivers in Harbour, was constructed originally as an due to loss of productive capacity of fresh- Nova Scotia and the Magaguadavic River experimental facility. It has a louver guid- ance system installed in the intake canal of water habitat, above average marine natu- in New Brunswick. the Ruth Falls Hydroelectric Station. It has ral mortality, and overexploitation. Watt proven to be about 95% effective in bypass- (1988) indicates that there has been a 50% The Department also operates the trap- ing fish from the turbine intake when all reduction in productive capacity for Atlan- ping and initial fish sorting facility at the the turbines are operating (Ducharme tic salmon in the Scotia-Fundy Region due Mactaquac Hydroelectric Station on the 1972). Similar systems are currently be- to habitat loss. These losses are the result Saint John River. This facility and the ing incorporated into the design of several of acidification, water diversions, creation Mactaquac FCS were constructed to miti- small hydro plants which are proposed in of impoundments, as well as agricultural, gate the effects of the Mactaquac hydro the Region. forestry and highway construction prac- development. Alewives are trucked to a tices. The natural production of Atlantic dumping station immediately above the The design for a major fishway at Grand salmon has not met the demands of the Falls on the Saint John River is currently commercial, recreational and native food dam. Salmon are transported to the sorting facility at Mactaquac FCS where they underway. The existing barrier to salmon fisheries. As a result, the commercial fish- migration consists of a 21.6 m falls and, are separated for use as hatchery broodstock eries have been closed and recently seasons just upstream, a 6.7 m high dam which is and for placement in upriver areas. and catches for the remaining salmon fish- part of NB Power’s hydroelectric develop- eries have been greatly restricted. ment at the site. The project would allow Functional fishway designs are also pro- Atlantic salmon to colonize large areas of One of the major enhancement activi- vided to owners of existing dams or other habitat in Maine, Quebec and New Bruns- ties involves the release of hatchery-reared obstructions without fish passage facilities. wick. The increase in returns to the Saint smolts to 30 rivers of the region. Another A major trapping and trucking facility was John River from this project is projected at involves the construction of fish passage recently constructed by a public salmon 13,000 salmon and grilse annually, or dou- facilities at natural and man-made barriers interest group (Atlantic Salmon for North- ble the return from the existing production to open up previously inaccessible fish ern Maine) and The Maine and New Bruns- upstream of Mactaquac Dam. The Canada habitat for anadromous fish species. Trans- - New Brunswick Cooperation Agreement wick Electric Power Company at the Tinker plants of salmon adults and/or releases of on Recreational Fisheries has provided $1 Hydroelectric Station on the Aroostook hatchery-reared juveniles are generally M towards this project. Salen Inc., a pub- River. The Aroostook River has excellent used to seed the new habitat. lic interest group, has accepted the chal- Atlantic salmon rearing potential similar to lenge of raising the remaining $2.5 M re- The Department owns and operates nine the Tobique River which at present provides quired for the construction of the project upstream and three downstream fish pas- the main spawning and nursery area for the plus additional funds for a trust fund for its sage facilities which were designed and entire Saint John River above Mactaquac. long term operation. 23 Research

Many Nova Scotia rivers have low pro- Fishways at dams or waterfalls are ideal pervious dams extending across the full ductivity because of extreme low summer locations to obtain total counts of upstream width of the river. They are designed to flows. Engineering investigations have migrating fish because the fishway provides pass water between bars which are spaced shown that for relatively low cost it is pos- the only route for fish passage. Fish traps to create a barrier for the fish under con- sible to develop water storage potential that are operated in fishways on the Tusket, sideration. The fence is laid out to lead fish could be used to increase summer flows. Liscomb, LaHave, East, Medway and to a trap. A walkway is provided across A project with the Gold River Salmon As- Grand rivers in Nova Scotia and on the the top of the fence for servicing the trap sociation and the Nova Scotia Salmon As- Petitcodiac, St. Croix, Tobique, and for cleaning debris from the fence. sociation is currently in the planning stage. Maguadavic, Aroostook and Saint John rivers in New Brunswick. The construction technique used on the Stock Assessment counting fences varies considerably. The The management of freshwater and Traps are designed with features to make Naswaak fence has a rock filled timber crib anadromous fish populations is dependent them effective in trapping and holding fish set in the stream bottom and timber A-frame on accurate information on the size of the without mortalities and injuries. The traps supports with aluminum barrier racks. The annual migration of various fish species. must also be “poacher-proof’ and easy to Stewiacke fence has a concrete base and With actual fish counts it is possible to operate by one person. The traps are con- steel A-frame supports with aluminum bar- make informed decisions on the need to structed of steel or aluminum and usually rier racks. The LaHave and Meduxnekeg adjust recreational and native food fisher- operated with an electric hoist. fences are portable types with steel tripods ies to permit spawning escapements. By and steel channel drilled to accept steel knowing the actual size of the spawning Fish counting fences must be installed electrical conduit to act as the fish barrier. escapement it is possible to make predic- to obtain information on fish populations The St. Mary’s fence utilizes nets sus- tions on the size of the fish population in if dams or waterfalls with fishways are not pended from a steel cable. future years. Fish trapping facilities de- present. In 1993, fish counting fences were signed and constructed by engineering staff in operation on the LaHave, Sackville, Funding for the operation of the Stewiacke and St. Mary’s rivers in Nova are currently installed at eighteen locations Nashwaak, Meduxnekeag, and Stewiacke Scotia and the Meduxnekeag and to enumerate fish populations. The trapping fences was provided by DFO through its Nashwaak rivers in New Brunswick. facilities also provide information on the Aboriginal Fisheries Strategy Program. success of hatchery stocking programs and These fences were installed by native crews Fish counting fences are designed as provide broodstock for the hatcheries. working under the direction of engineering staff. The trapping operations are undertaken by native crews working under the direction of biological staff. The Stewiacke fence is a model venture in that it has involved natives, salmon anglers and DFO in a tripartite operation. The Cobequid Salmon Association and the Nova Scotia Salmon Association are contributing funding and participating in the steering of the Stewiacke fence program.

Fish Passage and Fisheries Protection The Department participates in the provincial watercourse alteration permit system administered by the New Brunswick and Nova Scotia Departments of the Envi- ronment. Projects requiring engineering input are referred by the DFO Habitat Man- agement Branch. Engineering staff direct the design and installation of fishery protective measures by the water - use devel- oper as required by Sections 20, 21, 22, and 30 of the Canada Fisheries Act. These sections deal with upstream and downstream fish passage, fish stops, fish guards and provision of water for fishery protec- Typical fish trap tion. 24 Research

Further evaluation of fish passage efficiency is underway at both sites. If found to be necessary, further improvements in fish attraction at both sites are possible.

Similar phased improvements are proposed for fishways operated by Georgia Pa- cific Corporation at Woodland and Grand Falls on the St. Croix River. Also of interest at both these locations are new downstream fish passage facilities. The installation of the downstream bypass at Woodland was completed in 1993 and the Grand Falls installation is planned for the future. The Wood- land facility consists of a surface intake located at the face of one of the turbine trash racks. Approximately 1.9 CMS of water is withdrawn by gravity, over a downward opening gate, for attraction of downstream migrating salmon and alewives, i.e., spent adults and juveniles. The water passes into Stewiacke River counting fence a chamber from which 1.2 CMS of the water is pumped back into the headpond for power Proponents’ project proposals are re- sessment of these facilities showed major generation. The fish and 0.7 CMS of the viewed and solutions for fishery protective deficiencies in the amount of water released water travel 61 metres through a 600 mm measures are shown on functional draw- to attract fish. The location of the fish en- pipeline to the tailrace of the power station. ings prepared by engineering staff. These trances were good; however, the entrances A significant reduction in fish mortality is drawings show the physical shape and size were not designed to provide attractive con- expected by providing the fish a safe route of the fishery protective measures incorpo- ditions over the full range of water levels away from the turbines. rated into the proponent’s project proposal. expected during the fish migration. The proponent is responsible for prepara- The improper installation of highway cul- tion of the structural and detailed construc- In 1990 NB Power installed an auto- verts can cause major fish passage problems. tion drawings which are submitted for re- matic downward opening fish entrance gate The corrugated steel or concrete floors also view and Ministerial approval. at the Tobique fishway to provide improved result in loss of habitat which can be signifi- entrance conditions for all water levels. cant on four lane highways. Engineering staff There are 222 fishways and 56 culverts Biological assessments have shown that are working closely with the Habitat Man- with special provisions for fish passage in further improvements would be desirable. agement Branch and the NB and NS Depart- the Scotia-Fundy Region. Inspections by A design is currently being developed to ments of Transportation in developing cul- engineering staff, fishery officers and habi- increase the attraction flow from 0.71 cu- vert designs that reduce these problems. tat coordinators are carried out to ensure bic metres/second (CMS) to 1.91 CMS with Since major highway construction projects that these facilities are operating efficiently. the installation of one low head submers- are planned for the next 10 years the proper Engineering staff advise owners of main- ible pump. installation of culverts is necessary to ensure tenance requirements and operational fish passage and a minimum disruption to changes to improve fish passage efficiency. In 1992, NB Power upgraded the Old existing fish passage facilities are be- fish habitat. Where possible, bridges and arch Beechwood fishway at a cost of $225,000. ing totally reconstructed or upgraded to culverts with concrete footings are installed current standards. Downstream fish passage The improvements included doubling the so the natural stream bottoms can be retained. facilities are being installed at hydroelec- fishway attraction flow to 2.4 CMS and the At high gradient locations and on small wa- tric stations where technically feasible, bio- installation of two automatically control- tersheds, oversized precast concrete sections logically justified and when the owner can led fish entrance gates. The results of the with baffles are used. The baffle spacing be encouraged or directed to do so. biological assessment of the Beechwood varies with gradient and length of culverts. improvements in 1992 are encouraging. The culverts are filled with substrate mate- Phased upgrades of upstream fish pas- Prior to the improvements the fishway ef- rial and boulders placed on top. The baffles sage facilities are currently being under- ficiency was approximately 40%. In 1992 ensure that the gravel does not wash out and taken by NB Power at Tobique and the efficiency was 83%. The efficiency is that the water does not disappear through the Beechwood Hydroelectric stations on the based on the number of Atlantic salmon that gravel during low flow periods. Electro- Saint John River. The fish passage facili- passes through the Beechwood fishway seining inside the gravel bottom culverts ties at Tobique were constructed in 1953 compared with the total number released show that large numbers of juveniles are and those at Beechwood in 1957. An as- and available downstream. utilizing the habitat created. 25 Research

References DUCHARME, L.J. A. 1972. An Application of louver deflectors for guiding Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) smolts from power turbines. J. Fish. Rec. Bd. Canada. 29: 1397-1404.

FARMER, G.J., P.D. HUBLEY, H. JANSEN, J.W. McASKILL, and G.B. ROBBINS, 1989. Production of juvenile Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) at the Mactaquac Accelerated Rearing Facility and Fish Culture Station, New Bruns- wick, Canada, P. 107-118. In: R.L. Saunders [ed.] Proceedings of Canada - Norway finfish aquaculture workshop, September 11- 14, 1989. Can. Tech. Rep. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 1761.

WATT, W.D. 1988. Major causes and implications of Atlantic salmon habitat losses. In: R.H. Stroud [ed.] Proceedings of the symposium on present and future Atlantic salmon management, Portland, ME, October 27-29, 1987. Atlantic Salmon Federation, Ipswiik MA and National Coalition for Marine Conservation, Inc., Savan- nah, GA: 101-111. Jim Leadbetter (left), Habitat Management Branch, and Vern Conrad, Biological Sciences Branch, electroseining in a natural bottom culvert.

Many corrugated steel culverts installed excessive drop at the downstream ends and in the past are deteriorating, particularly steep gradient. Designs that include attach- along the bottom. Where the overlaying ing baffles inside the culverts and weirs fill is deep, it is not feasible or it is costly across the stream below the culverts have to replace the culvert, so shot-creting about been developed and installed at several lo- one half of their circumference at the bot- cations. As more of the failing culverts are tom has been proposed to restore these cul- located and their problems corrected, more verts. Many of these culverts are already fish habitat will be brought back into pro- partial barriers to fish passage because of duction of migrating fish.

26 Research CWS Seabird Colony Registry: A Computerized Data Management System for Access to Seabird Colony Data

D. N. Nettleship

Introduction initiative, the CWS Seabird Colony Regis- The Canadian Wildlife Service (CWS) try (CWS-SCR) has four primary functions: Seabird Programme for the study of seabirds in Arctic and Eastern Canada was l to identify, collate and integrate existing established in 1971 (Nettleship 1972a, information on breeding seabirds in Canada (colony locations, species composition, lev- 1973; also see below). One of the priori- els of abundance, population status and re- ties identified at that time was the develop- productive performance) from several files ment of a computerized data management or databases which are at present not eas- system for data from surveys and censuses ily accessible; of colonially-breeding seabirds. Prelimi- nary specifications for a seabird colony l to develop specifications for a compu- database management system were pre- terized seabird colony database retrieval D. N. Nettleship pared (Nettleship 1972b) and published system to minimize data redundancy and (Nettleship 1976). But it was not until 1986 maximize efficiency of access to informa- that a decision was taken by CWS-Atlan- tion on a local, regional, and national ba- Abstract tic to formalize and support a regional sis; The Canadian Wildlife Service (CWS) com- Seabird Colony Registry to begin in fiscal puterized data management system - “CWS Seabird Colony Registy (SCR)” - was developed year 1987-88. l to retrieve seabird data necessary for im- for the management of data from surveys and mediate and short-term applications to meet censuses of colonially-breeding seabirds in Following the guidelines of the 1986 current regional and national needs such as Canada. The aim is to provide superior data management and information dissemination services using new information technologies. This SEABIRD COLONY REGISTRY desktop information system comprises a relational REGIONAL DIVISIONS data structure consisting of a master file contain- 1 - Atlantic ing census data for a single species, at one loca- 2 - Quebec tion and time, with details of the location, inves- 3 - Ontario tigators, and citations of written reports separated 4 - Western / Northern a. Prairie Provinces into other database files. Data input is managed b. District of Keewatin by a series of programs written in the dBase IV c. District of Mackenzie programming language that present input screens d. District of Franklin to the user; validate data, manage the subfiles in 5 - Pacific /Yukon the relational design, and add the data to the database. Data can be retrieved, reported and statistically analysed using program routines within the SCR software or by using external software, such as word processors, spreadrheets, and/or GIS packages, that read dBase IIIfiles. The CWS- SCR 5.2 data management system will: (1) enhance project design and data collection by individual biologists, (2) ensure intra-regional data integration through a regional SCR, (3) provide inter-regional integration through a central (national) SCR, and (4) promote data assimilation and output from regional and central registries to governmental and non-governmental organizations. Overall, the seabird colony database will function as an essential tool for planning and managing coastal marine environments, for monitoring seabird populations in Canadian waters, Figure 1: Seabird Colony Registry regional divisions showing areas under jurisdiction of each and for environmental impact assessment stud- SCR regional coordinator: P&Y = Pacific & Yukon, W&N = Western & Northern, ONT = ies. Ontario, HDQ = National Headquarters, QUE = Quebec, ATL = Atlantic. 27 Research oil spills or other environmental emergen- nadian waters (e.g., Nettleship 1977, sion of marine bird data services within and cies, and environmental impact assess- Nettleship & Evans 1985, Evans & outside CWS in relation to original work ments; and Nettleship 1985, Nettleship 1991, objectives. The ultimate aim, of course, is Nettleship 1993; Blokpoel & Scharf 1991; to provide opportunities for superior data l to allow the performance of long-term Rodway 1991; Duffy & Nettleship 1992). management and information dissemina- (strategic) planning to satisfy future re- The mandate for this work is provided tion services using new information tech- gional and national needs including the through various national and international nologies. This can be achieved by the de- development of marine conservation and acts and regulations, the most significant velopment of an integrated seabird colony protection initiatives, coastal management of which are the Migratory Birds Conven- information services thrust in CWS. The programs and action plans, as well as gen- tion Act (1916: between Canada and the present need is for ratification and imple- eral applied studies on seabirds as moni- United States of America), the Canada mentation of the CWS-SCR system, a uni- tors of changing marine environments and Wildlife Act (1973), and Canada’s commit- fied approach to data management that will pollution. ment under the United Nations Convention link regions and enhance our abilities to on Biological Diversity (1992). conserve and protect marine avifauna and The monitoring of the status of coloni- its habitats in all regions of Canada (see ally-breeding seabirds in Canada and the Figure 1 for SCR regional divisions and publication of information on species dis- The SCR System: Scope and Figure 2 for details of SCR function and tributions, abundance, and reproductive Design information flow). performance is essential to the conserva- The purpose of this review is to help dition and protection of marine birds in Ca- rect our vision of the future for the provi- There are four main components of the SCR system (Figure 2), employing both CWS SEABIRD COLONY REGISTRY computer programs and manual procedures Function and Information Flow on a regional and national basis. They are: (1) project design and data collection by Objectives individual biologists, (2) intra-regional data - set standards integration through a regional SCR, (3) in- - permit data assimilation ter-regional data integration through a cen- - provide efficient output usage - service broad clientele: internal & external tral SCR repository, and (4) data assimilation and output from regional and central registries to governmental (GOs) and non- governmental (NGOs) organizations.

The SCR data management system was designed to set standards to seabird colony census data and permit information assimilation and output for application at both the biological and management levels. Data gathered by individual regional seabird biologists are made compatible and merged at the regional level to form an “information nucleus” to service internal and external regional needs. Information assimilation at the regional level ensures integration of individual projects and output, features beneficial to biologists and managers in attaining regional work objectives. It also permits an easy exchange and transfer of information between regions where inter- regional applications are required, as well Figure 2: Flowchart illustrating the structure and function of the Seabird Colony Registry as with other GOs and NGOs. database management system. Solid lines with arrowheads show pathways of data flow to principal destinations for assimilation and management application, as well as enhanced Data in regional registries are then en- information output to original point sources (see text for details). Symbols & codes: o = tered in the central SCR repository to form individual users/biologists within and outside CWS regions; CWS regions: P&Y = Pacific & a national seabird colony database. Con- Yukon, W&N = Western & Northern, ONT = Ontario, HDQ = National Headquarters, QUE = sistency of the input data at the regional Quebec, ATL = Atlantic. Government departments & services: DOE = Environment Canada, level ensures easy assimilation of inter-re- C&P = Conservation & Protection (now the Environmental Conservation Service), PMO = Prime Minister’s Office. gional information for immediate application to problem solving at the national level 28 Research

formation on 15-21 input parameters (re- Database Minimum number of input Total number of input parameters required parameters available quired minimum) to a maximum of 112 items, a feature that provides considerable flexibility with census data entry limitations Census information (master file) 8 -12 60 and routines (see Table 1 and Nettleship & Location information 7 23 Glenn 1992a for details).

Personal information 0-1 14 The schedule for data collation and en- Citation information 0-1 15 try for seabird colonies in Arctic and East- ern Canada is outlined in Table 2. The aim Totals 15 - 21 112 is to complete data entry in a stepwise progression by geographic region with the publication of a regional gazetteer for each Table 1: The CWS Seabird Colony Registry database and input parameters showing minimum of the five regions (e.g., Nettleship & Glenn and maximum data entry requirements for each colony census and/or survey. 1993), which will allow easy access to seabird colony data and certain demo- within CWS-C&P-DOE functions and re- tions are described in CWS Seabird Colony graphic parameters of individual species sponsibilities. Enhanced data availability Registry: Input Specifications for a Seabird populations: e.g., size and status. Once and output efficiency will permit informa- Colony Database (Nettleship & Glenn complete, these regional databases will re- tion usage at other decision points inside 1992a), and how to use the system is out- sult in the production of a major treatise on and outside government. lined in Using the Seabird Colony Registry the marine ornithology of northeastern - SCR Operation Instructions User’s Guide North America: Seabirds in the Northwest The rationale for using the SCR data (Nettleship & Glenn 1992b). DBase IV has Atlantic - Patterns of breeding and levels management system is simple. It sets stand- been used as the database management sys- of abundance. ards for data quality, permits data assimi- tem allowing database design, input screen lation, provides efficient output usage to design, and full retrieval and report gen- The CWS-SCR is a desktop information individual biologists and regions, and al- eration. The data within the database sys- system working on an IBM compatible PC lows CWS-C&P (regionally and nationally) tem includes detailed information on the using MS-DOS 6.2 and CWS-SCR 5.2 to service a broad clientele for decision location, seabird abundance (by species) (available on either 3.5” 1.44MB or 5.25” making. Information flows from individu- and census methods used, survey biologists 1.2MB floppy diskettes). The recom- als to regions and a central repository where involved and technical reports available for mended workstation specifications for this it is assimilated to form a knowledge base all seabird colonies surveyed, information colonial seabird application are an beneficial to all. Individual biologists re- that can be retrieved by individual species, 80386DX33 microcomputer (or better) with ceive access to much more data than they colony location or geographic region. De- 640K of installed RAM and 450K available contribute, and managers are positioned to tails associated with any single seabird at runtime, a hard drive with at least 10MB identify and evaluate management options colony survey can vary, ranging from in- of free space plus room for an expanding data much more easily than they could other- wise. Overall, the Seabird Colony Regis- Area / Region CWS Regional Start Date Projected try data management system is founded on Responsibility & Completion Date the basis that high-quality information re- Operations sults from clear problem definition, proper Labrador Atlantic 1992 1994 project design, sound data collection, ac- Eastern Arctic Western & Northern 1994 1995 curate analysis and efficient data output. Atlantic, and National HDQ Those characteristics can be achieved through the implementation of the SCR Central Arctic Western & Northern, Atlantic 1994 1995 system for “Access to Seabird Colony Newfoundland Atlantic 1994 1996 Data”. Gulf of St. Lawrence Atlantic and Quebec 1994 1996

Scotian Shelf Atlantic 1995 1996 Specifications, Regional Agenda Bay of Fundy and Data Entry Gulf of Maine The development of specifications for Great Lakes Ontario 1991 1995 the SCR data management system (SCR Version 5.2) is complete. Its data input NE North America Atlantic, National HDQ, 1992 1998 specifications, regional/national network (summary overview and Ontario and Quebec oceanographic synthesis) structure and implementation schedule received approval from the CWS Executive Committee in late 1991. The overall struc- Table 2: The CWS Seabird Colony Registry schedule of data entry for seabird colonies of Arctic ture of the relational database and its func- and Eastern Canada. 29 Research set, a colour monitor, a 101-key AT keyboard, dian Wildlife Service (CWS) project that NETTLESHIP, D.N. 1977. Seabird resources of a backup system (a 44MB or 90MB remov- involves participation and input from eastern Canada: status, problems and prospects. able cartridge-type external hard disk [i.e., a seabird biologists and managers from p. 96. 108 In T. Mosquin & C. Suchal, [ed.], Bernoulli drive] and an uninterrupted power across the country within and outside CWS. Canada’s Endangered Species and Habitats. Ca- nadian Nature Federation Special Publication Funding for the development of the con- supply [UPS] are recommended) and an HP No. 6. Ottawa. LaserJet III printer. Although the system does ceptual design of the system and the ensu- not require any additional software beyond ing programming that has culminated in the NETTLESHIP, D.N. 1991. Seabird manage- the CWS-SCR 5.2 program for data entry or SCR version 5.2 software has come largely ment and future research. Colonial Waterbird\ normal retrieval, it can generate ASCII text from CWS-Atlantic with supplemental sup- 14: 77-84. files and dBase III database files to facilitate port from other CWS regions and the Com- the transfer of data to other software pack- prehensive Labrador Cooperation Agree- NETTLESHIP, D.N. 1993. Seabird Population ages including spreadsheets (e.g., Excel) and ment. My grateful thanks go to Gary N. Monitoring Program: National Issues & Pro- word processors (e.g., Word). Glenn who has executed the system’s com- gram Priorities 1994-2004. Canadian Wildlife puter programming and endured my Service “Studies on northern seabirds” Report No. 265, Dartmouth, N.S. 77 p. The CWS-SCR data management system “never-ending” demands for the translation is expected to have wide-ranging appeal for of my concepts re the management of NETTLESHIP, D.N. & P.G.H. EVANS. 1985. seabird workers interested in performing spa- seabird data into a software program Distribution and status of the Atlantic Alcidae. tial and temporal analyses of colonially- (CWS-SCR 5.2) that works. This paper is p. 53-154 In D.N. Nettleship & T.R. Birkhead. breeding seabirds in the North Atlantic and associated with the program “Studies on [ed.], The Atlantic Alcidae. Academic Press, elsewhere. At the present time, considerable northern seabirds”, Seabird Research Unit, London & Orlando. interest to adopt the SCR system has been Canadian Wildlife Service, Environment expressed by several countries including: Canada (Report No. 266). NETTLESHIP, D.N. & G.N. GLENN. 1992a. CWS Seabird Colony Registry: Input specifica- Australia, Denmark, Greenland, Iceland, Ja- tions for a seabird colony database. Canadian pan, New Zealand, Norway, and the United References Wildlife Service “Studies on northern seabirds” States (Atlantic & Pacific regions), as well BLOKPOEL, H. &W.C. SCHARF. 1991. Sta- Report No. 255, Dartmouth, N.S. 77 p. as other countries associated with the 1991 tus and conservation of seabirds nesting in the Conservation of Arctic Flora and Fauna Great Lakes of North America. p. 17-41 In J.P. NETTLESHIP, D.N. & G.N. GLENN. 1992b. (CAFF) program of the International Arctic Croxall [ed.] Seabird status and conservation: a Using the Seabird Colony Registry - SCR opera- supplement. International Council for Bird Pres- Environmental Protection Strategy. tion instructions user’s guide (short form). Cana- ervation Technical Publication No. 11, Cam- dian Wildlife Service “Studies on northern bridge. Software Distribution and seabirds” Report No. 256, Dartmouth, N.S. 26 p. Program Implementation DUFFY, D.C. & D.N. NETTLESHIP. 1992. NETTLESHIP, D.N. & G.N. GLENN. 1993. Program copies of the CWS-SCR 5.0 data Seabirds: management problems and research Seabird colonies in Labrador. Canadian Wild- opportunities. p. 525-546 In D.R. McCullough management system (data storage & re- life Service “Studies on northern seabirds” Re- & R.H. Barrett [ed.] Wildlife 2001: Populations. port No. 254, Dartmouth, N.S. 85 p. trieval) were distributed to all CWS regions Elsevier Applied Science, London & New York. in October 1992, with a workshop and train- RODWAY, M. 1991. Status and conservation ing session held for regional coordinators at EVANS, P.G.H. & D.N. NETTLESHIP. 1985. of breeding seabirds in British Columbia. p. 43. the University of Guelph in April 1993. The Conservation of the Atlantic Alcidae. p. 427- 102 In J.P. Croxall [ed.] Seabird status and con- SCR 5.2 upgrade is available now for CWS 488 In D.N. Nettleship &T.R. Birkhead, [ed.], servation: a supplement. International Council regional coordinators. Plans are underway to The Atlantic Alcidae, Academic Press, London for Bird Preservation Technical Publication No. & Orlando. initiate a limited distribution of the SCR 5.2 11, Cambridge. upgrade in 1994 to selected users in the sci- NETTLESHIP, D.N. 1972a. Inter-relationships entific and resource management sectors in- of seabirds and the coastal zone: a summary re- cluding government, university and non- port on seabird research. p. 131-136. In Proceed- profit conservation organisations. The aim ings Coastal Zone Seminar, BIO, Dartmouth, is to bring the CWS-SCR data management N.S., March 1972, Vol. 1. Environment Canada, system into full operation as a national and Ottawa. regional marine bird data facility as soon as NETTLESHIP, D.N. 1972b. Seabird census possible. For more information, contact: D.N. techniques - preliminary draft. Canadian Wild- Nettleship, CWS, Bedford Institute of Ocea- life Service “Studies on northern seabirds” nography, PO. Box 1006, Dartmouth, Nova Manuscript Report No. 4: 1-20. Scotia, Canada B2Y 4A2 (phone and fax: 902-426-3274). NETTLESHIP, D.N. 1973. Canadian seabird research. Marine Pollution Bulletin 4: 62-64.

Acknowledgements NETTLESHIP, D.N. 1976. Census techniques The Seabird Colony Registry data man- for seabirds of arctic and eastern Canada. CWS agement system is a C&P-Atlantic Cana- Occasional Paper No. 25: 1-33. 30 Research

Radioactivity Measurements in the Arctic Ocean

J. N. Smith and K. M. Ellis

liquid radioactive wastes in a large area of the Barents Sea and solid radioactive wastes, including submarine nuclear reactors with spent fuel and spent nuclear fuel from the Lenin icebreaker, in inlets of Novaya Zemlya and in the Novaya Zemlya Trough. The total activity of dumped wastes has been reported as 85 PBq, although this entire inventory of radioactivity may not become an immediate source of marine contamination as the reactors have been filled with a furfurol barrier in attempts to delay interaction with seawater for several J. N. Smith K. M. Ellis hundred years.

Introduction ries) of radioactive waste was released into The mechanisms governing inputs of radionuclides from the Russian arctic into Recent reports (Yablokov, 1993) of the the Techa River (Aarkrog, 1993) which North American waters include the trans- dumping of radioactive wastes in the Rus- drains into the Kara Sea through the Ob port of dissolved radionuclides in surface sian Arctic Ocean have raised concerns River system (Figure 1). Arctic regions water along the Siberian continental shelf, about the levels of radioactive contaminants were further contaminated between 1955 radionuclide transport with Atlantic water in the Arctic and the potential impacts on and 1962 when 87 atmospheric and 3 sub- that flows through the Barents Sea and cir- the environment and human health. The marine test explosions were carried out at culates through the Arctic Ocean at depths immediate threat stems from liquid radio- Novaya Zemlya (Figure 1). Approximately of 300-500 m and the possible ice rafting active wastes dumped in the Barents Sea 300-900 PBq of Sr-90 and Cs-137 were of radioactive particles from the shallow and solid radioactive wastes, including released into the environment, some of Russian marginal seas. Arctic regions are fuelled nuclear reactors, dumped in the which was deposited as regional fallout in particularly sensitive to pollution owing to Kara Sea (Figure 1). However, longer term the Arctic. A third, more localized source of radioactive contamination was created food chains which are relatively short and concerns have focused on the potential for in 1968 when a US B-52 bomber crashed susceptible to rapid potential uptake of con- continued releases of radioactive contami- on the ice during its approach to a military taminants into higher trophic levels and nants into the Arctic Ocean both from the airbase in Thule, Greenland resulting in the where organisms are already under severe large nuclear submarine and surface vessel rupture of four nuclear weapons and the stress owing to the unfavourable living con- fleets and from the numerous nuclear reac- release of 1 TBq of Pu-239,240 into the ditions associated with extreme low tem- tor and radioactivity storage sites on the proximal marine environment. A fourth peratures. The cold climate also influences Russian continental land mass. Since 1979, major source of radioactivity transport into the impact of pollutants on arctic ecosys- scientists in the Radioactivity Section of the the arctic has been the Sellafield Reproc- tems through diminished precipitation re- Marine Chemistry Division have been in- essing Plant in the UK. The transport of sulting in both longer atmospheric resi- volved in studies of radioactivity in the Sellafield-labelled water from the Irish Sea dence times for airborne contaminants and Arctic Ocean and, as a result, have been into the Norwegian Sea, maximized dur- longer residence times for volatile organic able to undertake an active role in interna- ing the 1970s has contributed approxi- compounds in soil and aquatic reservoirs. tional investigations of contamination of mately 10-15 PBq to the present day in- The human population of the Arctic is com- the Arctic Ocean from Russian sources. ventory of Cs-137 in the Arctic Ocean. The posed of approximately 1 million indig- These recent activities and potential future most recent source of radioactive contami- enous people who, from an environmental impacts of radioactive contamination from nation of the Arctic Ocean was the 1986 point of view, constitute an important com- Russia are reviewed in this article. Chernobyl accident which resulted in the ponent of the ecosystem because they live direct atmospheric deposition of 1 PBq in to a large extent on locally produced food Sources of Radioactive the Arctic Ocean and the subsequent trans- such as reindeer, birds, fish, sea mammals Contamination port into this region via the Norwegian and various arctic vegetation. The radio- The first radioactive pollution of arctic Coastal Current of an additional 5 PBq. In logical exposure of humans in the arctic has ecosystems occurred between 1949 and the Yablokov (1993) report it is further been primarily through the terrestrial food 1951 when 100 PBq (equal to 3 x 106 Cu- stated that the former USSR disposed of chain by vectors such as the lichen-rein- 31 Research

ventories both at CESAR and at the Cana- dian Ice Island are mainly from nuclear weapons fallout from the atmosphere. The deeper penetration into the water column of Cs-137 at CESAR compared to the Ice Island indicates that the ventilation of the deep halocline at CESAR occurs on faster time scales than at the Ice Island. This observation implies that halocline water cir- culating through the Arctic Ocean at depths of 200 m tends to reach the Central Arctic before it arrives at the Canadian continental shelf.

The nuclear weapons accident at Thule is of particular importance to Canada and its northern inhabitants owing to the proximity of this event to Canadian territory and the radiological threat associated with the long-lived (t = 24,000 y), radioisotope, Pu- 239. A joint Canadian/Danish study was Figure 1: Locations of ice stations and Russian marginal seas in the Arctic Ocean. conducted in coastal waters off Thule in 1984 and sediment samples were collected in a broad grid over the accident site to sup- deer-human pathway, because radioactiv- tions in sub-surface water at the FRAM III plement previous work conducted in 1974 ity concentrations in terrestrial flora and location (Figure 2) represent the transport and 1979 (Aarkrog et al., 1987a; 1987b). fauna are generally an order of magnitude of Atlantic water, contaminated with Cs- Areal contours delineating the spatial dis- greater than those found in large, diluting 137 from Sellafield, as it enters the Arctic tribution of Pu-239, 240 sediment invento- media such as marine and aquatic environ- Ocean through Fram Strait. The absence of ries in 1974, 1979, and 1984 are shown in ments. However, the unique circumstances these high Cs-137 levels at the CESAR Ice Figure 3. Only limited dispersion of Pu- of events such as the Chernobyl accident Station (Figure 2) four years later, indicates 239, 240 from the crash site has occurred and the seabed dumping of radioactive that significant quantities of Sellafield-la- since 1974 into the fine-grained sediments wastes in the Russian arctic require an as- belled water had not, by 1983, arrived in of the eastern basin and into the northern sessment of their radiological threat to arc- the Central Arctic Ocean. The Cs-137 in- extension of the trough. The conclusion tic inhabitants.

Department of Fisheries and Oceans (DFO) Radioactivity Studies in the Arctic Ocean DFO interest in arctic radioactivity began in 1979 when measurements of Sellafield-derived, Cs-137 were conducted at the FRAM III Ice Station (Smith et al., 1990) located north of Fram Strait in the Arctic Ocean (Figure 1). Radioactivity measurements were subsequently carried out on water samples collected at the CESAR Ice Station in 1983 and the Cana- dian Ice Island in 1985, 1986, and 1989 (Figure 1) in order to determine radionuclide fluxes through the Arctic Ocean (Moore and Smith, 1986; Ellis et al. Figure 2: Cs-137 water column profiles at the FRAM III Ice Station in 1979, the CESAR Ice 1993; Smith and Ellis, 1994). The distri- Station in 1983 and the Canadian Ice Island in 1989 illustrate the time distribution of Cs-137 at bution of Cs-137 in the water column (Fig- different arctic locations. The excess Cs-137 at FRAM III, was due to transport of Sellafield- ure 2) at several of these locations illus- derived Cs-137 into the Arctic Ocean with Atlantic water. Higher Cs-137 levels at 200 m at trates the relative time scales which gov- CESAR compared to the Canadian Ice Island are due to the longer time required for fallout Cs- em radionuclide transport through the Arc- 137 to be transported through the halocline over the Canadian continental shelf compared to that of the Central Arctic. tic Ocean. The elevated Cs-137 concentra- 32 Research drawn from these studies is that Pu-239, 240 released in particulate form into an arctic marine system undergoes only minimal dispersion from the release point and is rapidly buried by sedimentation and biologi-

Figure 4. Cs-137 (Bq/kg) activities in surface sediments collected in the Barents Sea during two cruises in 1992 aboard the Russian ships: Geolog Fersman (Okeangeologia, St. Petersburg) and Dalnie Zelentsy (Murmansk Marine Biological Institute, MMBI).

cal mixing in proximal sediment regimes Russian Arctic (Smith et al., 1994). Field Studies - 1992 The dispersal of plutonium at Thule Following reports of the dumping of ra- since 1968 represents a useful case study dioactive wastes in the Russian Arctic, sev- for the dumping of radioactive wastes in eral studies were initiated in 1992 to iden- the Barents and Kara Seas because: (1) the tify dump site sources of radioactivity in accident in Thule occurred in a similar shal- the Barents Sea. These studies involved low (150-300 water depth), near shore ma- collaborations with Russian scientists at rine environment to the Novaya Zemlya Okeanogeologia in St. Petersburg and the Trough where much of the radioactive Murmansk Marine Biological Institute in waste was dumped and at the same latitude (76°N) as the Russian and Norwegian mar- Murmansk and with Norwegian scientists ginal arctic seas, (2) the weapons plutonium in Tromso and Grimstad, Norway. Surface was released in an insoluble oxide form, sediments and sediment cores were col- Figure 3: Sediment inventories of Pu-239, 240 similar to matrices typical of radioactive lected at a wide range of stations in the were measured on cores collected (locations wastes, and, (3) the spatially and tempo- Barents Sea aboard the Russian ships, the indicated by dots) around the accident site rally constrained Pu-239, 240 input function Geolog Fersman and the Dalnie Zelentsy (indicated by star) during expeditions to Thule during the summer of 1992. These samples in 1974, 1979 and 1984. Only minimal from the weapons accident provides a were returned to Canada and analyzed for resuspension and transport of contaminated unique experimental framework to study sediments occurred out of the accident area by Pu-239, 240 transport through the environ- radionuclides at the Bedford Institute of 1984, indicating that plutonium in other marine ment. This study suggests that the Russian Oceanography (BIO). The surface sediment radioactive waste dumpsites may be relatively radioactive waste dump sites are unlikely distributions of Cs-137 and Pu-239, 240, immobile. to become major sources for plutonium illustrated in Figures 4 and 5, exhibit large pollution of the Arctic Ocean. variations in radionuclide concentrations 33 Research

support materials and its concentration in nuclear debris is highly dependent on this source term. The Co-60 activity of 92 Bq/ kg measured at Chernaya Bay lies in the range of Co-60 values of 20-200 Bq/kg (de- cay corrected to 1992) measured in surface sediments and cores at Enewetak Atoll in 1972.

Sediment cores were collected with the intention of determining the historical record of radioactive pollution of the Barents Sea by measuring contaminant profiles in cores dated using the naturally-occurring, radioactive isotope, Pb-210. Sedi- ment profiles for Pb-210, Cs-137 and Pu- 239, 240 are illustrated in Figure 6 for a core collected in a basin 20 km seaward of the contaminated fjord of Chernaya Guba. In- puts of radioactivity into the sediments have been modelled using a two layer, biodiffusion model. The flux of Pb-210 to the sediments is assumed to be constant, while the input fluxes of Cs-137 and Pu- 239, 240 are assumed to be proportional to their atmospheric fallout record. Curves a and b (Figure 6) represent end member cases in which burial of radioactive tracers is governed solely by mixing and sedimen- Figure 5: Pu-239, 240 (Bq/kg) in surface sediments collected in the Barents Sea. tation, respectively. Curves a and b are almost identical for Pb-210, but the Cs-137 and Pu-239, 240 distributions are in better throughout the Barents Sea, but these data three underwater nuclear weapons tests agreement with curves a compared to curve mainly reflect the deposition of fallout carried out in Chernaya Bay in 1955, 1957 b. This result indicates that uptake of ra- radionuclides. Most of the variance in these and 1961, all having yields of up to 20 kilo- dioactive and other types of contaminants distributions can be explained on the basis tons. Underwater nuclear tests have intro- in these sediments is almost entirely gov- of particle size with the higher radionuclide duced only an insignificant fraction (less erned by sediment mixing, or bioturbation, concentrations associated with the finer- than 1%) of the total fallout from fission which is caused by the activities of organ- detonations, but these events have the grained, organic rich sediment regimes. isms living in the sediments. Unfortunately, unique feature of being point source injec- the distortion of radionuclide profiles by The most remarkable feature of these tions which can result in significant con- mixing reduces the time-stratigraphic reso- data is the elevated levels of Cs-137 (158 tamination of the local environment. The lution of contaminant events and alterna- Bq/kg) and, especially, Pu-239, 240 (8470 concentrations of Pu-239, 240 and Cs-137 tive methods must be utilized to reconstruct Bq/kg) measured in a surface sediment in Chernaya Bay sediments are similar to the historical record of pollution of this re- sample collected in the fjord of Chernaya those measured in surface sediments at gion. Bay on the southwestern coast of Novaya Enewetak, a coral atoll in the Pacific Ocean Zemlya (Smith et al., 1994). Chernaya Bay which was the site of numerous US nuclear is a long (10 km), narrow (1.6 km wide), weapons tests conducted during the 1950s Field Studies - 1993 fjord for which there are a number of po- including several underwater nuclear ex- DFO scientists from BIO participated in tential sources of radioactive contamina- plosions (Nelson and Noshkin, 1973). several cruises in 1993 designed to charac- tion. Since the early 1950s a series of un- terize source terms for the release of radio- derground and atmospheric nuclear weap- The detection of the relatively short- activity from the Russian marginal seas. ons tests have been carried out at Chernaya lived activation product, Co-60 (t1/2 = 5.26 One cruise involved the collection of Bay. In addition, approximately 11 TBq of y) in a gamma ray analysis of the sediment seawater and sediment samples from the low and medium activity solid radioactive sample from Chernaya Guba also raised Coast Guard icebreaker, the CSS Henry wastes (SRW) were dumped in Chernaya concerns about potential dump sites in this Larsen in the East Siberian Sea. These sam- Bay (Yablokov et al., 1993). However, the region. However, Co-60 is produced in ples are presently being analyzed for primary source of the sediment contami- nuclear tests by neutron activation of co- radionuclides in an effort to measure the nation was probably direct fallout from balt present in the weapons construction or transport of radioactivity from Russian and 34 Research

Novaya Zemlya trough in 1980 and on Canadian shelf and in the Central Arctic in which had been stored almost 10 TBq of order to determine fluxes of radionuclides Sr-90 as solid radioactive wastes. Sediment being transported from European sources and seawater samples were collected in the across the Arctic Ocean. The present con- vicinity of the ship whose position was pre- sensus of scientists studying radioactivity cisely located using side scan sonar (Fig- in the arctic is that radioactive pollution of ure 7). Initial measurements of radioactiv- this region is significant on local scales, but ity, undertaken at BIO on sediments and that there is no convincing evidence yet for seawater samples collected in the vicinity large scale contamination of the arctic ma- of the sunken vessel, have revealed rela- rine environment from Russian sources. tively low levels of radioactivity and little evidence for significant leakage of radio- References active contaminants from the seabed dump AARKROG, A., S. BOELSKIFTE, H. site. DAHLGAARD, S. DUNIEC. E. HOLM and J.N. SMITH. 1987a. Studies of transuranics in Future Concerns an Arctic marine environment. J. Radioanaly. Priorities for future work include con- Nucl. Chem., 115: 39-50. tinued surveillance of radioactive dump sites in the Barents and Kara Seas and fur- AARKROG, A., S. BOELSKIFTE, H. ther investigations of fluxes of DAHLGAARD, S. DUNIEC, L. radionuclides entering the Arctic Ocean HALLSTADIUS, E. HOLM and J.N. SMITH. 1987b. Technetium-99 and cesiun-134 as long from Russian river systems. In 1994, sci- distance tracers in Arctic waters. Estuar. Coast. entists will participate in the Transarctic Shelf Sci.. 24: 637-647. Cruise aboard the Coast Guard icebreaker, CSS Louis St. Laurent and sediment and AARKROG, A. 1993. Radioactivity in Polar seawater samples will be collected on the regions. International Conference on Environ- Figure 6: Pb-210, Cs-137 and Pu239, 240 mental Radioactivity in the Arctic, Kirkenes. profiles in core 12, collected off the island of Norway, 23-27, August, 1993. Novaya Zemlya. Curve a represents the two- layer, biodiffusion model simulation solely for ELLIS, K.M.. J.N. SMITH and R.W. NELSON. deep mixing while curve b represents model 1993. Radionuclide measurements from the simulation for sedimentation in the absence of deep mixing. The good agreement between Canadian Ice Island. Proc. Int. Conf. Environ. measured tracer profiles and curve a indicates Radioact. Arctic, Kirkenes, Norway, Aug 23-27, that downward transport of radionuclides is 1993. governed mainly by sediment mixing or bioturbation. MOORE, R.M. and J.N. SMITH. 1986. Disequilibria between Ra-226, Pb-210 and Po- 210 in the Arctic Ocean and the implications European sources onto the Canadian con- for chemical modification of the Pacific water tinental shelf. A second cruise focused on inflow. Earth and Planetary Science Letters, 77: the collection of samples from the estuar- 285-292. ies of the Ob and Yenesy Rivers, which empty into the Kara Sea. Several large nu- NELSON, V. and V.E. NOSHKIN. 1973. clear reprocessing plants in the interior of Enewetak Survey Report. USAEC Nevada Op- Russia, including the Chelyabinsk-40 and erations Office, Las Vegas, Nevada, NVO- 140: Tomsk-7 plants, release their wastes into 131-224. these river systems. Finally, a scientist from BIO also joined a Russian research team SMITH, J.N., K.M. ELLIS and E.P. JONES. on an expedition aboard the RV Geolog 1990. Cesium-137 transport into the Arctic Fersman to the Barents and Kara Seas in Ocean through Fram Strait. Journal of Geophysi- cal Research, 95 (C2): 1693-1701. 1993 (Figure 7). The goal of this cruise was to locate radioactive dump sites on the SMITH, J.N., K.M. ELLIS, D. MATISHOV, G. seabed in the Kara Sea and determine the IVANOV, L. POLYAK, S. DAHLE and K. extent of leakage of radioactivity from stor- Figure 7: Upper panel: Cruise track of Geolog NAES. 1993. Levels of radioactivity in Barents age containers. On September 15, after a Fersman in 1993; Lower panel: sidescan sonar Sea sediments off Novaya Zemlya. International five day storm swept through the region, image of ship used for the storage of nearly 10 Conference on Environmental Radioactivity in the research team located their primary tar- TBq of Sr-90 and then scuttled at site A in the the Arctic and Antarctic, Kirkenes. Norway, Au- get, a ship that had been scuttled in the Novaya Zemlya Trough. gust 23-27. 35 Research

SMITH, J.N. and K.M. ELLIS. 1994. Ventila- tion rates for the Arctic Ocean halocline determined from Cs-137 tracer profiles at the CESAR Ice Station, Deep-Sea Research, submitted.

SMITH, J.N., K.M. ELLIS, A. AARKROG, H. DAHLGAARD and E. HOLM. 1994. Sediment mixing and burial of the Pu-239, 240 pulse from the 1968 Thule, Greenland nuclear weapons accident. J. Environ. Rad., submitted.

YABLOKOV, A.V., V.K. KARASEV, V.M. RUMYANTSEV, M. KOKEYEV, O.I. PETROV, V.N. LUSTOV, and A.F. YEMELYANENKOV. (1993). Russian Federa- tion state report on sea burial of radioactive wastes. Administration of the President of the Russian Federation, Moscow, Russia, 108 p.

Habitat Sensitivity Mapping System: A Method of Linking Science With Managers

P. R. Boudreau

the Brander-Smith Report, the federal gov- Through these tasks the Scotia-Fundy ernment set up a National Sensitivity Map- project, entitled the Habitat Sensitivity ping Program led by Environment Canada Mapping System (HSMS), has as its main (DOE). As part of this national program, thrust the task of providing managers with funding was provided to the Department access to existing scientific information. of Fisheries and Oceans (DFO) Since its inception the initiative has relied Scotia-Fundy Region to develop habitat on cooperation between the Management sensitivity maps for use in oil spill response. and Science sectors within the Region. To The work was laid out in five main tasks: formalize such cooperation a technical 1) convene a workshop of scientists and committee has been in place that includes managers to review available data, to iden- representation from Science, Paul Boudreau from Biological Sciences tify additional datasets required to fill gaps, Branch, Bob Rutherford, Habitat Manage- and to select habitat variables on which to P. R. Boudreau ment Branch and Gary Turner, Aquaculture base measures of habitat sensitivity; 2) Coordination Office. This committee, be- compile a list of existing habitat data, both Introduction sides acting as the supervisors of the work digital and hard copy, that could be incor- The Public Review Panel on Tanker contracted out to local private sector firms, porated into sensitivity maps; 3) establish Safety and Marine Spills Response Capa- provided direct support to the project by bility (Brander-Smith 1990) identified a conversion protocols and begin accessing drawing on other sources of data within the need for the development of tools that aid existing habitat data in a distributed data Department. The technical committee also emergency response teams in their role in network fashion; 4) produce full documen- maintains good communication with the responding to marine environmental emer- tation of electronic datasets and habitat sen- National Program, centred at DOE in gencies. One of the tools identified was sitivity maps and 5) if time allows initiate Dartmouth, as well as the other Regional habitat sensitivity maps based on electronic modelling of habitat sensitivity measures initiatives in Habitat Sensitivity Mapping geo-referenced databases. In response to for selected areas of coastlines. and geomatics. 36 Research

Task 1 work would not be guaranteed. A second the necessary links to established databases The broad scope of resources to be pro- significant point that came out of the meet- that were being regularly maintained, many tected in the event of an oil spill and the ing was the need to develop a distributed of which were already in dBase format, this various responsibilities of DFO at such a or federated database system that would generic format was chosen to be the back- time provides a major challenge to the de- provide access to data in a number of loca- bone of the new system. A low-end desk- livery of habitat information. DFO has re- tions, rather than trying to bring all of the top geographic information system and in- sponsibilities for marine, coastal and fresh- data into a central location. This require- formation management system called water environments. The diversity of re- ment stems from the fact that the informa- Infocus/Quikmap was chosen because it sponsibilities gives rise to many research- tion required to properly define sensitive readily handles dBase point and polygon habitats is held by a number of agencies ers and managers who are responsible for data. It was recognized that this system and that it is not possible to maintain such pertinent data and information. Besides the would perform very well as the initial a diverse database in a single location. information directly managed by DFO, startup platform but may be replaced with there is a variety of data required from, or new and more powerful software and hard- shared with, other agencies such as the fed- It was also recognized that many other initiatives, both private and government, ware developments. The use of a generic eral Department of the Environment (DOE) were dealing with the hardware and soft- dBase compilation of data allows for its and several departments of provincial gov- ware necessary for data conversion, display access through a variety of software pack- ernments in Nova Scotia and New Bruns- and networking. As a result, it was decided ages, taking advantage of existing transla- wick. When preparing for, or responding that this initiative should take advantage of tion applications. to, an oil spill situation it is essential to have existing software developments and focus a system that can readily access this com- on the task of identifying existing data The best example of an independently plex, yet extensive, community of data and sources and document their location, for- maintained database in dBase format that information users. mat, responsible manager etc. By stress- could be accessed by the system is the one ing the database management efforts, the designed for use by DFO’s Aquaculture The initial task of the HSMS project at- system should be able to readily update Coordination Office for tracking the licens- tempted to address this diversity by con- the information at the time of the spill. ing process of aquaculture sites. Although sulting with experts in both data and infor- this database was set up originally to help mation management and the resource man- Task 2-4 managers follow licence applications agers. A workshop held in February 1992 The activities for Task 2, 3 and 4 of the through the review process by several fed- provided an opportunity for discussion and project dealing with the listing and docu- eral and provincial departments, the data- input into the direction of the project (see mentation of data began at the workshop base contains positional information on Anon., 1992). One of the early decisions and have proceeded concurrently over time. required was to identify a focus area. The each site that is useful in displaying the sites Data were found to be available in many limited funding of the project required the geographically (see Figure 2). Fortunately, formats: hardcopy, ASCII files, electronic selection of an area of high priority for this important database contains informa- maps and dBase files requiring some struc- much of the development. Based on prox- tion for the much larger area of the Scotia- turing. Because the aim was to develop imity to oil tanker traffic, existence of sen- Fundy Region sitive coastline and availability of existing data, an area on the west coast of the Bay of Fundy between Saint John and Point Lepreau in the Province of New Brunswick was selected (see Figure 1). Although this area would form the core of the project, it was resolved that data from other areas would be included based on availability.

Much of the general discussion revolved around the actual makeup of the system to be developed. It was decided that the system should be based on PC technology, be highly portable, i.e. it should make use of electronic networks where possible but maintain much of the data on a portable stand alone PC. Past experience of DFO’s Habitat Management Branch as part of the Regional Environmental Emergencies Team (REET) at the time of an oil spill suggested that the availability of data quality telephone lines necessary to access the net- Figure 1: Saint John to Lepreau area of Neu Brunswick 37 Research

This data base is typical of some of the which is available of Saint John Harbour, many duties including enforcement, pub- better electronic databases required for the provide all of the data usually found on a lic relations and general communication system. It already exists in a dBase format navigational chart in a more usable format. with fishermen. In preparing the system it with accurate positioning information and Both of the digital LRIS and CHS maps became evident that they represent an in- considerable additional information regard- and charts are available in a form that re- valuable source of information. The fishing species, as well as telephone contacts quired minimal effort to convert into the eries officer in the Saint John area was able for use in the case of an oil spill. The data- format used by this system. These two to provide information on biological re- base is updated on a daily/weekly basis by valuable sources of information provided sources such as lobster and scallop nursery the responsible manager and resides on the the basemap material so that resource and areas and seal haul-out areas. As impor- local Scotia-Fundy Region network. Even habitat information could be usefully dis- tant, from the point of oil spill response, with this amount of structuring, the data- played and queried. was the information on fisheries activities base originally required several hours of such as marine plant harvesting areas, fish- work to provide useful display of the data. Although system development focused ing locations by species and type, fishing This work included adding some missing mainly on data already in electronic for- seasons and fish landing stations. All of fields and generating display codes for the mat, several hardcopy sources of informa- these types of information required digi- records based on the state of the application were identified as important enough tizing to bring into the electronic format. tion, i.e., approved, rejected, withdrawn, to be digitized into the electronic Infocus/ etc. To facilitate this work software has Quikmap format. One example of such Ongoing and Future recently been written that will automate this high priority hardcopy source was data on Developments process with minimal operator input. shoreline geomorphology for the selected Development thus far has generated a Saint John to Lepreau area available in a system that provides excellent coverage of published hardcopy atlas (Hunter 1978). A A second electronic database that can be a small, high priority area along with some accessed by the system is the topographic consortium of local companies worked to- more general information for the Atlantic maps prepared by the Land Registration gether to carry out this task. The resulting Coast. With existing support the system and Information Service of Nova Scotia digital maps of geomorphology are highly presently provides access to about 60 data (LRIS). Fortunately much of Atlantic accurate with the necessary detail to address bases covering topics such as biology, Canada has excellent digital basemap in- most management questions, however, the geomorphology, commercial fisheries, oil formation available in the form of 1: 10,000 cost of digitizing and lack of comparable response equipment etc. The system has data for other areas prohibits the develop- basemaps. This source provides informa- been successfully used in an international ment of a uniform coverage for the entire tion products that include baseline infor- oil spill response exercise, “CANU- mation such as shoreline, roads, waterways Scotia-Fundy Region. SLANT,” held in the Bay of Fundy and etc. Comparable digital data are also avail- Gulf of Maine area in the fall of 1992 to Another hard copy data source of im- able for some of the coastal and offshore assess the risk to coastal resources. areas from the Canadian Hydrographic portance to the project was developed from Service (CHS) in the form of digital navi- fisheries officers. DFO employs fisheries Since its initiation, the benefits of par- gational charts. The digital charts, one of officers throughout the region who fulfil ticipating in a community of data and information users have become apparent. A review of the project, along with other com- plimentary initiatives in the region, showed significant areas where coordination of projects would benefit the HSMS (Anon. 1993a). Data compiled for this project is of use to a much broader community of users other than for oil spill response. Com- parably the HSMS benefits from having access to data compiled by other agencies. One example of this is that as a result of the demands of the HSMS, the National Sensitivity Mapping Project and other federal Canada’s Green Plan projects, local mapping agencies, CHS, LRIS and New Brunswick Geographic Information Corpo- ration, are presently involved in coordinat- ing the generation of a Coastal Database for Atlantic Canada. This project will provide access to “official” digital mapping Figure 2: Detail for aquaculture siting information in the Letang area of Southern New databases on shoreline, bathymetry, Brunswick surficial morphology, etc. This task re- 38 Research quires the participation and cooperation of Thus far the Habitat Sensitivity Mapping and maintain. It is envisaged that as the several agencies to compare their data and System has been a win-win situation for all system expands to include additional par- resolve differences in data collection and involved in the DFO Scotia-Fundy Region. ticipants, it will better serve the informa- handling so as to allow consistent access Biological Sciences Branch has been able tion needs of DFO for oil spill response and to common baseline information. This ini- to provide some of its information to Habi- other management decisions. tiative will benefit all agencies interested tat Management Branch as well as being in activities in the coastal zone. able to take advantage of their larger data Acknowledgements compilation project. Habitat Management A significant result of the HSMS has Branch has been able to make use of the I would like to thank all of the people been the successful initiation of a much development work carried out by Biologi- who have participated and or contributed larger project under the Green Plan. One cal Sciences Branch. The Aquaculture to the project thus far. They include both Coordination Office has been able to get portion of this National Program is called the data providers who have made their data some help in dealing with its information Inventory and Monitoring. In the summer available and the data users who have pro- requirements at the same time as provid- of 1993, Scotia-Fundy Habitat Manage- vided comments on the system and its func- ing its information to the other Branches ment Branch began what it called the Habi- tionality. for use in their work. In addition, the Ca- tat Action Plan (HAP). Its purpose is to pro- nadian Hydrographic Service has been able References vide managers with access to information to get started on their plans to contribute to ANONYMOUS. 1992. Habitat Sensitivity necessary for the rational evaluation of pro- the Coastal Database that will serve many Mapping Workshop: Review, Strategy and Rec- posed modifications to aquatic habitats. DFO purposes. The use of existing computer technology ommendation. Can. Manuscr. Rep. Fish. Aquat. Sci.: 49 p. should allow managers to have more timely There is still much to do in terms of ex- access to better data so that they can better panding the area of coverage beyond the ANONYMOUS. 1993a. Habitat Sensitivity address potential problems and provide initial high priority locations. One of the Mapping (Brander-Smith/Green Plan) Project better recommendations. Building on the serious challenges is to make the large vol- Review. Can. Manuscr. Rep. Fish. Aquat. Sci.: experience of the HSMS, this new project umes of information available to a wider 13 p. has been able to begin work towards a con- audience within DFO and to outside agen- sistent information base for the entire re- cies. Although many of the necessary BRANDER-SMITH, D. 1990. Protecting our gion including marine, coastal and fresh- pieces exist to accomplish the task of waters: final report: Public Review Panel on Tanker Safety and Marine Spills Response Ca- water habitats. The information compiled putting the system on the individual desks pability. Ottawa: The Panel. 263 p. by the HAP project will be consistent with of managers and scientists, work is still re- that already in the HSMS and so both quired to put the pieces together in a us- HUNTER, G.T. 1978. Fundy Coastal Zone projects will be working towards a single able form. The available data, appropriate Study Map Atlas. Mineral Resources Branch, system that will provide access to as much software and a workable electronic network N.B. Dept. of Natural Resources. Fredericton, relevant data and information as possible. must all be blended so as to be easy to use N.S.

39 Research Monitoring Euphausiid Concentrations in LaHave Basin Using Bottom-mounted Acoustics

N. Cochrane and D. D. Sameoto

paths of four narrow acoustic beams oriented at oblique angles through the water column. The ADCP manufactured by RD Instruments also measures and records the signal strength of the backscattered signal along each acoustic beam (each beam inclined 20° to the vertical). At the acoustic frequency of 153 kHz most of the backscattered signal arises from zooplankton, making this instrument valuable for biological studies. An ADCP was bottom mounted in 192 m of water on the north side of LaHave Basin (Fig. 1). LaHave Basin is a major Scotian Shelf Basin which N. Cochrane D. D. Sameoto has been intensively studied for zooplankton throughout the 1980’s. Ecologically the Shelf Basins are important because they contain a Abstract occur in patches or layers such that con- large biomass of euphausiids or krill (2-3 cm Observation of the water column by bottom- centrations vary vertically and horizontally length crustaceans) which in turn support mounted sonars allows continuous monitoring over distances of metres to 10’s of kilome- large stocks of silver hake and other species of seasonal variations in zooplankton concen- tres. Many zooplankton also have a daily tration supplementing traditional ship-based vertical migration cycle which can extend of fish. zooplankton surveys. Acoustic recordings are through hundreds of metres of the water examined from a bottom-mounted sonar in Figure 2 shows a contoured plot of LaHave Basin during the fall of 1990. Two bio- column. Variability in the distribution of logical scattering layers are distinguished by zooplankton in both location and time can their distinct but differing daily vertical migra- strongly bias net samples taken at a fixed tion characteristics. One layer a strong near- depth and even bias acoustic surveys ex- surface to near-bottom daily migrator, is iden- tending through the entire depth of the tified as the euphausiid Meganyctiphanes ocean. Traditional ship-based surveys last norvegica. A second acoustic layer, a more lim- 1 - 2 weeks, cover a variety of widely scat- ited range migrator, is identified as juvenile sil- tered sites, and are repeated at most once ver hake. A detailed picture of the euphausiid or twice a year. Such sparse, and very likely average daily migration is obtained. Innova- tive acoustic modelling yields a quantitative biased, sampling introduces considerable estimate of the water column euphausiid popu- uncertainty when addressing the critical lation. Bio-acoustic studies using fixed sonars questions of seasonal, yearly, and longer enable a better understanding of the distribu- term variability in populations. A self con- tions and behaviours of various populations in- tained bottom mounted sonar capable of cluding their degree of natural variability. This profiling the entire water column for will permit more confident interpretation of his- zooplankton would have unique advan- torical zooplankton databases, especially in re- tages. These include a continuous and long gard to multi-year changes in euphausiid duration monitoring capability revealing populations, which may have influenced fluctuations in fish stocks on the Scotian Shelf systematic changes in zooplankton biomass and depth distribution over periods of The past decade has seen significant months to years. advances in the application of acoustic echosounders to detect and monitor fish and Doppler Current Profilers (ADCP’s) are Figure 1: An acoustic Doppler current profiler zooplankton in the marine environment specialized sonars for remotely measuring being deployed from C.S.S. DAWSON. The (Cochrane & Sameoto 1991). A fundamen- ocean currents. Current profiles are ob- profiler is enclosed within a 4 x 3.3 x 0.5 m tal problem facing biologists studying tained by measuring the small shifts in truncated pyramidal box with the largest face zooplankton populations is obtaining rep- acoustic frequency (Doppler shifts) of designed to sit on bottom. The shape forces resentative samples. Zooplankton are not sound echoed or “backscattered” from fishing trawls to ride over the package with evenly distributed in the ocean but tend to minute water column irregularities along the minimal disturbance. 40 Research acoustic echo levels or “volume backscattering strength” (proportional to scatter abundance), vs water depth from surface (m) and elapsed recording time (hours). Data were sampled once per hour over a 49 day period starting on the 23rd October 1990. Individual zooplankton are not discerned; however high concentrations of animals appear as strongly scattering patches or layers in the water column. Two distinct scattering layers were seen. One layer was a strong and persistent daily migrator that moved from below 110 m in the daytime into the top 50 m at night. The second layer was confined to the top 50 m at all times and displayed only a small tendency to migrate vertically. This surface layer completely disappeared by Hour 500. We verified that the total water column biological scattering was roughly the same day and night by vertically summing the backscattering levels from top to bottom (the top 14 m of the water column cannot be reliably observed because of surface re- verberation). These so called “column in- Figure 2: Three dimensional plot of acoustic volume hackscattering strength (sv) vs elapsed tegrated” backscattering strengths are use- recording time and water depth from surface (m) ful in discerning long term trends in biological populations since they are insensi- Once the fish and euphausiid layers pared to the acoustic wavelength (about 1 tive to how the scatterers are distributed could be separately identified, the long du- cm) that its backscatter is dependent on its with depth in the water column. ration sonar recording permitted detailed orientation to the sonar beam. Backscatter examination of the euphausiid daily migra- is strongest when the organism is oriented Comparison of the scattering layer be- tion. Figure 3 shows the hour-by-hour daily broadside to the beam. Under natural con- haviours with those observed on earlier average of 14 consecutive days of record- ditions euphausiids tend to be oriented hori- ship-based sonar and net sampling studies ing starting at Hour 505 just after the dis- (Cochrane et al. 1991) indicate the strong zontally but with a degree of randomness daily migrating horizon to be the euphausiid appearance of the near-surface fish layer. in orientation from individual to individual The euphausiid vertical migration was that can be described statistically. An av- Meganyctiphanes norvegica, of 2.8 cm average length. Identification of the top 50 m rapid, lasting scarcely longer than the 1 erage horizontal orientation with a charac- scattering layer was more problematic. hour sampling interval. Migrations oc- teristic variability (Gaussian standard de- Ship-based multiple-frequency acoustic curred near sunrise and sunset (average viation) of about 30° is a good starting ap- observations in adjacent Emerald Basin in times marked, Fig. 3). The vertical distri- proximation. To predict an average acous- November 1992 had revealed an upper bution of scatterers appeared nearly sym- tic scattering strength or “target strength” water column scattering layer with a simi- metrical in time about local noon. When for an individual euphausiid we performed lar limited daily migration range. Net sam- the euphausiid layer was deep its (average) a statisticaly weighted average of the or- pling showed this layer was composed of scattering strength decreased to near zero ganism’s backscattering over all possible juvenile silver hake. Subsequent sonar about 10 m above bottom. This suggested organism orientations to the horizontal and cross sections across the entire Scotian euphausiids avoid the near-bottom zone, all azimuthal orientations with respect to Shelf using a 12 kHz shipboard perhaps to escape bottom predators. Verti- the observing sonar using a fluid cylinder echosounder and a 153 kHz shipboard cal summing of the average backscattering representation developed by Stanton et al. ADCP profiler in October 1993 revealed strengths revealed “column integrated” lev- ( 1993). This gave us a method for relating extensive areas, especially over the Shelf els 26% lower at night than in the daytime. euphausiid size, abundance, orientation sta- Basins, populated by these juvenile fish. This nighttime reduction was consistent tistics, and physical properties, as well as The bottom-mounted sonar provided the with a portion of the euphausiid population the specific sonar beam geometry to ob- first direct measure of the seasonal decline rising into the non-observable top 14 m served scattering levels. Even though and disappearance of the fish layer. The excluded from the sum. euphausiid orientation statistics are poorly maturing fish probably migrate to deeper known at present, modelling showed that waters in the central portions of the Shelf Euphausiids are “geometric” sound scat- for a large sample of euphausiids the com- Basins or near the Shelf edge when surface terers at 153 kHz. That is, a typical elon- bined backscattering is rather weakly de- waters cool in the late fall. gate euphausiid is sufficiently large com- pendent on the average orientation and its 41 Research degree of statistical variability. Interest- with judicious siting would allow the iden- ingly, the dependence is less for inclined tification and continuous monitoring of dis- beam ADCP type sonars than for traditional tinct biomasses including major shipboard echosounder sonars with verti- zooplankton and fish populations on the cally oriented beams. Scotian Shelf.

Vertical summing of scattering levels in References Figure 3 showed that total column scatter- COCHRANE, N.A. and D. SAMEOTO. 1991. ing levels drop not more than 1 dB (about Research in hydroacoustics. hi: Thea E. Smith. 13 %) from their daytime values during the [ed.] Science Review of the Bedford Institute brief upward and downward euphausiid of Oceanography, the Halifax Fisheries Re- migrations. Intuitively one might expect search Laboratory, and the St. Andrews Biologi- an elongate organism to tilt its body up- cal Station (1988 & ‘89) Department of Fisher- ies and Oceans, Scotia-Fundy Region: 67-70. ward when swimming upward. Our acoustic modelling showed the average orienta- COCHRANE, N.A., D. SAMEOTO, A.W. tion angle of a euphausiid during migra- HERMAN, and J. NEILSON. 1991. Multiple- tion could scarcely exceed 30° to the hori- frequency acoustic backscattering and zontal to limit the reduction to 1 dB. De- zooplankton aggregations in the inner Scotian tailed hydrodynamic studies of euphausiid Figure 3: Three dimensional plot of average Shelf basins. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 48: 340- volume backscattering strength vs hour of day 355. swimming, particularly the work of the (Atlantic Standard Time) and water depth from German investigator U. Kils (1981), also surface. Data has been averaged over a 14 day convinced us that a 30° average orientation KILS, U. 1981. The swimming behaviour, period starting at Hour 505 in Fig. 2. swimming performance and energy balance of during upward migration would contradict Antarctic krill, Euphausia superba. BIOMASS neither basic physical principles or exist- Scientific Series No. 3: 122 p. ing behavioural observations. Downward and timing of individual daily vertical migrations. This supports the common sur- migration velocities and acoustic scatter- STANTON, T.K., C.S. CLAY, and D. CHU. vey practice of collecting contiguous net ing levels are compatible with sinking in a 1993. Ray representation of sound scattering by near horizontal orientation. Using the best samples over a wide range of water depths, weakly scattering deformed cylinders: simple available estimates for euphausiid physi- when estimating a total column population. physics and application to zooplankton. J. cal properties the integrated column Acoust. Soc. Am. 94(6): 3454-3462. backscattering implies average column A decade of ship survey zooplankton densities of about 290 /m2. The highest data now exists in the form of net, acous- observed volume concentrations in the tic, and optical counter profiles. The col- lower water column (ignoring the one data lapse of the East Coast fishery has made it spike in Figure 3 which arose from a sin- critical to determine if long term popula- gle isolated scattering event) are about 10 / tion changes in the underlying zooplankton m3. These concentrations are in the range ecosystem might be a contributing factor. seen from shipboard studies but should be Consequently, zooplankton data sets gath- more representative of “average” condi- ered before and during the decline of the tions due to the extended period of obser- fishery have taken on a new value. This vation. again raises the question of what uncertainty characterizes any spot sample. Since Several observations arising from the much early zooplankton survey data was above acoustic data set may assist critical acquired in the Shelf Basins, and many evaluation of historical Shelf Basin samples include significant numbers of euphausiid data. For example, acoustic euphausiids, the above ADCP recordings surveys conducted in daytime may be more will be especially valuable in addressing reliable than those at night. At night the this question. ADCP’s, which are designed euphausiids are near-surface and more for a different primary task, are too expen- likely to be mixed with a significant scat- sive for long term biological monitoring. tering population of juvenile fish. Total We intend to develop simpler and less ex- water column populations at a fixed loca- pensive bottom mounted sonars to recover tion can deviate randomly from long term long duration recordings of multiple sites. means by a factor of 50% over time scales These sonars will be precisely calibrated of several days. Variations up to several and will operate at two or more acoustic hundred percent can characterize a single frequencies simultaneously to enable a point sample at a given depth and time aris- rough discrimination of scatterer size. The ing from random fluctuations in the strength use of multiple sonar frequencies coupled 42 Research Halibut Aquaculture Research at the St. Andrews Biological Station K. G. Waiwood, K. G. Howes and J. Reid

K. G. Waiwood K. G. Howes J. Reid

Several factors have contributed to a adapting and improving culture technolo- growing interest in the culture of marine gies developed elsewhere, transferring finfish in the Scotia-Fundy Region. The technologies to industry and providing ad- current success of Atlantic salmon farm- vice to the Department of Fisheries and ing has resulted in the establishment of a Oceans (DFO) and other non-industry cli- 100 million dollar a year industry, with this ents. Virtually all of the research and de- species accounting for the highest landed velopment is done collaboratively with in- value of any finfish in the Region. To en- dustry partners. sure its continued success and growth in a highly competitive market, the industry Early Life History Research on must diversify its production and market Atlantic Halibut new species. The collapse of several wild Atlantic halibut is one of the most prom- fisheries has also focused our attention on ising candidates for aquaculture in the alternate fish-based industries including the Scotia-Fundy Region. The species has a culture of marine species. In many parts high market value and yield, is very hardy of the world we see marine fish culture and has been shown to grow 2 to 3 times contributing more and more to local and faster in captivity than in nature. Unfortu- national economies. nately, this species has a relatively complicated early life history and the inability to In 1988, a new program was established mass produce juveniles reliably is the maat the Biological Station in St. Andrews to jor impediment to commercial production. evaluate and develop marine species for aquaculture in the Scotia-Fundy Region. Much of our early research activity has Figure 1: Spawning a large female halibut. Eggs are collected by stripping The initial effort included upgrading and been focused on broodstock performance, expanding facilities, collecting broodstock egg production/quality, and techniques for and experimental fish and learning new the mass culture of yolk sac, startfeeding females requires much hard work but the husbandry techniques. Originally the pro- and metamorphosed larvae. basic techniques have become routine af- gram focused on Atlantic halibut ter 4 years. Spawning occurs from the end (Hippoglossus hippoglossus) but it has been Most of the Atlantic halibut broodstock of March to the beginning of June. During expanded to include haddock were collected with research vessels using the spawning season, the water level in the (Melanogrammus aeglefinus). longline gear, but some were obtained from tanks is lowered to about one metre. The commercial fishermen. The new mature females (30 to 8.5 kilograms) are The activities of the group include: con- broodstock building contains 6, 6-metre individually herded up a ramp which is then ducting basic research on the biology and diameter tanks which hold about 36 large raised with an electric winch. After the fe- culture of Atlantic halibut and haddock, halibut. The collection of eggs from the male calms down, her abdomen is stroked 43 Research

in the 250-litre egg incubators at 6°C for increased from about 27 to 34 ppt. through 13 - 15 days. During this time and for the the addition of sodium chloride. Fortunately next 30 days they will be in darkness. the 5 tons of salt required to do this was relatively inexpensive. In 1993, several Many marine fish species have floating thousand healthy start feeding halibut lar- eggs, but Atlantic halibut eggs are vae were produced in the experimental sys- bathypelagic. In nature they are usually tems. Our best treatments had 70% sur- found in the water column at depths of 100 vival through the yolk sac stage. The sur- to 200 metres (Haug et. al., 1986). The eggs vival rate can be quite variable among ap- have a special mechanism which allows parently identical batches. This variability them to increase their density when they can not always be explained. In addition, Figure 2: Halibut egg near hatching. Note the are exposed to light (Mangor-Jensen and there can be high rates of deformities of hatching ring in the head region. The egg shell will break along this line allowing the halibut Waiwood, in press). This mechanism prob- the jaw and yolk sac. More research will to escape. ably explains why the eggs are not found be required before the factors causing these in the photic zone. About 2 days before various deformities are understood. A more hatching, the eggs are transferred to the detailed account of the biology and devel- to induce the release of eggs (Fig. 1). Apart yolk sac incubators. Prior to hatching, the opment of the yolk sac stage can be found from first time spawners, which sometimes eggs become more buoyant. During hatch- in Lonning et. al. (1982), Pittman et. al. tighten their vents, the females usually yield ing a ring, high in hatching enzyme activ- (1987), and Pittman (1990). their eggs without problem. Atlantic hali- ity (Helvik, 1988), starts to form in the re- but are batch spawners, which, depending gion of the head and the enclosed disk even- Early Feeding Biology on size, spawn 3 to 12 times at 80 to 110 tually separates allowing the larva to es- Probably the most challenging problem hour intervals. The timing of the stripping cape (Fig. 2). in halibut fry production is improving first procedure is critical. Eggs must be collect feeding success. The period when the lar- within 2 to 3 hours of natural spawning. If During the lengthy yolksac stage (about vae change from endogenous (yolk) to early, the female will not yield the eggs and 40 days at 7.5°C), the larvae change their exogenous (live prey) feeding is usually if late, the eggs will either be shed into the density and, in nature, their position in the associated with high mortalities. After water or become over-ripe and poor in qual- water column. Initially they are relatively about 30 days post hatching, algae ity. The females are closely followed over light, but 3 - 7 days after hatching they com- (Isochrysis) is added to the bags to produce the first few ovulation cycles and the tim- mence drinking (Tytler and Blaxter, 1988), “green water” (Fig.3). This has several ing of natural egg release is noted. With and become more dense. In the ocean they benefits including the provision of food for time the spawning times of each female can would usually be found just above the copepods which are also added at this time. be predicted. However, spawning usually pycnocline where there is little light, rela- occurs at 0300 to 0800 hours and several tively constant environmental conditions attempts may have to be made during this and few predators. One of the big chal- period. Fortunately, the males, which are lenges in culturing this stage is to dupli- smaller, are more obliging. They yield milt cate, in about 4 metres of water, the condi- at any time of the night or day. The eggs tions which in nature require 100 to 200 are fertilized in a large beaker and placed metres.

The initial approach, which was similar to the Norwegians, involved the use of 3- metre high conical-bottom silos (Rabben et. al., 1987). However, it was impossible to control temperature and the relatively low ambient salinity necessitated the use of high upwelling flow rates to keep the larvae in the water column. This approach did not work. At about 9 to 14 days after hatching the larvae became attracted to currents and used up their energy reserves swimming towards the bottom of the tank. The next approach was to use 3-metre by l-metre diameter floating bags in a large Figure 3: Floating bag used to hold yolk sac concrete tank. The tank acted as a large Figure 4: Hosing down a plankton net used to and early feeding larvae. The bag is temperature-controlled water bath. Rather collect copepods for early feeding halibut. The suspended in a 4-metre deep tank which than increasing flow, it was decreased to large plankton nets are deployed into tidal- serves as a constant temperature water bath. 0.5 litres per minute and the salinity was generated currents from a moored barge. 44 Research

Figure 5: Early feeding halibut larva. Note the food in the gut.

This food is collected with large plankton nets suspended in tidal currents using a specially-built barge (Fig. 4). Artemia are fed but its exclusive feeding on artemia causes abnormal pigmentation of the larvae which manifests itself as irregular white blotches in the juvenile and market-sized fish. This significantly decreases their market value. The early feeding halibut (Fig. 5) are ag- Figure 7: Juvenile Atlantic halibut Figure 8: Identifying a caged halibut which has gressive feeders and grow quickly. About approximately 9 months old. been tagged with an internal electronic tag. The 2 to 3 weeks before the larvae metamor- fish will then be weighed and measured. phose (around 12 mm length), an inert micro-particulate diet is added to the water becomes a problem. Because the fish are using automatic feeders. The Japanese-pro- now in a benthic feeding mode, they seem periment (Fig. 9). There was no difference duced micro diet is specifically formulated to lose interest in the inert food and once in growth between males and females prior for marine fish larvae. By the time the fish more live copepods are used. However, by to maturation. However, when the male metamorphose, they are almost completely the time the juveniles are about 30 mm they matured, at about 6 kg, their growth rates weaned onto the inert food accept dry pellets and do not require live decreased significantly. Growth rates of food. At 9 months they attained a size of females, which mature at a larger size (10 When the larvae start to metamor- about 10 - 20 gm. In 1993, the first 48 ju- kg), showed little change even after matu- phose they are transferred from the bags to venile halibut were produced (Fig. 7). ration. shallow troughs. Here it is easy to maintain high prey densities and remove uneaten On-growing Studies food and faeces. The fish grow and com- Research has also been conducted on the plete metamorphosis (Fig. 6). At this time grow out stage using wild-caughtjuveniles. Conclusions the left eye migrates over to the right side, A special holding facility was designed and the larvae spend most of the time on the constructed for the Research Vessel Lady bottom, and start to take on the appearance Hammond, and several hundred juvenile of miniature halibut. Feeding once more halibut were collected from the Sable Is- land Gully area. Growth and survival have been monitored in modified herring weirs, salmon cages and a bottom cage. The salmon cage study was conducted in collaboration with J. Malloch, a Campobello salmon grower. Unlike traditional salmon cages, the experimental cage was constructed with a solid flat bottom. About 45 juvenile halibut were placed in the cage in July, 1990. Growth and survival has been followed since that time (Fig 8). Figure 6: Metamorphosing larval halibut. The Figure 9: Growth of wild-caught Atlantic halibut left eye has not vet migrated to the right side. Growth was much higher than in nature held in a modified salmon cage. Note the change This larva would be spending much of its time with the juvenile halibut quadrupling their in growth patterns between the males and on the bottom of the tank. weight over the 2 year period of the ex- females after the males mature. 45 Research

Halibut is a promising new aquaculture tion of Atlantic halibut Hippoglossus [ed.] Proceedings of Canada-Norway finfish species for the Scotia-Fundy Region but hippoglossus eggs. Mar. Ecol. Ser. 33: 207- aquaculture workshop, September 11-14, 1989: problems with mass production of seed 216. 161-168. stock must be solved before commercial HELVIK, J.V. 1988. Klekkeprosessen hos rearing is realized. The research at the St. RABBEN, H., A. JELMERT AND I. HUSE. kveite (Hippoglossus hippoglossus). Can. Sci-1987. Production experiment of halibut fry Andrews Biological Station has indicated entific thesis, University of Bergen, 87p. (Hippoglossus hippoglossus) in silos. ICES that juvenile halibut can be produced in C.M. 1987/f:42 ambient salinities with the appropriate LONNING, S., E. KJORSVIK, T. HAUG, B. modifications to existing technology. Us- GULLIKSEN. 1982. The early development TYTLER P, AND J.H.S. BLAXTER. 1988. ing modified salmon cage technology, At- of the halibut, Hippoglossus hippoglossus (L.), Drinking in yolk-sac stage larvae of the halibut, lantic halibut survive and grow well in lo- compared with other marine teleosts. Sarsia. 67: Hippoglossus hippoglossus. J. Fish Biol. 32: cal conditions in the Bay of Fundy. These 85-92. 493-494. results are very encouraging and give an PITTMAN, K. O. BERGH, I. OPSTAD, A. B. optimistic outlook for the future of Atlan- SKIFTESVIK, L. SKJOLDDAL AND H. tic halibut farming in the Scotia-Fundy STRAND. 1990. Development of eggs and yolk Region. sac larvae of halibut (Hippoglossus hippoglossus L.). J. Appl. Ichthyol. 6: 142-160. References HAUG, T., E. KJORSVIK AND P. SOLEMIDA. PITTMAN, K. 1989. The Atlantic halibut yolk 1986. Influence of some physical and biologi- sac larva: a summary of the results from four cal factors on the density and vertical distribu- years of experimentation. In R. L. Saunders

Directions in Scientific Computing D. Swetnam

Scientific computing has moved from computational power has meant a shift in serial text based terminal connections with where the actual processing is done. Ac- a mainframe and limited connectivity, to tivities such as data acquisition, analysis powerful personal computers that are con- and visualization to some extent, word nected to our own specialized equipment processing and business graphics, have and to other research institutions all over migrated to the desktop. Workers may now the world. Scientists can now work on tailor their working environment to be equipment with the appropriate power for comfortable and productive. Change to this the job, using open systems standards that personal environment can be controlled, will protect their software/hardware invest- remembering that the most important word in the phrase “personal computer” is “per- ment. sonal”. The scientists’ desktop has also become the home of a more powerful per- Increased Computing Power D. Swetnam sonal workstation, such as Next, VAX, HP, In the past, most computing was done and SGI computers that outperform many via a terminal connected to a centralized of the old mainframe computers in use just During the last few years the direction computer. This type of computing, al- a few years ago. The introduction of X ter- of scientific computing in the Scotia Fundy though beneficial in some ways, had the minals and X terminal emulation on micros Region has taken a dramatic shift. This drawbacks of being expensive, tedious, in- combined with a high speed network has shift can be broken down into five areas: flexible and, from the users point of view, given the user the ability to do multiple subject to uncontrollable changes. The computer tasks in the office via a personal- l Increased computing power advent of personal computers with lots of ized computer environment. Software ven- l Ease of use or Graphical User Interface inexpensive memory, Random Access dors were quick to recognize this shift to (GUI) Memory (RAM), large mass storage de- local computing and many of the software l Data visualization vices (such as hard disk drives, CD ROM packages previously exclusive to main- l Computer connectivity drives, Digital Audio Tapes (DAT) and re- frame computers now have versions for l Open systems movable media), colour display and swift desktop computers. 46 Research

Branch are making extensive use of commercial data visualization software such as PV/Wave and AVS. This software enables researchers to make three dimensional views of complex oceanographic systems and take slices out of this 3D cloud for further analysis. One special subset of data visualization is that of image analysis. An example of how this is being used is provided by Steve Campana’s work in differ- entiating stocks of NW Atlantic cod by the use of otolith shape analyses.

The use of Geographic Information Sys- tems (GIS) has always been appealing to DFO researchers but never fully utilized due to the temporal and spatial dimensional nature of the information with which we deal. Several groups including the Fresh- water and Anadromous Division of the BSB are actively seeking to employ this technology in their work. Herman Varma of CHS is working to solve this problem in Figure 1. DFO Scotia-Fundy network conjunction with Oracle Corp via use of the CHS developed Multi Dimensional (MD) Ease of Use tools in scientific investigations rather than code. Combined with the shift in power to the obstacles to the investigations. desktop has been an evolution in operating Data visualization is used every day to systems. The old method of scientific com- Data Visualization present information to our clients. Most puting was programming in high level lan- Combining the increase in computer workers now have access to business type guages such as FORmula TRANslation power and the new graphic based user in- graphical presentation tools in the form of (FORTRAN) linked with subroutine calls terfaces has enhanced the data visualiza- software running on their desktop micro. to speciality packages such as Display In- tion aspect of scientific computing. The This is used to present information in an tegrated Software System and Plotting largest project associated with data visu- understandable format in such diverse ar- LAnguage (DISSPLA) for graphics or the alization is the Canadian Hydrographic eas as journal articles and posters at Fish- International Mathematical Scientific Li- Service (CHS) Electronic Chart program. eries exhibitions. brary (IMSL) for mathematical calcula- This program has, as one of its goals, the tions. The interaction with the operating production of charts for viewing on a com- Computer Connectivity system was handled via complex job con- puter screen or plotter directly from the The computing communications envi- trol language programs. This resulted in a most current digital data applicable to the ronment used to be one of asynchronous time consuming learning curve that tended region of interest. This digital data might terminal connections to a Private Auto- to discourage many researchers. Fortu- be stored on disk, CD or downloaded from mated Communications exchange (PACX) a satellite link. It is the ability to visualize nately much of this has changed. With the that allowed switching to the computer of extensive introduction of micro computers the data in the form of a nautical chart that choice. These connections were limited to came the concomitant development of is key to the user. New techniques and ap- 56,000 bits per second (bps) and one ac- easy-to-use Graphical User Interfaces plications are being developed in order to tive session per user at a time. Many short (GUI) to the operating system such as the make sense of the data that we collect. In haul modems and multiplexors were used Mac Operating System (OS) and the Win- the Benthic Fisheries & Aquaculture Divi- to overcome both the RS232C distance dows environment for the Disk Operating sion of the Biological Sciences Branch System (DOS). The more powerful UNIX (BSB), Jerry Black has developed software limitation and to reduce wiring. File trans- based systems also developed graphical called A CONtouring package (ACON) to fers were usually done by mail or courier interfaces such as Motif and SUN’S Open better visualize the distribution of inverte- and involved reels of magnetic tapes. In Windows environment. Much of the soft- brate and fish stocks. This system has the addition there was the problem of different ware on the market today and in use by staff capability of making QuickTime movies of tape densities and file formats. There was in the Scotia Fundy Region conforms to the data so one may play the movie and see a proliferation of printers as the only ones certain GUI constraints or has a built-in how distributions change and move over accessible to all were central site printers GUI. Now software and computers are time. The Physical and Chemical Sciences served from the mainframe computers. 47 Research

Fortunately all this has changed. The The sharing of printers is becoming a universities, companies and individuals asynchronous connections gave way to a reality. A local printer can be set up so that and the opportunity to be part of a news Regional Network consisting of IEE802.3 it becomes available for use by any other group, or what is called a list or digest with (Ethernet) wiring, a series of concentrators computer on the network. This is very use- people all over the world who are interested and routers all using the Transmission Con- ful for sites that are not at the Bedford In- in common topics. These are tremendous trol Protocol / Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) stitute of Oceanography (BIO) since before, ways to gain and share knowledge. This communications standard ( see Figure 1). these sites had to have all output sent to type of communication and sharing of ex- The multi protocol routers are also capa- them. Now such sites can request printing pertise and software are extremely impor- ble of handling protocols such as Decnet, on a local printer from the BIO remote host. tant and cost effective to a scientific organi- Banyan/Vines StreetTalk and Appletalk so zation. Tools such as Archie, Veronica. that original investments were not lost. The Electronic mail (E-mail) systems have Gopher and Mosaic are being developed now come into prominence. Whether it is and improved every day to help in the speeds now supported on the network range Banyan/Vines E-mail or Al mail on a host search for information in this vast electronic from 56,000 bps to speeds of 1Mbps. Us- or Post Office Protocol (POP) mail serv- sea of resources known as the Internet. ers have the ease and speed of transferring ices to the desktop, it is now easy to com- files across the network without waiting for municate with other people on the network. Another feature of our Regional network the mail or knowing the specific format of The ability to easily transfer complicated and attendant software is the ability to ac- the data they need. The common file trans- documents, such as binary files and graph- cess specialized equipment. We now have fer protocol used is called File Transfer ics, from one mail system to another is still access to virtually unlimited data storage Protocol (FTP). This type of network also involved, but standard text is quite straight capabilities via the network link to the Mass allows the use of such services as Network forward. This feature is useful when col- Storage Management system. There are File Service (NFS) which has the ability to laborating with workers in other time zones expensive output devices such as the large mount a segment of disk space on a remote in other parts of the world. It aids in the Versatec colour plotter, the slide maker, and computer so it looks like a disk drive on sharing of knowledge on a global basis. the dye sublimation printer that can be your local computer. This allows one to One of the greatest benefits of the new net- shared by any user on the network. take advantage of machines with large work was the decision to become part of arrays of disk space and eliminates many the Nova Scotia Technology Network Open systems copies of the same data residing in differ- (NSTN). This has allowed us to become In 1992 the Science sector of the De- ent locations. Because of the speed of this part of the Internet with access to millions partment of Fisheries and Oceans, Scotia- service, on the backbone segment of the of computers world-wide. The benefits Fundy Region in concert with the Atlantic network, there is little difference in access- include access to many library catalogues Geoscience Centre of the Geologic Survey ing your remote disk versus your local hard all over the globe, access to repositories of of Canada, Department of Energy Mines disk. software developed by government and and Resources, detailed the specifications for the procurement of a new open systems scalable computing environment. The definition of this open system was taken from the IEEE POSIX 1003.0 document and reads as follows: “a system that implements sufficient open specifications for interfaces, services, and supporting formats to enable properly engineered applications software to be ported across a wide range of systems with minimal changes, to interoperate with other applications on local and remote systems, and to interact with users in a style which facilitates user portability”. What we were striving for was portable software applications and vendor independence. The object was to replace the Cyber mainframe, in place since 1972, with a network of high power UNIX workstations, each to replace one or several of the functions that the mainframe used to support. Concurrent with this was a network upgrade consisting of a Fiber Distributed Data Interconnect (FDDI) ring linking the new computers to a high speed Figure 2. BIO computer network multiprotocol router bridging up to 10 48 Research

Ethernet segments. The functional require- placement of individual components as re- In many areas computing standards are ments defined were: input/output services quirements change. hard to arrive at because of the intrinsic fast and peripheral management, mass storage paced nature of the industry. One area management, VAX/VMS services, data- There are many advantages to be gained where change is the rule is electronic mail. base server, applications server. network from the selective use of standard pieces The industry itself has yet to develop a com- services, conversion services (from the old of software and hardware. There has al- prehensive set of standards to enable cross Cyber files) and distributed management ways been some standardization within platform and mail package delivery. We services. See Figure 2 for the current con- working labs or Divisions, partly because would do well to follow these develop- figuration at BIO as of August 1994. To a of the support that was resident in that lab ments closely and adopt industry standards lesser scale these requirements were also or division for particular software or hard- when they become mature. It is not by necessary for the St. Andrews Biological ware. As we have become more exposed chance that the most common way of send- Station. Tight specifications were written to the larger scientific community on an ing e-mail is still as ASCII text within the for a platform and/or software to serve each hourly basis by using the Internet, it has body of a message. of the above functions. These were to be become obvious that there are many de POSIX 1003.1 compliant and support facto standards. This type of standard has The future direction of scientific com- UNIX SVR4.0, Berkeley 4.3 or equivalent. been arrived at by being the best solution puting will be continued ease of use, more All systems were given performance tar- to a particular problem based on the world sophisticated software, increasingly more gets and required the maximum user loads wide use of many options. A de facto stand- powerful and cost effective hardware and to be specified. These targets were evalu- ard used on the Internet benefits from rig- seamless interconnects to external re- ated by a performance measurement called orous world wide testing. De facto soft- sources. an AIM rating that included such things as ware standards such as Telnet, Fetch, and disk input/output performance and speed Gopher have withstood the test of time. Reference of computation. INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELEC- Other standards such as the DFO data TRONICS ENGINEERS, INC. 1988. IEEE Such a configuration allows work to be base standard Oracle are a double edged Standard 1003.1-1988: Portable operating sys- done on the appropriate system. For ex- sword. On the one hand a common data tem interface for computer environments ample: database work is done on a system base environment makes access to and the (POSIX). IEEE, New York, N.Y. tuned to deliver the maximum in database sharing of data very easy, while on the other performance. Word processing is typically hand the development cycle to create ap- done on micros and work such as modeling plications in Oracle can be described as is done on the more powerful computers tedious at best. But again the selective such as the Stardent and SC2000. The strat- use of standards is the key. A project that egy was to migrate to a modular comput- is short term in nature would use one of the ing environment which facilitates match- popular and easy to use data base systems ing of separable computing functions to such as Foxbase, Filemaker Pro or Dbase appropriately sized components. This strat- IV, while a long term multi user data base egy also facilitates the modification or re- would be written in Oracle.

49 Research Development of a National Digital Geoscience Data Library and Client Facility: The Opportunity of a Lifetime

K. D. McAlpine and K. C. Coflin

K. D. McAlpine K. C. Coflin

In 1993 the Atlantic Geoscience Centre (AGC) was the proud recipient, on behalf of the Geological Survey of Canada (GSC) and the people of Canada, of more than $1000,000,000 worth of petroleum industry geophysical and geological digital data. The information covers most of Canada’s offshore (and some onshore) sedimentary basins from eastern Canada to the Arctic, in- Figure 2: The Husky Oil tape storage facility cluding Scotian Shelf, Gulf of St. Lawrence, in Calgary showing some of the 65,000 Grand Banks, Labrador Shelf, Hudson Bay, magnetic tapes before they were moved to Bafftn Bay, Arctic Islands and Ocean, Beau- Dartmouth. fort Sea and Yukon/NWT (Fig. 1). Figure 1: Map showing areas with data consist mainly of field and stack (proc- These data were donated by Husky Oil available in the National Digital Geoscience Data Library. essed) multi-channel seismic lines. There and Petro-Canada in recognition of an ef- are over 100,000 line kilometres of seis- fective and continuing scientific collabo- mic data comprising reconnaissance lines ration that has evolved between the petro- low access to the data not only by the Sur- (over 100 km long), regional lines (1 -5 km leum industry and the GSC and, particu- vey, but also by other research and aca- spacing), detailed lines (prospect oriented) larly, in acknowledgement of the expert demic organizations across Canada and and 3-D surveys (25-50 m spacing). Also capability for seismic data interpretation world-wide. To assist clients within the included are high resolution well-site sur- and processing that has been developed at petroleum industry, universities and the veys. side-scan data and refraction and po- AGC. This gift of scientific data, unprec- international geoscientific community, tential field data. Transfer of this tremen- edented in magnitude and genre in Canada AGC has established a geoscience infor- dous volume of tapes and associated mate- or elsewhere in the world, combined with mation facility to encourage research into rial from Calgary to Dartmouth required the state-of-the-art workstation technology, the formation and evolution of sedimentary use of 8 specially equipped air-ride, tem- places the GSC at the forefront of marine basins, including their oil and gas poten- perature controlled semi-trailers! To store seismic research and basin analysis capa- tial. The facility includes new, state-of-the- the information on behalf of the Survey, bility. art Computer Aided Exploration (CAEX) AGC has established a partnership with the workstations with seismic processing and National Archives of Canada. Storage re- Appropriate Curation of the data, and 3-D interpretation capability. quired an upgrade to the existing Halifax encouragement of its collaborative use for Record Centre tape library that was funded research purposes are specific terms of the The data are stored on over 65,000 half- jointly by Natural Resources Canada and donation agreements. The agreements al- inch, 9-track magnetic tapes (Fig. 2) and Heritage Canada. 50 Research

in cooperation with the French research institute IFREMER.

Unfortunately for the research community, digital seismic data gathered by the petroleum industry have normally been closely guarded proprietary property. Sedi- mentary basin analysts in governments and academia (with very few exceptions) have had to rely on paper sections obtained through government petroleum regulatory agencies or loaned directly from industry operators. Now, armed with a digital seismic data base that covers all Canada’s frontier sedimentary basins from the Scotian margin to the high Arctic (Fig. I), AGC is uniquely positioned to join the CAEX revo- lution. AGC has established a public do- main seismic facility with state-of-the-art interpretation and processing capabilities, normally found only in large petroleum exploration companies.

History of the Data Donations

1970’s/80’s l AGC performs pioneering mapping and oil and gas resource ap- praisals of frontier sedimentary basins of eastern and northern Canada. This leads to collaboration and partnerships with the Canadian petroleum industry.

1991 l Husky Oil initiates discussions with AGC concerning their wish to do- nate Husky’s frontier digital seismic data Figure 3: How multi-chnnnel reflection seismic data are acquired, processed and interpreted the base to the GSC. old Way, a/b/c/e, and the new way a/d/e.

1992 March l Husky donation agree- Multi-channel seismic data are used to contouring joins like values (Fig. 3e). The ment is signed. interpret the stratigraphy and structure of advent of geophysical workstations and rocks down to tens of kilometres beneath associated software in the early 1980’s was April l Petro-Canada initiates discus- the earth’s surface. In the offshore, spe- a technological breakthrough that revolu- sions with AGC. cially designed seismic vessels equipped tionized the way petroleum industry inter- with an energy source (commonly an air preters analyzed seismic data (Fig. 3d). July l AGC enters partnership with Na- gun), a cable or “streamer” (about 3000 m These workstations permit digital data to tional Archives of Canada’s (Heritage in length and containing many be analyzed interactively and the resulting Canada) Halifax Record Centre to store hydrophones) and recording instruments interpretation can be output to large format the data tapes. onboard the vessel, measure the 2-way printers and plotters, eliminating the need travel time of acoustic energy reflected for paper sections. Lately, more powerful November l Petro-Canada donation from sedimentary layers within a basin workstations and new software enable the agreement is signed. (Fig. 3a). The recorded data are processed user to process directly the raw seismic ashore at sophisticated processing centres data, eliminating in many cases the require- 1993 January l Specially designed rack- (Fig. 3b). For decades, black-and-white ment for large processing facilities. In fact, ing is added to the climate controlled hardcopy paper sections were the only AGC scientists were some of the first work- Halifax Records Centre to accommodate means of displaying and interpreting seis- ers, outside the petroleum industry, to proc- the 65,000 tapes. mic data (Fig. 3c). The seismic events on ess multichannel seismic data at sea. This these sections are hand-coloured, time val- occurred in 1992 during an Ocean Drilling March l 8 semi-trailers, featuring tem- ues are laboriously posted on a map and Program site survey east of Newfoundland perature control and air-ride suspensions, 51 Research

transfer the data from Calgary to terpretation for enhanced basin analysis stud- AGC has established a geoscience infor- Dartmouth. ies and oil and gas resource assessments. mation facility (Client Facility) to encourage research into the formation and evolu- May l A pilot project is undertaken for l By putting Canadian researchers on a tion of sedimentary basins, including their development of a Geographic Informa- common technological foundation, collabo- oil and gas potential. The system includes tion System (GIS) data base for Curation ration and communication is facilitated a new, state-of-the-art CAEX workstation and retrieval of the data tapes. among Canadian petroleum companies, with mapping, seismic processing and 3-D September l Another donation agree- governments, universities and research in- interpretation capabilities. This facility ment is signed with Pembina Oil. stitutes. makes it possible to integrate the comprehensive data bases of geological informa- December l Client processing and in- l The Client Facility has become a valu- tion already available within the GSC with terpretation facility is implemented at able aid for university undergraduate teach- the newly acquired digital seismic data into AGC. ing and for graduate and faculty research one environment. At present, this type of in basin analysis and will stimulate non- fully integrated system is not available at Donation Agreements industry research in seismic data process- any other division within the GSC and is Basic Elements: ing. So far, eight university students have rare outside of the petroleum industry. The l The GSC is recognized as the appropri- been trained at AGC to use the seismic goal of the Facility is to utilize fully the ate national custodian for the data. This is workstation technology, providing them digital data held in the library to ensure in keeping with the GSC’s increasing em- with a rare and valuable expertise for gain- maximum realization of the benefits de- phasis as keeper and provider of the na- ing future employment. scribed above, and to allow the technology tional geoscience information base. that has been confined to large commer- Private Sector Advantages cial organizations to be used by a much l The GSC is free to use the data for research l Generally, the Canadian oil industry is broader group of researchers and students. and concept/technology development. gaining enhanced competitiveness through It is planned that geoscientists who cannot new exploration concepts/technology use the facility locally will be able to ac- gleaned and published by GSC and other cess some parts of it remotely through l Collaborative scientific research is encour- Internet. aged with non-profit organizations across non-industry researchers using the ad- Canada and world-wide. vanced technology. It is hoped that research that combines hitherto unavailable digital Technical Features data with ongoing work in basin analysis The Client Facility consists of a Sun l The donating companies reserve commercial rights to the data. The GSC and col- will help reduce risk in oil exploration, re- SPARC 10/51 workstation including two 19” laborating agencies (who are also bound by versing the economic effect of a diminish- monitors, approximately 9 gigabytes of disk the agreements) may not use the data for re- ing resource base and low world prices. storage, a CD-ROM reader, a high-density 8mm helical scan tape drive, a 22” black and source exploration or to advise third parties. Additional highly innovative projects at white Versatec plotter and access to a 1/2 inch All scientific research/publication must ac- home and abroad, leading to the develop- 9 track tape drive. The system is networked knowledge the donating companies as the ment of new theories of sedimentary basin to a 44” colour Versatec plotter. owners. development and to new oil and gas plays, may be anticipated by combining these digital data with other data sets already avail- The system software comprises Landmark l The GSC’s liability for the data is limited able in governments and universities. Graphics SeisWorks 2-D and 3-D interactive to its preservation within federal/provincial multi- and single channel reflection seismic regulations, and maintaining the data tapes interpretation software, Insight 1 version 5.1 to petroleum industry standards. l Specifically, the donating companies are gaining national and international recogni- (a full function 2-D seismic processing pack- tion for their leadership in fostering re- age) and Zycor Z-Map Plus mapping software. All of these packages are full feature Benefits for Canada search. They have guaranteed access to value-added improvements to the data that commercial programs used widely through- l A Canadian heritage will be preserved. will accrue from activities such as re- out the hydrocarbon industry. The software The library will prevent valuable data from is fully integrated around a single data base processing, re-interpretation and re-format- being lost and will allow future data acquisi- which enables nearly seamless exchange of ting. They also enjoy close collaboration tions to be planned more efficiently. information between individual modules and with research teams in the GSC while re- packages. taining all commercial rights to the data. l The Canadian research community has gained access to a unique set of digital geo- The seismic interpretation packages, physical data, including data from very re- Seismic Interpretation and SeisWorks 2-D and 3-D, give explor-ationists mote areas that may not be surveyed again Processing Facility and researchers expanded interpretation ca- in the foreseeable future. The digital format To assist clients and collaborators within pabilities by allowing a flexible and varied permits advanced analysis with workstation the petroleum industry, universities and the display environment that could not be technology, including reprocessing and in- international geoscientific community, achieved with traditional paper seismic 52 Research

Interpreted seismic data are converted into maps using the Z-Map Plus package, which makes the task of mapping geological features easier than using conventional techniques. Z-Map Plus has sophisticated mapping approaches and was specifically created for geological applications. It allows extensive user input and editing to ensure that the maps produced are not only technically correct but convey the user’s interpretation of the problem based on his or her unique geological knowledge.

Other capabilities that can be accessed through AGC’s local area network include a dedicated 2-D interpretation Sun SPARC 10/41 workstation with Landmark’s StratWorks geological interpretation software. This software is designed to manipulate petrophysical and geological information in an interactive environment, in the same way the seismic interpretation software works with seismic profiles. A major advantage of this system for offshore eastern Canada is that AGC has already digitized most of the geological and petrophysical information from exploratory wells and these data can be easily incorporated into the StratWorks data base. StratWorks is fully compatible with SeisWorks and Z-Map Plus, producing a seamless interpretation environment.

This fully integrated Facility encom- passes capabilities to process, manipulate, interpret and map geological information from reflection seismic and geological data at a level seldom found outside of commercial organizations. Even though these software packages were designed by and for Figure 4: Two examples of interpretations using workstation technology, (a) seismic amplitude the petroleum industry, they can also be map (slice) of an unconformity and (b) 3-D perspective view of a faulted surface. used for non-conventional applications such as processing and interpreting the high resolution seismic data frequently collected sections. In addition to the display ad- last 5 years that this technology has been vantages, interactive image processing transported from mainframe and super com- in environmental studies. This is provid- and attribute analysis are possible, pre- puters onto desktop workstations, making it ing AGC environmental marine geologists senting new perspectives to users and the much easier to use and more affordable. The with a technology that has been previously ability to extract geological information Insight 1 seismic processing package is one unavailable to them. previously unavailable. of the industry standards and is used also within academic (LITHOPROBE) and gov- Interpretation Examples The procedure of taking multi-chan- ernment (GSC in Ottawa and Sydney, BC) Figure 4 shows views of two buried sur- nel reflection seismic data from the raw research communities. This package gives faces at the Terra Nova oil field in the Jeanne field form to an interpretable seismic pro- users of the Facility the ability to improve d’Arc Basin, offshore Newfoundland. Nei- file is a complex and computationally in- existing profiles with expanded imaging soft- ther one of these interpretations would have tensive task. The theory and practice of ware or to fully re-process old data so that been possible before the advent, during the processing reflection seismic data were new profiles can be created taking advan- 1980’s, of 3-D marine seismic surveying and developed over the last 30 years within the tage of modem processing approaches and interactive workstation technology. For ori- petroleum industry. It is only within the algorithms. entation, the fault at the left of Figure 4a and 53 Research the fault in the centre of Figure 4b are the The Future art Client Facility for processing and inter- same feature; north is at the top in Figure 4a The large volume of data and varied data preting digital geophysical and geological and at the bottom in Figure 4b. types in the National Digital Geoscience data. This Facility is being made available Data Library presents some problems in for the academic and non-profit research Figure 4a is a horizon amplitude map searching for specific data in a particular community to encourage collaborative re- (slice) of the Upper Jurassic, Kimmeridgian area of interest. To overcome this we are search into the formation and evolution of sedimentary basins, including their oil and unconformity (Enachescu, 1993; developing a GIS based interface for ac- gas potential. Enachescu and McAlpine, 1992). Here can cessing the data. This interface will give users a geographic view of where data ex- be seen a spectacular paleo-drainage sys- ist and a visual key as to the type of data 4. The Facility is having a tremendous tem. This surface is about 155 million years available. When this is linked with other impact on the way AGC interprets subsur- old and now lies between 3000 and 3400 existing GIS information at AGC a power- face data and the oil and gas potential of metres below the sea floor. Meanders, ox- ful tool will exist to gather quickly and ef- Canada’s frontier basins. It also has non- bow lakes and at least two generations of ficiently the information necessary to an- conventional applications such as in channels are clearly visible. This figure was swer specific geological and environmen- processing and interpreting high resolution constructed by mapping the amplitude vari- tal issues. seismic data deriving from environmental ations along a time structure event picked studies. in a 3-D seismic data volume. Conclusions 1. The GSC has been donated a na- 5. AGC continues to show leadership Figure 4b is a 3-D perspective diagram tional resource of seismic data, some in in the fields of energy and the environment with shaded relief created at the AGC Cli- areas that may not be surveyed again in the by interacting with clients in a way that is ent Facility by John Shimeld as part of his foreseeable future. This is in recognition beneficial to Canada. Masters Thesis at Dalhousie University. of GSC’s positive relationship with the en- This image is a detailed interpretation of a ergy industry. The cost of acquiring and References ENACHESCU, M.E. 1993. Amplitude inter- 3-D seismic data volume that clearly shows processing the donated data has been estimated at over $1,000,000,000. pretation of 3-D reflection data. The Leading fault patterns on the 138 million year old Edge. Vol. 12, No. 6: 678-685. “B” Marker, a Cretaceous limestone unit 2. This national resource is being pre- ENACHESCU, M.E. and K.D. MCALPINE, about 900 metres above the Kimmeridgian served as part of a National Digital 1992. Three-dimensional seismic imaging of a unconformity. Faults with vertical dis- Geoscience Data Library and is accessible placement of less than 10 milliseconds Kimmeridgian paleo-drainage system in the for ongoing and future scientific research south Jeanne d’Arc Basin, Grand Banks of New- (about 30 metres at this depth) can be seen to serve the energy and environmental in- foundland, In Program with Abstracts, Geologi- on this image. This research is focused on terests of all Canadians. cal Association of Canada/Mineralogical Asso- the role of faults in the migration of hydro- ciation of Canada Joint Annual Meeting, carbons within the Jeanne d’Arc Basin. 3. AGC has established a state-of-the- Wolfville, May 25-27, 1992, v. 17, A117 p.

54 Research

Instrumentation for In Situ Monitoring of Marine Sediment Geodynamics

C. L. Amos, H. A. Christian, D. E. Heffler, and W. MacKinnon

C. L. Amos H. A. Christian D. E. Heffler W MacKinnon

General Introduction pinging oceanic gyres; or density-driven instability might arise. Geophysical stud- Marine sediment geodynamics is currents. Sediment transport produces a less ies in areas of high gas concentration re- the collective term used to describe the obvious effect over the short-term, but is quire better groundtruth in the evaluation forces controlling the motion of seabed often long-lived. The impact of sediment of seabed geohazards restricting develop- sediments within the marine environment transport may be viewed as chronic and the ment. and the consequent sediment response. This net effect may be greater than the effect of response embraces mass movements slumping. It takes place in almost all ma- The factors influencing sediment trans- through slumping, sliding, and liquefaction rine envionments from the tidal flats of the port in the marine environment are ex- at one extreme, and particle-by-particle Bay of Fundy (Amos and Long, 1980) to tremely complex and poorly known. Con- transport as bed load or in suspension at the deep abyssal plains of the world’s sequently the Geological Survey of Canada the other extreme (Hodgins et al. 1986). A oceans (Hill et al. 1990). Sediment trans- has designed, developed and tested a se- continuum of scales of sediment motion port is important in geological reconstruc- ries of instruments for the purposes of prevail between these extremes. Slumping tion, in placer mineral exploration, in en- monitoring seabed instabilities and the is usually viewed as catastrophic, as it is vironmental impact assessment, and in en- forces causing the instabilities. These in- triggered by unpredicted events such as gineering risk assessment. struments include Sea Carousel, Submers- earthquakes, rapid sedimentation or high ible Observatory of Benthic Stability gas content within the seabed. A well- Studies of sediment geodynamics are (SOBS), RALPH, LANCELOT and known example of a massive slump is the presently being undertaken in a wide vari- EXCALIBUR. 1929 Grand Banks event (Piper and ety of applied issues. These include: (1) the Normark, 1982). It takes place rarely but evaluation of the stability of the Fraser The Sea Carousel may be very large in size. In situ informa- River delta foreslope which is of concern Sea Carousel, named after the carousels tion on sediment liquefaction susceptibil- to southern British Columbia (Christian, of Postma (1967) and Hydraulic Research ity is essential in order to define the poten- 1993; Hart et al. 1992); (2) the determina- Limited (Burt, 1984) is a benthic annular tial for slumping or the onset of liquefaction of the stability of dredged material dis- flume designed for field use in intertidal tion. posal sites in coastal waters (Fredette et and subtidal settings. The carousel is 1.0 m al. 1992); (3) the evaluation of scouring in radius with an annulus 0.15 m wide and Particle-by-particle transport (also called potential of seabed installations (Philpott, 0.30 m high (Figure 1). It weighs approxi- sediment transport) is controlled by hydro- 1986); and (4) the burial rates of power mately 150 kg in air and 40 kg in water dynamic and biological forces at the seabed cables in the Straits of Georgia, B.C. For and is made entirely of aluminium. Flow (Middleton and Southard, 1984). These contaminated sites, it is desirable to deter- in the annulus is induced by rotating a mov- forces include: wave oscillatory motion mine the rate at which dissolved chemical able lid that is driven by a 0.35 hp DC mo- under surface gravity waves or breaking compounds are transported by advecting tor powered from the surface. Eight small internal waves; mean flows resulting from porewaters back into the water column, as paddles, spaced equidistantly beneath the tidal currents; wind-driven currents; im- well as the conditions under which seabed lid, induce a flow of water in the annulus. 55 Research

Flow within the carousel was determined Results of the Sea Carousel and subse- from a relationship between azimuthal quent interpretations are given in Amos, speed and lid rotation presented in Amos, Daborn et al. (1992). An example is shown Grant et al. (1992). Mean tangential lid ro- in Figure 2. It shows a time-series recorded tational speeds are detected through a shaft on the muddy tidal flats of Minas Basin, end-coder resting on the lid. Tangential (Uy) Bay of Fundy. Figure 2A shows the incre- and vertical (UW) current speed is detected mental increases in lid rotation and current by a Marsh-McBirney EM flow meter speed through the deployment, and Figure (model 513) situated circa 0.16 m above 2B shows the associated rates of bed ero- the bed. Controller boards for each sensor sion (kg/m2/s). Note the high rates of ero- and necessary power (12 VDC) are derived sion at the onset of each increase in current from an underwater pod located above the speed. Results from such deployments yield Figure 1: Sea Carousel - a benthic annular annulus. Output voltages from all sensors the bed resistence to erosion as a function flume are digitized and transformed to scientific of depth below the mudline, and the ero- units on a Campbell Scientific(R) CR10 data sion rate. These are important parameters The Carousel is equipped with three opti- logger and stored on a Campbell Scien- controlling sediment transport. (R) cal backscatter sensors (OBS’s; Downing, tific SM192 storage module (storage ca- 1983). Two of these are located non-intru- pacity of 96,000 data values), also located sively on the inner wall of the annulus at in the underwater pod. The data logger is heights of 0.03 and 0.18 m above the skirt interrogated and programmed from the sur- (the skirt is a horizontal flange situated face using a computer linked to the data around the outer wall of the annulus 0.04 logger through an RS232 interface. Maxi- m above the base; it was designed to stand- mum sampling rate of all channels is ap- ardize penetration of the flume into the proximately 2 Hz, whereas UY and UW may seabed). The third OBS detects ambient be logged at rates up to 10.66 Hz. All chan- particle concentration outside the annulus, nels may be monitored and displayed on or it may be used to detect internal sedi- the surface computer allowing the opera- ment concentration at a height between the tor to control the experiment interactively. other two. The OBS sensors give linear re- Bed shear stress is varied in time by vary- sponses to particle concentration (of a con- ing the power supplied to the underwater stant size) for both mud and sand over a motor (0 to 350 watts) via a surface power concentration range of 0.1 to 50 g/L (Down- supply. The data stored from each deploy- ing and Beach, 1989). A sampling port, ment may be downloaded remotely through through which water samples may be the RS232 cable at the end of each experi- drawn, is situated in the outer wall of the ment and the storage module re-initialized. Figure 3: SOBS a benthic multiparameter annulus at a height of 0.2 m above the skirt. tripod for detecting resuspension events. It is used to calibrate the three sensors un- A window is located in the inner flume wall to observe and record the mechanics of der well mixed conditions. The Submersible Observatory of bed failure. Visual observations are made using a Sony Handycam 8 mm video recorder Benthic Stability (SOBS) model CCD-V11 held in an Amphibico, Am- The Submersible Observatory of phibian V11 underwater housing. Light is Benthic Stability is a benthic tripod that is provided by two 100-watt underwater lights equipped with six Optical Backscatter Sen- powered from the surface. The housing has sors (OBS’s; Downing and Beach, 1989), a lens that corrects for underwater geomet- a pressure transducer and a down-looking (R) ric distortions and so is suitable for accurate Hi8 Sony video camera that records burst image scaling. The camera images 60 frames/ of imagery at pre-programmed intervals s. A co-axial cable connects the camera to a and durations (Figure 3). The lower OBS surface monitor for real-time detection and sensor is oriented in a down-looking mode recording. Sequential video images are digi- at a height of 0.13 m above the base. The tized to measure particle trajectories at vary- remaining 5 sensors are located from 0.16 ing heights above the bed. From these, ve- to 1.8 m above the base in a logarithmic locity profiles are constructed. From such progression: 0.16 m; 0.27 m, 0.41 m; 0.95 profiles, thicknesses of the logarithmic part m; and 1.80 m. The Sony Hi8 video cam- Figure 2: A time-series of results from Sea (R) Carousel, deployed on the muddy tidal flats of of the benthic boundary layer are determined era is housed in an Amphibico underwa- Minas Basin, Bay of Fundy: (A) lid rotation, and friction velocities computed. These latter housing. It is installed 0.43 m above the and azimuthal and vertical current speeds, and ter values may then be compared with labo- tripod base and is oriented approximately (B) sediment erosion rate (kg/m2/s). ratory measures. 45° from the horizontal to give a field of 56 Research

RALPH RALPH is a free standing, instrumented tripod (Figure 5) described by Heffler (1984). The package consists of 2 Sea Tech transmissometers mounted at 37 cm and 68 cm above the seabed, 2 EG&G Smart Acoustic Current Meters (SACM‘s) mounted 50 cm and 100 cm above the seabed. A pressure transducer mounted 2 m above the bed is used to measure waves and tides with a resolution of a few centi- metres. A downward looking super 8 mm movie camera (Minolta XL401) is synchro- nized with a 35 J flash for time lapse pho- tography of bedforms. The nodal line of the camera is set 20° from the nadir, to produce a field of view of approximately 1.0 x 1.5 m. One roll of film has 3600 frames Figure 6: A time-series of a burst collected by which may be viewed either as a movie or RALPH on Sable Island Bank. Figure 4: A time-series of results from SOBS, deployed in inner Miramichi Bay. The plot frame-by-frame. RALPH also has tilt and shows suspended sediment concentrations for roll sensors as well as a fluxgate compass RALPH has been deployed in the OBS sensors 2-6 (OBS1 was buried), and water to define orientation. nearshore zone as well as on the continen- depth. Note the three near-bed resuspension tal shelf. It has recorded useful data dur- events which were caused by strong wave RALPH is controlled by a microcom- ing 10 years of service. Upgrades to the activity. puter to store bursts of data at preset inter- sensor array and the control computer will vals. It is powered efficient and can be give RALPH a continued usefulness deployed for several months at a time. It is view of circa 1 m2. The seabed is illumi- powered by two 12 v Sonnichsen batter- nated by two Amphibico(R) 75-watt lights LANCELOT ies. Data are stored using a Tattletale 6 mounted normal to the field of view of the LANCELOT is a remotely-deployed, computer with a 20 Mbyte hard disk. camera. Two AccuStar(R) clinometers, in- autonomously operated seabed instrument stalled in the pressure case, give informa- that measures pore pressure at selected lev- An example of a RALPH time-series is tion on the attitude of the tripod from hori- els within the upper 6 m of sediment. It is shown in Figure 6. The example, collected zontal along two orthogonal axes. These used to determine the rate of consolidation on Sable Island Bank, shows 2 groups of sensors are sensitive to changes of .07°. A and permeability of sediment, useful in Data Instruments(R) pressure sensor records waves. Notice that sand is resuspended (see analyzing the volume and migration rates hydrostatic pressure to 200 psi (132 m), and transmittance) under these waves, by the of pore fluids within the sediment column. is sensitive to 1 psi (0.7 m) changes. The strong oscillatory motion near the seabed. In situ testing in the deep-sea is undertaken system is powered by two 12-volt by lowering it on a cable from a surface Sonnichsen(R) batteries capable of deliver- vessel. In shallow water, the instrument is ing 126 amp-hours of power. System con- deployed on a mooring as shown in Figure trol and data logging is controlled by a 7. The deep-sea system consists of a long Tattletale(R) 6 data logger attached to a 20 stinger (3-6 m) and a telescoping electronic Mbyte hard-drive. Data from each of the assembly (Christian et al. 1993). A porous OBS sensors and the pressure sensor is filter stone located near the probe tip trans- logged at a rate of 1 Hz and is stored on the mits the in situ pore pressure, which is hard-drive. At this sampling rate, SOBS can sensed by an internal differential pressure operate for 7 days. transducer. It is logged relative to the hydrostatic water pressure (Figure 7b). Water A 6.5 day (165 hours) time-series depth, roll, pitch and vertical acceleration is shown in Figure 4. It shows SOBS meas- data are also stored in an onboard urements made in inner Miramichi Bay datalogger. Deployments typically last sev- during July, 1993. The data shows 3 sig- eral hours. Additional memory can be in- nificant turbid events approaching the end stalled to permit deployments lasting 28 of the deployment in the lowermost OBS’s days or more (Christian and Heffler, 1993). (2 and 3). These events have been correlated with periods of strong wind/wave ac- Figure 5: RALPH - a benthic multiparameter Excess porewater pressures beneath the tivity in the bay and are caused by wave tripodfor detecting sediment transport events, seabed may arise through natural hydrody- resuspension. and bedform stability. namic processes or through anthropogenic 57 Research

Figure 8: Schematic of pressure measurement points on LANCELOT and EXCALIBUR, for a deployment where the porous filter stone on tip is embedded within a seabed failure plane. Water

column (hydrostatic) pressure reference (ua) monitored at port (a) throughout deployment; Figure 9: LANCELOT record from margin of excess pore pressure (du,) measured between dredged ship channel in Miramichi Inner Bay points b and c on stinger: With Excalibur, fluid illustrating the surface wave disturbance caused Figure 7: Deployment of EXCALIBUR during sample enters at point c. by passage of fully-loaded tanker; as well as 1992 CSS Hudson cruise 92028 to Grande induced cyclic excess pore pressures for a point Baleine, Hudson Buy. Note needle probe 50 cm below seabed. Note that the vessel wake attached to hare of pressure case housing EXCALIBUR triggered settling of the probe, through sediment electronics and remote datalogger. EXCALIBUR is a re-development of liquefaction. Long-period wave trough along Lancelot, built to provide the additional ca- ship’s hull had no effect on stability, as induced pability of recovering pressurized pore fluid pore pressure changes were able to dissipate. causes. Excess pore pressures dubc within the seabed can develop under conditions samples. Such samples are used to study in where the expulsion of pore fluid is inhib- situ gas concentrations and contaminant com- Figure 10 shows a complete deployment ited (Figure 8). The consequent reduction position. The collection of a fluid sample record from a field test conducted within a in sediment shear strength is the main cause under controlled conditions allows direct 100 m wide and 10 m deep pockmark in of liquefaction failure and slumping. measurement of sediment permeability, Emerald Basin, on the Scotian Shelf. The through analysis of the pressure buildup water column pressure response shows within the sampler, which typically is evacu- LANCELOT was used in Miramichi In- short calibration periods during deployment ated or flushed with an inert gas before use. ner Bay, New Brunswick to investigate the and retrieval as well as a rapid reduction in This technique retains both the dissolved and stabilization of newly-dumped material. An pressure upon the onset of sampling. Per- free-gas phases at in situ pressures. Gas example from this study is given in Figure meability k is determined from the pres- compressibility is important in damping the 9. The example shows surface wave load- sure equalization curve. From this, an ac- ing of the seabed caused by close passage sediment response to cyclic loading. Recov- curate determination of seepage velocities of a fully-loaded bulk petroleum carrier. ered porewater samples can be used to de- of migrating pore fluids can be made. New Note the extended pressure-reduction in the termine the concentration and composition possibilities exist to obtain subseabed sam- water column measurement brought about of dissolved chemical compounds. Excalibur ples of contaminated fluids, as well as pres- by the acceleration of flow along the ship’s is therefore well-suited to contaminant/gas hull. This long-period wave did not result studies in soft seafloor sediments, since spe- surized pore gases, through direct sampling in a subseabed excess pore pressure re- cific horizons can be targeted. of key horizons below the seabed, to water sponse. High-frequency waves in the ship depths of 1000 m. wake however led to a rapid cyclic pore pres- EXCALIBUR has been used with great sure response, which triggered liquefaction success in field programs on the Scotian References failure (settlement). These observations sug- Shelf, in James Bay, and on the Fraser delta AMOS, C.L. 1990. Modem sedimentation proc- gest that the organic clayey silts of the site (Christian, 1993). Further development in- esses, Chapter 11 In M.J. Keen and G.L. developed excess pore pressures only dur- cluded the addition of an acoustic modem Williams [ed.] Geology of the Continental Mar- ing rapid cyclic loading, due to their low per- to allow real-time communication and con- gin of Eastern Canada. Geological Survey of meability. trol of the device through the water column. Canada. Geology of Canda, no. 2: 609-673. 58 Research

CHRISTIAN, H.A. and D.E. HEFFLER. 1993. Present knowledge and industry needs. Envi- Lancelot -A seabed piezometer for geotechnical ronmental Studies Revolving Funds Report 27, studies. Geo-Marine Letters, 13: 189-195. 394p.

CHRISTIAN, H.A., D.H. HEFFLER and E.E. HYDRAULICS RESEARCH LIMITED, 1987. DAVIS, 1993. Lancelot - an in-situ piezometer Deposition of cohesive sediments in an annular for soft marine sediments. Deep-Sea Research, flume. Unpublished Internal Report: 5p. 40(7): 1509-1520. MIDDLETON, G.V. and J.B. SOUTHARD. 1984. Mechanics of Sediment Movement. So- Figure 10: EXCALIBUR inflow permeability test DOWNING, J.P. 1983. An optical instrument for monitoring suspended particulates in ocean ciety of Economic Paleontologists and Miner- result from its first deployment within a 100 m alogists Short Course No. 3. wide pockmark in Emerald Basin, on the Scotian and laboratory In Proceedings of Oceans ‘83: Shelf. The probe penetrated to 60 cm. Legend 199-202. PHILPOTT, K. 1986. Scour around seafloor indicates the onset of fluid sampling at point structures. Environmental Studies Revolving (b) DOWNING, J.P. and R.A. BEACH. 1989. and closure of the internal valve at (c). Funds Report 17, Ottawa. 249p. Coefficient of permeability was calculated from Laboratory apparatus for calibrating optical sus- the internal pressure buildup, from an initial pended solids sensors. Marine Geology 86: 243 PIPER, D.J.W. and W.R. NORMARK. 1982. -249. vacuum within the sample container. Effects of the 1929 Grand Banks earthquake on the Continental Slope off Eastern Canada. Cur- FREDETTE, T.J., J.D. GERMANO, D.A. rent Research, Part B. Geol. Survey of Can. AMOS, C.L. and B.F.N. LONG. 1980. The CAREY. P.M. MURRAY, P.G KULLBERG. Paper 82-1B: 147-151. sedimentary character of the Minas Basin, Bay 1992. Chemical stability of capped dredged of Fundy. In S.B. McCann [ed.] The Coastline material disposal mounds in Long Island Sound, of Canada. Geological Survey of Canada. Pa- USA. Chemistry and Ecology 7: 173-194. per 80-10: 153-180. HART, B.S., D.B. PRIOR, J.V. BARRIE, R.G AMOS, C.L., J. GRANT, G.R. DABORN, and CURRIE, and J.L. LUTERNAUER. 1992. A K. BLACK. 1992. Sea Carousel - A benthic river mouth submarine channel and failure com- annular flume. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Sci- plex, Fraser Delta, Canada. Sedimentary Geol- ence 34: 551-577. ogy 81: 73-87.

AMOS,C.L., G.R.DABORN, H.A. CHRIS- HEFFLER, D.E. 1984. RALPH -An instrument TIAN, A. ATKINSON, and A. ROBERTSON. to monitor seabed sediments. Current research 1992. In situ erosion measurements on fine- Part B, Geological Survey of Canada Paper 84- grained sediments from the Bay of Fundy. Ma- 1B, 47-52. rine Geology 108: 175-196. HILL, P.R., D.E. BUCKLEY, and D.J.W. BURT, T.N. 1984. The Carousel: commission- PIPER. 1990. The continental slope, rise and ing of a circular flume for sediment transport deep sea. The classification of deep sea envi- research. Hydraulic Research Limited Report SR 33. ronments. In M.J. Keen and G.L. Williams [ed.] Geology of the Continental Margin of Eastern CHRISTIAN, H.A. 1993. In situ measurement Canada, Geological Survey of Canada, Geol- of consolidation and permeability of soft ma- ogy of Canada, no 2: 609-673. rine sediments. Proceedings of the 4th Cana- dian Conference on Marine Geotechnical Engi- HODGINS, D.O., D.A HUNTLEY, W.D. LIAM neering, St. John’s, Newfoundland, 28-30 June, FINN, B. LONG, G. DRAPEAU, and A.J. 2, p. 662-679. BOWEN. 1986. Bottom sediment transport -

59 Research

The Ocean’s Role in the Climate System D. G. Wright, J. R. N. Lazier and R. A. Clarke

D. G. Wright J. R. N. Lazier R. A. Clarke

Even the casual observer realizes that the accessed. Fortunately, as the timescale of oceans play an important role in determin- interest increases, temperature anomalies ing the present climate, primarily as the penetrate to greater depths in the ocean so major water reservoir for the planet. The that more heat may be stored, and the ocean devastating effects of an El Nino event pro- can affect atmospheric temperature fluctua- vide striking evidence of the impact of tions over a broad range of frequencies. For “minor” redistributions of water around the example, numerical models have shown globe. However, it may not be nearly so that global warming associated with in- obvious that the oceans can cause major creased greenhouse gases could be delayed climate change. In fact, the oceans are far by more than a decade due to the ocean’s more than just a water reservoir, and in this ability to store and release heat. essay we consider some effects which are intrinsically linked to ocean dynamics. Figure 1 illustrates a simplified analogue of the flow of heat through the atmosphere- ocean system which may help the reader to Figure 1: A simple annlogue of the earth’s Heat Storage climate system. The oceans are important to climate contemplate the importance of the ocean as a heat reservoir. The analogue is composed change because of their enormous capac- example, the reader may visualize the re- ity to store and transport heat. It takes four of two cylinders containing water and connected by an adjustable valve. The water sponse of surface air temperature to an in- times as much heat to increase the tempera- represents our analogue for heat, and the crease in the incoming short wave radia- ture of a kilogram of water as it does to water level represents temperature. The tion by further opening the tap feeding into increase the temperature of a kilogram of smaller cylinder represents the atmosphere, the atmospheric cylinder, or the response air by the same amount. Since 10 metres the larger cylinder represents the global ocean to increased greenhouse gases by turning of water have the same mass as the atmos- with its larger heat capacity, and the valve down the outgoing tap. By adjusting the phere above it, we see that just 2.5 metres connecting the two cylinders represents all valve connecting the “ocean” and “atmos- of water have about the same heat capacity processes influencing the exchange of heat phere”, or adjusting the relative sizes of the as the entire atmosphere above. across the air-sea interface. The tap feeding “ocean” and “atmosphere” cylinders, you into the “atmospheric” cylinder represents will easily visualize some of the effects that Because of their large heat capacities, incoming short wave radiation, while the tap the ocean’s ability to exchange heat with the oceans serve as a temporary storage tank controlling flow out of this cylinder repre- the atmosphere can have on climate varia- for heat. Heat is absorbed during warm sents outgoing long wave radiation, which tions. periods (daytime, summer, etc.) and re- increases with the water level (temperature) leased during cooler periods (night-time, of the “atmospheric” cylinder. Of course, this simple model is limited. winter, etc.), reducing atmospheric tem- Among other problems, it considers a sin- perature fluctuations. Of course, the Many simple but informative experi- gle heat capacity for the global ocean when amount of heat that can be stored depends ments may be considered using this quali- in reality different processes can involve on the depth of the ocean that can be tative model of the climate system. For more and more of the oceans’ volume and 60 Research hence greater and greater heat capacities. Conceptually, we could include a series of containers representing the different parts of the ocean, each connected to its neigh- bours by valves. Such a system is complicated by the fact that accurate representa- tions of the processes involved in the ex- changes are required: the determination of appropriate formulations is an area of active research.

Heat Transport The ocean’s role in the climate system goes further than serving as a storage tank for water and heat. Because of its large heat capacity, even relatively slow flows can move large amounts of heat around the globe. The best available estimates indicate that the north-south transport of heat across mid-latitudes by the oceans is comparable to the transport by the atmosphere. This heat transport is accomplished primarily by two effects. The first contribution is associated with the large horizontal gyres driven by the surface wind stress. These currents stir the upper kilometre or so of Figure 2: A schematic representation of the present-day global overturning circulation referred to as the conveyor belt. Note that there is generally net heat input to the oceans at low latitudes and the oceans, mixing water around entire ba- that heat is releasedfrom the ocean to the atmosphere in regions of deep water formation. Present sins. Surface water receives heat at low estimates indicate that on average, about 1015 Watts of heat are transported by the Atlantic latitudes and the wind driven gyres carry it overturning circulation across 20 degrees north. Three billion litres of water at room temperature through the high latitude regions where (20°C) could be brought to the boiling point (100°C) each second by this amount of heat. excess heat is released to the atmosphere. This heat transport mechanism could returning to the deep water production sites towards the poles. However, the atmos- change with time due to changes in wind is relatively warm, and this heat is released stress or ocean density structure, and such pheric transport of water vapour from warm to the high latitude atmosphere as part of changes would affect the earth’s climate. low latitudes to cold high latitudes tends to However, it is the second heat transport the deep water formation process. It should decrease the salinity, and hence the den- mechanism that has peaked the interest of be evident from Figure 2 that the North sity, of high latitude surface waters. If a many climate modellers. Atlantic region is a major beneficiary of water mass spends sufficient time at the ocean heat transport by the conveyor belt. surface in such a region of net precipita- The second major contributor to Indeed, Manabe and Stouffer (1988) have tion, a stable surface layer could form and meridional heat transport involves a glo- used a coupled ocean-atmosphere climate prevent convective overturning in the bal scale overturning circulation. Deep model to show that surface air temperatures ocean. The influence of low surface tem- water generally flows from regions of high over the Norwegian-Greenland Sea could peratures on the waters below would be density towards regions of low density, so be reduced by as much as 10°C if the At- greatly reduced and the abyssal tempera- high densities are an energy source which lantic overturning circulation were elimi- tures would increase due to heat input can drive an overturning circulation. The nated. which enters the ocean through the surface resulting vertical circulation occurring in at low latitudes. the present-day ocean is illustrated Potential for Change schematically in Figure 2: it has come to The overturning circulation has attracted The effect described above has far reach- be known as the global conveyor belt. Deep great interest because there are reasons to ing consequences. The natural tendency water is formed primarily in the North At- believe that it has changed dramatically in is for convection to result in vertical pen- lantic with smaller amounts being added at the past, and that it could do so again. This etration of cold, dense, high latitude water other locations, principally around Antarc- possibility is due to the different effects of into the deep ocean, resulting in a much tica. From these sources, the cold, deep atmospheric heat and fresh water transports stronger driving force for the overturning water flows into each of the other basins, on the density of sea water. Reduced circulation than if the density anomaly were slowly upwelling into the surface layer as radiative heating and the associated low restricted to the surface layer. However, it goes. Heat is added to the ocean surface temperatures at high latitudes cause a ten- since the high latitude regions of deep wa- at low and mid latitudes. so that the water dency for surface ocean density to increase ter formation are also regions of net pre- 61 Researach

even with the most sophisticated models presently available, we cannot confidently predict the effect of perturbations in the climate system. Indeed, at present we do not know if the response to perturbations is predictable.

Part of the problem in developing confidence in model predictions is the scarcity of data which could help validate and re- fine models. One approach to alleviate this problem is the collection and analysis of standard observational data sets for currents and water mass properties. Through this approach, the present state of the ocean can be described and processes that determine this state can be studied. In addition, long term monitoring studies can gradually build up a data base to be used in studies of longer Figure 3: Monthly averages of salinity at eleven depths at station Bravo from 1964 to 1973 (after timescales. Lazier, 1980). Researchers at the Bedford Institute of cipitation, there is always a tendency for a other locations dominating deep water pro- Oceanography (BIO) have taken a particu- fresh water cap to develop which could pre- duction and hence controlling the global lar interest in processes occurring in the vent convection from occurring: the low overturning circulation. climatically sensitive North Atlantic region. temperatures required to fuel the circula- An example is the annual late spring expe- tion are still present, but freshening of the Why does the present state of the over- dition to obtain measurements of tempera- surface layer can reduce the surface den- turning circulation persist if there are vi- ture, salinity, oxygen, nitrate, silicate, phos- sity and effectively isolate the deep ocean able competing alternatives, especially phate, chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), carbon from the low air temperatures. This possi- when there is net precipitation over the dioxide and tritium across the Labrador Sea bility is enhanced by the fact that any tem- North Atlantic? One contributing factor is (Lazier, 1988). This region is of special in- porary reduction in convection will increase that if deep water is actively being formed terest since it is known to be an area of ac- the time that water spends near the surface. in a region, then the reduced residence time tive convective mixing. In severe winters, This allows more time for fresh water to of surface waters helps to prevent the de- convection occurs over a large area and accumulate which could further reduce con- velopment of a fresh water cap. Also, the mixes the water down to 2000 metres or vection. Because of this feedback, a rela- heat released in areas of deep water forma- more (Clarke and Gascard, 1983). In the tively minor change in the atmospheric tion increases the local surface air tempera- process, biologically important gases such transport of fresh water could have a major tures. This increases local evaporation and as oxygen and carbon dioxide are trans- impact on the overturning circulation, and hence reduces the net fresh water input to ported from the surface where they are in hence on the earth’s climate (Bryan, 1986). the area, again helping to prevent the de- contact with the atmosphere to great depths velopment of a fresh water cap. Finally, if in the ocean. Some people say this is how If we think of low temperatures as the deep water formation were reduced, then the ocean breathes. fuel for the overturning circulation, then the heat loss from the ocean to the atmos- there are three major high latitude fuelling phere would decrease and the resulting de- In the late 1960s and early 1970s. win- stations: the Southern Ocean and the north- crease in surface air temperatures would ter conditions in the Labrador Sea were em reaches of the Atlantic and Pacific ba- help to re-initiate convection. abnormally mild and the salinity at the sur- sins. These locations compete for control face became abnormally low. The changes of the global overturning circulation, and The Need for New Data Sets in salinity over this period are shown in the winner benefits from a large ocean to While these factors favour the persist- Figure 3. Each line shows the salinity at atmosphere heat flux. The North Atlantic ence of the present state, the interplay be- one depth. The lowest values are near the appears to have an advantage in this com- tween surface air temperature, atmospheric surface and the highest are at 1500 metres. petition due to the combination of its fur- water transport and the ocean conveyor belt In the summer of each year freshwater from ther poleward extent and narrower width is not completely understood. In fact the melting sea ice and runoff from land cause than the Pacific, and the absence of com- competition between reinforcing and coun- the salinity near the surface to decrease. In plete north-south boundaries around Ant- teracting feedbacks in the development of winter, cooling produces convection which arctica. However, precipitation or runoff a stable surface layer are so numerous, and mixes this lower salinity water with the into the North Atlantic could overcome parametrizations of unresolved motions in deeper high salinity water. It seems that these advantages and result in either of the numerical models are so uncertain, that between 1968 and 1971, winter convection 62 Research

did not occur: for a period of about three A hierarchy of lower order models The resulting model is suitable for the years, the ocean stopped breathing. The which are less expensive, less time consum- study of timescales of many thousands of purpose of the annual observations is to ing and more easily interpreted have played years, is relatively easy to interpret in com- understand what processes control these an important role in mapping out the range parison to GCM results, and yet exhibits variations and what role they play in the of possible responses that can be expected, response characteristics remarkably simi- climate system. This remains an active area and in understanding the mechanisms de- lar to those of a GCM: similar equilibrium of research. termining these responses. Researchers at states, stability properties and transient be- BIO are making significant contributions haviour are found. It has been successfully The process of collecting such data sets to this area of research. One recent effort applied to a variety of problems in climate is time consuming, difficult and expensive, has focused on the development and appli- research: interocean exchange of freshwa- and additional data sources are constantly cation of an efficient latitude-depth climate ter (Stocker & Wright, 1991 a,b), the effect being investigated. Information on past model. The geometry of the ocean com- of changing high latitude conditions climate events represents another possibil- ponent is illustrated in Figure 4. The model (Stocker et al., 1992a), the uptake of CO, ity to help fill the data gap. The uses equations for the conservation of mass, from the atmosphere (Stocker et al., 1993) paleoclimatic archives contain qualitative heat and salt to determine the evolution of and simulations of the Younger Dryas cli- and quantitative information about major the zonally averaged water mass properties mate event (Wright & Stocker, 1993; climate events that have occurred in the in each ocean basin. From this informa- Lehmann et al., 1993). past. These records indicate that the earth’s tion, the density is determined and the over- climate has undergone quasi-periodic vari- turning circulation is then diagnosed using The Younger Dryas event provides an ations on timescales ranging from decades a very efficient closure scheme (Wright & interesting example of a major climate to millennia as well as abrupt step-like Stocker, 1991, 1992). The ocean model is change and the role of low order models in changes. They also indicate that the coupled to a classical atmospheric energy climate research. During the last Ice Age, present-day conveyor belt circulation has balance model (Stocker et al., 1992b) which northern Europe and North America were been continuously present over the past accounts for long and short wave energy covered by huge ice sheets. About 14,000 9000 years but there are strong suggestions exchange across the top of the atmosphere, years ago, the climate changed and these energy absorption within the atmosphere, that prior to this period, there were times ice sheets began to retreat. Then between and heat and fresh water exchange with the when the North Atlantic overturning was about 11,000 and 10,000 years ago, the ice ocean. either eliminated or greatly reduced. Such sheets advanced again to near full glacial events offer an opportunity to test the ability of models to simulate major shifts in the climate system and to improve our understanding of processes affecting these shifts.

The Need for New Modelling Approaches Attempts to validate or improve climate models through comparisons with paleo data face significant obstacles. The data themselves are incomplete and subject to interpretation: neither the forcing associated with atmospheric heat and water transports, nor the response are accurately determined. Thus a complete study generally requires examination of a range of possibilities. The situation is further complicated by the fact that general circulation models (GCMs) used in such studies are intrinsically complex, computationally expensive and time consuming to run and analyze. Combined with the very long Figure 4: An illustration of the output from the latitude-depth model developed for the study of timescales associated with paleoclimate long term climate variations. The central cylinder represents the Southern Ocean and the three simulations and an incomplete understand- planar sections represent the Pacific, Atlantic and Indian Oceans. The model estimate of zonally averaged salinity under present-day surface conditions is shown. Comparison with the observed ing of the nature of the system under con- salinity field is good. A major advantage of using zonally averaged equations of motion is their sideration, it is clear that the task at hand is computational efficiency. Even on the modest computer resources available to the Physical and enormous, and novel approaches are re- Chemical Sciences Branch at BIO, a one thousand year simulation with the couple ocean quired to optimize progress. atmosphere-model can be completed in under one hour. 63 Research

conditions before continuing their retreat what controls even the present state of the the cause of the Younger Dryas. p. 87-100. In to the present state. The period of ice ad- climate system, let alone the interannual, A. Ayala-Castanares, W. Wooster and A. vance is known as the Younger Dryas event decadal, century and longer timescale vari- Yanez-Arancibia [ed.] Oceanography, UNAM and is of special interest to climate model- ability is still beyond us. Many questions Press. lers because it is a well-documented event need to be addressed before we will even MANABE, S., and R.J. STOUFFER. 1988. Two which clearly demonstrates that major cli- be able to properly quantify the reliability stable equilibria of a coupled ocean-atmosphere mate change can occur over a period of just of predictions that have been made. The model. J. Climate. 1: 841-866. a few decades. Further, it appears that this data for model validation is still very lim- event was geographically centred over the ited and we must continue to assemble new STOCKER, T.F., W.S. BROECKER and D.G. North Atlantic where much of the deep data sets both by monitoring the present WRIGHT. 1994. Carbon uptake experiments water is formed in the present-day ocean, system and by mining the data archives that with a zonally averaged global ocean circula- and this has emphasized the important role nature has stored away for us. The contin- tion model. Tellus B. 46B: 103-122. of the oceans in climate change. ued use of a broad range of innovative ap- STOCKER, T.F., and D.G. WRIGHT. 1991 a. A proaches is required to optimize progress Broecker et al. (1985) proposed that the zonally averaged ocean model for the on this difficult and important problem. thermohaline circulation. Part II: Interocean Younger Dryas event was initiated when a circulation in the Pacific-Atlantic basin system, major portion of the meltwater input to the References J. Phys. Oceanogr. 21 : 1725-1739. North Atlantic was diverted from its Mis- ALLEY, R.B.. and 10 others. 1993. Abrupt in- sissippi route to more northerly routes crease in Greenland snow accumulation at the STOCKER, T.F., and D.G. WRIGHT. 1991b. through the Hudson and St. Lawrence val- end of the Younger Dryas event. Nature. 362: Rapid transitions of the ocean’s deep circula- leys. They suggested that the ocean’s con- 527-529. tion induced by changes in surface water fluxes. veyor belt may have been shut off by the Nature. 351 : 729-732. meltwater input and subsequent model BROECKER, W.S., D.M. PETEET and D. studies by Maier-Reimer and Mikolajewicz RIND. 1985. Does the ocean-atmosphere sys- STOCKER, T.F., D.G. WRIGHT and W.S. (1989) and Stocker and Wright (1991b) tem have more than one stable mode of opera- BROECKER. 1992. The influence of high-latitude surface forcing on the global thermohaline have provided support for this basic idea. tion? Nature. 315: 21-26. circulation. Paleoceanography. 7: 529-541. However, what caused the termination of BRYAN, F., 1986. High-latitude salinity effects the Younger Dryas event and why it oc- and interhemispheric thermohaline circulations, STOCKER, T.F., D.G. WRIGHT, and L.A. curred only once, remain questions of cur- Nature. 323: 301-304. MYSAK. 1992. A zonally averaged, coupled rent interest. In our attempts to model this ocean-atmosphere model for paleoclimate stud- event, we found that the observed re-ini- CLARKE, R. A., and J. C. Gascard, 1983. The ies. J. Clim. 5: 773-797. tiation of North Atlantic Deep Water for- Formation of Labrador Sea Water, Part I - Large mation did not occur unless the net precipi- Scale Processes. J. Phys. Oceanogr. 13, 1764- WRIGHT, D.G., and T.F. STOCKER. 1991. A tation in this area was reduced during the 1778. zonally averaged ocean model for the Younger Dryas. Observations presented by thermohaline circulation. Part I: Model devel- LAZIER, J. R. N., 1980. Oceanographic condi- opment and flow dynamics. J. Phys. Oceanogr. Alley et al. (1993) now suggest that this tions at Ocean Weather Ship Bravo, 1964-1974. 21: 1713-1724. may have actually occurred. Our model Atmos.-Ocean. 18: 227-238. results also suggested that glacial meltwa- WRIGHT, D.G., and T.F. STOCKER. 1992. ter accumulated in the surface layers of the LAZIER, J. R. N., 1988. Temperature and Sa- Sensitivities of a zonally averaged global ocean North Atlantic and was subsequently linity Changes in the Deep Labrador Sea, 1962- circulation model. J. Geophys. Res. 97: 12707- flushed through the deep ocean when the 1986. Deep-Sea Research, Vol. 35: 1247-1253. 12730. conveyor belt restarted. This result has suggested a re-interpretation of low val- LEHMAN, S.J., D.G. WRIGHT, and T.F. WRIGHT, D.G., and T.F. STOCKER. 1993. ues seen in the sediment layer correspond- STOCKER. 1993. Transport of Freshwater into Younger Dryas Experiments. p. 395-416. In W.R. Peltier [ed.] NATO AS1 Series, Vol 12, Ice ing to the termination of the Younger Dryas the deep ocean by the conveyor. p. 187-209. In W.R. Peltier [ed.] NATO ASI Series, Vol 12, Ice in the Climate System. Springer-Verlag. Berlin. (Lehman et al., 1993). in the Climate System. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg. Heidelberg. Significant progress has been made in the field of climate research over the past MAIER-REIMER, E., and U. MIKOLAJE- few decades, but a full understanding of WICZ. 1989. Experiments with an OGCM on

64 Research

Electronic Chart Initiatives in the CHS

S. T. Grant

on the paper chart to find out where the ship The CHS Strategic Plan for the accom- was when the observations were taken - plishment of these goals divided the task often 2 to 3 minutes earlier. An exciting new into three distinct but interdependent sub- technology, generically known as the Elec- programs: tronic Chart, that continuously plots a ship’s position on a high resolution video screen l The Electronic Chart Demonstration over a digitized nautical chart background, Project could have prevented this accident. l The Electronic Chart Data Infrastructure Program Following the grounding of the Exxon l National and International Standards De- Valdez, the Canadian Public Review Panel velopment on Tanker Safety and Marine Spills Re- S. T. Grant sponse Capability (1990), chaired by Mr. The Electronic Chart D. Brander-Smith, identified spill preven- Demonstration Project Abstract tion as the highest priority for protecting Electronic Charts (ECs) generally fall In October of 1990 the Canadian Public the coastal and marine environment. This into two categories; those that will be rec- Review Panel on Tanker Safety and Marine panel recommended that: ognized as being legally and functionally Spills Response Capability identified spill pre- equivalent to the paper chart, known as vention as the highest priority for protecting the “In order to reduce the risks of accidents Electronic Chart Display and Information coastal and marine environment. Specifically it the Canadian Hydrographic Service: Expe- Systems (ECDIS), and systems that com- recommended that the Canadian Hydrographic plement but do not replace the paper chart dite development of the electronic chart- Service (CHS) expedite development of elec- on the ship’s bridge known as Electronic ing technology and the required infrastruc- tronic charting technology and the required in- Chart Systems (ECS). The expression ‘will ture, then introduce regulations requiring frastructure, and then introduce regulations re- be recognized’ in the previous sentence quiring the use of electronic charts on all tank- the use of electronic charts on all tankers refers to the fact that regulations do not ers in Canadian waters. in Canadian waters.” presently exist anywhere in the world cer- tifying an ECDIS. However, an ECDIS In response to this recommendation the CHS In June 1991, the Ministries of Trans- initiated a program in partnership with private Performance Standard, developed jointly industry to build the infrastructure to create and port, Environment, and Fisheries and by the International Maritime Organization manage electronic chart data, to distribute it to Oceans announced a commitment of (IMO) and the International Hydrographic ships in Canadian waters and to keep it up to $l00M for a New Marine Environmental Organization (IHO), was submitted to the date. The CHS is also contributing to the devel- Emergencies Response Strategy that called IMO in September 1993 and could be ap- opment of international and national standards for the development of a new electronic proved in 1995. It will then be up to indi- for all aspects of Electronic Charts and is ac- navigation chart capability that can alert vidual Nations to adopt and/or adapt those cumulating information that will contribute to ships to possible groundings or collisions. standards and implement procedures to cer- the drafting ofappropriate legislation. The CHS is installing a number of Electronic Charts on ships and at Marine Institutes to test the infrastructure and standards and to demonstrate the technology to the marine community. This paper reports on the progress of the project to date and presents plans for the next year or two.

Introduction On 24 March 1989 the oil tanker Exxon Valdez slammed onto Bligh Reef in Prince William Sound, Alaska, while avoiding ice in the main navigation channel. One of the factors that contributed to this disaster was the slow and tedious traditional navigation methods being used. These methods required the Officer-of-the-Watch to make observations and then manually plot them Figure 1: ECPINS Deployments in Atlantic Canada 65 Research tify that equipment complies with the stand- are being addressed: supplier of ECDIS-like equipment called ards. Two key elements for the efficient and l work with the clients to develop specifi- ECPINS (Electronic Chart Precise Integrated effective use of ECDIS are accurate posi- cations which will address their needs Navigation System). Six systems were pur- tioning, such as can be provided by the l build the appropriate ENC files for the chased and by end of 1993 a dozen different Differential Global Positioning System, and major tanker routes in Canada public demonstrations and/or installations on accurate up-to-date digital Hydrographic l test and evaluate existing and proposed ferries, tankers and at marine institutes had Office chart data described as the Electronic standards for systems and data taken place across Canada. The deployments Navigational Chart (ENC). l work with Marine Institutes across in Atlantic Canada are summarized in Fig- Canada to develop ECDIS training pro- ure 1 and the ECPINS display is shown in Although the ECDIS Performance grams to ensure users are aware of the Figure 2. A similar number of deployments Standard is presently before IMO many of strengths and limitations of the new tech- are scheduled for 1994 and plans for 1995 the details are still being developed, tested nology. are underway. Canada Steamship Lines pur- and evaluated by a number of countries. In chased eleven ECPINS systems during 1993 Canada these tests are being done as part To conduct these tests the CHS estab- so the demonstration project was expanded of the CHS Electronic Chart Demonstra- lished a partnership with Offshore System,, to include the provision of ENC data for these tion Project. The following specific tasks North Vancouver, B.C., a leading world systems.

Figure 2: This figure shows the Canadian ECPINS Electronic Chart Display and Information System manufactured by Offshore Systems, N. Vancouver, B.C. Shown is the system in operation aboard the Marine Atlantic Ferry Princess of Acadia entering Digby Gut in it’s ‘split screen’ configuration; the screen on the right is ‘ship’s head up’ while the screen on the left is ‘north up’. The triangle ahead of the vessel is the operator set danger rector that the system automatically scans for dangers to navigation. The arrow is the vessel’s Course / Speed Made Good vector: 66 Research

system. This development originated as a research project in the CHS and is now at the beta stage of testing; the product is called ORACLE Multi Dimension.

The CHS recognized at an early stage that its limited resources would not enable it to meet the rapidly growing demand for ENCs and other digital chart products. Therefore, a partnership was established with Nautical Data International (NDI), St. John’s, Nfld. to market CHS digital products. Revenue from the sale of these digital products will be used to digitize other charts. To ensure that these products have the same high standards as traditional CHS products the CHS and ND1 are actively investigating implementing an International Organization for Standardization Quality Management System (IS0 9000) for this activity.

National and International Standards Development At the beginning of 1993 just over 100 of the approximately 400 charts for which the Atlantic Region of the CHS is responsible were digital, but none could be used as Elec- tronic Navigational Charts. The problem was Figure 3: Internartiobal ECDIS Organization due to the fact that the digital chart files were created to support ONLY a paper chart prod- l develop and implement an electronic up- The Electronic Chart Data uct and some charts had been produced sev- Infrastructure Program dating service to ensure all users have up- eral years earlier, before the significance of to-date chart data The objective of this program is to re- correct digital feature identification codes organize the CHS to meet the new demand was appreciated. At that time if the paper l provide whatever staff training is re- chart looked correct that was all that mat- for digital data and its support services. It quired to meet the new challenges involves the following tasks: tered. Electronic Charts rely on accurate digital data for proper reliable operation so these l develop a new organizational structure earlier digital chart files had to be updated. l build ENCs for charts covering Cana- as required to perform the above tasks. Furthermore Electronic Charts are designed dian waters to perform tests and checks on the chart data The digital data management infrastruc- such as determining if the vessel is within l implement an object-oriented spatial data ture in the CHS is broadly described as the certain areas (e.g. anchorages) or a specified model for ECDIS data and develop and Hydrographic Information Network (HIN). distance away from a safety contour or other demonstrate the use of area based objects Initially, emphasis was on creating and dangerous point or area feature. To be able for storing, processing and displaying navi- loading databases containing information to perform these checks the chart data or ENC gation information about CHS product and source data (i.e. must be much more rigorously structured meta-data). The Source Directory System than was possible or even known a year or l develop the necessary data base infra- (SDS), which manages information about so ago. By March 1994 about 25 Atlantic structure including a network system to link source data/documents has been in opera- Region charts will be fully compliant with all of the CHS Regional and HQ offices tion for about 3 years and now contains the current ENC standards. information about nearly all CHS source l develop, implement and load data bases data/documents. In the long term the focus Within the CHS major efforts are that manage information about CHS data will be on source data management and, to underway to develop digital chart file stand- and product this end, a partnership was established with ards, data exchange standards, etc. and, in ORACLE Canada Ltd. to develop a spa- cooperation with a number of private sec- l develop and implement a distribution tial/temporal data management capability tor partners, tools and procedures are being network to service new client demands in their relational database management developed to create, manage and disseminate 67 Research

ENCs, ENC updates and other digital Conclusion Reference hydrographic products. Much of this work The Electronic Chart has been described Protecting our Waters, (1990), Final is directly linked to similar work being car- as the most significant development in Report to the Public Review Pannel on ried out in international working groups un- marine navigation since radar. And, tests Tanker Safety and Oil Spill Response Ca- der the auspices of the IHO, IMO and simi- and evaluations from around the world have pability, Sept. 1990; available from Minis- lar organizations. Figure 3 illustrates the re- clearly demonstrated that ECs improve try of Supply and Services. lationships among these organizations and navigation safety significantly. However, lists some of the reports that have been pub- whereas radar is a stand-alone system, ECs lished. depend on several factors for their effec- Another objective of the CHS Electronic tiveness. They require accurate positioning Chart program is to gather sufficient infor- (e.g. DGPS); official, accurate mation to allow work on Legislative and hydrographic chart data and updates; radar Regulatory Amendments to the Canada and other navigational inputs (e.g. log, Shipping Act such as including new regula- gyro, depth sounder, etc.); and fast, reliable, tions governing the carriage and use of easy to use ECDIS equipment. Performance ECDIS in the Charts and Publications Regu- Standards for ECDIS are presently being lations. These amendments will have to be studied by IMO and could be approved by compatible with the pertinent regulatory con- 1995, but a lot of work is still required. The ventions of the IMO and IHO as well as re- CHS and its commercial partners are lated Canadian Acts and Regulations such among the world leaders in ECDIS related as the Crown Liability Act and the Copyright activities. Act.

Sailing Directions - A New Approach B. Pietrzak

History Eventually, government hydrographic of- Sailing Directions are publications by fices took over the “official” publication of Hydrographic Organizations. These Direc- these navigational background notes and tions provide supplementary information to they were named Sailing Directions. their accompanying charts. Historically, they were a collection of notes often re- Use And Application ferred to as coastal pilot books. They con- Under the Charts and Publications Regu- tained general impressions that were gath- lations of the Canada Shipping Act, Sail- ered from mariners who had sailed into ing Directions, Nautical Charts, Tide Ta- various ports and harbours around the bles and other items produced by the Ca- world. At that time, no accurate charts ex- nadian Hydrographic Service and the Ca- isted for many of those ports of call. “The nadian Coast Guard are required to be car- natives are friendly”, “Water can be ob- ried on board all vessels of a certain size. B. Pietrzak tained”, “A certain Mr. Zwicker, living on Provisions allow for use of equivalent the island, can arrange for stevedores on charts and publications produced by other Sailing Directions are produced by the short notice” are quotes typical of these maritime nations. Sailing Directions pro- Canadian Hydrographic Service (CHS) and collections. So anxious were the early duced by CHS are used as reference mate- provide important additional information that mariners to obtain information, that the rial by other hydrographic offices in their cannot be graphically displayed on naviga- publishing of these general impressions publications. tional charts. A new series of user friendly became a small but competitive industry, booklets has been launched. This essay de- with each publisher trying to outdo the Sailing Directions are also used by rec- scribes the new venture and explains how other. In time the information published reational boaters, shipping agents, and in user groups are reached through public rela- was so exaggerated that credibility suffered government offices. The text is often tions efforts and the Chart Dealer Network. when reliable charts became available. quoted by authors of cruising guides and 68 Research in articles for the recreational boating mar- The Booklet Format ket. As the official guide to navigation, Through an extensive consultation proc- Sailing Directions have gained respect in ess with user groups, a new series of Sail- the marine community. ing Directions has been designed. These use a “booklet” format for covering smaller Information shown on charts and pub- geographic areas. The advantages of the lished in Sailing Directions is dated and new format are many. Books are limited to subject to change. Navigational hazards are 120 pages or fewer which allows for sad- discovered; man-made channels are dredged; aids to navigation are established dle-stitched binding (pages stapled), thus or rebuilt; shipping terminals and wharves cutting costs. Users have the option of pur- are constructed or altered; new chasing booklets for specific waters. hydrographic surveys replace old informa- Smaller booklets introduce flexibility in the tion. Changes and corrections to CHS pub- frequency of printing updated editions, par- lished documents are disseminated through ticularly for areas with a rapidly changing Notices to Mariners. These are issued bi- environment. In summary, the booklets weekly by the Canadian Coast Guard to allow for the delivery of a product that is inform the marine community of changes affordable. After desktop publishing in- pertinent to safe navigation. When too vestments had been made, the first book- many changes have been made to any docu- lets for the St. Lawrence River were priced ment published by CHS, a new edition of Pictograph legend for easy reference. at $6.95. the document is produced. Booklets are designed to be held in a much detailed information. Included in User Friendly Sailing standard three ringed binder along with these Directions was duplicate information Directions associated publications such as Chart I, taken from other publications which were l booklets about the coastline - user Symbols and Abbreviations, and Tide Ta- also mandatory to have on board. Long, chooses information for specific bles. The user can thus collect all related waters of interest elaborately worded paragraphs described the history of the region, the livelihood of materials in a single place.

l staple bound for cost efficiency the population, and the responsibilities be- Sailing Directions booklets incorporate (affordable to users) tween the different levels of government. The books were written as if there was no diagrams of small harbours (small port chartlets) which show available berthing l pictograph legend for easy reference other means of communicating conditions in Canada to the world of shipping. facilities and water depths. Many of these facilities are publicly owned and adminis- l small port charts The production of some of these Direc- tered by agencies of the Department of tions, in two official languages, was subsi- Fisheries and Oceans, and Transport Hard cover Sailing Directions were dized by the sale of other CHS products. Canada. It is the first time that these smaller printed on an infrequent basis prior to 1972. Volumes covering waters with little navi- harbours have appeared in cartographic As the number of outstanding corrections gation activity along remotely populated form. This detailed representation of the to the text grew, supplements were pub- coastlines did not sell well. Many copies smaller harbours increases the marketabil- lished and distributed. It was common for for those areas were distributed free of ity of Sailing Directions and promotes their the current edition held on board ship to charge for the official use of other govern- use in safe navigation for all harbours. have several “red ink” amendments from ment agencies and fleets. The press run Notices to Mariners and a few paper bound was small to avoid the buildup of outdated Reaching Out To the Public supplements placed between the covers as copies over time, so that the unit cost for Mariners have always used charts, yet inserts. each was high. few are aware of the effort made to produce a single paper sheet showing hazards 1972 - A New Look In the 1980’s to navigation. Sources of information are A new look soft cover Sailing Directions New cost recovery programs were in- widespread, and every detail must be vali- appeared in 1972. With bright covers, these troduced in the 1980’s that placed stringent dated to ensure that an up-to-date chart has were produced using computerized type- rules on the pricing of government publi- used the most recent accurate data avail- set and offset photocopying. These Sail- cations. Sailing Directions that typically able. Communicating the production and ing Directions incorporated many full and sold for $8 in 1982 were priced as high as preparation efforts has resulted in a greater partial sized photographs of ports, harbours, $55 in 1992, which for the non-compulsory appreciation for the quality of CHS prod- channels, and intricate passages. Though user, became too costly. A new approach ucts, and a better understanding of how adequate, the books became hefty, with too for Sailing Directions was initiated. these materials can be used. 69 Research

Reaching the Public l networking - finding groups of common interest

l “plugging” into other agendas to meet mutual interests

l using other groups’ newsletters and magazines

l activities “we go to them” rather than “they come to us”

l seminars to target groups - explaining our work, our products

The most effective way of reaching customers is through retail agents who sell charts to the public. Agents are on the front Bob Corbett (MP for Fundy Royal) centre, and Neil Bellefontaine (DFO Regional Director- line and are the first to listen to concerns General) right, unveil the new chart 4116, at the Saint John Port Corporation National about the quality of CHS products. Transportation Week picnic, June 1993

Retail agents are required to satisfy con- Staff of CHS visit retail agents to review ditions of the Canadian Hydrographic Serv- their stock on hand, and seek to understand, ice Dealership Agreement. The most im- in person, how customers view CHS prod- portant of these conditions is the require- ucts. One notable result of such communi- ment to have on hand and sell only the lat- cation was the production and release of est printing of a CHS document. Cancelled Chart 4116 which represents the western charts have been replaced by new printings approach to Saint John Harbour, New with updated information. Under this Brunswick. This new chart became avail- Agreement, cancelled charts cannot be sold. able in June, 1993. Bay of Fundy fisher- They must be destroyed. men, yachtsmen and commercial shipping interests had been concerned about the lack of good chart coverage west of Point Lepreau. This coast had previously been shown only at a very small scale, and had been known locally as The Gap (i.e. as in “ the gap” in adequate coverage of that particular shore). Chart agents, having voiced their concern to CHS, were instrumental in correcting this situation.

Diagrams give a “portrait” of small harbours and ports. 70 Research

Sediment Core Processing at the Atlantic Geoscience Centre: State-of-the Art Geomechanical Applications to Marine Geological Research

K. Moran

ing levels of acoustic energy to be reflected of the energy is reflected back to the re- from the seabed and subseabed. These vari- ceiver. Core data are recorded as a func- ations in acoustic energy cause reflection tion of the physical depth below seafloor. events in the seismic data. Reflection The most direct method for linking these events, when plotted with distance along a two data sets is conversion of the core data seismic track on the x-axis versus the time to a time reference through the construc- to the event on the y-axis, create a two-dition of a synthetic seismogram of the core mensional image of the subseabed (Fig. 1). sample. Synthetic seismograms are con- These events are interpreted in terms of a structed using measurements of the sedi- geological framework and sites are selected ment physical properties. along the seismic track for the collection of samples so that the seismic reflection This paper presents the methods used in events can be calibrated. Calibration of the Atlantic Geoscience Centre (AGC) K. Moran seismic data using core samples is normally laboratory for processing sediment cores called seismic groundtruth. for their physical properties, and examples Introduction of geomechanics applications to marine Marine geological research is a field of Requirements for groundtruth vary with geological studies. study which requires input from many dis- each type of marine geological study. For ciplines. These disciplines include geo- example, for engineering site investiga- Methods physics, paleontology, sedimentology, tions, groundtruth is the strength and The most common tool used for recov- structural geology, paleomagnetics, and compressibility of sediment units defined ering samples for marine geological stud- geochemistry. Most marine geological by the seismic reflection events. In marine ies is the piston core (Fig. 2). Piston cor- studies include, as a minimum, seismic re- geological studies where the sediment col- ing technology is limited in its penetration flection data, and use these data as the most umn is analysed as a record of past climate depth. Cores have been recovered to basic and essential information. Variations change, groundtruth can be isotopic varia- depths of greater than 30 metres below in marine sediment properties (i.e. bulk tions of sediment components which serve seafloor (mbsf), but common recovery density and acoustic velocity) cause vary- as proxy information for climate change. depths are 10 to 20 mbsf. Piston cores are Glacial history and sedimentary basin stud- also limited to soft, fine-grained sediments. ies require groundtruth which define the When other sediment types are encoun- characteristics of seismic events that are tered, more complex sample recovery tech- interpreted as bedding, and in some places, niques must be used. For example, vibro- as erosional surfaces. The groundtruth, in cores are required to collect coarse-grained these cases, are sediment physical proper- sediment and drilling technology must be ties. In each of these examples, there is a mobilized when very stiff sediment is sam- requirement for the measurement of pled. geomechanical properties. Piston core collection is costly. This In addition, physical property measure- cost means that each piston core must be ments on core samples are required so that precisely positioned with respect to the ref- core data and seismic data can be linked. erence seismic reflection data. Also, the There is an inherent problem in studies that analyses and measurements required to require the use and integration of seismic meet the objectives must be carefully reflection and core sample data: each of planned for each core to optimize its scien- Figure 1: High resolution seismic reflection data from Emerald Basin, Scotian Shelf The these data sets uses a different reference for tific value. dark lines which generally run along a depth below seafloor. Seismic reflection sub-horizontal plane are reflection events. data are recorded as a function of the time Piston cores are collected using steel The position of a piston core sample, it takes for the acoustic energy to travel pipe that is lined with a clear plastic sleeve. 87003-004 is shown (from Moran. 1993). from the source to the seabed where some When the core is recovered, the plastic liner 71 Research

whole core geotechnical testing; e.g., compressibility and shear strength. The X- ray data also serve as an archive of the core prior to opening.

Next, whole cores are run through the new multi-sensor track (MST). The MST is a three component instrument built by GEOTEKTM that non-destructively measures sediment physical properties (Fig. 4). The three components include a pair of acoustic compressional wave velocity transducers (p-wave), a gamma ray attenuation device, and a magnetic susceptibility sensor. The p-wave sensor measures the acoustic velocity of the sediment. Gamma ray attenuation is a measure of bulk density. Changes in acoustic velocity and bulk density cause seismic reflection events. Measurement of these two physical properties at high depth resolution allow for the construction of a synthetic seismogram. Magnetic susceptibility is a measure of the density of magnetic minerals in the core samples. This parameter has been very successfully used as a correlation tool between core sites.

After non-destructuve testing is complete, whole core subsamples are cut from the core. For example, if the geomechanical Figure 2: Cartoon diagram of a standard piston corer. The corer consists of a steel pipe which is properties of shear strength or driven into the seabed using the free fall mass of a large weight. A piston is inserted into the pipe to provide a small suction in the pipe for reduced core disturbance. compressibility tests are required for a specific study, subsamples from 10 to 1.5 cm in length are cut from the core. The depth is removed from the steel pipe and the ini- size, and visually describing the other half intervals for subsampling are normally tial stages of core processing begin. Upon for colour and sediment type. One of the selected using the X-ray and MST data. removal, each plastic liner is cut into 1.5 m disadvantages of this procedure is that once These subsamples are capped, sealed in lengths and capped. The cores are stored a core is opened by splitting, it begins to wax, and stored in refrigerated seawater vertically in refrigerated space until further lose moisture, and oxidizes. Moisture loss until they are removed for testing. processing. If cores are not immediately results in destruction of the original sedi- processed, the caps are sealed with wax to ment physical properties and oxidation de- prevent moisture loss. stroys much of the original geochemistry. Consequently, if physical and mechanical Core processing is normally planned to measurements were not made when the meet the requirements of the specific study. core was opened, these data were lost and However, core procedures at AGC have could only be recovered by collecting a new evolved so that basic standards are followed piston core from the same site. for each core and additional procedures are incorporated to meet specific science goals. Modern core processing includes the At AGC, new and innovative techniques measurement of critical parameters that can which enhance the information obtained degrade with time. At AGC, whole, sealed from each core are included in standard core cores are initially X-rayed (Fig. 3), using Figure 3: Photograph of the AGC X-Ray X-ray fluoroscopy and recorded on high processing. Ten years ago, scientific ob- system. Cores are placed vertically into a jectives were more limited than now, and density video tape. The X-ray data are used computer controlled track which remote!\ core processing consisted of splitting the for two purposes: (1) to interpret moves and rotates the whole core while the core vertically into two half sections, sam- sedimentological or structural geological operator views the X-ray data on a video pling one half for biostratigraphy and grain features; and (2) to select intervals for display monitor. 72 Research

Once any whole core subsamples are removed, the cores are split longitudinally into two sections, the working half and the archive half. Each half is processed in a different manner. The archive half serves as both an archive and as a resource for future studies. The working half is utilized to meet scientific objectives already defined for the study. The archive half is immediately photographed and visually described. AGC has now replaced the subjective visual evaluation of core colour with the Figure 6: Map of the Grand Banks of digital measure of colour reflectance. The Newfoundland. Borehole 87400-02 is located working half is immediately measured for in Halibut Channel and its positron is shown physical properties and geochemical pa- on the map as a closed circle. rameters which degrade with time. For example, undrained shear strength (Fig. 5) electrical resistivity, and redox potential are Geomechanics Applications: measured soon after the core is split. Fol- Glacial History lowing these critical measurements, The Grand Banks of Newfoundland con- subsamples are taken for other analyses. sist of a series of banks including Green, Examples of other analyses include grain Whale, St. Pierre, Burgeo, and the largest, size analysis, micropaleontology, Grand. Fader and King (198 1) describe Figure 4: The multi-sensor track (MST) which palynology, and paleomagnetics. two major surficial formations based on consists of three sensors that measure, seismic reflection data on the Grand Banks: non-destructive!\: physical properties of Cores are double sealed in plastic after Grand Banks Sand and Gravel (GBS&G) whole core. processing is complete and stored in hard and Adolphus Sand (AS). These forma- plastic d-shaped tubes in refrigerated core tions are discontinuous across the bank tops storage. Typically, cores are pulled from storage for additional subsampling and and overlie glacial till, glacio-marine sedi- viewing of the archive once the initial data ment, and bedrock of Cretaceous to Terti- sets are compiled and interpreted. ary Age.

Figure 5: Miniature vane shear device shown here before insertion into the working half of Figure 7: High resolution seismic reflection profile of sediment in Halibut Channel. The position a split core. This device measures the of borehole 87400-02 is overlain on the record with lithogic units identified; AS is Adolphus undrained shear strength of fine-grained Sand, DS is Downing Silt, TT represents the distal edge of a till tongue, and SL is red sediment sediment. AGC has modified this standard from the Gulf of St. Lawrence. device so that data are collected digitally and automatically. 73 Research

borehole samples consisted of fine sand which infilled a channel interpreted as a subglacial meltwater feature (Fig. 8). This sand is interpreted as the recent marine Adolphus Sand (AS) Formation (Fader and King, 1981). At the base of the meltwater channel, a strong reflection (unconformity) occurs and is identified in the borehole as a 1 m thick shell and sand bed. Below the channel, the seismic interpretation of glacio-marine sediments is verified by the sample description and the shear strength profile. The shear strength and bulk density of this unit reflects a normally-consolidated silty clay. This unit is interpreted as the Downing Silt (DS) formation. A till tongue (TT), interpreted from the seismic record is deposited within the DS formation. Till tongues have been described as subglacial deposits proximal to the glacier grounding line (King et al. 1991). The TT Figure 8: Physical and geotechnical properties of sediment from borehole 87400-02 in Halibut unit has similar physical properties to the Channel. The lithologic unit boundaries are shown as horizontal lines and are labelled with abbreviations: AS is Adolphus Sand, DS is Downing Silt, TT represents the distal edge of a till DS and is interpreted as a normally con- tongue, and SL is red sediment from Gulf of St. Lawrence. solidated sequence which is likely deposited as a sediment flow rather than as a basal till, which would likely be Three large channels separate Whale reflection data from Halibut Channel shows overconsolidated. In the borehole, the DS Bank, St. Pierre Bank and Burgeo Bank to a series of glacial and glacio-marine depos- bounds the top and bottom of the TT. A the south of Newfoundland (Fig. 6). One its which have been affected by glacial massive red clay underlies the lower DS of these channels, Halibut, was studied as outwash in the form of meltwater channels and is likely sediment deposited from ice- groundtruth for the seismic data in terms (Fig. 7). Three boreholes were drilled and eroded red beds of the Gulf of St. Lawrence of glacial history. In most regions of the sampled in the Channel to determine the (SL). The physical properties of the sedi- Grand Banks, the sediment is too coarse- depositional environments and stress his- ment suggest normal consolidation The grained and/or too thick for recovery using tory of these deposits (Moran, 1987). acoustic velocity is low and the magnetic standard piston coring techniques. Con- susceptibility profile is higher than any sequently, this site was sampled using drill- Borehole 87400-02, the deepest drilled, other sediment sampled in the borehole, ing technology, rather than piston coring. intersected and sampled the major reflec- which confirms the different sediment tion events on the seismic reflection pro- source for this unit. Below the red clay is a The interpreted high resolution seismic file. In the upper 8 m of section, the true basal till deposit. The sediment is described as a diamict with high shear strength and very large acoustic velocity. Using the shear strength data, an estimate of the ice thickness that rested at this site when the basal till was deposited can be estimated. At Halibut Channel, the estimate of minimum ice thickness is 430 metres.

Paleoceanography Geomechanics has important applications to marine geology, particularly to paleoceanography. Paleoceanography is the study of the marine sediment record for understanding past ocean circulation, ocean “climate”, the earth’s climate and Figure 9: Schematic cross-section of the eastern to central Arctic Ocean basin. The position of ocean/ice boundaries. Geotechnical meth- site 2187 is located at the top of the Lomonosov where the sediment record is likely uninterupted ods and theories have been developed for and can be used for paleoceanographic studies (modified from Fütterer, et al., 1992). many years and are proven for measure- 74 Research

In one core from the Lomonosov Ridge, Acknowledgements shear strength data shows a background Mike Lewis and Kevin Robertson re- increase with depth below seafloor (Fig. viewed this article for publication. Kate 10). Superimposed on this background Jarrett assisted in the preparation of the pho- increase are high shear strength values. tographs. These high shear strength intervals occur because of an increase in ice rafted debris References within the sediment. These intervals likely FADER. G. B. and L. H. KING 1981. A recon- occur at the end of glacial cycles, repre- naissance study of the surficial geology of the senting large purge events from large north- Grand Banks of Newfoundland. Current Re- search, Geological Survey of Canada 81- 1A: 45 ern hemisphere continental ice sheets. 56. Determining the cyclicity of these intervals will be used to constrain ice sheet interac- FÜTTERER, D. K. 1992. Reports on Polar Re- tions with the global climate. search: ARCTIC’91: The expedition ARK-VIII/ 3 of RV Polarstem in 1991. Alfred Wegener In- Summary stitute for Polar and Marine Research, Federal Republic of Germany, 132 p. The core processing facilities at the At- lantic Geoscience Centre provide the most KING. L. H., K. ROKOENGEN, G. B. FADER, advanced capabilites for processing of ma- and T. GUNLEIKSRUD 1991. Till tongue rine sediment samples available today. The stratigraphy. Geological Society of America Bul- geomechanics capability is one part of the letin, 103: 637-659. core processing at AGC. This research pro- Figure 10: Downcore plot of shear strength MORAN, K. 1987. Cruise Report 87400, M/V and graphic lithology for a piston core from vides data for a wide range of marine geo- Balder Challenger, Atlantic Geoscience Centre, Site 2187 on the Lomonosov Ridge, central logical studies. The range of studies varies Bedford Institute of Oceanography, 32 p. Arctic Ocean. The peaks in shear strength from the applied (for example for engineer- coincide with intervals of ice-rafted debris ing site investigations), to environmental re- MORAN, K. 1993. Offshore site investigations (modified from Fütterer, 1992). search (for example paleoceanography) as on Canadian continental margins, p. 860-887 In Proceedings of the Fourth Canadian Marine described briefly in this paper. The labora- Geotechnical Conference, St. John’s, Newfound- ment of sediment index properties, strength tory facilities are a primary resource for sci- land. and compressibility (Terzaghi, 1943). entists working at AGC in environmental These measurements are used in marine geology as well as visiting scientists. TERZAGHI, K., 1943. Theoretical Soil Mechan- paleoceanographic studies. For example, In the past year, the facilities have been used ics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 510 p. shear strength measurements from core by scientists from the United States, Russia, samples collected in the Arctic Ocean may represent past climate events. Long cores Sweden, Germany, and France. This labo- collected on the Lomonosov Ridge in the ratory resource is unique and is expected to central Arctic Ocean (Fig. 9) represent sedi- receive increased demand as the need for ment sections uninterrupted by mass flow environmental marine research increases. deposits and therefore may be a continuous record of climate.

75 Research

Environmental Marine Geology

D. B. Prior and R. A Pickrill

include coastal processes, seafloor stability and sediment transport, sediment geochemistry, marine engineering geology, and Quaternary paleoenvironmental reconstructions. The research activities are supported by a technology development program.

Coastal Processes Coastal research is directed to understanding, predicting, or mitigating coastal and seabed erosion and deposition problems and related hazards. Studies are D. B. Prior R. A. Pickrill undertaken at a number of scales and time-

The Geological Survey of Canada’s En- vironmental Marine Geology program at the Bedford Institute of Ocean- ography (BIO) contributes to the sustainable development of Canada’s coastal and offshore areas. The program seeks understanding of the natural geologic processes which affect coastal and offshore areas and the impacts of past, present and future development on environmental systems. A wide variety of projects provide baseline information towards the implementation of Canada’s Marine Environmental Quality framework, and Coastal Zone Management strategies. Since marine environmental

Figure 2: Sea Carousel, an AGC developed in situ flume being deployed from CSS Hudson in Hudson Bay. The annular flume, equipped with optical backscatter sensor and a video recorder is used to simulate near-bed flows and initiation of sediment transport.

systems are complex, highly variable, and frames to understand both the detailed me- very dynamic, the full characterization of chanics of sediment transport and erosion, these systems, including coasts, estuaries, and for development of conceptual models Figure 1: Coastal erosion from air photos. shelves and deep water regions, requires a of medium- to long-term evolution of coasts Coastal change is measured from digitally holistic understanding of the interactions and adjacent shelves. On the permafrost rectified aerial photographs using the between biological, physical, chemical and coasts of northern Canada, thermal erosion Geographical Resource Analysis Support geologic components. The Environmental and frazil and anchor ice entrainment, proc- System (GRASS). Sequential shoreline Marine Geology Subdivision, of the Atlan- esses not considered in more temperate lati- changes since 1954 at Story Head, Nova tic Geoscience Centre (AGC), develops and tudes, have been identified as major com- Scotia are illustrated using the 1992 photograph as a hate. Barrier beach retreat implements projects to deliver the needed ponents in coastal erosion. A priority is was greatest in the late 1960s when movement geoscience component within this ecosys- being given to developing numerical mod- of 8 to 12 m/a was recorded. tem framework. Principal research themes els of coastal retreat (Figure 1). On the At- 76 Research

in coastal marine geoscience, developed along Canada’s coasts, has application to problems of coastal development world- wide. A recent application has been to coastal stability in South Pacific developing island communities in cooperation with the South Pacific Applied Geoscience Com- mission (SOPAC).

Seafloor Stability and Sediment Transport Our changing understanding of the marine environment has shown that sediment transport is active under waves, tides and currents down to considerable water depths. Principal objectives of this project are to understand transport processes at the seafloor and regional patterns of sediment transport. Our Program Support Subdivi- sion has developed a suite of tools to monitor processes at the boundary layer. In situ monitoring is accomplished using state-of- the-art instrumentation, such as seafloor tripods capable of measuring particle motion initiation, suspended flux, and appropriate forcing factors such as wave tides and currents. A recent example of this work is the deployment of instrumentation packages during high-energy wave and storm conditions at the Lasmo Panuke-Cohasset production sites on the Scotian shelf. Spec- tacular video imagery of high magnitude transport events has been recorded from 30- day deployment periods. Other sediment Figure 3: Engineering properties of seafloor and subsurface sediments can vary regionally and locally across the Grand Banks. Widespread variations are related to changes in the distribution transport projects include detailed studies and thickness of major stratigraphic units, each with their own distinct physical and sedimentary of bay and estuarine systems where moni- properties. Localized variations relate to small-scale sedimentary and structural variability toring of natural conditions is augmented within the major stratigraphic units. Both scales of variability are illustrated in this airgun by artificial experimental initiation of sedi- seismic reflection profile through the Jeanne d’Arc basin. Three of four nearsurface ment movement, using an AGC sea-floor seismostratigraphic units are identified; the very thin, reworked surficial sands and gravels at the seabed are not resolvable at this scale. Unit 1 consists of interbedded sandy silt and silty clay flume -Sea Carousel (Figure 2). Particu- which occur as thin, discontinous acoustic reflections. Unit 2 comprises the progradational lar applications of this technique and the sequence, a sand-dominated unit with internal acoustic clinoform reflections. Unit 3 consists of resulting knowledge of seabed stability are stiff interbedded clay, silty clays and sands with low angle parallel reflections. Acoustic used to study the behaviour of coastal unconformity surfaces (thick lines) separate the units. The fault at 4 km is interpreted to be the dredge spoil disposal sites in Atlantic nearsurface expression of the Murre Fault. Borehole logs indicate that sediments and physical Canada. The data from local measurements properties vary significantly between the 3 major units. The logs also illustrate that there is considerable variation in the internal structure and sediments of the major units. The pebble are used to construct and calibrate numeri- lithologies indicate the source of some of the sediments; exotic pebbles from the mainland cal models relating regional sediment tex- suggest glacial ice was the mechanism of transport and deposition for Unit 2. tural distributions to the long-term effects of various forcing functions such as cur- lantic coast, understanding the stability of coastal beaches is heavily influenced by the rents and waves. Large-scale sediment gravel barriers and sediment transport of availability and transport of sediment in the transport models have been developed for mixed gravel sand beaches under high en- nearshore zone. New digital acoustic tech- the Scotian and Grand Banks Shelf regions ergy storm conditions and rapidly-rising sea niques are being applied to nearshore map- and for local application to coastal stabil- levels are principal project objectives. Re- ping to develop quantitative sediment budg- ity and shoreline evolution in the Queen cent work has shown that the behaviour of ets and transfer functions. The expertise Charlotte Islands region of the Pacific coast. 77 Research

Figure 4: Sidescan sonar image, or acoustic “photograph“, of the Arctic seafloor illustrating the morphology of recent ice scours. Remapping of this same sector of seafloor from year to year will allow AGC scientists to observe new scour events and predict the frequency of extreme scour events. These ‘fresh” looking scours have cut as deep as 2.5 metres into the seafloor. The study of this ice-scouring process is a cooperative research project with the Canadian Museum of Nature and Canadian Seabed Research Ltd.

Marine Engineering Geology lution geophysical mapping of sediment and data on sediment properties measured Marine engineering geology is directed stratigraphy and structure and seabed proc- from engineering boreholes for production to providing a balance between baseline ess signatures with selected sediment sam- platform design and pipeline routing (Fig- studies and applied research to address key pling for ground truth and physical proper- ure 3). Attention is paid to the distribution scientific issues in support of safe, sustain- ties analyses in the laboratory. of overconsolidated sediments due to ero- able, environmentally low-risk, yet cost- sion, the presence of relic buried channel effective, coastal and offshore develop- The Program for Energy Research and systems with highly variable sediment ment. Seabed sedimentary conditions pro- Development (PERD) supports joint indus- properties, and underconsolidated vide design constraints for engineering try and government research in marine en- sediments related to the presence of near structures and installations, and certain gineering geology specifically for oil and surface gas. Process studies relevant to seabed processes are of sufficient magni- gas production, seafloor electrical transmis- seafloor oil and gas engineering include tude and unpredictability to be designated sion cables and hazards to coastal electric- hazard assessment of iceberg keel scour, hazards to offshore engineering. Defini- ity-generating facilities. For example, AGC faulting, and submarine slides. Develop- tion of geotechnical properties of the sedi- has conducted studies on the Scotian Shelf ment of petroleum resources in the Arctic ment and assessments of seabed process and Grand Banks areas in support of oil and presents a unique suite of engineering chal- magnitude and frequency are cost-effective gas development at Panuke-Cohasset and lenges. Geotechnical expertise is main- contributions to engineering design and en- at Hibernia. Specific attention has focused tained to provide advice to industry and vironmental protection. Marine engineer- on correlating sediment stratigraphy and government on effects of subsea perma- ing geology typically combines high-reso- properties from regional acoustic surveys frost, gas, sea-ice scouring (Figure 4), and 78 Research

exploring alternative hypotheses to explain lake-bed instabilities, such as syn- depositional consolidation deformation, perhaps related to fluid expulsion. This project combines high resolution mapping, supported by direct observations from manned submersibles, sediment sampling, geotechnical analysis, and deformational modelling.

A key component of AGC’s marine engineering geology is the ability to conduct sophisticated geotechnical measurements of a wide range of sediment types, including heavily consolidated clays, very soft gas-rich sediment fluid mixtures, and liquefaction-prone sands. The Environmen- tal Marine Geology Subdivision has a state- of-the-art sediment and core processing capability, including both static and cyclic stress tests. A wide range of geotechnical parameters can be correlated with detailed geological core descriptions and multi-sensor track procedures, including magnetic susceptibility. A particular strength of AGC’s engineering geology capability is the correlation of measured laboratory properties with the results of high-resolution acoustic profile surveys. AGC’s laboratories and core-processing facilities are available for collaborative research work with industry, the consulting community, and universities.

Marine Environmental Figure 5: Concentration of total lead metal in surficial sediments of Halifax inlet. Highest Geochemistry concentrations are found adjacent to major sewer outfalls, military and industrial shipyards, and The sustainable development of Cana- Seaview Point where the old city dump for Halifax was located. da’s coastal regions requires an understanding of man’s impacts on natural environ- engineering properties of soft seabed southern flanks of the delta. These maps mental systems. Past development has led sediments relevant to foundation condi- are used for assessment of cable route sta- to chemical pollution of harbours and es- tions. The regional distributions of the oc- bility and engineering practice. AGC’s tuaries, especially in areas of high indus- currence of these constraining conditions particular focus on these problems is to trial and urban pressure. Coastal and off- have been developed for large areas of the define the processes and mechanisms of shore sediments contain a record of envi- Beaufort Sea shelf and McKenzie Delta. failure in areas prone to infrequent subma- ronmental degradation, storing contami- rine slide risk. nants, transporting and re-cycling to circu- Marine engineering geology is also used late them into the water to be dispersed by to define hazards to seafloor cables in the A project has recently been initiated in tidal currents. Cleanup of contaminated Fraser Delta where maintenance of trans- Lake Ontario to examine the causes and systems and mitigation of the effects of mission capability to Vancouver Island de- effects of recent soft sediment deformation proposed new coastal developments re- pends on defining submarine slide distri- on the lake floor. One hypothesis for requires detailed information on the nature bution and frequency. Collaborative recently discovered lake floor features is that and behaviour of the sedimentary systems search with B.C. Hydro and the Pacific they are preserved signatures of regional and their organic and inorganic Geoscience Centre, funded by PERD, has bedrock structural deformation, with impli- geochemical components. led to new seafloor maps showing presently cations to the coastal and offshore engineer- active slides in the Sand Heads area and ing infrastructure, including power-gener- Marine geochemical research has two former, possibly relic, slides along the ating plants and future cables. AGC is also principal thrusts: process studies and en- 79 Research

vironmental quality assessment. Process studies are undertaken to understand how chemical elements are cycled through the marine environment with a goal to developing models to predict the fate of chemical contaminants. Application of these models to specific environments, such as Halifax Harbour, has been used to provide a basis for environmental quality assessment and for planning cleanup and future waste disposal. The environmental marine geology project, carried out in Halifax Har- bour, is a showcase in Canada for marine environmental geochemistry, detailing the progressive accumulation of inorganic elements in the sediment layers since before European settlement (Figure 5). From results of high resolution analyses, the distribution of potentially toxic elements can be traced to different periods of urbaniza- tion and industrialization in the Halifax/ Dartmouth region. These data, combined with knowledge of sediment transport and water body circulation within the harbour, have been the basis for recommendations to the Environmental Assessment Review Panel that has been reviewing proposals Figure 6: A. Sediment core record of sandparticle flux discharged into the Saguenay Fiord from the Halifax Harbour Cleanup Corpo- basin increases during relatively high spring river discharges. ration. B. Sediments accumulating near the head of the fiord show the effect of increased sand deposition (lighter layers) during the annual spring flood. Similar multidisciplinary studies have been completed for other coastal areas, such as the Miramichi Estuary. AGC scientists their formation and process frequency. Environments with high-sedimentation have been leaders in an integrated systems rates often contain a very detailed proxy approach, combining high-resolution Quaternary Paleoenvironments record of climate change for the last few seafloor mapping, high-resolution profiling Coastal and offshore sedimentary se- thousand years. For example, in Saguenay of subsurface sediment geometries, detailed quences contain the record of past environ- Fjord and Halifax Harbour, correlations can element analyses from cores and statistical mental events, particularly for the last one be drawn between climatic conditions in modelling of system behaviour. to two million years. High-resolution the catchment and sediments deposited in acoustic survey techniques are able to dis- basins (Figure 6). These data are used to As a basis for the application of marine criminate the most recent environmental improve our understanding of rapid and geochemistry to specific development changes, while deeper penetration medium- abrupt climatic change and to elucidate problems, research is also conducted into resolution profiles can detect glacial and linkages between natural and fundamental geochemical processes asso- inter-glacial cycles. A major effort in en- anthropogenic sediment sources. Power- ciated with marine sediments. For exam- vironmental marine geology is the mapping ful computers have also enabled math- ple, ocean sediments are major repositor- of Quaternary sediments around Canada’s ematical models to be developed, simulat- ies of carbon, a significant component of margins and reconstructions of the environ- ing climatic, hydrologic and catchment the global carbon cycle. Fundamental ques- mental history that they contain. Meltwa- conditions during periods of colder and tions which remain to be answered in cli- ter draining the Arctic, via Hudson Strait, warmer climate. Simulated river flows and matic modelling concern the controls on is considered to play a key role in modify- sediment discharge are then used as inputs storage and release of carbon and carbon- ing the climate of the northern hemisphere. to generate basin fill models which can be rich gases from seafloor sediments. A fas- Cores from Hudson Strait and the Labra- compared with natural systems recorded in cinating enigma is the origin of seafloor dor Sea contain paleoenvironmental seismic records and preserved in core sam- pockmarks, due to leakage of biogenic records which can be used to elucidate large ples (Figure 7). methane or deep seated petrogenic gases scale forcings, feedbacks and changes in by processes which can range from explo- ocean circulation during glacial/interglacial The Future sive to diffusive. The chemistry of cycles, particularly as they affect the north- The research program within Environ- sediments within pockmarks is a key to em hemisphere. mental Marine Geology powerfully inte- 80 Research

CRANSTON, R.E. and D.E. BUCKLEY. 1990. Redox reactions and carbonate preservation in deep-sea sediments. Marine Geology, 94: 1-8.

FORBES, D.L. and R.B. TAYLOR. 1994. Ice in the shore zone and the geomorphology of cold coasts; Progress in Physical Geography, 18 (1): 59-89.

MORAN, K. Offshore site investigations on Canadian continental margins. In Jack Clark, Lorne Boone, Michael Paulin, Richard McHenna and Keith Witney [ed.] 4th Canadian Conference on Marine Geotechnical Engineer- ing, St. John’s, Newfoundland, June 1993, v. 3, 977 p.

ROGERS, B.T.. S.M. BLASCO and M.G. JEFFERIES. Pressure meter testing in Beau- fort Shelf surficial sediments. In Jack Clark, Lorne Boone, Michael Paulin, Richard Figure 7: Numerical predictions of mean grain size generated by basin fill simulation. 5000 McHenna and Keith Witney [ed.] 4th Canadian years of deposition for Itirbilung fjord are shown. Sediment pulses are varied while the system Conference on Marine Geotechnical Engineer- experiences a 30m exponential fall in sea level, followed by a linear sea level rise of 80m, ing, St. John’s, Newfoundland, June 1993, v. 1, followed by an exponential fall of 20m. Features of note include: coarse grained sloping foreset 209 p. beds, interbedded turbidite and hemipelagic filled sub-basins, seaward grain size fining and backfilled basin created due to sea level rise. These predictions are bared on seasonal input of SCHAFER, C.T., J.N. SMITH and R. COTE. suspended load and bedload with knowledge of river hydrology and basin oceanography. The 1990. The Saguenay Fiord: A major tributary vertical data are averaged over 1m intervals to approximate airgun reflection seismic record to the St. Lawrence Estuary In Elsabh and resolution. Silverberg, [ed.] Oceanography of a Large Scale Estuary: The St. Lawrence, Springer Verlag, grates elements of pure and applied re- tinue to be addressed. The Environmental New York, p. 421-428. search. Advances in geoscience are made Marine Geology Subdivision will continue using data, technology and expertise gained to develop new environmental technologies SHAW, J. and D.L. FORBES. 1992. Barriers, barrier platforms, and spillover deposits in St. from cooperating with clients and outside to meet these challenges, to find creative George’s Bay, Newfoundland: paraglacial sedi- agencies in solving practical problems. solutions to environmental problems, and mentation on the flanks of a deep coastal basin; Environmental investigations are focused to transfer this technology to the private Marine Geology, 105: 119-140. on understanding natural processes and sector. constraints affecting development, and on SHAW, J., R.B. TAYLOR and D.L. Forbes. evaluating potential or previous impact on References 1993. Impact of the Holocene transgression on the environment by a development. Ma- AMOS, C.L. and J.T. JUDGE. 1991. Sediment the Atlantic coastline of Nova Scotia; rine environmental issues are complex: dynamics of eastern Canadian Continental Shelf. Geographic physique et Quatemaire, 47 (2): geoscience knowledge provides the essen- Continental Shelf Research. 11: 1037-1068 221-238. tial underpinning to solve marine environmental problems. AMOS, C.L., J. GRANT, G.R. DABORN and SMITH, J.N. and C.T. SCHAFER. 1987. A 20th K. BLACK. 1992. Sea Carousel - a benthic, Century record of seasonally modulated sedi- annular flume. Estuarine, Coast and Shelf Sci- ment accumulation rates in a Canadian fjord Public consciousness and public concern ences, 34: 557-517. based on Pb 210 measurements. Quaternary Re- for the marine environment continues to search, 27: 232-247. grow. The Environmental Marine Geology BUCKLEY, D.E. and G.V. WINTERS. 1992. Subdivision has a well-balanced and fo- Geochemical characteristics of contaminated SOLOMON, S.M. and D.L. FORBES. 1993. cused research program capable of meet- surficial sediments in Halifax Harbour: impact Coastal circulation and sedimentation in an ing challenges to the marine environment of waste discharge. Canadian Journal of Earth embayed thermokarst setting, Richards Island and Canadian society into the 21st century. Sciences, 29: 2617-2639. Region, Beaufort Sea. In Proceedings of the The impacts of offshore energy develop- 1993 Canadian Coastal Conference, May 4-7, ment on the environment, the relationships CHRISTIAN, H.A., T. MULDER, R.C. 1993, Vancouver, B.C., v. 2, 699-714. COURTNEY, D.C. MOSHER, J.V. BARRIE, between fisheries and seafloor habitat, and R.G. CURRIE, H.W. OLYNK and P.A. SOLOMON, S.M., D.L. FORBES and B. coastal zone management with particular MONAHAN. Slope instability on the Fraser KEIRSTEAD. 1993. Coastal impacts of climate emphasis on the flux of sediments and tox- River delta foreslope, Vancouver, British Co- change: Beaufort Sea erosion study; Geological ins from land to the offshore, are just three lumbia. In: 47th Canadian Geotechnical Con- Survey of Canada Open File Report 3558, 34 p., issues of national importance that will conference, Halifax, September 21-23, 1994. 30 figs. and 2 appendices. 81 Research

SYVITSKI, J.P.M. and J.M. ALCOTT. 1993. TAYLOR, R.B. and D. FROBEL. 1993. Aerial GRAIN2: Predictions of particle size seaward video surveys, The coastline of Nova Scotia, Part of river mouths. Computers & Geoscience 1 Bay of Fundy and Gulf of Maine (New Bruns- 19(3): 399-446. wick border to Yarmouth); Geological Survey of Canada Open File Report 2705; 20 p. + 4 SYVITSKI, J.P.M. and J.M. ALCOTT. 1993. tapes. DELTA6: Numerical simulation of basin sedimentation affected by slope failure and debris TAYLOR, R.B. Recent morphological changes flow runout. In: Proceedings of the Pierre and future management of Crescent Beach, Beghin International Workshop on Rapid Gravi- Lunenburg County, Nova Scotia, Geological tational Mass Movements, Grenoble, France, Survey of Canda Open File Report 2675, 20 p. Dec. 6-10, 1993, p.l80-195.

The Impact of Atmosphere-Ocean Coupling on the Wave Climate W. Perrie, L. Wang, F. Dobson and B. Toulany

W Perrre L. Wang E. Dobson B. Toulany

The last couple of years have seen the be evident. This includes supply and trans- height of the Halloween Storm is equivalent occurrence of ‘episodic’ wave fields that have port ships to Hibernia and Cohasset- Panuke to a 1000-year wave. Figure 4 compares been extraordinary in their extent and their as well as fishing boats. Figure 1 shows the Gumbel versus Borgman distributions for a intensity. They are mesoscale wave fields. storm track for the Halloween storm. The representative point, 46.88 N. 48.75 W for In spatial extent they cover hundreds, not looped trajectory of the storm’s path is nota- thousands of square km, and in temporal ble for its level of complexity. Figure 2 shows extent, they last for tens of hours. However the time series of the winds, waves and wave in intensity they have been phenomenal. The periods at waverider buoy 44137, during the ‘Halloween storm’ of October 31, 1991, pro- storm. Furthermore, the Halloween storm is duced waves that were measured by Scotian not alone. The recent ‘storm-of-the-century’, Shelf waveriders at a significant wave height March 12-16, 1993 also saw significant wave (what sailors estimate: statistically, the aver- heights (Hs) of almost 17m as measured by age height of the highest third of the waves) waverider buoys. of 17.3m, implying a maximum wave of about 30m. Had this occurred at Hibernia According to presently estimated ex- when the offshore oil platform was in place, tremes in the Scotian Shelf wave climate operations would be seriously impacted and (shown in Figure 3) the 100-year significant the facility might have to assume a survival wave, which is the estimated highest signifi- Figure 1: The October 1991 Halloween mode, with the evacuation of all non-essen- cant wave expected in 100 years, is about storm track, East Coast permanent buoys and tial personnel. The peril to ships should also 12m. Therefore, the 17.3m significant wave the Gulf Stream. 82 Research

the return period for 17m significant wave Atmosphere-wave coupling heights is unclear, either for the Scotian Shelf We have considered the impact of cou- or for the Grand Banks. Perhaps it is shorter pling the atmospheric boundary layer (the than 100 years. More importantly, perhaps it lower 1000 m) to wave models of limited is driven by variability in atmospheric forc- extent (less than one ocean) in Perrie and ing and may not be viewed merely as a Wang (1994). In meteorology, the stochastic process. In this case, distributions “geostrophic” wind is used to express the such as that of either Gumbel or Borgman balance relationship between the gravita- are misleading. tional potential field (over the ocean, the horizontal gradient of the air pressure) and It is evident that there is need for the abil- the wind field on a two-dimensional sur- ity to understand and model mesoscale face. The “thermal” wind is used to express (extremal) wave fields, in the sense of being the balance relationship between the change able to predict them. Explanations for the of wind with height and the mean tempera- occurrence of mesoscale storms in space and ture field in three-dimensional space. A time, their evolution and their intensity are question of considerable interest in both still sought (the first and second Canadian atmospheric and oceanic dynamics, which Atlantic Storms Programs have had this as a is as yet unresolved, concerns the balance major goal). Atmosphere- ocean coupling relationship between the vertical wind ve- may hold some of the factors important in locity profile in the boundary layer and the Figure 2: Buoy wind and wave measurements modelling mesoscale extremal wave fields. state of the sea surface. To answer this ques- for waverider buoy 44137. Average and peak This follows from the extreme sensitivity that tion, it is important to recognise that the wind speedy and wind directions are shown. wave estimates have to forcing wind fields. key parameter at the air-sea interface in The maximum wave is approximately 1.7 * Hs. Atmosphere-ocean coupling will also lead to studies of oceanic and atmospheric dynam- revised estimates for surface winds fields. ics is the sea surface roughness. But the the Grand Banks. The differences are slight, Moreover, guidelines are needed for the as- roughness we speak of here is not the physi- for the two distributions. Occurrence of a ymptotic limits for wave parameters; the ex- cal roughness of the sea surface itself: it is 17m wave, for example at the 100 year re- isting “Pierson- Moskowitz” limits have been an equivalent length (or height) related to turn period, may alter the fit of either distri- proven inadequate in the sense that the two the sea surface drag, or wind stress. It is bution, and may make important differences aforementioned storms appear to have ex- directly related only to those components in estimates for the 10- and 50-year estimated ceeded them. of the surface waves which cause the drag, significant wave heights. The problem is that and are assumed to be the short, steep, slow- moving waves which darken the sea surface during wind gusts. Their characteristics are determined by the wind profile in the atmospheric boundary layer. The nonlinearity of the relationship makes it difficult to relate sea surface roughness to measurable wave parameters in a simple quantitative manner. Theoretical linear approaches have been developed by Chalikov and Belevich (1993) and Janssen (1989) but have not yet been applied two-dimension- ally. Empirically motivated relations between sea surface roughness and sea state parameters such as wave age - the ratio of wave speed to wind speed - have been presented by Donelan (1990) and Smith et al. (1992). Because empirically motivated relations are much simpler than a more formal analysis, for example that of Chalikov and Belevich (1993), they allow a preliminary approach to atmosphere-wave cou- Figure 3: Contours for the 100-year significant wave heights for the northwest Atlantic off pling. eastern Canada. These were generated by the Canadian Climate Centre by considering the 68 most severe storms recorded over the years 1959-88. Wind fields for these storms are constructed Presently, there is a growing interest in and wave heights are hindcasted, using the present operational Atmospheric Environment Service data assimilation in oceanic models, be- (A ES) wave model. cause the launch of a new generation of 83 Research

wind in the wave direction. This allows us the wind- generated ocean waves is strong. to understand, by using relationships be- A coupled wind-wave model must not only tween the short waves produced directly by consider the interaction between winds and the wind and sensed by the radars and the wind-generated waves, but must use the long-wavelength waves which dominate same sea surface roughness in modelling the open ocean, how to couple the wave both waves and the atmospheric boundary prediction models with the meteorological layer. models which predict the wind stress on the sea surface. Janssen (1989) and Del Las Sea Surface Roughness Heras and Janssen (1992) have demanded Dynamical coupling between the atmos- that the assimilated winds of the atmosphere and the ocean has been the subject pheric model be consistent with the assimi- of numerous research efforts in the last few lated waves of the wave prediction model. years. Although the effects of some char- However, although they adjusted the wind acteristic properties are becoming clearer, fields so that the winds are consistent with the extremely complex processes of air-sea the waves, it was not in conjunction with a interaction are still not fully understood. boundary layer model incorporating the The best known relation for the roughness sea-surface fluxes of momentum (the wind of the sea surface, proposed by Charnock stress), heat and vapour. A coupled wind- (1953, states that the sea surface rough- wave model, utilizing a boundary layer ness depends only on the friction velocity: model and a wave model, allows not only the friction velocity is understood as the dynamic consistency between wind and wind speed multiplied by a friction factor, wave models but also a consistent approach the square root of the ‘drag coefficient’. The to data assimilation to correct both wind Charnock relation is void of all character- and wave fields. istics of the wave field and therefore may be denoted as ‘uncoupled’. It follows that Ultimately, the coupling of the atmos- the Charnock relation is not capable of a pheric boundary layer with a wave model Figure 4: Peak significant wave heights in good representation of specific dynamical the top 30 storms for extrermal analysis using must result in a derivation of the equilib- processes, for example, young wind-gen- (a) Gumbel and (b) Borgman distributions for rium state between winds and waves. ‘Equi- erated waves or the response of waves to the Grand Banks (46.88 N, 48.75 W). In each librium’ is understood in terms of implic- changing (turning) wind directions. A clear case, the correlation is 0.98, with the 90% itly consistent estimates for sea surface demonstration of the breakdown of the confidence limits denoted (---) and the 95% roughness in both the boundary layer model Charnock relation, in all but mature wave confidence limits, (...). and in the wave model. However, the conditions, was given by Donelan (1982). present practice in weather forecast offices satellites makes a wealth of sea surface data does not allow the wave model to have this Recent observations of Smith et al. available, both for the atmosphere and for consistency with the atmospheric bound- (1992) from the HEXOS experiment im- the ocean. (Data assimilation is the tech- ary layer model: an ‘equilibrium state’ is ply that, in addition to its dependency on nique of insertion of observations taken at not achieved. There are two main concerns friction velocity, sea surface roughness differing places and times into dynamical involved in the specification of an ‘equi- must also have a dependency on wave ma- models, such as weather forecasting mod- librium state’. Firstly, given a wind speed turity. In a given wind situation, newly gen- els, or oceanic prediction models, by using at a given place and time, (specific space- erated waves are the most rough: as they the physics of the models and the known time coordinates), the standard wave model evolve, grow and approach maturity, the as- statistical variability of the observations to implicitly involves sea surface roughness fit the data to the model predictions.) Since estimated via empirical formulae. This, in remotely sensed marine winds are derived turn is related to estimates for the wave - with the aid of empirical models - from energy. However, the wind speed from a the electromagnetic signature of wind- meteorological boundary layer model is driven waves on the sea surface, a physics- related to the sea surface roughness and based relationship between the sea surface appropriate thermal conditions by a differ- winds and the waves they produce is re- ent formalism. The sea surface roughness quired. The relationship of interest in this in the atmospheric model differs from the context is that between the wind stress - sea surface roughness implicit in the wave the area rate of transfer of wind momen- model. Secondly, the reaction of sea states tum to the water below it, or the drag of the on the wind profile with height is not taken water on the wind in more common lan- into account in modem wave models. This guage - and the sea state - the ratio of the effect on the wind profile occurs because Figure 5a: Hypothetical variation in wind speed of the waves to the component of the the interaction between the wind field and speed for a passing cyclonic system. 84 Research

Figure 5b: Corresponding time series for Hs as modelled by ‘uncoupled’, ‘coupled’ and ‘coupled unstable’ models. The last of these assumes an air-sea temperature difference of -20. indicated by DT=-20.

sociated sea surface roughness decreases. Thus wave state is implicated in estimates Figure 7a: Contours for Hs 0000 Z on November 16, 1991 as estimatedfrom the ‘uncoupled’ for sea surface roughness. The HEXOS sea model. surface roughness may therefore be denoted as ‘coupled’ because it couples ocean wave roughness in the boundary layer model is sponding time series for significant wave parameters and atmospheric boundary layer consistent with that implicit to the wave heights for ‘uncoupled’, ‘coupled’ and parameters. model at each time step and for all the spa- ‘coupled unstable’ model situations. The tial gridpoints of the model simulation. air-sea temperature difference is assumed Coupled Wind-Sea Modelling -20°C in the unstable situation. During un- Perrie and Wang (1994) have made a To demonstrate a comparison between stable conditions, the air temperature is preliminary approach to atmosphere- wave the ‘coupled’ and ‘uncoupled’ models de- colder than the sea surface temperature. The coupling, which may have application to scribed above, we consider a time depend- difference between the ‘uncoupled’ and ent wind field at a given point in space, ‘coupled unstable’ model results is about associated with a passing cyclonic system, 25%. Moreover, although a given wind as in Figure 5a. Figure 5b presents corre- speed may be specified, it is implicit in

Figure 6: The wind velocity field at 0000 Z on November 15, 1991. operational forecast situations. The roughness parameterizations described above as ‘coupled’ and ‘uncoupled’, the operational boundary layer model documented by Delage (1988) from Division de recherche en prevision numérique, Service de l‘environnement atmosphérique, Dorval (RPN) and the WAM wave model of Hasselmann et al (1988) from the European Centre for Medium Range Weather Fore- casting at Reading, UK (ECMWF) are con- Figure 7b: Contours for Hs at 0000 Z on November 16, 1991 as estimated from the ‘coupled’ nected together iteratively. The sea surface model. 85 Research these tests that as the roughness and fric- the boundary layer and the coupling dy- the study of the seas. Vol.9. Wiley-Interscience, tion velocity evolve, as the seastate ma- namics are important. In this case, inclu- New York. tures, the vertical wind profile is also sion of the coupling dynamics is signifi- changed in time. This is evident in the ‘cou- cant for wave forecasts. The impact is ac- HASSELMANN, S., K. HASSELMANN, G. K. KOMEN, P. JANSSEN, J. A. EWING, AND pled’ model and is the subject of further centuated during unstable conditions. V. CARDONE. 1988. The WAM model -A third work. Of course, the vertical wind profile generation ocean wave prediction model. J. with time is unchanged in the uncoupled Recently, Weber et al (1993) have re- Phys. Oceanogr. 18: 1775-1810. model because changes of roughness do not ported coupling the ‘standard’ WAM model occur. of Hasselmann et al (1988) to a global at- JANSSEN, P. A. E. M. 1989. Wave induced mospheric model. Their time step and spa- stress and the drag of air flow over sea waves. To provide model verification using ob- tial step is quite coarse, which restricts the J. Phys. Oceanogr. 19: 745-754. served field data, the ‘coupled’ and ‘uncou- confidence they have in their results. How- pled’ models were implemented on the ever, they suggest that mesoscale storm tra- PERRIE, W. AND L. WANG 1994. A coupling mechanism for wind and waves. Submitted to northwest Atlantic. Observations used to jectories may be determined from the at- J. Phys. Oceanogr. verify the model were collected during the mospheric-wave model coupling. We are Calibration/Validation (CAL/VAL) experi- pursuing a similar study with a more real- SMITH, S. D., R. J. ANDERSON., W. A. ment of Dobson and Vachon (1993), from istic modelling of both wave and atmos- OOST., N. M. KRAAN., J. DECOSMO., K. B. Nov. 8 to 25, 1991. Wind data was provided phere-wave coupling dynamics. A prelimi- KATSAROS., K. L. DAVIDSON., K. BUMKE.. by RPN. During the CAL/VAL period a nary coupling of the wave model to the Re- L. HASSE., AND H. M. CHADWICK. 1992. cyclone developed in the region between gional Finite Element (RFE) model at RPN Sea surface wind stress and drag coefficient: The Nova Scotia and Newfoundland on Novem- model is anticipated by winter 1995. A full HEXOS results. Boundary Layer Meteorology. ber 1.5. The wind field for 0000 Z on No- coupling of the wave model to the RFE 60: 109-142. vember 1.5 is shown in Figure 6. Corre- model including all aspects of operational WEBER, S. L., H. VON STORCH, P. sponding estimates for significant wave modes, data assimilation and verification VITERBO, AND L. ZAMBRESKY. 1993. Cou- height Hs fields from the ‘uncoupled’ and is planned by 1996-7. pling an ocean wave model to an atmospheric the ‘coupled’ models are shown for 0000 general circulation model. Climate Dynamics. Z on 16 November in Figures 7a-b, respec- References 9: 63-69. tively. It is notable that the peak Hs reported CHALIKOV, D., AND M. YU. BELEVICH. by ‘coupled’ model is 7.0 m, whereas the 1993. One-dimensional theory of the wave ‘uncoupled’ model reported a peak Hs of boundary layer. Bound. Layer Meteor. 63: 65- only 5.9 m. The corresponding maximum 96. Hs in the cyclone region, where the wind direction and wind speed are changing rap- CHARNOCK, H. 1955. Wind stress on a water idly, and the wave age is very young, 7.1 surface, Quart. J. Roy. Meteorol. Soc. 81: 639- m, which is good agreement with the ‘cou- 640. pled’ model estimate. In other regions, because the wave age is older, estimates for DEL LAS HERAS, M. M., AND P. A. E. M. Hs for the ‘coupled’ model are almost the JANSSEN. 1992. Data assimilation with a cou- same as for the ‘uncoupled’ model. pled wind-wave model. J. Geophys. Res. 97: No. C12, 20261-20270. Concluding Discussion DELAGE, Y. 1988. A parameterization of the Parameterization of wind-wave matu- stable atmospheric boundary layer. Boundary rity, using variables such as wave age, in Layer Meteorology, 43: 365-381. specifying sea surface roughness in the boundary layer is important in forecasting DOBSON, F.W., AND P. VACHON. 1993. The the significant wave height and in specifi- Grand Banks ERS-1 SAR wave spectra valida- cation of wave climate parameters. How- tion experiment: Program overview and data ever, the standard approach to modelling summary. Atmosphere-Ocean. 32( 1): 7-29. ocean waves and the atmospheric boundary layer assumes a Charnock-type relation, DONELAN, M. A. 1982. The dependence of which presupposes that the waves are very the aerodynamic drag coefftcient on wave pa- old. If the wind speed is not strong, the dif- rameters. p. 381-387. In Proc. First Int. Conf. ference between estimated Hs provided by on Meteorology and Air-Sea Interaction of the the ‘coupled’ and the ‘uncoupled’ models Coastal Zone. The Hague. is negligible, because the wind-waves quickly become mature. If the wind speed DONELAN, M. A. 1990. Air-Sea Interaction. is strong (>20 m/s) or if the wave age is p. 239-292 In B. LeMehaute and D. Hanes [ed.], very young, the reaction of the seastate on The Sea: Ideas and observations on progress in 86 Research Topology and the Changing World of Chartmaking H. Varma, and D. Frizzle

eas in traversing waypoints. In the ENC data base, spatial data such as islands, bathymetry (Figure 1), would be stored in topological quadrants called tiles. Tiles are constructs enabling storage of feature information and accuracy factors in an efficient binary manner hence the binary fractalization on shoreline occuring only where the line information exists.

H. Varma D. Frizzle

The past five years has seen a revolu- paper chart mariner. For example, darker tion in the process of position fixing. Glo- shades of blue indicating increasingly bal Positioning System (GPS) can now pro- shoaler water must now be labeled, explic- vide worldwide coverage with immense itly indicating water depth. ENC’s and reliability. Navigating the electronic chart modern plotter systems require these com- (ENC) can immediately inform the user of pleted topological files which make addi- traversing danger zones or of collision po- tional demands on the GIS and on the tential. The implementation of these fea- hydrographer. The solution viewed by the tures requires the formal introduction of CHS is to include topological relationships topology into these products. within the relational database management system (RDBMS). This will allow the com- What is Topology? piler to extract and manipulate these data Topology has been defined as a study of in a resolved manner. relationships that exist between spatial objects. This has been taken to higher levels The digital chart is separated into three by research done at the Canadian thematic layers: bathymetry, overlay ar- Hydrographic Service (CHS), by the addi- eas and so-called non-topological information of new mechanisms where attribute tion such as names, notes, roads, soundings, topology is used to drive spatial topology. and symbols. These new definitions allow the user to manipulate, search and analyse data in a Coastline, contours, low water lines, database before final portrayal in a Geo- danger lines, buildings and various limits graphic Information System (GIS). This are some features included in conventional paper outlines some of the solutions which plane sweep topology. Figure 1 the CHS and its partners have developed. Topology and the Database Conventionally, topological information New Point Set Topological constructs Topological Data Models is composed of lines called arcs whose end using helical hyperspacial codes (HHcodes) Topological data structures have become points meet to form precise nodes and incorporate the above conventional a well accepted method for modeling spa- which form non-overlapping polygons non-topological information into one con- tial objects among GISs. The currently within each thematic layer. Nautical chart- sistent topological model which enhances known topological data models offer only ing requires topology to define all color GIS capabilities to perform queries such as a single degree of spatial relationship be- filled areas currently shown on the paper “What is the relation between these two tween objects. The problem has been the chart. objects?‘, or “Get all objects that are in a implementation of topology using interme- specified relation to a given object“. This diate data structures. Most topological Topology and Chart Files is critical in trying to implement intelli- structures are implemented from input Chart files for the ENC require consid- gence into the electronic chart to inform the polylines from which traditional topologi- erable information that was inferred by the user of imminent collisions or danger ar- cal components, such as closed polygons, 87 Research spaghetti, rings, chains, and line segments sional vector (i.e.: 2deg < temp < 5deg) de- creates continuity, which intersecting tem- are constructed using pointer lists. This in- termine the topological boundaries and inte- poral topologies require. Then 1-dimensional termediate structure is formed in a plane rior of the storm cloud. If the range intervals topological operations can be used to inter- sweep process, in which line segments are of each dimension (other then the spatial di- relate documents, data or products by their connected with nodes. Nodes are connected mensions) are moved to a new spatial loca- respective life spans, which is critical in in monotone polygonal subdivisions termed tion, the storm cloud topology must appear maintaining or versioning data, documents ‘lobes’, which always have a left side and in this location. This is because these are the or products. right side. The line segments form two di- optimum conditions for a storm cloud. These mensional topological constructs of inte- attribute dimensions form the attribute topol- Extended SQL Queries rior and boundary from which topological ogy of the storm cloud. If one or more of the Current commercial database query lan- relationships can be formulated. dimensional elements of the attribute topol- guages do not sufficiently support such que- ogy exceeds or is under it’s respective inter- ries. This is because these languages pro- Point Set Topology val constraint, the storm cloud topology dis- vide only tools to compare equality or order Egenhofer models topology on the point appears. The merging of the spatial and at- of simple data types, such as integers and set topological notions of interior and tribute topologies forms a complex spatial strings. The incorporation of topological re- boundary. This results in 16 binary topo- topology. The spatial dimensions are only lationships over spatial domains into the syn- logical relations. The relations are based on consistent with the spatial shape and size of tax of a spatial query language is an essen- comparisons of empty and non-empty set this complex topology. The attribute topol- tial extension beyond the power of traditional intersections between boundary and inte- ogy drives the spatial topology. Variable sized query languages. This topological query lan- rior of topological spaces. voxels are used to partition space to form the guage is currently being introduced in the complex spatial topological structure. Oracle Multi-Dimension Product. The topological relations are described by the union of four intersections of the Once data resides in this type of topologi- EXAMPLE: boundary and interior of two point sets. cal data structure, analysis can be performed HHcode represents the spatial contingent in This forms the basis of interaction between between diverse data sets. This gives rise to the query. two topological spaces A,B. Bits sequences a new spectrum of tools, such as correlative QUERY: “Select all surveys that touch of true and false are rendered from bound- data analysis (data fusion). Such a general- or are contained in Chart 4096.” ary interior intersections (i.e. 0 0 0 0 = r0, ized approach to data analysis is very valuable for correlative analysis of distinct, com- 0 0 0 1 = rl, 0 0 1 0 = r2 etc.) METHOD: plex, multidimensional data sets in the earth select chart.name Topological Functions and and biological sciences. from FS.Chart Definitions where Chart.name=(‘4096’) r8 Touch Temporal Topology r0 Disjoint and rl Interior-in-body r9 Contained-in-bdry Current databases describe only one state of the data. Historical states are essentially touch(FS.hhcode.chart.hhcode) r2 Bdry-in-interior r10 Contains-in-bdry or r3 Bdry-x-interior r11 Most-in-bdry forgotten and the anticipated or forecast fu- cross(FS.hhcode.chart.hhcode) r4 Interior-intersect r12 Equal ture cannot be treated. The obvious obstacle r5 Contains r-13 Covers is that current databases cannot trace multi- This framework has an immediate impact r6 Inside r14 Covered by ple versions of entities through time. r7 Indents r15 Intersect on the design and implementation of geographic information systems. Topological In reality, data in databases are temporally spatial relations can be derived from a single Point set topology allows the use inconsistent because they become current at consistent data model. Such concepts proof set operations involving spatial objects different and unknown points in time. In con- vide better interaction between diverse data within the corporate relational model us- trast, a temporal database models the dynami- sets based on time and area. This facilitates ing spatial query language(SQL). cally changing world, tracking all points of the idea of data fusion concerning how one change and retaining all data within the da- set of data affects another set of data, and N Dimensional Topology tabase. introduce the concept of the area paradigm. Complex topology can be depicted as a N dimensional topology. It consists of a The inclusion of the temporal element in union of boundary and interior of n dimen- HHcodes, conceptually speaking, creates Conclusion sional interval constraints. A good exam- space time cubes where depth is the time di- By the inclusion of HH Codes, ple of a complex topology is a storm cloud. mension. Temporal topologies can then be spatiotemporal topology, and query facilities The storm cloud is said to consist of x, y, z, constructed over spatial areas by using time on existing database engines, the CHS has temperature, pressure, water content and lines. This implies that objects have lifespans produced a new database product with en- electrical potential. Each is a dimension in during which their attributes may change. hancements which will change the world of its own right. Time lines provide the temporal boundary chartmaking. constraints and interior simplices of the time Specified intervals within each dimen- line, defined over a specified spatial area. It 88 Organization and Staff

The Bedford Institute of Oceanography (BIO), the Halifax Fisheries Research Laboratory (HFRL), and the St. An- drews Biological Station (SABS) are research establishments of the Government of Canada and are operated by the Department of Fisheries and Oceans (DFO), both on its own behalf and, in the case of BIO, for the other federal departments that maintain laboratories and groups at the Institute. There are two such departments: Natural Resources Canada (NRCan); and Environment Canada. The former maintains a major unit at BIO, the Atlantic Geoscience Centre of the Geological Survey of Canada. Environment Canada maintains two units at BIO: the Marine Wildlife Conservation Division of the Canadian Wildlife Service; and an Environmental Quality Laboratory. In leased accom- modation at BIO are the following private companies, which do work related to the marine sciences: ASA Consulting Ltd. and Brooke Ocean Technology Ltd.

Note: The Department of Energy, Mines and Resources (EMR) became Natural Resources Canada (NRCan) on June 25, 1993.

Presented below are the major groups at BIO, and their managers as at December 1, 1993. In addition to the three research establishments, several staff are located in an office building in Halifax called the Maritime Center (MC). Telephone numbers are included. Note that all numbers at BIO, the Halifax Laboratory and the Maritime Center should be preceded by 902-426.

DEPARTMENT OF Freshwater and Anadromous Divi- Nautical Publications FISHERIES AND OCEANS sion S.L. Weston, Manager BIO/7286 J.A. Ritter, Chief MC/3573 Scotia-Fundy Region Hydrographic Development Habitat Ecology Division R.G. Burke, Manager BIO/5411 Regional Director-General D.C. Gordon, Chief BIO/3278 Data Management N.A. Bellefontaine MC/2581 St. Andrews Biological Station S.T. Grant, Manager BIO/5409 Regional Science Director W. Watson-Wright, Director Aquaculture Coordination Office S.B. MacPhee BIO/3492 SABS (506) 529-5860 R. H. Cook, Manager MC/9068 Marine Assessment and Liaison Physical and Chemical Sciences Management Services Branch Division Branch J. Wheelhouse, A/Director BIO/7433 H.B. Nicholls, Head BIO/3246 J.A. Elliott, Director BIO/8478 Marine Services Scientific Computing Services Marine Chemistry Division W. Cottle, A/Chief BIO/7292 D. Porteous, Head BIO/2452 J.M. Bewers, Head BIO/2371 Engineering and Technical Services Coastal Oceanography Division Biological Sciences Branch D.F. Dinn. Chief BIO/2009 M. Sinclair, Director BIO/3130 C. S. Mason, Head BIO/3875 R.E. Lavoie, Asst. Facilities Management Metrology Division Director BIO/2147 A. Medynski, Chief BIO/7449 D.L. McKeown, Head BIO/3489 Marine Fish Division Materiel Management Ocean Circulation Division R.N. O’Boyle, Chief BIO/4890 B. Tsinman. Chief BIO/5226 R.A. Clarke, Head BIO/2502 Benthic Fisheries and Aquaculture Information Systems Services Division Hydrography Branch T. Wagg, A/Chief MC/9315 J.D. Pringle, Chief HFRL/6138 Canadian Hydrographic Service (and Director, Halifax Fisheries (Atlantic) Library Services Research Laboratory) P. Bellemare, Director BIO/3497 A. Fiander. Chief BIO/3675

Biological Oceanography Division Hydrographic Surveys Division Administrative Services T.C. Platt, Chief BIO/3793 R.C. Lewis, Manager BIO/2432 G. Browne, A/Chief BIO/7037

89 Comptroller Branch G.C. Bowdridge, Director MC/6166

Accounting and Treasury Operations S. Lucas, Chief MC/3552

Financial Planning and Analysis L.Y.N. Seto. Chief MC/7060

Communications Branch J. Gough, Director MC/3550

Science Communications M. MacDonald BIO/6414

NATURAL RESOURCES CANADA

Geological Survey of Canada

Atlantic Geoscience Centre D.B. Prior. Director BIO/3448

Basin Analysis K.D. McAlpine, Head BIO/2730

Environmental Marine Geology R.A. Pickrill, Head BIO/7730

Regional Reconnaissance J. Verhoef. Head BIO/5687

Program Support K.S. Manchester. Head BIO/3411

Administration G. McCormack, Head BIO/2111

ENVIRONMENT CANADA

Atlantic Region

Marine Wildlife Conservation Division (Canadian Wildlife Service) E.H.J. Hiscock, Manager BIO/6314

Environmental Quality Labora- tory Dr. P.E. Belliveau, Manager (506) 851-3837

K.G. Doe, Administrative Head, Dartmouth (BIO) Laboratory BIO/3284

90 Projects

Presented below is a list of the projects and individual investigations undertaken by the Department of Fisheries and Oceans’ laboratories in the Scotia-Fundy Region, by the Atlantic Geoscience Centre of Natural Resources Canada, and by Environment Canada units at BIO, during the review period. For more information on these projects, many of which are continuing, please write to: Regional Director of Science, Scotia-Fundy Region, Department of Fisheries and Oceans, Bedford Institute of Oceanography, P.O. Box 1006, Dartmouth, N.S. B2Y 4A2.

DEPARTMENT OF FISH- Bathythermograph Programme 25. CO, Exchange at the Air-Sea ERIES AND OCEANS for the Study of Heat Storage in Interface SCOTIA-FUNDY REGION the North Atlantic Ocean S.D. Smith, R. Anderson, F. Dobson F. Dobson, E.P Jones 12. Data Management & Archival PHYSICAL AND CHEMI- 26. CTD System for Ship-of-Oppor- D.N. Gregory tunity Program CAL SCIENCES BRANCH 13. Eastern Arctic Physical J.-G. Dessureault, R.A. Clarke, Oceanography B. Beanlands, S. W. Young A. OCEAN CLIMATE C.K. Ross 27. Turbulent Mixing Studies during SERVICES 14. Water Transport through and in the North Atlantic Tracer Release 1. Humidity Exchange Over the Sea the Northwest Passage Experiment (HEXOS) Programme S.D. S.J. Prinsenberg N.S. Oakey, B.R. Ruddick Smith, R. Anderson 15. Seasonal and Interannual 28. Oxygen Isotopes and Mixing on 2. Microstructure Studies in the Variability in the Gulf of St. the Scotian Shelf Ocean Lawrence P. Strain, F. Tan, P. Smith N.S. Oakey G.L. Bugden 29. Development of Efficient Models 3. Investigations of Air-Sea Fluxes 16. Tidal and Residual Currents - 3-D for the Study of Long-Term of Heat and Momentum on Large Modelling Studies Climate Variations Space and Time Scales using K.-T Tee D.G. Wright, T.S. Stocker Newly Calibrated Bulk Formulae 17. Circulation and Air/Sea Fluxes of 30. Radar Viewing Mechanisms for F. W. Dobson, S.D. Smith Hudson Bay and James Bay Ocean Feature Mapping 4. The Spin-Down and Mixing of S. Prinsenberg B.J. Topliss, T. H. Guymer Mediterranean Salt Lenses 18. CTD’s and Associated Sensors 31. Temperature/Salinity Chain N.S. Oakey, B.R. Ruddick (Dal) A.S. Bennett Development 5. Modelling of the Labrador Sea 19. Handling and Operational G.A. Fowler: R.A. Clarke C. Quon Techniques for Instrument/Cable 6. Moored Measurements of Gulf Systems Stream Variability: A Statistical J.-G. Dessureault, R.F Reiniger & Mapping Experiment 20. Climate Variability Recorded in B. MARINE DEVELOPMENTS R.M. Hendry Marine Sediments AND TRANSPORTATION 7. Newfoundland Basin Experiment J. Smith 1. Oil Trajectory Analysis R.A. Clarke, R.M. Hendry, E.P 21. The Carbonate System & D.J. Lawrence, PC. Smith Jones Nutrients in Arctic Regions 2. Winter Processes in the Gulf of 8. Problems in Geophysical Fluid E.P Jones St. Lawrence Dynamics 22. Distribution of Sea Ice Meltwater G. Bugden C. Quon in the Arctic 3. Point Lepreau Environmental 9. Norwegian/Greenland Sea FC. Tan, P. Strain Monitoring Program Experiment 23. Intergyre Exchange: Flow Across J.N. Smith R.A. Clarke, E.P Jones, 50°W South of the Grand Banks 4. Marine Emergencies J. Reid (Scripps) J. Swift R. Hendry E.M. Levy (Scripps) 24. World Ocean Circulation 5. A Novel Vibracorer for Surface, 10. Studies of the North Atlantic Experiment (WOCE) Subsurface Remote, or ROV Current and the Seaward Flow of Hydrographic Programme Support Operation Labrador Current Waters Sections G. Fowler J.R.N. Lazier R.A. Clarke, R.M. Hendry, 11. Ship of Opportunity Expendable E.P Jones, J.R.N. Lazier

91 Projects Projects

C. OFFSHORE ENERGY 19. Development of Continuous D. LIVING RESOURCES RESOURCES Ocean Data Acquisition Systems 1. Circulation off Southwest Nova 1. Labrador Coast Ice D. Belliveau, J. Hamilton, Scotia: The Cape Sable S. Prinsenberg, I. Peterson G. Fowler Experiment 2. Wind Sea Dynamics 20. Development of a Platform for PC. Smith, D. LeFaivre W. Perrie Atmospheric Data in Real Time (Quebec), K. Tee, R. Trites 3. Current Measurements near the (PADIRT) 2. The Shelf Break Experiment: A Ocean Surface J. Hamilton, G. Fowler; Study of Low-Frequency P.C. Smith, D.J. Lawrence, D. Belliveau Dynamics and Mixing at the J.A. Elliott, D.L. McKeown 21. Sea Ice Flux onto Nfld. Shelves Edge of the Scotian Shelf 4. Modelling of Ice and Icebergs S. Prinsenberg, I. Peterson PC. Smith Flowing along the Labrador and 22. Cross-Shelf Exchange and Ice 3. Long-Term Monitoring of the Baffin Island Coasts Motion on the Northern Grand Labrador Current at Hamilton M. Ikeda Banks: The Oceanographic Bank 5. A Large-Scale Circulation in the Component of the Canadian J. Lazier Labrador Sea and Baffin Bay Atlantic Storms Program 4. Long-Term Temperature M. Ikeda (CASP II) Monitoring 6. Labrador Ice Margin Studies I? Smith, C. Tang, D. Gregory, B. Petrie, E. Verge C. Tang, M. Ikeda S. Prinsenberg, M. Ikeda 5. Development of a Remote 7. Oceanography of the Newfound- 23. Development of Low-Cost Sensing Facility in Physical & land Continental Shelf Ice Beacon/Instrumentation Chemical Sciences Branch B.D. Petrie G. Fowler, S. Prinsenberg, C.S. Mason, B. Topliss, 8. Study of Current Variability and J. Hamilton M. Stepanczak Mixed Layer Dynamics on the 24. Three-Dimensional Circulation 6. Horizontal and Vertical Ex- Northeastern Grand Banks Model for the Gulf of Maine change on the Southeast Shoal of C.L. Tang, B.D. Petrie Region the Grand Bank 9. Anemometers for Drifting Buoys J. Loder; D.A. Greenberg J.W. Loder; C.K. Ross J.-G. Dessureault, D. Harvey 25. Sea Ice Thickness 7. Optical Properties of Canadian 10. Development of a Lagrangian S. Prinsenberg Waters Surface Drifter 26. Impact Monitoring System B.J. Topliss D.L. McKeown (MIMS) 8. Biological Arctic Instrumentation 11. Petroleum Hydrocarbon Stress to D. Belliveau A. Herman, M. Mitchell Juvenile Fish 27. Black Carbon Particles 9. Multi-Frequency Acoustic J.H. Vandermeulen R. Pocklington Scanning of Water Column 12. Contaminant Cycling in Estuarine 28. Data Assimilation and Remote N.A. Cochrane Waters Sensing in Ocean Wind Models 10. Fish Aging from 210Pb/226Ra J.H. Vandermeulen W. Perrie Measurements in Otoliths 13. Horizontal and Vertical Exchange 29. Sea Ice Ablation Study J.N. Smith on Georges Bank C. Tang 11. Growth Rates of the Sea Scallop J. Loder; K. Drinkwater, 30. Ice Pressure in Mobile Pack Ice (Placopecten Magellanicus) E. Horne, N. Oakey off the Canadian East Coast using the Oxygen Isotope Record 14. Oceanic CO, S. Prinsenberg F.C. Tan, M Frechette (MLI), E.P Jones 31. Verification to Satellite Ocean D. Roddick (BSB), 1.5. Wave-Wind Field Interactions Surface Information S. Robinson (St. Andrews) F. Dobson, S. Smith, W. Perrie F. Dobson 12. Effects of Hudson Bay Outflow 16. Oceanographic Data 32. A Critical Evaluation of “Green- on the Labrador Shelf Management System house Warming” and the Part K. Drinkwater D. Gregory, G. Boudreau Played in it by Emissions from 13. Larval Transport and Diffusion 17. Ocean Currents over Atlantic Fossil Fuel Combustion Studies Canada Waters using Satellite R. Pocklington R. Trites, T.W. Rowell Altimeters and Models 33. Assimilation of Satellite Remote 14. Environmental Variability - M. Ikeda Sensing Data into Sea Ice and Correlations, Patterns, and 18. Development of an Ice-Resistant Ocean Simulation Response Scales Mooring Assembly M. Ikeda K. Drinkwater G. Fowler, D. Belliveau, J. Hamilton

92 Projects

15. Ocean Feature Identification via K.F Drinkwater, J.W Loder, 12. Composition and Reaction of Multi-Spectral In Situ and B.D. Petrie, P.C. Smith, Marine Colloidal Matter Remote Sensing Techniques D. Lawrence, F. Page (BSB), S. Niven B. Topliss S. Smith 13. Nutrient Dynamics in Ship 16. TLC (Temperature, Light, 30. Fibre Optic Fluorometer Harbour, N.S. Current) Recorders M. Mitchell, A.W Herman P. Strain, P. Yeats, S. Durvasula J.-G. Dessureault, B. Beanlands 31. Benthic Survey System: 17. Exchange between Offshore The Platform Waters and the Estuaries, Inlets, D.L. McKeown F. TOXICOLOGY, and Coastal Embayments of the 32. Long-Term Monitoring of CONTAMINANTS, AND Scotia-Fundy Region Zooplankton/A Moored Optical HABITAT G. Bugden Plankton Counter 1. Canadian Marine Analytical 18. Physical Oceanography in A. Herman, D.D. Sameoto, Chemistry Standards Program Conjunction with the N. Cochrane M. Bewers, J. Uthe, P. Yeats, Phytoplankton Profiling Program D. Loring G. Bugden 2. International Activities 19. Classification of Estuaries, Inlets, E. BIOGEOCHEMISTRY J.M. Bewers, R. Addison, and Coastal Embayments 1. Sediment Geochronology and D.H. Loring, R. Misra, R.W? Trites, B.D. Petrie Geochemistry in the Saguenay J. Uthe, P.A. Yeats 20. Quoddy Region Oceanography Fjord 3. Heavy Metal Contamination of R. W. Trites J.N. Smith Sediments and Suspended Matter 21. Halifax Harbour Studies 2. Trace Metal Geochemistry in on the Greenland Shelf D.J. Lawrence, B. Petrie Estuarine Mixing Zones D.H. Loring, G. Asmund 22. Advanced Technology P. Yeats, J. Dalziel 4. Risk Assessment of Toxic Multifrequency Sonar 3. Trace Metal Geochemistry in the Chemicals N.A. Cochrane North Atlantic J.F Uthe, R. Misra, C.L. Chou, 23. Development of Finite Element P.A. Yeats, J. Dalziel N. Prouse Models for Coastal and Shelf 4. Natural Marine Organic 5. Habitat Assessment and Related Circulation Constituents Research - Acid Rain D. Greenberg R. Pocklington J. Uthe, R. Misra, P. Yeats, 24. Laser Particle Counter 5. Radionuclide Measurements in G.B. Sangalang A.W Herman, E.F Phillips, the Arctic 6. Risk Assessment of Organic M. Mitchell, S. Young J. Smith Chemicals to Fisheries 25. Optical Microzooplankton 6. Carbon Isotope Studies on V. Zitko Detector Particulate and Organic Carbon in 7. Biochemical Indicators of Health A.W Herman, E.F Phillips, Deep Sea and Coastal of Aquatic Animals M. Mitchell, S. Young Environments K. Haya, B.A. Waiwood, 26. Diagnosis of Current Measure- F.C. Tan, P. Strain L.E. Burridge ment Problems with Aanderaa 7. Joint Canadian/FRG Caisson 8. MFO Induction by PCBs and Paddle-Wheel Current Meters in Experiments PCB Replacements High Flows D.H. Loring, F. Prosi R.F. Addison J.M. Hamilton, G.A. Fowler 8. Trace Metal Transport into the 9. Organochlorines in Seals 27. Three-Dimensional Lagrangian Western North Atlantic R.F. Addison Drift Studies off Southwest Nova P. Yeats 10. Sub-lethal Contaminants: Scotia 9. Defining Depositional Conditions Long-Term Fate and Effects of K.-T Tee, P.C. Smith, F. Page, from the Grain-Size Spectra of Petroleum Hydrocarbon R. Stephenson (BSB) Bottom Sediments Pollution in Aquatic Systems 28. The Temporal and Spatial Scales K. Kranck J.H. Vandermeulen of Current Variability on Western 10. The Role of Flocculation in the 11. Aquatic Toxicology of Marine Bank Flux of Particulate Matter in the Phytotoxins K.F Drinkwater, J.W Loder, Marine Environment K. Haya B. Sanderson (Memorial U), K. Kranck 12. Investigations into Amino Acid K.R. Thompson (Dalhousie) 11. Chemical Reactivity in the Shellfish Toxins 29. Climate Variability in the Water Surface Ocean R. Pocklington Mass Characteristics of the Shelf P. Strain 13. Molluscan Toxins, Techniques, Waters in the Scotia-Fundy and Improvements Region V. Zitko 93 Projects

14. Contaminants in Municipal 27. Tissue Banking of Flatfish from 5. Field Training - Halifax Harbour Harbour Lobster Fisheries Coastal Waters (DD/EG Conversion) J.E Uthe, R.K. Misra, C.L. Chou, J.H. Vandermeulen G. Henderson N. Prouse 28. Toxic Chemical Regional Data 15. Regional Assessment - Inshore Management System B. TIDES, CURRENTS AND Areas of the Scotia-Fundy I? Strain WATER LEVELS Region 29. Provision of Advice on Toxic 1. Ongoing Support to CHS Field J.M. Bewers, PA. Yeats, Chemical Issues Surveys and Chart Production J.E Uthe, G. Seibert, D.H. Loring J.M. Bewers, C.L. Chou, C. O‘Reilly, C.P McGinn, 16. Contaminants in Sports Fisheries K. Haya, E.P Jones, D.H. Laring, G.B. Lutwick, F. Carmichael J.E Uthe, C.L. Chou, N. Prouse S. Niven, R. Pocklington, 2. Operation of the Permanent Tide 17. Effects of Pesticides and J.N. Smith, EC. Tan, J.F. Uthe, and Water Level Gauging Agricultural Chemicals on Fish J.H. Vandermeulen, PA. Yeats, Network Habitat V. Zitko C. O’Reilly, C.P McGinn, V. Zitko, A.T Bielak (Gulf 30. Development of Public Relations G.B. Lutwick, F. Carmichael Region) Video on the Health of the 3. Review and Update of Tide 18. Endocrinological Sublethal Tests Marine Environment Tables and Sailing Directions J. Uthe J.M. Bewers C. O‘Reilly 19 Sources, Distribution and Fate of 31. Measurements of Radioactive 4. Scientific and Engineering Metallic Contaminants in Atlantic Contaminants in the Arctic Ocean Project Support: Calibration & Estuarine and Harbour Sediments J.N. Smith, K.M. Ellis, Maintenance of Portable & D.H. Loring, T. Milligan R. McDonald (IOS), A. Aarkrog Submersible Gauges 20 Modelling of Distributions of (Denmark) Toxic Chemicals in Harbours and Tidal Analysis of Minas Basin Estuaries (Five Islands) for Queens PA. Yeats, B. Petrie, J. Dalziel, HYDROGRAPHY University Tidal Survey - Head of Tide Miramichi River P. Strain BRANCH 21 Factors Affecting the Concentrations of Toxic Development of Remote Arctic A. HYDROGRAPHY Chemicals in Lobsters Tide Gauge (with ARGOS 1. Ocean Mapping, Approaches to C.L. Chou, R.K. Misra, J.E Uthe, satellite link & underwater EM Halifax (Ship Based) (Atlantic N. Prouse data communications) Provinces) 22. Identification of Synthetic G. Costello Organic Chemicals in Development of Coastal Ocean 2. Coastal and Harbour Surveys: Commercial Species from Water Level Information System Bonavista Bay Survey (Shore Municipal and Industrial (COWLIS) Based) Harbours and Rivers D. Blaney J.M. Bewers, J. Uthe Development of Tidal Databases 23. Historical Record of Contami- Information System (Database/ Notre Dame Bay Survey (Shore nant Fluxes in Marine Sediments Modelling) Based), J.N. Smith, K.M. Ellis C. O’Reilly, C.P McGinn, Cottles Island 24. Contaminant Trends in Selected G.B. Lutwick, F. Carmichael Comfort Cove Commercial Fisheries: Gulf of St. Bridgeport Lawrence Cod Study C. NAUTICAL PUBLICATION Dildo Run J.E Uthe, R.K. Misra, C.L. Chou, PRODUCTION J. Goodyear N. Prouse 1. Production of Charts as follows: 3. Harbour Surveys (Ship Based): 25. Assessment of Input Functions 14 New Charts Halifax Harbour for Toxic Chemicals in Scotia- 6 New Editions M. Lamplugh Fundy Region 36 Chart Correction Patches PA. Yeats, D.H. Loring, 150 Notices to Mariners Notre Dame Bay PM. Strain, EC. Tan S. Weston, M. Chenier, Sir Charltes Hamilton Sound 26. Application of Biochemical A. Hantzis C. Stirling Sublethal Tests for Detecting 2. Sailing Directions 4. Revisory Surveys (Shore Based): Pollution-Induced Effects in Publication of Sailing Directions Fredericton, N.B. Commercial Atlantic Fish (Gulf of St. Lawrence and Saint North Shore, P.E.I. R. Addison, J.H. Vandermeulen, John River) E. Comeau D.E. Willis, M.E. Zinck S. Weston, R. Pietrzak 94 Projects

D. DATA MANAGEMENT AND 3. Navigation 2. Herring Assessment and PLANNING BIONAV Maintenance & User Associated Research (Subarea 5) 1. Hydrographic Data Centre support G. Melvin Updates and maintenance of the H. Boudreau 3. 4TVW Haddock Assessment and Source Directory Files Associated Research Management System LORAN-C Chart Latticing K. Zwanenburg C. Day-Power; S. Nickerson N. Stuifbergen 4. 4X Haddock Assessments and Interaction with the Validation Associated Research Unit Navigation - User Support and P. Hurley C. Day-Power; S. Nickerson Training 5. 5Ze Haddock Assessments and 2. Validation H. Boudreau, N. Stuifbergen Associated Research Validation of New Charts 5051 4. Data Base Management Systems S. Gavaris Nunaksuk I. to Calf, Cow and & Electronic Charts 6. 4Vn Cod Assessments and Bull I., Nfld. Green Plan DBMS and Electronic Associated Research Chart Research T. Lambert Validation of New Editions 4846 S. Grant, D. Frizzle, G. MacLeod, 7. 4VsW Cod Assessments and Motion Bay to Cape St. Francis C. Day-Power; H. Varma, Associated Research 4911 Entrance to Miramichi M. Eaton, H. Boudreau, R. Mohn River J. Davison, R. Pietrzak, 8. 4X Cod Assessment and 4912 Miramichi M. MacDonald, C. Stirling Associated Research 8049 St. Michael Bay to Gray S. Campana (1992); Islands E. HYDROGRAPHIC S. Gavaris (1993) DEVELOPMENT 9. 5Z Cod Assessments and Sailing Directions Diagrams 1. Coordination of Research and Associated Research Pointe Sapin, N.B. Development within CHS J. Hunt Val Comeau, N.B. R.G. Burke 10. Pollock Assessment and Escuminac, N.B. 2. Implementation of Hydrographic Associated Research Data Processing System C. Annand (1992); Validation of Incoming R.G. Burke, S. Forbes E. Trippel (I 993) Documents from Outside 3. ISAH and GPS Implementation 11. Silver Hake Assessment and Agencies S. Forbes Associated Research 35 NTM Recommended as a 4. ORACLE D. Waldron result of New Document Review MD-Multi-Dimensional Spatial 12. Redfish Assessment and Includes 2 patches, one an inset Information Management System Associated Research for Cape Saint Mary’s (mini H. Varma R. O’Boyle chart-digital) 800 documents 5. Ocean Mapping Initiative for 13. Flatfish Assessment and (FC's) Canada (OMIC) Associated Research G. Costello C. Annand 5000 Notices to Shipping and 260 6. Enhancing Computer-Assisted 14. Continental Shelf Margin Foreign Notices to Mariners Chart Production Techniques Studies, Including Argentine Booklets reviewed S. Forbes, K. White Assessment 7. Informatics Support and R. Halliday 791 Accessions Lists Documents Coordination 15. Winter Flounder and Associated Validated S. Forbes, L. Norton, K. White, Research Approximately 1100 existing M. Ruxton F. Page documents superseded, changed 16. Seal Diet and Energetics to redundent or cancelled as a BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES W.D. Bowen result of all Validation Unit Work BRANCH 17. Population Ecology of Sealworm (Charts, Accessions, Patches, G. McClelland 18. Seal Population Monitoring etc.) A. MARINE FISH AND MARINE D. Nicholson, J. Ferguson, MAMMAL STOCK W. Stobo 19. Population Ecology and W. Burke, E. Crux, D. Frizzle, ASSESSMENTS AND H. Joyce, B. McCorriston, Assessment of Seals ASSOCIATED RESEARCH S. Parsons, K. Paul, W.D. Bowen 1. Herring Assessment and V. Randhawa, D. Roop, 20. Seal Research Infrastructure Associated Research (Subarea 4) T. Rowsell W.D. Bowen R. Stephenson

95 Projects

21. Grey Seal Research - Dalhousie B. INVERTEBRATE AND 19. Lobster Biology University MARINE PLANT STOCK D. Aiken R. O’Boyle ASSESSMENTS AND 20. Soft-Shell Clam Fishery Research 22. Groundfisheries Management ASSOCIATED RESEARCH S. Robinson Research 1. Informatics R. Halliday D. Swetnam C. ANADROMOUS SPECIES 23. National Sampling Program 2. Larval Ecology and Lobster STOCK ASSESSMENTS, (Groundfish) Assessment in LFA 33 SALMON ENHANCEMENT, K. Zwanenburg R. Miller AND ASSOCIATED 24. International Observer Program 3. Scallop Assessment and Research RESEARCH (IOP) Management Research G. Robert 1. Salmon Assessment Research D. Waldron 4. Offshore Clam Assessment and T.L. Marshall 25. Groundfish Trawl Surveys Research 2. Non-Salmonid Assessment J. Hunt, R. Mohn D.L. Roddick Research 26. Groundfish Age Determination 5. Scallop Research B. Jessop J. Hunt, C. Annand E. Kenchington 3. Salmon Enhancement Research 27. Ichthyoplankton Studies 6. Cape Breton Crustacean R. Cutting P. Hurley Assessment and Research 4. Enhancement and Fish Passage 28. Fisheries Recruitment Variability J. Tremblay Engineering K. Frank 7. Marine Plants Assessment and H. Jansen 29. Otolith Studies Research 5. Fish Culture Engineering S. Campana G. Sharp H. Jansen 30. Finfish Tagging Studies 8. Lobster Stock Assessment and 6. Finfish and Invertebrate W. Stobo Research in LFAs 34 & 41 Introductions and Transfers 31. Oceanographic Data Handling D. Pezzack R. Cutting J. McRuer, F. Page 9. Lobster Habitat Research 7. Hatchery Operations and 32. Large Pelagics Assessment and R. Miller, J. Tremblay, P. Koeller Production Associated Research 10. Lobster Resource Science and G. Farmer J. Porter Assessment - LFAs 31 & 32 8. Fish Culture Research 33. Pelagic Acoustics Surveys P. Koeller G. Farmer U. Buerkle 11. Wild Mussel Resource 9. Anadromous Species Statistical 34. Oceanography and Fish Assessment and Research Data Collection and Analysis Distribution G. Sharp S. O’Neil F. Page 12. Resource Mapping and Special 35. Pelagic Fisheries Management Projects D. AQUACULTURE RESEARCH Studies G. Black 1. Salmon Genetics Research T. Iles 13. Lobster Resource Science - Program 36. EDP Support Larval Biology W. Watson- Wright R. Branton G. Harding, J. Pringle 2. Salmonid Growth, Smolting, and 37. Survey Design and Biometrical 14. Bay of Fundy Scallop Population Reproduction Research Dynamics and Assessment R.L. Saunders S. Smith S. Robinson 3. Marine Finfish Aquaculture 38. Cooperative Science-Industry 15. Lobster Stock Assessment (LFAs K. Waiwood Groundfish Research and 35, 36 & 38) 4. Environmental Requirements for Communication P. Lawton Early Fish Development P. Hurley 16. Population Dynamics and R. Peterson 39. Dynamics of Recruitment Ecology of Bay of Fundy 5. Invertebrate Fisheries Research Processes for Gulf of Maine Lobsters and Aquaculture Gadids P. Lawton D. Aiken E. Trippel 17. Invertebrate Reproductive 6. Invertebrate Nutrition 40. Groundfish Ecosystems: Biology J. Castell Research Information - Survey S. Waddy 7. Fish Nutrition Data 18. Resource Potential of S. La11 D. Clark Underutilized Invertebrate 8. Fish Disease Research 41. Stock Structure Studies Species G. Olivier K. Zwanenburg S. Robinson, P. Lawton 9. Parasitology C. Morrison 96 Projects

10. Molluscan Culture and 14. Dissolved Organic Carbon 19. Freshwater Fish Habitat Phytotoxin Research (DOC), Coagulation and Assessment and Related Research D. Scarratt Microbial Metabolism W. Watt 11. Fish Health Services Unit P. Kepkay 20. Phytotoxin Research J. Cornick 15. Mathematical Models of Marine D. Wildish Pelagic Communities 21. Effects of Acid Rain Control G. White Programs on Salmonid Recovery G.L. Lacroix E. BIOLOGICAL 22. Aquaculture Ecology Research OCEANOGRAPHY F. HABITAT RESEARCH D. Wildish 1. Bio-optical Properties of Pelagic 1. Fish Habitat Assessment Advice Oceans D. C. Gordon T. Platt 2. Microbial Ecology 2. Nutrient Dynamics: Effects on J.E. Stewart Primary Production, Global 3. Microbial-Marine Toxin ENVIRONMENT CANADA Climate and Fisheries Interactions ATLANTIC REGION W. Harrison J.E. Stewart 3. Physical Oceanography of 4. Physiological Ecology of Toxic ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY Selected Features in Connection Algae LABORATORY, BIO with Marine Ecological Studies S.R.V Durvasula 1. Development of a Chronic E. Horne 5. Biological-Physical Interactions Sublethal Sediment Toxicity Test 4. Productivity of Marine in Coastal Habitats using Estuarine/Marine Microorganisms K.H. Mann Polychaetes. W. Li 6. Benthic Habitat Studies P. Pocklington, K. Doe, S. Wade 5. Carbon Dioxide and Climate: T.W. Rowell and A. Huybers. Biogeochemical Cycles in the 7. Scallop Habitat Research 2. Canadian Shellfish Growing Area Ocean P. Cranford Contaminants Monitoring. T. Platt 8. Zooplankton Habitat Studies J. Machell, P. Hennigar, H. Li, 6. Analysis of Pelagic Ecosystem G. C. Harding O. Vaidya and W. Horne. Structure 9. Phytoplankton Monitoring 3. Aquatic Toxicity and A. Longhurst PD. Keizer Environmental Impact of Sanitary 7. Carbon and Nitrogen Utilization 10. Environmental Interactions with Landfill Leachate Discharges. by Zooplankton and Factors Aquaculture L. Rutherford, K. Doe, W. Horne Controlling Secondary PD. Keizer and S. Wade. Production 11. Bioenergetics of Marine 4. Gulf of Maine Mussel Watch R. Conover Mammals Contaminants Project. 8. Secondary Production and the P.F. Brodie J. Machell, P. Hennigar and Dynamic Distribution of 12. Habitat Mapping H. LI. Micronekton on the Scotian Shelf P.R. Boudreau 5. Environmental Assessment of D. Sameoto 13. Size-Dependent and Bioenergetic Miramichi River Sediments. 9. Biological Stratification in the Processes in Fish Production G. Lindsay, K. Doe and Ocean and Global Carbon Flux Habitats R. Parker: A. Longhurst S.R. Kerr 6. Environmental Spills: 10. The Role of Copepods in Vertical 14. Evaluation of Estuarine and Oil Identification and Matching. Fluxes of Carbon and Pigments in Continental Shelf Habitats P. Hennigar. the Ocean W. L. Silvert 7. Ocean Dumpsite Monitoring. E. Head 15. Contaminant Fluxes in Marine K. Tay, K. Doe, D. Vaughan and 11. Year Round Plankton Research in Benthic Food Webs S. Wade. the Arctic B.T Hargrave 8. Industrial Emissions Compliance R. Conover 16. Organochlorines in the Arctic Monitoring (Fisheries Act and 12. Shore-Based Studies of Under- Ocean Marine Food Webs CEPA). Ice Epontic and Pelagic Plankton B.T Hargrave O. Vaidya, P. Hennigar and Communities 17. Instrumentation Support K. Doe. R. Conover W.P. Vass 9. Toxicity Testing of Oilspill 13. Summertime Shipboard Studies 18. Acid Rain Research Treating Agents. in the Eastern Canadian Arctic (Nova Scotia) A. Huybers and K. Doe. E. Head W. Watt 97 Projects

10. Chlorofluorocarbon Aerosol Northeastern North America: II. in the Kejimkujik Watersheds Products and PCB Paint Pigments Seabird Colonies in Arctic J. Kerekes Monitoring Surveys. Canada 3. Development of a Volunteer Loon J. Bamwoya, P. Hennigar and D.N. Nettleship, A.J. Gaston, Population Survey in the Atlantic B. MacDonald. G. Chapdelaine Provinces 11. Interlaboratory Study on the 8. Seabird Gazetteers of J. Kerekes Development of a Sea Urchin Northeastern North America: III. 4. Effects of Fertilization on Acidic Fertilization Assay. Seabird Colonies in Wetlands K. Doe, S. Wade and A. Huybers. Newfoundland J. Kerekes, M. Brylinsky 12. Acute and Chronic Toxicity of D. N. Nettleship, 5. Habitat Use of Winter Thiophanate-methyl to Fish, W. Montevecchi, et al. Populations of Aquatic Birds in Invertebrates, and Bacteria. 9. Distribution and Abundance of Coastal Lagoons in Mexico. S. Wade and K. Doe. Breeding Seabirds in J. Kerekes, F. Contreras, Northeastern North America R. Acuna D.N. Nettleship 10. Development of Management MARINE WILDLIFE CONSER- Methods for Populations of VATION DIVISION Threatened Seabirds NATURAL RESOURCES (CANADIAN WILDLIFE SERV- D.N. Nettleship CANADA ICE) 11. Seabirds as Monitors of Changing Marine Environments ATLANTIC GEOSCIENCE A. DISTRIBUTION AND and Commercial Fisheries CENTRE ECOLOGY OF SEABIRDS Interactions IN ATLANTIC CANADA AND D.N. Nettleship A. COASTAL GEOLOGY THE EASTERN CANADIAN 12. Thick-Billed Murres Uria lomvia PROGRAM ARCTIC in Arctic Canada, Greenland, 1. Beaufort Sea Coastal Zone 1. Distribution and Population Iceland, Spitsbergen: Status, Geotechnics Trends of Coastal Seabirds in Recent Changes, and S. Solomon Atlantic Canada (Gulls and Management. 2. Geological Mapping of the Terns) D.N. Nettleship, G. Chapdelaine, Coastal Zone A.R. Lock A. Gaston, K. Kampp, E Mehlum, R. Taylor 2. Marine Pollution Impacts on A. Petersen 3. Sediment Dynamics and Seabirds 13. Modelling the Effects of Hunting Depositional Processes in the A.R. Lock on Thick-Billed Murres Uria Coastal Zone 3. Gazetteer of Marine Birds in lomvia Breeding in Eastern D. Forbes Atlantic Canada: an atlas of sea Canada and West Greenland D.N. 4. Relative Sea-level Changes and bird vulnerability to oil pollution. Nettleship, J. W. Chardine Coastal Response A.R. Lock, R.G.B. Brown and 14. Seabirds on Islands: Threats, J. Shaw S. H. Gerriets Case Studies and Action Plans 5. Nearshore Sediments and Non- 4. Seabird Population Monitoring D.N. Nettleship, J. Burger, Fuel Minerals - Nova Scotia Program: National Issues & M. Gochfeld MDA 2 Program Priorities 1994-2004. 15. Monitoring Alcid Populations at G. Fader D.N. Nettleship Machias Seal Island, N.B. 6. SEDFLUX: On transfer of 5. Seabird Colony Registry - D.N. Nettleship Sediments from Landmass to Computerized Database Manage- 16. Reintroduction of the Atlantic Continental Shelf (J. Syvitski) ment System for Colonially Puffin Fratercula arctica to 7. Fraser Delta Studies Breeding Seabirds in Eastern Former Breeding Sites in Maine H. Christian Canada D.N. Nettleship, S. Kress D.N. Nettleship, G.N. Glenn B. GEOLOGY OF THE SOUTH- 6. Seabird Gazetteers of Northeast STUDIES ON THE B. EASTERN CANADIAN MARGIN em North America: I. Seabird PRODUCTIVITY OF 1. Surficial and Shallow Bedrock Colonies in Labrador AQUATIC BIRD HABITATS Geology of Grand Banks and D.N. Nettleship, G.N. Glenn 1. Kejimkujik National Park LRTAP Scotian Shelf Studies (Integrated Monitoring) G. Fader Coordination 2. Engineering Geology of the 7. Seabird Gazetteers of J. Kerekes Atlantic Shelf 2. Monitoring of Piscivorous Birds 98 Projects

R. Parrott Data A. Grant J. Verhoef 3. Ice Scouring of Continental 2. Magnetic and Gravity Anomalies 3. Appalachian Initiative Shelves over Sedimentary Basins P. Giles M. Lewis B. Loncarevic 4. Physical Property Studies of 3. Magnetic Data Compilations L. INVESTIGATION OF DEEP Canadian Eastern and Arctic R. Macnab GEOLOGICAL STRUCTURES Continental Shelves and Slopes 4. Regional Geophysics of 1. Evolution of Deep Ocean and K. Moran Mesozoic-Cenozoic of Adjoining Sedimentary Basins 5. Quaternary Geological Processes Newfoundland Margin off Eastern Canada and Western on Continental Slopes K. Coflin Greenland D. Piper 5. Evolution of Continental Margins S. Srivastava 6. Stability and Transport of G. Bassi 2. Crustal Properties Sediments on Continental M. Salisbury Shelves G. HYDROCARBON RE- 3. Geophysical Study of the Gulf of C. Amos SOURCE APPRAISAL St. Lawrence Region 1. Hydrocarbon Inventory of F. Marillier C. EASTERN ARCTIC AND SUB- Sedimentary Basins of Eastern 4. Marine Deep Seismic Reflection ARCTIC GEOLOGY Canada Studies - Eastern Canada 1. Eastern Baffin Island Shelf and D. McAlpine C. Keen Hudson Strait: Bedrock and 2. Maturation Studies 5. Seismic Refraction - Labrador Surficial Geological Mapping D. McAlpine Sea and Baffin Bay Program R. Jackson B. MacLean H. BIOSTRATIGRAPHY 6. Dynamic Modelling of Canadian 2. Quantitative Quaternary 1. Biostratigraphic Zonation of the Cratonic Basins - Western Paleoecology, Eastern Canada Mesozoic and Cenozoic Rocks of Canada and Hudson Basins P. Mudie the Atlantic Shelf R. Courtney 3. Surficial Geology, P. Ascoli Geomorphology and Glaciology 2. Quantitative Stratigraphy in M. THEORETICAL GEOPHYSI- of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Paleoceanography and Petroleum CAL MODELLING Labrador Shelf and Hudson Bay Basin Analysis 1. Rift Processes and the Develop- H. Josenhans F. Gradstein ment of Passive Continental Margins D. WESTERN ARCTIC I. QUANTITATIVE DATABASES C. Keen GEOLOGY 1. Sample and Data Curation 1. Surficial Geology and I. Hardy N. BASIN ANALYSIS AND Geomorphology, Beaufort Sea PETROLEUM GEOLOGY Continental Shelf J. GEOLOGICAL TECHNOL- 1. Palynostratigraphic Atlases S. Blasco OGY DEVELOPMENT R. Fensome 1. Large Diameter Piston Corer 2. Regional Geology of the E. GEOCHEMISTRY Development Mesozoic and Cenozoic Rocks of 1. Diagenesis and Geochemical W. McKinnon the Atlantic Continental Margins Cycling 2. Development and Implementa- J. Wade R. Cranston tion of Remotely Operated 3. Stratigraphy and Sedimentology 2. Early Diagenesis in Quaternary Vehicle Technology of the Mesozoic and Tertiary Marine Sediments of Eastern and K. Manchester Rocks of Atlantic Continental Arctic Canada 3. Systems Development Margin D. Buckley D. Heffler L. Jansa 3. Environmental Marine Geology 4. Sedimentary Basin Evolution of of Halifax Inlet and Approaches, K. SPECIAL GEOLOGICAL the Continental Margin of Nova Scotia PROJECTS Newfoundland, Labrador and D. Buckley 1. Basin Atlases - Offshore Eastern Baffin Bay Canada D. McAlpine F. REGIONAL GEOPHYSICAL D. McAlpine 5. Hydrocarbon Charge Modelling SURVEYS 2. Bedrock Geology of Hudson Bay Offshore Eastern Canada 1. Interpretation of Potential Field and Gulf of St. Lawrence M. Williamson

99 Voyages

This section describes the vessels that the federal Department of Fisheries and Oceans (DFO), Scotia-Fundy Region, operates for the purpose of scientific research and hydrographic surveys. It also lists the voyages that these vessels made during 1992 and 1993, and the nature of the research carried out. Voyages on vessels not operated by the Deparment, but which involved scientific personnel from DFO’s Scotia-Fundy Region and Natural Resources Canada’s Atlantic Geoscience Centre, are included as well.

In the following pages, these abbreviations are used:

ADCP Acoustic Doppler Current Profiler AGC Atlantic Geoscience Centre BSB Biological Sciences Branch, Scotia-Fundy Region CHS Hydrography Branch, Canadian Hydrographic Service CM Anchored sub-surface current meter CTD Conductivity-Temperature-Pressure profiler FHM Fisheries and Habitat ManagementScotia-Fundy Region GULF Department of Fisheries and Oceans, Gulf Region IOC International Oceanographic Commission JGOFS Joint Global Ocean Flux Study Mun Memorial University of Newfoundland NAFO North Atlantic Fisheries Organization NCSP Northern Cod Science Program Nfld Department of Fisheries and Oceans, Newfoundland Region PCS Physical and Chemical Sciences Branch, Scotia-Fundy Region Qué Department of Fisheries and Oceans, Quebec Region RAFOS Ranging and fixing of Sound SAR Synthetic Aperture Radar WOCE World Ocean Circulation Experiment

100 Voyages

C.S.S. HUDSON is a diesel-electric powered ship designed and used for multi-disciplinary marine science research. The ship is owned by DFO and is operated by the Department’s Scotia-Fundy Region. The Atlantic Geoscience Centre of Natural Resources Canada is a major user of this vessel.

Hull...... Lloyds Ice Class I Built . . . . 1962 Length . . . 90.4 m Breadth . . 15.2 m Draft . . . . 6.3 m Freeboard to working deck . . 3.2 m Displacement ...... 4847 tonnes Gross tonnage ...... 3721 tonnes Full speed ...... 17 knots Service Speed ...... 13 knots Endurance ...... 80 days Range at service speed 23,000 naut. mi. Complement ...... 31 scientific staff Twin screws Bow thruster for holding position Computer system Heliport and hangar 205 m2 of laboratory space Four survey launches

Year & I Voyage Dates Person-in-Charge Area of Operation Objectives of Voyage Number 1992 91-61 24 Feb - 18 Mar C. Tang (PCS) Northeast Newfoundland Ice Margin Study Shelf 92-01 6 Apr - 16 Apr C. Amos (AGC) Georges Bank Geophysics 92-03 21 Apr - 1 May D. Buckley (AGC) Scotian Shelf Geology-piston corer tests 92-10 8 May - 25 May P. Smith, Grand Banks Hibernia Physics- CM moorings, CTD F. Dobson & transects G. Fowler (PCS) 92-14 27 May - 15 Jun J. Lazier (PCS) Labrador Sea Physics 92-22 29 Jun - 31 Jul S. Srivastava (AGC) Flemish Cap Geology 92-28 5 Aug - 12 Sept C. Amos, Hudson Bay/ Environmental Geology B. MacLean(AGC) Great Whale River 92-37 16 Sept - 21 Oct W. Harrison (BSB) Moroccan Basin, Africa JGOFS Biol. Oceanogr. 92-45 26 Oct - 20 Nov R. Hesse (McGill), Labrador slope and rise, Seismic reflection studies, coring A. Aks (Mun) Flemish Cap 92-50 24 Nov - 4 Dec G. Bugden (PCS) Gulf St. Lawrence Annual Ice Forecast Survey 92-51 6 Dec - 18 Dec B. Klein (Que.) Gulf St. Lawrence JGOFS-plankton studies

1993 92-53 24 Apr - 13 May N. Oakey (PCS) Canary Basin WOCE Physics 93-02 18 May - 8 Jun W.G. Harrison (BSB) Northwest Africa JGOFS-plankton biomass, productivity studies 93-16 10 Jun - 16 Jun C. Amos (AGC) Sable Island Bank Seabed sediment stability 93-19 17 Jun - 29 Jun J. Lazier (PCS) Hamilton Bank, Labrador Sea Physical Oceanography- ADCP moorings; CTD transects 93-25 16 Jul - 7 Aug R. Hesse (McGill) Labrador Sea Geology D. Piper (AGC) 93-27 8 Aug - 2 Sept P. Yeats (PCS) Greenland Sea Chemistry (IOC baseline survey) 101 Voyages Year & Voyage Dates Person-in-Charge Area of Operation Objectives of Voyage Number 93-30 3 Sept - 17 Sept J. Syvitsky (AGC) East Greenland/ Geology and geophysical surveys Western Iceland Shelf 93-34 17 Oct - 8 Nov B. MacLean Ungava Bay/Hudson Str. Geology B. Loncarevic (AGC) 93-39 15 Nov - 17 Dec A. Clarke (PCS) Labrador Current, Gulf Stream WOCE Physics-RAFOS float deployment

C.S.S. ALFRED NEEDLER is a diesel-powered stern trawler owned by DFO. It is operated by the Department’s Scotia-Fundy Region and is used for fisheries research including acoustics, juvenile fish ecology, and recruitment studies.

Hull ...... steel Built ...... 1982 Length ...... 50.3 m Breadth ...... 11.0 m Draft ...... 4.8 m Freeboard to working deck . . . . 2.5 m Displacement ...... 877 tonnes Gross tonnage ...... 925 tonnes Full speed ...... 13.5 knots Service Speed ...... 12 knots Endurance ...... 30 days Range at service speed 3,000 naut. mi. Complement ...... 10 scientific staff

Year & Voyage Dates Person-in-Charge Area of Operation Objectives of Voyage Number 1992 91-163a 2 Jan - 5 Jan D. Sameoto Fundian Channel/Jordan Basin Plankton Tows 91-163 6 Jan - 18 Jan U. Buerkle (BSB) Chedabucto Bay Herring Acoustics 91-164 10 Feb - 15 Feb M. Showell (BSB) Scotian Shelf Observer Training 91-165 18 Feb - 10 Mar M.I. Buzeta (BSB) Georges Bank, NAFO 5Z Groundfish Survey, Cod and Haddock Fish tissue sampling 91-166 13 Mar - 23 Mar W.J. MacEachern (BSB Eastern Scotian Shelf 4Vs,4W Cod and Haddock Survey 92-167a 29 Mar - 30 Mar M.A. Showell (BSB) Scotian Shelf Observer training 92-167 10 Apr - 16 Apr A.J. Hartling (PCS) Grand Banks Recover ADCP moorings, SAR Physics 92-168 23 Apr - 1 May D. D’Amour (Qué.) St.Georges Bay, Acoustic Cod/plankton Gulf of St. Lawrence (4RS) tracking 92-169 2 May- 16 May J. Gagne (Qué.) Anticosti Island region Juvenile and adult Cod/herring Jacques Cartier Passage Survey 92-170 19 May - 3 Jun J. Morgan(Nfld) Grand Banks, NAFO 3L NCSP Impact of trawl on cod spawning 92-171 4 Jun - 9 Jun G. McClelland (BSB) Sable Island Bank Larval Sealworm studies 92-172 10 Jun - 21 Jun J.-F. St. Pierre (Qué.) NAFO 4RS/Esquiman Channel Redfish and Cod Larvae 92-173 22 Jun - 5 Jul J. Hunt (BSB) Scotian Shelf 4VWX,5Z Groundfish trawl survey 92-174 6 Jul- 18 Jul S. Smith (BSB) Scotian Shelf 4VWX Groundfish trawl survey 92-176 31 Jul - 9 Aug G. Chouinard (Gulf) Gulf of St. Lawrence Cod fish survey comparisons 92-177 10 Aug - 4 Sept B. Morin/ (Qué) Northeast Shrimp/redfish abundance S. Hurtubise Gulf of St. Lawrence Survey 92-178 5 Sept - 25 Sept D. Swain (Gulf) Southern Gulf of St. Lawrence Groundfish Survey 92-179 27 Sept - 6 Oct D. Marcogliese (Qué) Gulf of St. Lawrence Sealworm studies 92-180 8 Oct - 19 Oct J. Gagne (Qué) Anticosti/Strait of Belle Isle Juvenile Cod/Herring survey 102 Voyages

Year & Voyage Dates Person-in-Charge Area of Operation Objectives of Voyage Number 92-181 19 Nov - 6 Dec E. Dalley (Nfld) NAFO 3KL Demersal juvenile northern cod survey 1993 92-181 8 Feb - 26 Feb J. Hunt (BSB) Georges Bank Groundfish survey 92-182 1 Mar - 15 Mar R. Mohn (BSB) Scotian Shelf 4VsW Groundfish survey 92-183 17 Mar - 22 Mar M. Showell (BSB) Scotian Shelf (Western Gully) Observer training 93-183 1 Apr - 8 Apr M. Showell (BSB) Scotian Shelf Trawl trials 93-184 6 May J. Dalziel (PCS) Halifax Harbour Chemistry and approaches 93-18.5 8 May - 16 May K. Juniper (DAL) Scotian Shelf (Emerald Basin) JGOFS, Geology (box cores) 93-186 17 May - 29 May D. Waldron (BSB) Scotian Shelf Silver hake survey, gear behaviour studies 93-187 29 May- 10 Jun J. Morgan (Nfld) East Newfoundland Shelf NCSP Cod eggs trawl

93-188 28 Jun - 30 Jun J. McRuer (BSB) Scotian Shelf Gear trials 93-189 5 Jul - 16 Jul J. Hunt (BSB) Western Scotian Shelf Groundfish survey 93-190 19 Jul - 1 Aug S.J. Smith (BSB) Eastern Scotian Shelf Groundfish survey 93-191 3 Aug - 12 Aug G. McLelland (BSB) Scotian Shelf (4X,4W) Seal worm studies Cape Breton shelf 93-191a 16 Aug - 9 Sept L. Savard/ Northern Gulf of St. Lawrence Shrimp and groundfish abundance B. Morin (Qué) survey 93-192 10 Sept - 29 Sept D. Swain (Gulf) Southern Gulf of St. Lawrence Groundfish survey 93-193 30 Sept - 22 Oct C. LeBlanc (Gulf) Southern Gulf of St. Lawrence Herring acoustic surveys 93-194 23 Oct- 10 Nov M. Showell (BSB) Scotian shelf, Brown’s Bank USSR/Woods Hole? 93-195 12 Nov - 26 Nov G. Melvin (BSB) Georges Bank Herring resurgence

103 Voyages

C.S.S. MATTHEW is a multi-disciplinary science vessel primarily used by the Canadian Hydrographic Service. The vessel is owned by DFO and is operated by the Department’s Scotia-Fundy Region.

Hull ...... steel Built . . . 1990 Length . . . . 51.2 m Breadth ...... 10.5 m Draft ...... 3.2 m Freeboard to working deck . . . 1.1 m Displacement ...... 745 tonnes Gross tonnage . . . . . 857 tonnes Full speed ...... 12 knots Service speed ...... 10 knots Endurance ...... 20 days Range at service speed . . . 4.000 naut. mi. Complement . . 7 scientific staff EM100 Autopilot Various positioning systems

Year & Voyage Dates Person-in-Charge Area of Operation Objectives of Voyage Number

1992 92-08 5 May - 15 May G. Costello (CHS) Halifax Harbour Revisionary Survey and approaches 92-08 19 May - 29 May G. Costello (CHS) Halifax Harbour Revisionary Survey and approaches 92-08 15 Jun - 26 Jun G. Costello (CHS) Halifax Harbour Revisionary Survey and approaches 92-25 13 Jul - 25 Oct J. Goodyear (CHS) Notre Dame Bay Newfoundland Hydrography 92-54 29 Oct - 5 Nov J. Shaw (AGC) Bay d’Espoir Geology 92-54 12 Nov - 24 Nov B. Loncarevic (AGC) Halifax Harbour Sidescan Sonar Survey and Equipment evaluation 1993 93-07 10 May - 10 Jun G. Henderson (CHS) West and South coastal Hydrographic measurements Newfoundland 93-53 28 Jun - 16 Jul B. Loncarevic (AGC) Southern Newfoundland Shelf Evaluation of roll compensation on multi-beam echosounders 93-23 19 Jul - 23 Jul C.H. Sterling (CHS) Notre Dame Bay, Hydrography Labrador Coast 93-23 26 Jul - 3 Sept C.H. Sterling (CHS) Nain, Labrador Coast Charting 93-51 7 Sept - 29 Oct CHS Notre Dame and Charting Bonavista Bay

104 Voyages

C.S.S. PARIZEAU is a diesel driven ship designed and used for multi-disciplinary oceanographic research, hydrographic surveying and handling of moorings in deep and shallow water. The ship is owned by DFO and is operated by the Department’s Scotia Fundy Region.

Hull ...... steel Built ...... 1967 Length ...... 64.6 m Breadth ...... 12.2 m Draft ...... 4.6 m Freeboard to working deck . . . 1.5 m Displacement ...... 2047.6 tonnes Gross tonnage ...... 1359.5 tonnes Full speed ...... 14 knots Service speed ...... 12 knots Endurance ...... 45 days Range at service speed . . . 11,000 naut. mi. Complement . . 13 scientific staff Twin screws, variable pitch Bow thruster for holding position Computer suite 65 m2 working space in two laboratories

Year & Voyage Dates Person-in-Charge Area of Operation Objectives of Voyage Number

1992 92-04 23 Apr - 30 Apr M. Mitchell (PCS) Gulf of Maine/Scotian Shelf Globec 92-06 2 May - 13 May R. Parrott (AGC) Laurentian and Geophysical Survey Avalon Channel 92-13 24 May - 8 June S. Narayanan (Nfld) Labrador Sea/NE Nfld. Shelf Physics-ADCP and CTD transects

92-11 9 Jun - 18 June E. Colboume (Nfld) Bonavista Bay Cod/capelin oceanography 92-18 20 Jun - 24 Jun N. Oakey (PCS) Emerald Basin Physics-test fine structure equipment 92-20 25 Jun - 3 Jul R. Wrobleski (Mun) Bonavista Bay Cod tracking 92-23 6 Jul - 24 Jul S. Narayanan (Nfld) Labrador Sea Physics-CM moorings, CTD transects 92-29 10 Aug - 17 Aug J. Hamilton (PCS) Georges Bank Particle tracking and CM moorings 92-31 19 Aug - 29 Aug D. McKeown (PCS) Scotian Shelf Gear Trials 92-34 1 Sept - 13 Sept T. Rowell (BSB) Grand Banks/Shelf Trawl Impact studies P. Schwinghamer (Nfld 92-36 15 Sept - 22 Sep E. Colbourne (Nfld) Bonavista Bay Cod/capelin Physics 92-39 23 Sept - 2 Oct B. deYoung (Mun) Northeast Newfoundland Physics 92-42 3 Oct - 15 Oct D. Forbes (AGC) Bay d’Espoir, Geology; sedimentation of Northeast coast of Nfld south and northeast coast of Nfld 92-43 16 Oct-l Nov S. Narayanan (Nfld.) Southern Labrador Sea/ Physics-CM morrings, ADCP and NE Nfld. CTD transects 92-47 6 Nov - 20 Nov A. Herman (PCS)/ Emerald Basin, Gulf of Maine BIONESS tows, multi-freq. D. Sameotos acoustic 92-49 23 Nov - 1 Dec G. Melvin (BSB) Georges Bank Herring resurgence trawling/ plankton 92-55 2 Dec - 3 Dec J. Hamilton (PCS) Halifax Harbour Approaches Halifax Gear Trials

105 Voyages

Year & Voyage Dates Person-in-Charge Area of Operation Objective of Voyage Number 92-52 7 Dec - 17 Dec D. Piper (AGC) St. Pierre/Fogo Islands Sea Mount/geophysics-seismic mapping 1993 92-56 6 Jan - 11 Jan D. Sameoto (BSB) Scotian Shelf Basins Zooplankton and acoustic survey

93-09 13 Apr - 25 Apr D. Deibel (Mun) Southeast Newfoundland, JGOFS-flourescence studies Whale Bank 93-04 26 Apr - 6 May E. Colbourne (Nfld) Newfoundland Shelf Physics-ADCP and CTD survey 93-10 10 May - 25 May A. Herman/ (PCS) Gulf of Maine, Globec BATFISH tows J. Hamilton Emerald Basin 93-13 31 May - 12 Jun E. Colboume (NFLD) Newfoundland Shelf Physics 93-18 16 Jun - 25 Jun D. McKeown (PCS) Scotian Shelf Equipment trials 93-21 28 Jun - 16 Jul T. Rowell/ Newfoundland Grand Tow impacts Shwinghamer (BSB) Banks & Scotian Shelf 93-26 3 Aug - 17 Aug D. Piper (AGC) Scotian Gulf Geology-stratigraphy 93-29 4 Sept - 21 Sept T. Rowell (BSB) Sable Island Bank Tow impact properties 93-31 23 Sept - 2 Oct E. Colbourne (NFLD) Northeast Newfoundland Physics-CTD, Oxygen survey Shelf 93-32 5 Oct - 16 Oct M. Mitchell/ Gulf of Maine Globec moorings J. Loder (PCS) 93-33 16 Oct - 25 Oct J. Smith (PCS) Scotian Shelf and Radionuclides Fundy Channel 93-37 28 Oct - 9 Nov S. Narayanan (Nfld) Northeast Newfoundland Physics Shelf 93-40 10 Nov - 20 Nov R. Lively (PCS) Gulf of St. Lawrence Annual ice forecast 93-41 22 Nov - 4 Dec B. Klein (Qué) Gulf of St. Lawrence JGOFS Physics 93-52 I6 Dec - 11 Dec B. Sundby Gulf of St. Lawrence JGOFS Geology-sediment samples (Rimouski)

106 Voyages

C.S.S. F.C.G. SMITH is owned by DFO and is operated by the Department’s Scotia-Fundy Region. The vessel is used primarily by the Canadian Hydrographic Service as an acoustic sweep vessel in the near-shore coastal areas of the Maritime Provinces.

Hull ...... steel Built ...... 1985 Length ...... 34.8 m Breadth ...... 14 m Breadth single hull . . 4 m Draft ...... 2.1 m Freeboard to working deck 1.3 m Displacement ...... 370 tonnes Gross tonnage . . . . . 438 tonnes Full speed ...... 12 knots Service speed . . . . . 10 knots Endurance ...... 7 days Complement . . . . . 4 scientific staff Integrated sweep transducers Auto-pilot Laser-ranging positioning system Onboard data processingup to 500,000 depth measurements daily

Year & Number Voyage Dates Person-in-Charge Area of Operation Objectives of Voyage

1992 92-00 4 May - 25 Sept M. Lamplough Halifax Harbour and Sidney Hydrographic Sweep Surveys

1993 93-12 25 May - 7 Jun J.D. Ferguson (CHS) Halifax Harbour Hydrographic Sweep Surveys and approaches 93-12 8 Jun - 2 Aug J.D. Ferguson (CHS) Strait of Canso/ Hydrographic Sweep Surveys Sydney Harbour 93-12 9 Sept - 21 Oct J.D. Ferguson (CHS) Sydney Harbour Hydrographic Sweep Surveys

107 Voyages

M.V. LADY HAMMOND is a converted fishing trawler owned by Northlakes Shipping Limited and is chartered by DFO specifically for fisheries research. The ship is operated by the Department’s Scotia-Fundy Region; its main user is the Biological Sciences Branch which has components at BIO, in Halifax, and in St. Andrews, New Brunswick.

Hull ...... Steel Built ...... 1972 Length ...... 57.9 m Breadth ...... 11.0 m Draft ...... 4.8 m Freeeboard to working deck . . 25 m Displacement ...... 930 tonnes Gross tonnage ...... 897 tonnes Full speed ...... 15.0 knots Service speed ...... 12.5 knots Endurance ...... 30 days Range at Service speed . . 8,000 naut. mi. Complement . . . . . scientific staff

Year & Voyage Dates Person-in-Charge Area of Operation Objectives of Voyage Number

1992 92-237 23 Mar - 28 Mar M. Showell (BSB) Scotian Shelf Observer training 92-237a 31 Mar - 10 Apr D. Taylor (Nfld) St. Mary’s Bay Crab Studies 92-237b 10 Apr - 16 Apr E. Dawe (Nfld) St. Mary’s Bay Crab Studies 92-238 19 Apr - 4 May J. Anderson (Nfld) NAFO 2J, 3K, L NCSP Plankton surveys 92-239 6 May - 20 May P. Pepin (Nfld) NAFO 2J, 3K, L NCSP Plankton surveys 92-240 23 May - 26 May G. Rose (Nfld) NAFO 3L Acoustic Equipment trials 92-241 27 May - 12 Jun J. Helbig (Nfld) NAFO 2J, 3K, L NCSP Plankton Survey 92-242 14 Jun - 26 Jun E. Dalley (Nfld) NAFO 2J, 3K, L NCSP Plankton-cod eggs and larval distribution 92-243 28 Jun - 20 Jul G. Rose (Nfld) Newfoundland Shelf NCSP Acoustics/oceanography 92-244 21 Jul - 29 Jul E. Colbourne (Nfld) Bonnavista Bay NCSP Cod/capelin survey 92-245 31 Jul - 9 Aug T. Hurlbut (Gulf) Southern Gulf of Comparative fishing survey St. Lawrence

108 Voyages

C.S.S. E.E. PRINCE is a stem trawler used for fisheries research including experimental and exploratory fishing and resource surveys. The ship is owned by DFO and is operated by the Department’s Scotia-Fundy Region.

Hull ...... steel Built ...... 1966 Length ...... 39.6 m Draft ...... 3.65 m Freeboard to working deck . . 0.7 m Displacement ...... 580 tonnes Gross tonnage ...... 406 tonnes Full speed ...... 10.5 knots Service speed ...... 10 knots Endurance ...... 14 days Range at service speed . . . 3,000 naut. mi. Complement ...... 6 scientific staff

Year & Voyage Dates Person-in-Charge Area of Operation Objectives of Voyage Number

1992 92-426 21 Apr - 26 Apr H. Dupuis (Gulf) Chaleur Bay Juvenile Herring abundance survey 92-427 6 May - 20 May M. Butler (BSB) Scotian Shelf Annual Scallop Survey 92-428 25 May - 26 May C. Cooper (FHM) Scotian Shelf Gear trials 92-429 2 Jun - 14 Jun B. Chenard/ Matane, St. Lawrence Live fish capture M. Measures Estuary 92-430 15 Jun - 3 Jul F. Gregoire (Qué) Gulf St. Lawrence Mackerel egg survey 92-431 6 Jul - 13 Jul M. Hanson (Gulf) Miramichi Bay Juvenile cod survey 92-432 14 Jul - 17 Jul D. Sameoto (BSB) Gulf of Maine Basins Zooplankton distribution 92-433 4 Aug - 9 Aug J. Porter (BSB) Hell Hole Tuna tagging 92-434 11 Aug - 4 Sept G. Robert (BSB) Georges Bank Scallop Survey 92-435 8 Sept - 23 Sept C. Dickson (BSB) Hell Hole Tuna tagging 92-436 28 Sept - 23 Oct C. LeBlanc (Gulf) South Gulf of St. Lawrence Herring-Acoustic comparisons 92-437 26 Oct - 13 Nov J. Sochasky (BSB) Bay of Fundy Herring larvae 92-438 14 Nov - 27 Nov M. Strong (BSB) George’s Bank Herring resurgence trawling 92-439 30 Nov - 14 Dec C. LeBlanc (Gulf) Northumberland Strait, Juvenille herring survey Chaleur Bay 1993 92-440 4 Jan - 25 Jan U. Buerkle (BSB) Chedabucto Bay Herring acoustics 93-441a 28 Apr - 30 Apr C Amos (AGC) Sable Island Bank Geology 93-441 3 May - 21 May M. Butler (BSB) Scotian Shelf Scallop survey 93-442 26 May - 2 June D. Marcogliese (Qué) Sable Island Seal worm 93-443 3 June - 13 June M. Peloquin (Qué) Matane (Gulf of St. Live Fish Survey Lawrence) 93-445 14 June - 30 June F. Gregoire (Qué) Southern Gulf of Mackerel Egg survey St. Lawrence 93-446 2 July - 10 July M. Hanson (Gulf) Southern Gulf of Juvenile cod survey St. Lawrence 93-448 9 Aug - 27 Aug G. Robert (BSB) Georges Bank Scallop survey 93-451 22 Oct - 5 Nov J. Sochasky (BSB) Bay of Fundy Herring Larvae survey 93-452 9 Nov - 28 Nov L. Lefebre (Qué) Gulf of St. Lawrence Herring survey 93-453 29 Nov - 10 Dec C. LeBlanc (Gulf) Gulf of St. Lawrence Juvenile Herring survey

109 Voyages

C.S.S. NAVICULA is a fishing vessel owned by DFO. It is operated by the Department’s Scotia-Fundy Region and is used for biological oceanographic research in the near shore coastal ocean.

Hull ...... wood Built ...... 1968 Length ...... 19.8 m Breadth ...... 5.85 m Draft ...... 3.25 m Freeboard to working deck . . 2.5 m Displacement ...... 104 tonnes Gross tonnage ...... 78 tonnes Full speed ...... 10 knots Service speed ...... 9 knots Endurance ...... 8-10 hours Range at service speed . . . 1,000 naut. mi. Complement ...... 3 scientific staff

Year & Area of Operation Objectives of Voyage Number Voyage Dates Person-in-Charge

1992 92-02 5 May - 12 May S. Campana (BSB) Scotian Shelf Otoliths 92-12 21 May - 30 May T. Lambert (BSB) Sydney Bight Eastern Scotian shelf plankton 92-15 1 Jun - 4 Jun J. Vandermeulen (PCS) Nova Scotian Coastal waters Winter flounder distributions

92-16 5 Jun - 10 Jun J. Smith (Gulf) St. Georges Bay Phytoplankton collection for PSP toxin studies 92-17 10 Jun - 20 Jun T. Lambert (BSB) Sidney Bight Plankton pollution studies 92-19 21 Jun - 30 Jun D. Willis (PCS) St. Georges Bay Flounder collection for MFO studies 92-24 3 Jul - 17 Jul J. Shaw (AGC) Chedabucto Bay Geology-sediment cores 92-27b 19 Jul - 23 Jul T. Hurlbut (Gulf) Northern PEI Silverhake survey 92-27 23 Jul - 24 Jul S. Courtney (Gulf) Gulf of St. Lawrence Silverhake survey 92-26 24 Jul - 27 Jul A. Locke (Gulf) Miramichi Estuary ichthyoplankton survey 92-33 9 Sept - 14 Sept J. Vandermeulen (PCS) Nova Scotian Coastal waters Collection of winter flounder for hydrocarbon analysis 92-35 15 Sept - 28 Sept R. Morin (Gulf) Fisherman’s Bank Groundfish distribution survey 92-40 30 Sept - 2 Oct T. Lambert (BSB) Nova Scotian Coastal waters Flounder survey 92-32 4 Oct - 9 Oct J. Tremblay (BSB) Scotian Shelf Gear Trials 92-44 14 Oct - 17 Oct T. Lambert (BSB) Sydney Bight Eastern Shelf Plankton survey 92-30 20 Oct - 24 Oct J. Smith (Gulf) PEI Coastal Waters Toxic dinoflagellate bloom survey 92-41 25 Oct - 4 Nov J. Vandermeulen (PCS) Nova Scotian coastal waters Collection of benthos, fish and water samples for hydrocarbon analysis 92-48 5 Nov - 13 Nov P. Vass (BSB) Halifax Harbour Use of side scan to detect gill nets and approaches 92-46 16 Nov - 18 Nov J. Vandermeulen (PCS) Nova Scotia coastal waters Flounder distribution survey

1993 93-05 28 Apr - 5 May G. Harding (BSB) Bedford Basin Organochlorine survey 93-06 5 May - 6 May D. Mossman (PCS) Halifax Harbour Flounder studies and approaches

110 Voyages

Year & Voyage Dates Person-in-Charge Area of Operation Objectives of Voyage Number 93-08 10 May - 21 May T. Lambert (BSB) Sydney Bight Cod population characteristics survey 93-11 21 May - 28 May G. Harding (BSB) Cape Breton coastal waters Organochlorine survey 93-14 28 May - 3 June S. Courtney (Gulf) Miramichi Estuary Cod survey 93-15 5 June - 15 June D. Mossman (PCS) Cape Breton coastal waters Obtain winter flounder samples, sediment grab samples 93-17 16 June - 18 June G. Harding (BSB) Coastal Cape Breton Snow-crab survey 93-20 22 June - 29 June J. Tremblay (BSB) Cape Breton Compare selectivity and catch rates of flounder trawls and crab traps 93-22 5 July - 16 July T. Lambert (BSB) Cape Breton Cod survey 93-24 20 July - 23 July G. Harding (BSB) Cape Breton Organochlorine survey 93-45 1 Sept - 9 Sept D. Marcogliese (Qué) Bras D’Or Lakes, St. Georges Bay Parasite survey 93-44 9 Sept - 15 Sept J. Vandermeulen (PCS) Cape Breton coastal waters Hydrocarbon pollution survey 93-46 16 Sept - 21 Sept G. Harding (BSB) Cape Breton coastal waters Organochlorine distribution 93-47 23 Sept - 4 Oct T. Lambert (BSB) Cape Breton costal waters Cod distribution studies 93-36 6 Oct - 13 Oct G. Harding (BSB) Cape Breton coastal waters Organochlorine studies 93-48 19 Oct - 22 Oct S. Courtney (Gulf) Miramichi Estuary Cod Larvae survey 93-38 29 Oct - 7 Nov J. Vandermeulen (PCS) Cape Breton coastal waters Hydrocarbon pollution 93-49 9 Nov- 11 Nov G. Harding (BSB) Cape Breton coastal waters Organochlorine survey 93-54 16 Nov J. Vandermeulen (PCS) Cape Breton coastal waters Hydrocarbon pollution

C.S.S. J.L. HART is a stern trawler used for fisheries research, including light trawling operations (bottom and midwater), ichthyoplankton surveys, oceanographic sampling, and scientific gear testing. The ship is owned by DFO and is operated by the department’s Scotia-Fundy Region.

Hull ...... steel Built ...... 1974 Length ...... 19.8 m Breadth ...... 6.1 m Draft ...... 3.65 m Freeboard to working deck . . 0.5 m Displacement ...... 109 tonnes Gross tonnage ...... 89.5 tonnes Full speed ...... 10 knots Service speed ...... 8.5 knots Endurance ...... 7.5 days Range at service speed . . . 2.00 0 naut. mi. Complement ...... 3 scientific staff

Year & Voyage Dates Person-in-Charge Area of Operation Objectives of Voyage Number

1992 92-106 3 June - 12 June E. Kenchington (BSB) Bay of Fundy Scallop survey 92-107 22 June - 25 June J. Martin (BSB) Fundy Toxins 92-108 6 July - 16 July P. Hurley (BSB) S W Nova inshore trawl survey 92-109 20 July - 5 Aug S. Robinson (BSB) Passamaquody, Bay of Fundy Scallops survey 92-110 10 Aug - 21 Aug E. Kenchington (BSB) Lurcher shoal scallop survey 92-111 8 Sept - 11 Sept P. Lawton (BSB) Grand Manan Lobster survey 111 `Voyages

Year & Voyage Dates Person-in-Charge Area of Operation Objectives of Voyage Number 92-112 14 Sept - 17 Sept J. Martin (BSB) Fundy Toxins 92-113 21 Sept - 28 Sept S. Robinson (BSB) Grand Manan Scallops survey 92-113 6 Oct - 7 Oct S. Robinson (BSB) Grand Manan Scallops 92-116 2 Nov - 17 Nov R. Jones (FHM) South West Nova Lobster surveillance 1993 93-118 17 May - 21 May U. Buerkle (BSB) Grand Manan Groundfish survey 93-119 26 May - 28 May E. Trippel (BSB) Grand Manan Groundfish survey 93-120 31 May - 18 June M. Lundy (BSB) Digby area, Annapolis Basin Scallop survey 93-121 21 June - 26 June J. Martin (BSB) Bay of Fundy Toxin survey 93-122 5 July - 15 July S. Robinson (BSB) Passamaquody Scallop survey 93-123 26 July - 6 Aug P. Hurley (BSB) SW Nova Groundfish survey 93-124 9 Aug - 20 Aug P. Lawton (BSB) Bay of Fundy Lobster survey 93-125 23 Aug - 3 Sept E. Kenchington (BSB) Briar Island Region Scallop survey 93-128 13 Sept - 17 Sept J. Martin (BSB) Bay of Fundy Toxins 93-129 4 Oct - 12 Oct M. Lundy (BSB) Digby Scallop survey 93-130 18 Oct - 21 Oct K. Waiwood (BSB) Grand Manan Broodstock

Participation In Other Research Cruises

Department of Wade Scott (BSB Contract) Barents Sea and Kara Sea. Fisheries and Oceans Eastern Scotian Shelf 4VW Shrimp Biomass Assessment. Lance (Norway) Scotia-Fundy Region Dec 27, 1992 - Mar 22, 1993 Brannetelle (Canada) April & Colette (Canada) F. Zemlyak, PCS March 31, 1992, May 4, 1992, Sept. 21, Aug. 17-19, 1993 Weddell Sea 1992, Nov. 10, 1992, Jan. 7, 1993 Sept. 1-2, 1993 CO2 sequestering and global climate Mark Lundy (BSB) Wade Scott (BSB Contract) change. Gulf of Maine Eastern Scotian Shelf 4VW Study of annual variation in scallop Shrimp Biomass Assessment. Petrel V (Canada) meat yield. Apr 28 - May 12, 1993 R/V Heinke (Germany) P.C. Smith, D. Lawrence, M. Scotney, Sea Diver (USA) August 21, 1992 PCS July 19-26, 1993 Kate Kranck, T.G. Milligan Western Bank of Scotian Shelf Douglas Pezzack, Peter Lawton (BSB) Elbe Estuary Study surface drift and dispersion on Georges Bank Suspended particulate material study. Western Bank. Lobster Habitat/Population Structure using submersible. CCGS Henry Larsen (Canada) Mary Hitchens (Canada) Sep 04 - Sep 25, 1993 Oct 25-28, Oct 30 - Nov 1, 1992 Betty R (Canada) R. Nelson, PCS D. Lawrence, M. Scotney, PCS Sept. 15-19, 1992 Beaufort Sea, Chukchi Sea and East Browns Bank to Sable I. Bank R. Miller and J. Tremblay (BSB) Siberian Sea Conduct drifter trials in conjunction Nova Scotia Coastal Waters Measurement of radioactivity in with emergency response exercise. Survey to predict lobster abundance. water and sediments as part of contaminant and circulation studies. R/V Oceanus (USA) William R (Canada) Oct. 26 - Nov. 19, 1992 Sept. 16-20, 1993 Geolog Fersman (Russia) N. Oakey, R. Ryan, A. Hartling, R. Miller and J. Tremblay (BSB) Aug 30 - Sep 29, 1993 E. Verge, PCS Nova Scotia Coastal Waters K. Ellis, PCS Canary Basin Survey to predict lobster abundance. Barents Sea and Kara Sea North Atlantic tracer release Investigation of radioactive experiment, NATRE; microstructure D. A. Moore (Canada) contamination as a result of nuclear studies. July 23-24, 1993 tests and dumping by Russians in the

112 Voyages

R/V Ocemus (USA) tures of discontinuity and disruption and Joides Resolution (USA) Jul 27 - Aug. 7, 1992 the geotechnical and lithostratigraphic May 20 - July 20, 1992 A. Clarke, M. Scotney, R. Boyce, sedimentary profiles in areas of Lake Jansa J. Hamilton, PCS Ontario. northwestern Pacific Ocean South of Grand Banks To investigate geologic history of some Deploy WOCE moorings. CCGS Griffon (Canada) of the drowned guyots in northwest- June 21 - July 19, 1993 em Pacific Ocean, to establish if the Lewis, Atkinson, Jodrey, Nielsen, Natural Resources Canada drowning of the reefs and atolls is re- Johnston lated to middle Cretaceous climate glo- Atlantic Geoscience Centre Lake Ontario bal change and crises, and use the CSS Tully 92006 (Canada) Geophysical surveying and sampling in guyots as measuring sticks to investi- Nov. 14 - 25, 1992 Lake Ontario of the surficial geology and gate time periods and magnitude of Christian, MacKinnon upper most bedrock will be carried out eustatic sea level changes to verify glo- Fraser Delta to determine a seismostratigraphy, fea- bal applicability of the Mesozoic- To study seabed instability features, col- tures of discontinuity and the Cenozoic cycle chart. lect seismic data for geohazard mapping geotechnical and lithostratigraphic sedi- and perform geotechnical tests with mentary profiles in the second year of a Tignish Sea (Canada) Lancelot, Excalibur and shear-wave multi-year program. June 16 - 25, 1993 equipment from the University College Fader of North Wales. MV Lough Beltra (Ireland) Scotian Shelf June 11 - 22, 1993 To survey and determine two routes for GSC/BC Hydro Joint Geotechnical Site Shaw, Wile, Beaver new fibre optic telecommunication ca- Investigation at Canoe Pass Submarine Dingle Bay, Southwest Ireland bles across the Scotian Shelf and Slope. Cable Terminal Collect geophysical and sample data The survey was a joint project with Dec. l-6, 1992 offshore from a major spit-barrier com- Teleglobe Canada, McElhanney Sur- Christian plex in Dingle Bay, southwest Ireland. veys and the Geological Survey of Fraser Delta Surveys may also extend behind the Canada To conduct continuous drilling and sam- barrier, with a view to examining the pling of Quaternary sediments, to allow backbarrier estuarine deposits. This HMCS Moresbv (Canada) an evaluation of seismic liquefaction po- work is in collaboration with the Uni- Sept. 27 - Oct. 8, 1993 tential and to constrain geologic model. versity of Cork and a number of Euro- Fader, Miller, Atkinson, Johnston, pean partners (who will collect data Hughes GSC Offshore Geotechnical Site Inves- onshore), and is part of a Commission Scotian Shelf tigation Program at Crest of Delta of European Community project to ex- To map the geology of the seabed of Foreslope amine the potential impact of rising sea the inner Scotian Shelf and provide Sept. 19-26, 1993 level on the coast. Christian ground truth for the new swath bathymetric data produced by the CSS Fraser Delta HMCS Moresby (Canada) Matthew. To undertake sediment stud- To carry out detailed in situ testing and Sept. 27 - Oct. 8, 1993 ies in cooperation with the Department borehole sampling program, to evaluate Fader, Atkinson, Hughes, Johnston liquefaction potential of delta front de- Nova Scotia Shelf of National Defense and the Royal Ca- posits. Sidescan sonar survey of coastal area nadian Mounted Police. to map surficial geology. CSS Tully 93010 (Canada) Miramichi Surveyor (Canada) Nov. 2 - 13, 1993 Polar Star (USA) Oct. 13-17, 1992 Christian, Heffler, Parrott Aug. 14 - Sept. 17, 1993 Fader, Christian, Murphy Fraser Delta Jackson, Locke, Nielsen St. John Harbour To conduct geophysical surveys of delta Arctic Ocean, Canada Basin To assess the geological effects of foreslope, Excalibur geotechnical tests Refraction seismic surveys to deter- dredging on the seabed and to under- and shear-wave tests with the Univer- mine coastal structure in these areas. stand sedimentation and transport path- sity College of North Wales group. ways. Lough Beltra (Ireland) CCGS Griffon (Canada) June 10-22, 1993 Joides Resolution (USA) Aug. 17 - Sept. 9, 1992 Shaw, Forbes, Wile, Beaver Jan. 21 - Mar. 10, 1993 Lewis, Atkinson, Jodrey, Sherin Dingle Bay, Ireland Salisbury Lake Ontario To study the marine geology of Dingle Costa Rica Rift, Equatorial Pacific A major survey of the surficial geology Bay with a view to determining long- Determine composition of oceanic and upper most bedrock will be carried term coastal and barrier evolution un- Layer 3 and the nature of the Layer 21 out to determine seismostratigraphy, fea- der conditions of rising sea level. 3 transition through drilling. 113 Charts and Publications

Chart Production The Scotia-Fundy Region of the Canadian Hydrographic Service (CHS) has responsibility for 400 nautical charts covering Canada’s east coast from Georges Bank to Prince of Wales Strait in the Arctic.

The charts produced by CHS are divided into three types. A new chart is the first chart to show an area at that scale or to cover an area different from any existing chart. These charts are constructed to the metric contour style in bilingual form using new formats. A New Edition is a new issue of an existing chart showing new navigational information and including amendments previously issued in Notices to Mariners. A Reprint is a new print of a current edition that incorporates amendments previously issued in Notices to Mariners. Reprints for the Scotia-Fundy Region are produced by CHS headquarters in Ottawa.

In addition to the New Charts and New Editions listed below, about one hundred chart amendments and fifteen paste-on patches are issued through Notices to Mariners each year.

1992 1993 New Charts New Charts 7575 Peel Sound and Prince Resent Inlet 4116 Approaches to Saint John 4170 Glace Bay Harbour 7134 Robinson Bay and Approaches 4839 Head of Placentia Bay 7136 Cape Mercy and Approaches 4913 Caraquet Harbour, Baie de Shippegan and Miscou 4847 Conception Bay Harbour 4124 Harbours in the Bay of Fundy New Editions 7481 Foxe Channel 4911 Entrance to Miramich River 7482 Winter Island to Cape Jermain 4912 Miramichi 7489 Navy Channel to Longstaff Bluff 4846 Motion Bay to Cape St. Francis 4114 Campobello Island

New Editions 4391 LaHave River - Conquerall Bank to Bridgewater 7552 Bellot Strait and Approaches 4242 Cape Sable Island to Tusket Islands

Publications We present below alphabetical listings by author of publications produced in 1992 and 1993 by staff at BIO from the Department of Fisheries and Oceans (DFO), Natural Resources Canada, and Environment Canada; publications of DFO science staff at the Halifax Fisheries Research Laboratory and the St. Andrews Biological Station are also incorporated. Articles published in scientific and hydrographic journals, books, conference proceedings, and various series of technical reports have also been included. The style and format of these references are as supplied by each unit. For further information on any publication listed here, contact: Marine Assessment and Liaison Division, Department of Fisheries and Oceans, P.O. Box 1006, Dartmouth, N.S. B2Y 4A2; or call (902)426-3559.

114 Charts and Publications

DEPARTMENT OF FISHER- Saunders. 1992. Absorption and Hargrave, R. Lake, D. Muir, R. IES AND OCEANS deposition of n-3 fatty acids in Atlantic Shearer, B. Tracey, and T. Bidleman. salmon (Salmo salar). In A. Sinclair 1992. Arctic contaminants: Sources, SCOTIA-FUNDY REGION and R. Gibson [ed.] Proc. 3rd Int’l occurrence and pathways. Sci. Total Congress on Essential fatty acids and Env. 122: 1-74. OFFICE OF THE REGIONAL Eicosanoids. American Oil Chemists Bird, C.J., E.L. Rice, C.A. Murphy, DIRECTOR, SCIENCE Society. and M.A. Ragan. 1992. Phylogenetic Addison, R.F. 1992. Detecting the relationships in the agarophyte family 1992 AND 1993 effects of marine pollution, p. 9-12. In Gracilariaceae (Rhodophyta, Boudreau, P.R. 1993. Regional Data J. Cook [ed.] Science Review 1990 & Gracilariales). XIVth International and Information System Requirements ‘91. Dep. Fish. and Oceans, Seaweed Symposium, August 16-21, for the Gulf of Maine, p. 5. In E. Dartmouth, N.S. Brittany, France. (Abstract) Braasch [ed.] Proc. Gulf of Maine Aiken, D.E. 1992. The perils of Bird, C.J., C.A. Murphy, R.K. Singh, Data and Information Systems accountability in science. World E.L. Rice, R.R. Gutell, and M.A. Workshop. Dartmouth College, Aquacult. 23(3): p. 3. Ragan. 1992. Classical taxonomy Hannover, NH, Nov. 3-5, 1993. Aiken, D.E. [ed.] 1992. World and rRNA sequences in red algae: MacPhee, S.B. 1993. The Bedford Aquacult. 23(4): 72 p. conflict and congruence. International Institute of Oceanography: Current Aiken, D.E. [ed.] 1992. World Society for Evolutionary Protistology Program and Future Directions, p. 15- Aquacult. 23(1): 80 p. 9, July 3-7, Orsay, France. 43. In Noniyuki Nasu and S. Honjo Aiken, D.E. [ed.] 1992. World Bird, C.J., C.A. Murphy, E.L. Rice, [ed.] Proc. of Symp. New Directions Aquacult. 23(3): 72 p. R.R. Gutell, and M.A. Ragan. 1992. of Oceanographic Research and Aiken, D.E. [ed.] 1992. World Genetic relationships among red algae Development, Springer Verlag, Tokyo. Aquacult. 23(2): 72 p. (Rhodophyta) as evidenced by Nicholls, H.B. 1993. ECOR, An Aiken, D.E., and S.L. Waddy. 1992. sequences of 18S ribosomal RNA international organization active in the The growth process in crayfish. Rev. genes. XIVth International Seaweed Coastal Zone, p. 3218-3225. In L.T. Aquat. Sci. 63(3): 335-381. Symposium, August 16-21, Brittany, Tobin [ed.] Coastal Zone ‘93. Proc. Amadi, I., D.V. Subba Rao, and Y. France.(Abstract) 8th Symp. on Coastal and Ocean Pan. 1992. A Gonyaulax digitale red Bird, C.J., E.L. Rice, C.A. Murphy, Management. Amer. Soc. Civ. water bloom in the Bedford Basin, R.R. Gutell, and M.A. Ragan. 1992. Engineers, N.Y. Nova Scotia, Canada. Bot. Mar. 35: Towards an rRNA gene phylogeny of Nicholls, H.B. 1993. The Role of the 451-455. the red algae (Rhodophyra). Northeast Bedford Institute of Oceanography in Amiro, P.G., R.E. Cutting, B.M. Algal Symposium, April 25-26, Addressing Marine Coastal Zone Jessop, T.L. Marshall, and S.E O’Neil. Woods Hole, MA. (Abstract) Issues, p. 213-221. In L.P. Hildebrand 1992. Status of Atlantic salmon stocks Bird, C.J., CA. Murphy, M.A. Ragan, and O.T. Magoon [ed.] Coastlines of of Scotia-Fundy Region, 1991. E.L. Rice, and R.R. Gutell. 1992. Canada. Amer. Soc. Civ. Engineer, CAFSAC Res. Doc. 92/21, 22 p. Towards an rRNA gene phylogeny of N.Y. Anderson, S.A., S.P La11 and D.M. the red algae (Rhodophya). Aquatech Peer, D., N. Prouse, and G. Seibert. Anderson. 1992. Apparent and true ‘92: Progress and profits from 1992. Concerns addressed in the ocean availabilities of amino acids from research. March 1-3, Halifax, N.S. dumping permit process, p. 84-86. In J. common feed ingredients for Atlantic Bird,C.J., E.L. Rice, CA. Murphy, Cook [ed.] Science Review 1990 & salmon (Salmo salar) reared in sea and M.A. Ragan. 1992. Phylogenetic ‘91. Dep. Fish. Oceans, Dartmouth, water. Aquaculture 108: 111-124. relationships in the Gracilariales NS. Annand, C. 1992. Review of (Rhodophpa) as determined by 18S management measures for 1991 rDNA sequences. Phycologia 31: BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES Scotia-Fundy groundfish fishery. 510-522. BRANCH CAFSAC Res.Doc. 92/103. Bird, C.J.,C.A. Murphy, E.L. Rice, Annand, C, and D. Beanlands. 1992. and M.A. Ragan. 1992. The 18S 1992 Assessment of pollock (Pollachius rRNA gene sequences of four com- Ackman, R.G., S. Sigurgisladottir, virens) in Divisions 4VWX and mercially important seaweeds. J. of S.M. Polvi and S.P Lall. 1992. Fatty Subdivision 5Zc for 1991. CAFSAC Appl. Phycol. 9: 1-6. acid absorption and transformation in Res. Doc. 92/44. Bjerknes, V., J. Duston, D. Knox, and Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar), p. 23. Anon. 1992. Report of the ICES P.R. Harmon. 1992. Importance of Int. Symp. on Cultivation of Atlantic Study Group on Ecosystem Effects of body size for acclimation of salmon. Bergen, Norway, August 17- Fishing Activities (Copenhagen, underyearling Atlantic salmon parr 20, 1992. Denmark, April 7-14, 1992). ICES (Salmo salar L.) to seawater. Ackman, R.G., S.M. Polvi, S. C.M.l992/G:ll. Aquacult. 104: 357-366. Sigurgisladottir, S.P La11 and R.L. Barrie, L.A., D. Gregor, B.T. Bose, R., C.L. Schnell, C. Pinsky, and 115 Charts and Publications

V. Zitko. 1992. Effects of northwest Atlantic herring (Clupea Lamontagne Institute, Mont-Joli, excitotoxins on free radical indices in harengus) populations. Can. J. Fish. Quebec, May 12- 14, 1992. Can. Tech. mouse brain. Toxicol. Letters 60: 211- Aquat. Sci. 49: 2045-2054. Rep. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 1893. (Abstract) 219. Brander, K., and P.C.F. Hurley. 1992. Butler, M.A.E.and G. Robert. 1992. Bones, D.J., W.D. Bowen, S.J. Distribution of early stage cod, Update of the Scotian Shelf shrimp Iverson, and O.T. Oftedal. 1992. haddock and witch eggs on the Scotian fishery - 1991. CAFSAC Res. Doc. Influence of storms and maternal size Shelf: A re-appraisal of evidence on 92/33, 17 p. on mother-pup separations and the coupling of cod spawning and Buzeta, M.-I. 1992. Use of fostering in the harbour seal. Can. J. plankton production. Can. J. Fish. backcalculations on NAFO Subdivi- Zool. 70: 1640-1644. Aquat. Sci. 49: 238-251. sion 5Ze cod otoliths for the correct Boudreau, P.R. 1992. Data and Branton, R. 1992. ZIF Verification assignment of settling checks and first Information Management Committee Workshop Report #2. annuli. CAFSAC Res. Doc. 92/47: 15 of the Gulf of Maine Council on the Branton, R. 1992. BSB 1992 EDP P. Marine Environment directory of data Status Report. Buzeta, M.-I., J.J. Hunt, N. Munroe, bases. DFO Internal Rep. Brodie, P.F. 1992. Whale mechanics and L. Van Eeckhaute. 1992. Report Boudreau, P.R. 1992. DFO user and fisheries oceanography. of the Georges Bank cod and haddock needs survey for the Gulf of Maine. Sou’wester, September 15, 1992. ageing workshop. CAFSAC Res. DFO Internal Rep.: 54 p. Brodie, P.F. 1992. Status, energetics Doc. 92/119: 34 p. Boudreau, P.R. 1992. Habitat and incidental by-catch mortality of Campana, S.E. 1992. Measurement Sensitivity Mapping Workshop: harbour porpoise in the Gulf of Maine/ and interpretation of the microstruc- Review, strategy, and recommenda- Bay of Fundy. In NOAA/National ture of fish otoliths, p. 59-71. In D.K. tions. DFO Internal Rep.: 49 p. Marine Fisheries Service. Harbour Stevenson and S.E. Campana [ed.] Boudreau, P.R. 1992. DFO compo- Porpoise in Eastern North America: Otolith Microstructure Examination nent of the Atlantic Coastal Zone Results of a Scientific Workshop and Analysis. Can. Spec. Publ. Fish. Information Management Steering (Woods Hole, Mass., April-May Aquat. Sci. 117. Committee directory of data bases. 1992). Northeast Fish. Sci. Center Campana, S., and J. Hamel. 1992. DFO Internal Rep.: 218 p. Ref. Doc. 92-06. Status of the 1991 4X cod fishery. Boudreau, P.R., and L.M. Dickie. Buerkle, U. 1992. Results of the CAFSAC Res. Doc. 92/46. 1992. Biomass spectra of aquatic 1991-92 herring acoustic surveys in Campana, S.E. 1992. Projecting fish ecosystems in relation to fisheries NAFO Div. 4WX. CASAC Res. Doc. stock levels. Guest editorial to the yield. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 49: 92173: 23 p. December 8 Chronicle Herald news- 1528-1538. Bugden, G., R. Forbes, D.C. Gordon, paper. Bowen, W.D. 1992. Population B. Huppertz, PD. Keizer, M. Campana, S.E. and C.M. Jones. energetics of seals on the Scotian Levasseur, J.L. Martin, R. Penny, J. 1992. Analysis of otolith microstruc- Shelf, p. 13-17. In J. Cook [ed.] Smith, D.V. Subba Rao, D.J. Wildish, ture data, p. 73-100. In D.K. Science Review 1990 & ‘91. Dep. and P Yeats. 1992. Overview of Stevenson and S.E. Campana [ed.]. Fish. and Oceans, Dartmouth, N.S. Canadian phytoplankton monitoring Otolith Microstructure Examination Bowen, W.D., O.T. Oftedal, and D.J. program, p. 15-16. In J.-C. Theniault and Analysis. Can. Spec. Publ. Fish. Boness. 1992. Mass and energy and M. Levasseur [ed.] Proc. Third. Aquat. Sci. 117. transfer during lactation in a small Can. Workshop on Harmful Marine Campana, S.E., and J.M. Casselman. phocid, the harbour seal. Physiol. Algae. Can. Tech. Rep. Fish. Aquat. 1992. Discrimination of the 4Vs/4T Zool. 65: 844-866. Sci. 1893. (Abstract) cod stocks using otolith shape analy- Bowen, W.D., W.T. Stobo, and S.J. Bugden, G.L., D.V. Subba Rao, and sis. CAFSAC Res. Doc. 92/45. Smith. 1992. Mass changes of grey P.A. Yeats. 1992. The phytoplankton Carver, C.S., S. Hancock, G.G. Sims, seal Halichoerus grypus pups on Sable profiling project, p. 18-22. In J. Cook and W. Watson-Wright. 1992. Island: Differential maternal invest- [ed.] Science Review 1990 & ‘91. Phytoplankton monitoring in Nova ment reconsidered. J. Zool.(London) Dep. Fish. and Oceans, Dartmouth, Scotia, p. 30-31. In J.-C. Therriault 227: 607-622. N.S. and M. Levasseur [ed.] Proc. Third. Bradford, R.G., and T.D. Iles. 1992. Bugden, G.L., P Butts, PD. Keizer, Can. Workshop on Harmful Marine Unique biological characteristics of K. Kranck, T. Milligan, E.A. Orr; D.V. Algae. Can. Tech. Rep. Fish. Aquat. spring-spawning herring (Clupea Subba Rao, and P.A. Yeats. 1992. The Sci. 1893. (Abstract) harengus L.) in Minas Basin, Nova Scotia-Fundy phytoplankton monitor- Chang, B.D. and J.-P Thonney. 1992. Scotia, a tidally dynamic environment. ing program; the Nova Scotian Overview and environmental status of Can. J. Zool. 70: 641-648. component, p. 39. In J.-C. Therriault the New Brunswick salmon culture Bradford, R.G., and R.L. Stephenson. and M. Levasseur [ed.] Proceedings of industry. Bull. Aquacult. Assoc. Can. 1992. Egg weight, fecundity, and the Third Canadian Workshop on 92-3: 61-63. gonad weight variability among Harmful Marine Algae. Maurice- Chopin, T., J. Pringle and R. Semple. 116 Charts and Publications

1992. Impact of harvesting on frond sexual maturation in juvenile Atlantic Poll: 9(Sess. V): 18-28. density and biomass of Irish moss salmon (Salmo salar). Can. J. Fish. Gordon, D.C., Jr. 1992. Theoretical Chondrus crispus stackhouse beds in Aquat. Sci. 49: 2273-2280. framework for using benthic organ- the southern Gulf of St. Lawrence. Elner, R.W., and PG. Beninger. 1992. isms to assess environmental change. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 49: 349-357. The reproductive biology of Snow Discussion paper prepared for the Clay, D. and J.M. Porter. 1992. Crab, Chionoecetes opilio: a synthesis ICES Benthos Ecology Working National report of Canada, 1990-91. of recent contributions. Amer. Zool. Group. Annex 12. ICES C.M. 1992/ Int. Comm. Conserv. Atl. Tunas, Rep. 32: 524-533. L:11: 90-102. for Biennial Period 1990-91, Part 2: Farmer, G.J., D. Ashfield, and D.K. Govind, C.K., A.T. Read, W.T. 254-258. MacPhail. 1992. Chemical character- Claxton, and R.W. Elner. 1992. Cower, R.J., J.M. Porter, and J.J. istics of selected rivers in Shelburne Neuromuscular analysis of the chela- Hoey. 1992. Casting the Shepherd County, Nova Scotia, 1988-1991. closer muscle associated with stock-production model in a statistical Can. MS Rep. Fish. Aquat. Sci. No. precopulatory grasping in male snow framework suitable for swordfish 2155. 35 p. crabs, Chionoecetes opilio. Can. J. stock assessment and management Farmer, G.J. 1992. Some factors Zool. 70: 2356-2360 advice. Int. Comm. Conserv. Atl. which influence the survival of Hagen, N.T., and K.H. Mann. 1992. Tunas, Coil. Vol. Sci. Pap. (Madrid) hatchery Atlantic salmon (Salmo Functional response of the predators 39: 593-599. salar) smolts utilized for enhancement American lobster Homarus Cranford, P.J., D.K. Muschenheim, purposes. Can. Tech. Rep. Fish. americanus (Mime-Edwards) and and D.C. Gordon, Jr. 1992. Studies Aquat. Sci. No. 1855. 19 p. Atlantic wolffish Anarhichas lupus on the possible impacts of petroleum Frank,K.T., J.W. Loder, J.E. (L.) to increasing numbers of the developments on Georges Bank Carscadden, W.C. Leggett, and C.T. green sea urchin Strongylocentrotus scallop stocks, p. 237-240. In J. Taggart. 1992. Larval flatfish droebachiensis (Müller). J. Exp. Mar. Wiggins and C.N.K. Mooers [ed.] distributions and drift on the southern Biol. Ecol. 159: 89-112. Proceedings of the Gulf of Maine Grand Bank. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. Halliday, R.G., and T.J. Kenchington. Scientific Workshop, Woods Hole, 49: 467-483. 1992. Profile of Scotia-Fundy Massachusetts, 8-10 Jan. 1991. Gulf Frank, K.T. 1992. The demographic groundfish longline fleet. DFO of Maine Council on the Marine consequences of age-specific dispersal Scotia-Fundy Region, Halifax, N.S., Environment. Urban Harbors Insti- in marine fish populations. Can. J. Project Summary No. 35: 4 p. tute, University of Massachusetts, Fish. Aquat. Sci. 49: 2222-2231. Halliday, R.G., F.G. Peacock, and Boston. Friars, G.W., J.K. Bailey, and F.M. D.L. Burke. 1992. Development of Crawford, R.E., C. Hudon, and D.G. O’Flynn. 1992. Merging conven- management measures for the Parsons. 1992. A hydroacoustical tional mating and selection practices groundfish fishery in Atlantic Canada study of shrimp Pandalus montagui with transgenic technology. Progress -A case study of the Nova Scotia distribution near Resolution Island and Profits from Research. Aquactech inshore fleet. Marine Policy 16(6): (eastern Hudson Strait). Can. J. Fish. ‘92. Dept. Fish. and Oceans, 411-426. Aquat. Sci. 49 (5): 842-856. Aquacult. and Res. Devel. Branch, Hammill, M.O., R.A. Myers, G. DiBacco, C., and J.D. Pringle. 1992. Halifax. p. 39-42. Stenson, and W.T. Stobo. 1992. Larval lobster (Homarus americanus, Furuya, K. and W.K.W. Li. 1992. Mark-recapture estimates of non-Sable H. Milne Edwards, 1837) distribution Evaluation of photosynthetic capacity Island grey seal (Halichoerus grypus) in a protected Scotian Shelf Bay. J. of phytoplankton by flow cytometric pup production. CAFSAC Res. Doc. Shellf. Res. 11: 81-84. analysis of DCMU-enhanced chloro- 92/91: 15 p. DiBacco, C. 1992. The reproductive phyll fluorescence. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Harding, G.C. 1992. A review of the cycle of the giant scallop (Placopecten Ser. 88: 279-287. major marine environmental concerns magellanicus Gmelin) on eastern Gavaris, S. and L. Van Eeckhaute. off the Canadian East Coast in the Georges Bank. Marine Benthic 1992. Assessment of haddock on 1980s. Can. Tech. Rep. Fish. Aquat. Ecology Meeting, 1992, Newport, eastern Georges Bank. CAFSAC Res. Sci. 1885: vi + 38 p. R.I., U.S.A.(Abstract) Doc. 92129: 32 p. Harding, G.C. 1992. American Duston, J., and J.D.E. Knox. 1992. Gordon, D.C., Jr. 1992. Current lobster (Homarus americanus Milne Acclimation of Atlantic salmon applications and future developments Edwards): A discussion paper on their (Salmo salar) parr to seawater in in the use of mathematical models in environmental requirements and the autumn: stimulatory effect of a long the implementation of monitoring known anthropogenic effects on their photoperiod. Aquaculture 103: 341- programs and regional assessments. populations. Can. Tech. Rep. Fish. 358. Discussion paper prepared for the Aquat. Sci. 1887: vi + 16 p. Duston, J.,and R.L. Saunders. 1992. ICES Working Group on Environmen- Hargrave, B.T., P.J. Cranford, B.A. Effects of 6-, 12-, and 18-month tal Assessment and Monitoring MacDonald, and J.E. Ward. 1992. In photoperiod cycles on smolting and Strategies. Annex 3. ICES C.M.1992/ situ feedings studies on adult sea 117 Charts and Publications scallops. Presentation at the annual Prog. Ser. 86: 229-238. shellfish poison (Saxitoxin family) Ocean Production Enhancement Herbinger, C.M., and G.W. Friars. bioassays: Automated endpoint Network meeting, Dalhousie Univer- 1992. Effects of winter temperature determination and standardization of sity, Halifax, N.S. (Poster) and feeding regime on the rate of early the in vitro tissue culture bioassay, and Hargrave, B.T., P. Germain, J.-C. maturation in Atlantic salmon (Salmo comparison with the standard mouse Philippot, G. Hermon, and J.N. Smith. salar) male parr. Aquacult. 101: 147- bioassay. Toxicon 30(10): 1143- 1156. 1992. Stable elements and 210Po in 162. Jellett, J.F., L.M. Marks, J.E. Stewart, the deep-sea amphipod Eurythenes Hudon, C. 1992. Critical factors for W. Watson-Wright, and M.L. Dorey. gryllus. Deep-Sea Res. 39: 37-44. the development of a collector for 1992. A comparison of the modified Hargrave, B.T., G.C. Harding, W.P. postlarval and juvenile lobster. In mouse neuroblastoma cell bioassay for Vass, P.E. Erickson, B.R. Fowler, and DeLafontaine, Y. [ed.]. Proceedings of paralytic shellfish poison (saxitoxin) V. Scott. 1992. Organochlorine the Workshop “Juvenile stages: the with the standard AOAC mouse pesticides and polychlorinated missing link in fisheries research”, bioassay, p. 14. In J.-C. Therriault and biphenyls in the Arctic Ocean food held at BIO, October 1-3, 1991. Can. M. Levasseur [ed.] Proc. Third. Can. web. Arch. Environ. Contam. Toxicol. Tech. Rept. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 1890. Workshop on Harmful Marine Algae. 22: 41-54. Hudon, C. 1992. Nearshore habitats. Can. Tech. Rep. Fish. Aquat. Sci. Harrison, W.G. 1992. Regeneration p. 13. In Bunch, J.N. and R.R. Reeves 1893. (Abstract) of nutrients, p. 385-407. In P. [ed.] Proceedings of a workshop on Jellett, J.F., and J.E. Stewart. 1992. Falkowski [ed.] Primary Productivity the potential cumulative impacts of The role of bacteria in the growth and and Biogeochemical Cycles in the development in the region of Hudson production of paralytic shellfish Sea. Brookhaven Symposium in and James Bays, 17-19 June 1992. poisons by the toxic dinoflagellate Biology No. 37, Plenum Press, N.Y. Can. Tech. Rep. Fish. Aquat. Sci. Alexundrium tumurense, p. 15. In J.- Harrison, W.G. and G.F. Cota. 1992. 1874. C. Therriault and M. Levasseur [ed.] Primary production in polar waters: Hudon, C., D.G. Parsons, and R.E. Proceedings of the Third Canadian relation to nutrient availability, p. 87- Crawford. 1992. Die1 pelagic foraging Workshop on Harmful Marine Algae. 104. In E. Sakshaug, C.E. Hopkins by a pandalid shrimp (Pandalus Maurice-Lamontagne Institute, Mont- and N.A. Oritsland [ed.] Proceedings montagui) off Resolution Island Joli, Quebec, May 12-14, 1992. Can. from the Pro Mare Symposium on eastern Hudson Strait. Can. J. Fish. Tech. Rep. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 1893.(Ab- Polar Marine Ecology, Trondheim. 12. Aquat. Sci. 49 (3): 565-576. stract) 16 May 1990. Polar Res. 10. Hogans, W.E., and K.J. Sulak. 1992. Johnson, B.D. and P.E. Kepkay. Harrison, W.G., L.R. Harris, D.M. Diocus lycenchelus new species 1992. Colloid transport and bacterial Karl, G.A. Knauer and D.G. Redalje. (Copepoda: Chondracanthidae) utilization of oceanic DOC. Deep-Sea 1992. Nitrogen dynamics at the parasitic on the eelpout Lycenchelys Res. 39: 855-869. VERTEX time-series site. Deep-Sea verrillii (Zoarcidae) from the Hatteras Judson, G., R. Semple, and G. Res. 39: 1535-1552. slope of the northwestern Atlantic Sharp. 1992. Seaweed resources of Harrison, W.G. and E.J.H. Head. Ocean. Bull. Mar. Sci. 51 : 301-308. Prince Edward Island. Canada. 1992. Particulate C, N, P and Si Hunt, J.J. 1992. Morphological Abstracts and Programme, XIV analysis at the Bedford Institute of characteristics of otoliths for selected International Seaweed Symposium. Oceanography, Canada. In Hurd, fish in the Northwest Atlantic. J. Kenchington, E. and M.J. Lundy. D.C., Spencer, D.W. [ed.] The Northw. Atl. Fish. Sci. 13: 63-75. 1992. 1992 Brier Island and Lurcher analysis and characterization of Hunt, J.J. and M. I. Buzeta. 1992. Shoal (Bay of Fundy) Scallop Stock marine particles. Publ. AGU, Wash- Status of the Atlantic cod stock on Status. CAFSAC Invertebrate ington, DC. Georges Bank in unit areas 5Zj and Committee Summary Sheet, Novem- Head, E.J.H. 1992. Gut pigment 5Zm, 1978-91. CAFSAC Res. Doc. ber 1992. accumulation and destruction by arctic 92/48: 23 p. Kenchington, E. and Lundy, M.J. copepods in vitro and in situ. Mar. Hunter, C. M. and M. J. Tremblay. 1992. 1991 Digby (Bay of Fundy) Biol. 112: 583-592 1992. A database for catch and length Scallop Stock Assessment. CAFSAC Head, E.J.H. 1992. Comparison of composition related to the Scotia- Res. Doc. 92/41, 27 p. the chemical composition of Fundy lobster fishery. Can. MS Rep. Kenchington, T.J., R.G. Halliday, and particulate material and copepod Fish. Aquat. Sci. 2149: 27 p. G.D. Harrison. 1992. Fishing faecal pellets at stations off the coast Hurley, P.C.F., J. Simon, and K.T. grounds exploited in 1990 by of Labrador and in the Gulf of St. Frank. 1992. Assessment of 4X longliners based in Canada’s Scotia- Lawrence. Mar. Biol. 112: 593-600. haddock in 1991. CAFSAC Research Fundy Region. NAFO SCR Doc. 92/ Head, E.J.H. and L.R. Harris. 1992. Document 92/63: 40 p. 52, Serial No. N2104: 34 p. Chlorophyll and carotenoid transfor- Jellett, J.F., L.J. Marks, J.E. Stewart, Kenchington, E. and M.J. Lundy. mation and destruction by Calanus M.L. Dorey, W. Watson-Wright, and 1992. 1992 Digby (Bay of Fundy) spp. grazing on diatoms. Mar. Ecol. J.F. Lawrence. 1992. Paralytic Scallop Stock Status. CAFSAC 118 Charts and Publications

Invertebrate Committee Summary Symp. Fish Nutrition and Feeding. Hydrobiol. 124: 309-316. Sheet, November 1992. Santiago, Chile, September 7-10, Loder, J.W., D. Brickman, and E.P.W. Kepkay, P.E. and M.L. Wells. 1992. 1992. (Abstract) Home. 1992. Detailed structure of Dissolved organic carbon in north Lambert, T.C. 1992. Subdivision currents and hydrography on the Atlantic surface waters. Mar. Ecol. 4Vn cod (May-December): Update of northern side of Georges Bank. J. Prog. Ser. 80: 275-283. stock status for 1991. CAFSAC Res. Geophys. Res., 97: 14331-14351. Kerr, S.R., and R.A. Ryder. 1992. Doc. 92/81. Loder, J.W., R.I. Perry, K.F. Effects of cultural eutrophication on Lavoie, R., D. Scarratt, K. Freeman, Drinkwater, J. Grant, G.C. Harding, coastal marine fisheries. Sci. Total and B. Bradford. 1992. Shellfish W.G. Harrison, E.P.W. Home, N.S. Environ. (Suppl.): 599-614. culture in Nova Scotia, p. 47-52. In J. Oakey, C.T. Taggart, M.J. Trembley, Komourdjian, M.K. and R.L. Cook [ed.] Science Review 1990 & D. Brinkman and M.M. Sinclair. Saunders. 1992. Cells with affinity ‘91. Dep. Fish. and Oceans, 1992. Physics and biology of the for periodic acid-Schiff are present in Dartmouth, N.S. Georges Bank frontal system, p. 57- the pars intermedia of Atlantic salmon. Lawson, J.W., G.D. Harrison, and 61. In J. Cook [ed.] Science Review Can. J. Zool. 69: 3105-3108. W.D. Bowen. 1992. Factors affecting 1990 & ‘91. Dep. Fish. and Oceans, Koshio, S., J.D. Castell, and R.K. the accuracy of age determination in Dartmouth, N.S. O’Dor, 1992. The effect of different harp seals. Marine Mammal Sci. 8: Longhurst, A.R. and R. Williams. dietary energy levels in crab-protein- 169-171. 1992. Vertical carbon flux by season- based diets on digestibility, oxygen Lawton, P. 1992. Identification of ally migrating copepods is a small consumption, and ammonia excretion lobster areas in the vicinity of pro- number. J. Plank. Res. 14 (11). of bilaterally eyestalk-ablated and posed, current and possible future Longhurst, A.R., Koike, W.K.W. Li, intact juvenile lobsters, Homarus aquaculture sites in southwestern New J. Rodriguez, P. Dickie, P. Kepkay, F. americanus. Aquaculture 108:285- Brunswick. Interim Report to the Partensky, B. Bautista, J. Ruiz, M. 297. New Brunswick Department of Wells and D. Bird. 1992. Sub-micron Kyewalyanga, M., T. Platt and S. Fisheries and Aquaculture. 77 p. particles in northwest Atlantic shelf Sathyendranath. 1992. Ocean Lawton, P., and D.A. Robichaud. water. Deep-Sea Res. 39: 1-7. primary production calculated by 1992. Lobster habitat ecology Lundy, M.J., and E. Kenchington. spectral and broad-band models. Mar. research in the Bay of Fundy, p. 53-56. 1992. Brier Island Revisited: A 1991 Ecol. Prog. Ser. 85: 171-185. In J. Cook [ed.] Science Review 1990 Scallop Stock Status Report. Lacroix, G.L. 1992. Mitigation of & ‘91. Dept. Fish. and Oceans, CAFSAC Res. Doc. 92/42, 15 p. low stream pH and its effects on Dartmouth, N.S. MacPhail, D.K. 1992. Ages of the salmonids. Environmental Pollution Lawton, P., and D.A. Robichaud. salmon broodstock collected in the 78: 157-164. 1992. Update on the fishing season Scotia-Fundy Region during 1991. Lall, S.P. and O.J. Torrissen. 1992. extension issue in Lobster Fishing Internal Document 92-04, 36 p. Nutrition and feeding of marine cold Area 36. CAFSAC Res. Doc. 92/20: Mann, K.H. 1992. Review of M.I. water fish, p. 688-696. In M.K. 22 p. El-Sabh and N. Silverberg [ed.] Stopskopf [ed.] Fish Medicine. Lawton, P, and R.K. Zimmer-Faust. Oceanography of a large-scale Saunders Press, N.Y. 1992. Context-sensitivity in crab estuarine system: The St. Lawrence. Lall, S. P. 1992. Nutritional and foraging studies. Amer. Zool. 32: 396- Quart. Rev. Biol. 67: 220. chemical characteristics of Canadian 404. Mann, K.H. 1992. The extent and fish meal and oil. Expert Committee Li, W.K.W., PM. Dickie, W.G. importance of rockweed as a habitat on Animal Nutrition Meeting. Truro, Harrison, and B.D. Irwin. 1992. for finfish, shellfish, and other species. N. S., May 31 -June 2, 1992.(Abstract) Biomass and production of bacteria CAFSAC Res. Doc. 92/1 16: 8 p. Lall, S. P 1992. Report from the and phytoplankton during the spring Mann, K.H. 1992. Physical influ- Canadian Working Group on Finfish bloom in the western North Atlantic ences on biological processes: How Nutrition. Expert Committee on Ocean. Deep-Sea Res. II, 40: 307-327. important are they? S. Afr. J. Mar. Sci. Animal Nutrition Meeting. Truro, N. Li, W.K.W., PM. Dickie, B.D. Irwin, 12: 107-121. S., May 31 -June 2, 1992. (Abstract) and A.M. Wood. 1992. Biomass of Marcogliese, D.J., and G. Lall, S.P., and J.D. Castell. 1992. Fish bacteria, cyanobacteria, McClelland. 1992. Coyosoma and invertebrate nutrition, p. 42-46. In prochlorophytes and photosynthetic vegeneri (Acanthocephala: J. Cook [ed.] Science Review 1990 & eukaryotes in the Sargasso Sea. Deep- Polymorphida) and Pseudoterranova ‘91. Dep. Fish. and Oceans, Sea Res. 39: 501-519. decipiens (Nematoda: Ascaridoidea) Dartmouth, N.S. Li, W.K.W., M.R. Lewis, and A. larvae in Scotian Shelf groundfish. Lall, S. P, S. J. Kaushik, and R. A. Lister. 1992. Flow cytometric Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 49: 2062- Keith. 1992. Quantitative arginine detection of prochlorophytes and 2069. requirement of Atlantic salmon (Salmo cyanobacteria in the Gulf of Marks, L.J., J.E. Stewart, and T. salar) reared in seawater, p 6. IV Int. Policastro, Italy. Archiv für Hastein. 1992. Evaluation of an 119 Charts and Publications indirect fluorescent antibody tech- fishery management in Scotia-Fundy. Medicine, W.B. Saunders Co., nique for detection of Aerococcus CAFSAC - The Year of the Lobster. Toronto, Montreal. viridans (var.) homari, pathogen of (Abstract) Muir, D.C.G., R. Wagemann, B.T. homarid lobsters. Dis. Aquat. Org. 13: Miller, R.J., A. Campbell, G.J. Sharp, Hargrave, D.J. Thomas, D.B. Peakall, 133-138. and C. Hudon. 1992. Are juvenile and R.J. Norstrom. 1992. Arctic Marshall, T.L. 1992. Assessment of lobsters habitat limited? p.33-42. In Y. marine ecosystem contamination. Sci. Atlantic salmon of the Saint John de LaFontaine, G. Lilly, T. Lambert, Total Environ. 122: 75- 134. River, N. B., above Mactaquac, 1991. and R. Miller [ed.] Proceedings of the Muschenheim, D.K., and C.R. CAFSAC Res. Doc. 92/74, 22 + v p. Workshop “Juvenile stages: the Newell. 1992. Utilization of seston Marshall, T.L., PG. Amiro, J.A. missing link in fisheries research”, flux over a mussel bed. Mar. Ecol. Ritter, B.M. Jessop, R.E. Cutting, and held at BIO October 1-3, 1991. Can. Prog. Ser. 85: 131-136. S.E O’Neil. 1992. Perfunctory Tech. Rep. Fish and Aquat. Sci. 1890. Nolan, S. and R. Miller. LFA 33 estimates of allowable harvests of Mohn, R. 1992. Length-based lobster fishery statistics. CAFSAC Atlantic salmon in 18 rivers of Scotia- Virtual Population Analysis: A review summary sheet. Fundy Region. CAFSAC Res. Doc. and swordfish example. ICCAT Nolan, S. and R. Miller (Abs.). 92/16, 28 p. Collected Volume of Scientific Papers. Lobster assessment methodology. Martell, D.J., and G. McClelland. XXXIX(2): 503-514. CAFSAC-The Year of the Lobster. 1992. Prey spectra of pleuronectids Mohn, R. 1992. Introduction to Novelli, A., J. Kispert, M.T. (Hippoglossoides platessoides, Sequential Population Analysis. Femandez-Sanches, A. Torreblanca, Pleuronectes ferrugineus, Workbook written for NAFO Special and V. Zitko. 1992. Domoic acid- Pleuronectes americanus) from Sable Session of Fish Stock Assessment: A containing toxic mussels produce Island Bank. Can. Tech. Rep. Fish. Tutorial/Workshop in Calibration neurotoxicity in neuronal cultures Aquat. Sci. 1895: vi + 20 p. Methods and Their Practical Use. through a synergism between Martin, J.L. and D.J. Wildish. 1992. Dartmouth, N.S., September 9-11, excitatory amino acids. Brain Res. Integrated water column versus Niskin 1992: 44 p. 577: 41-48. bottle sampling in the southwest Bay Mohn, R., and W.J. MacEachern. Novelli, A., M.T. Femandez-Sanches, of Fundy, p. 18-19. In J.-C. Therriault 1992. Assessment of 4VsW cod in J. Kispert, A. Torreblanca, S. Gascon, and M. Levasseur [ed.] Proc. Third. 1991. CAFSAC Research Document and V. Zitko. 1992. The amnesic Can. Workshop on Harmful Marine 92/54: 37 p. shellfish poison domoic acid enhances Algae. Can. Tech. Rep. Fish. Aquat. Mohn, R., D. Parsons, and L. Savard. neurotoxicity by excitatory amino Sci. 1893. (Abstract) 1992. Report of CAFSAC Special acids in cultured neurons. Amino McLean, E.J. 1992. Quality evalua- Meeting Invertebrate and Marine Plant Acids 2: 233-244. tion of hatchery-reared 1+ Atlantic Subcommittee: Shrimp management O’Boyle, R., K. Drinkwater, B. Petrie, salmon smolts. Internal Document alternatives. December 5-8, 1989. T.W. Rowell, and W.P Vass. 1992. 92-03, 129 p. Ottawa, Canada. Can. Tech. Rep. The Atlantic Fisheries Adjustment McLean, E.J. 1992. Quality evalua- Fish. Aquat. Sci. 1884: 30 p. Program, p.68-74. In J. Cook [ed.] tion of hatchery-reared 2+ Atlantic Morin, B., C. Hudon, and F. Science Review 1990 & ‘91. Dep. salmon smolts. Internal Document Whoriskey. 1992. Environmental Fish. and Oceans, Dartmouth, N.S. 92-04, 36 p. influences on seasonal distribution of O’Flynn, F.M., R.L. Saunders, J.D. Melvin, G.D., M.J. Dadswell, and J.A. coastal and estuarine fish assemblages Martin, G.W. Friars, J.K. Bailey, and McKenzie. 1992. The usefulness of at Wemindji, eastern James Bay. J.M. Terhune. 1992. The effect of meristic and morphometric characters Environ. Biol. Fish. 35: 219-229. extended daylength on early sexual in discriminating populations of Morrison, C.M. 1992. The digestive maturation and growth in Atlantic American shad (Alosa supidissima), tract of the cod eleutheroembryo salmon (Salmo salar) reared in sea inhabiting a marine environment. (“yolk-sac larva”) and larva. Bulletin cages. Salmon Genetics Res. Prog. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 49: 266-280. of the Canadian Society of Zoologists. Tech. Rep. Ser. 151: 14 p. Melvin, G.D. and F.J. Fife. 1992. 23:92. (Abstract) Olivier, G., S.G. Griffiths, J. Fildes Comparison of Canadian and United Morrison, C.M., and G. McClelland. and W.H. Lynch. 1992. The use of States larval herring surveys on 1992. (Book review) Grabda, J. Western blot and Georges Bank: 1987-91. CAFSAC 1991. “Marine Fish Parasitology: An electroimmunotransfer blot assays to Res. Doc. 92/67: 27 p. Outline”. Polish Scientific Publica- monitor bacterial kidney disease in Melvin, G.D., J.B. Sochasky, M.J. tions, Warsaw. In Europ. J. Protistol. experimentally challenged Atlantic Power, F.J. Fife, and W.H. Dougherty. 28: 249-250. salmon, Salmo salar L. J. Fish Dis. 1992. Georges Bank (5Z) herring - Morrison, C.M., and R.E. Zurbrigg. 15; 229-241. 1992 update. CAFSAC Res. Doc. 92/ 1992. Cold-water commercial marine Olivier, G. 1992. Furunculosis in the 68: 22 p. fish anatomy and physiology, p. 672- Atlantic provinces: an overview. Bull. Miller, R. 1992. Strengths of lobster 684. In M.K. Stopskoff [ed.] Fish Aquacul. Assoc. Canada 92-1: 4-10. 120 Charts and Publications

Olivier, G, and J. Daly. 1992. Re- ceedings of a symposium. S. Afr. J. Platt, T., S. Sathyendranath, O. Ulloa, search progress in fish disease detec- Mar. Sci. 12: 1-884. W.G. Harrison, N. Hoepffner, and J. tion, diagnosis and control. Aquatech Peer, D., N. Prouse, and G. Seibert. Goes. 1992. Nutrient control of 92 “Progress and profits from re- 1992. Concerns addressed in the ocean phytoplankton photosynthesis in the search” Halifax, Nova Scotia, March dumping permit process, p. 84-86. In western North Atlantic. Nature 356: 2-3, 1992. (Abstract) J. Cook [ed.] Science Review 1990 & 229-231. Olivier, G., A. R. Moore, and J. ‘91. Dep. Fish. and Oceans, Platt, T., P Jauhari, and S. Fildes. 1992. Toxicity of Aeromonas Dartmouth, N.S. Sathyendranath. 1992. The impor- salmonicida cells to Atlantic salmon, Pena, M. Angelica, W.G. Harrison and tance and measurement of new Salmo salar, peritoneal macrophages. M.R. Lewis. 1992. New production in production, p.273-284. In P.G. Dev. Comp. Immunol. 16: 49-61. the central Equatorial Pacific. Mar. Falkowski and A.D. Woodhead [ed.] Ouellet, P., C.T. Taggart, and K.T. Ecol. Prog. Ser., 80: 265-274. Primary Productivity and Frank. 1992. Lipid condition and Perry, I.A., G.C. Harding, J.W. Loder, Biogeochemical Cycles in the Sea. survival in shrimp (Pandalus borealis) M.J. Tremblay, M. Sinclair, and K.F. Plenum Press. larvae. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 49: Drinkwater. 1992. Zooplankton Pohle, G. 1992. First Canadian 368-378. distributions at the Georges Bank record of Paralomis bouvieri Hansen, Page, F.H., and R. Losier. 1992. frontal system: retention or disper- 1908 (Decapoda: Anomura: Near-bottom temperature conditions sion? Cont. Shelf Res. 13(4): 357- Lithodidae), infected by the during Canadian groundfish bottom- 383. rhizocephalan Briarosaccus callosus trawl surveys conducted within the Peterson, R.H. and A. Sreedharan. (Cirrepedia: Peltogastridae) and Scotia-Fundy Region, NAFO areas 1992. Water content of Atlantic carrying a hyperparasitic 4VWX and 5Z, between 1970 and salmon fry at first feeding in southern cryptoniscinid isopod (Epicardea). 1992. CAFSAC Working Paper 92/ New Brunswick hatcheries. Prog. Can. J. Zool. 70: 1625-1629. 156. Fish. Cult. 54: 181-183. Pohle, G., T.J. Kenchington, and R.G. Page, F.H., and R. Losier. 1992. Peterson, R.H. and L. Van Eeckhaute. Halliday. 1992. Potentially exploit- Summer hydrographic conditions on 1992. Distributions of able deepwater resources off Atlantic the eastern Scotian Shelf in 1992. Ephemeroptera, Plecoptera, and Canada. Can. Tech. Rep. Fish. Aquat. CAFSAC Working Paper 92/184. Trichoptera of three maritime catch- Sci. 1843: v + 79 p. Page, F., and S. Robinson. 1992. ments differing in pH. Freshwater Porter, J.M. 1992. Swordfish re- Salmon farming in the Bay of Fundy: Biology 27: 65-78. search and assessment, p. 87-90. In J. a chilling reminder. World Aquacult. Pezzack, D.S. 1992. A review of Cook [ed.] Science Review 1990 & 23(4): 31-34. lobster (Homarus americanus) landing 91. Dep. Fish. and Oceans, Paine, M.D., W.C. Leggett, J.K. trends in the northwest Atlantic. J. Dartmouth, N.S. McRuer, and K.T. Frank. 1992. Northw. Atl. Fish. Sci., Vol. 14: 115- Porter, J.M., and W.E. Hogans. 1992. Effects of Hibernia crude oil on 127. A mark-recapture experiment on capelin (Mallotus villosus) embryos Pezzack, D.S. 1992. Overview Scotia bluefin tuna (Thunnus thynnus, Linn.) and larvae. Mar. Environ. Res. 33: Fundy, and LFA 34. 1992 CAFSAC from the Browns-Georges Banks 159-187. Lobster Summary Sheets. region of the Canadian Atlantic. Int. Parsons, G.J., S.M.C. Robinson, R.A. Pezzack, D.S. 1992. Book Review: Comm. Conserv. Atl. Tunas, Coll. Vol. Chandler, L.A. Davidson, M. Lobsters: Florida, Bahamas, the Sci. Pap. (Madrid) 39: 689-691. Lanteigne, and M.J. Dadswell. 1992. Caribbean. Lobster Newsletter 5(1). Renaud, C.B., and C.M. Morrison. Intra-annual and long-term patterns in Pezzack, D.S. and D. R. Duggan. 1992. Histological evidence from the reproductive cycle of giant 1992. LFA 41. 1991 Lobster Sum- nuptial tubercles for the respective scallops Placpecten magellanicus mary Sheet. monophyly of the genera Gadus and (Bivalvia: Pectinidae) from Pezzack, D.S. and D. R. Duggan. Boreogadus (Gadidae). Copeia. 4: Passamaquoddy Bay, New Brunswick, 1992. LFA 41. 1992 CAFSAC 1088-1094. Canada. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 80: Lobster Summary Sheet. Ritter, J.A., and R.E. Cutting. 1992. 203-214. Pezzack, D. S., M.J. Tremblay, C. Science and Salmon Management in Parsons, G.J., C.R. Warren-Perry, and Hudon, and R. J. Miller. 1992. The the 1990s p.96-99. In J. Cook [ed.] M.J. Dadswell. 1992. Movements of inshore-offshore lobster issue in Science Review 1990 & ‘91. Dep. juvenile scallops Placopecten southwestern Nova Scotia. Can. MS Fish. and Oceans, Dartmouth, N.S. magellanicus (Gemlin, 1791) in Rep. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 2165: 23 p. Ritter, J.A., and T.L. Marshall. 1992. Passamaquoddy Bay, New Brunswick. Phillips, G.A., and B.T. Hargrave. Management of the Atlantic salmon J. Shellf. Res. 11: 295-298. 1992. Intercalibration of (Salmo salar) resource of Saint John Payne,A.I.L., K.H. Brink, K.H. organochlorine residues in biota. Can. River, New Brunswick, p. 205-218. In Mann, and R. Hillborn [ed.] 1992. Data Rep. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 879: iv + R.H. Stroud [ed.] Fisheries manage- Benguela trophic functioning. Pro- 65 p. ment: Dealing with development in 121 Charts and Publications the watershed. Amer. Fish. Sympo- virus enzootic in Canadian seals: Ser. 86: 133-144. sium 13. Implications for the European out- Sigurgisladottir, S.M., S.P. Lall, C.C. Robert, G., and M.A.E. Butler. 1992. break of 1988. The Veterinary Record Parrrish, and R.G. Ackman. 1992. Scallop fishing grounds on the Scotian 130: 514-516. Cholestane as a digestibility marker in Shelf - 1991. CAFSAC Res. Doc. 92/ Rowell, T.W. 1992. Destruction of a the absorption of polyunsaturated fatty 34: 27 p. clam population (Mya arenaria Linné) acid ethyl esters in Atlantic salmon. Robinson, S.M.C. 1992. Periwinkle through the synergistic effects of Lipids. 27: 418-424. fishery is growing. Atlantic Fish habitat change and predation by a Silverstone, M. 1992. Chamcook Farming 5(7): 8. nemertean (Cerebratulus lacteus salmon saga. Salar 11(4): 8-9. Robinson, S.M.C. [ed.] 1992. The Verril). Proc. 25th Europ. Mar. Biol. Silvert, W.L. 1992. BSIM Cookbook Canadian Connection in the National Symp.: 263-269. Supplement for Unit and VAX-VMS Shellfish Association Newsletter. Salmon Genetics Research Pro- Systems. BSIM-Central. DFO Robinson, S.M.C. 1992. Enhance- gram. 1992. Newsletter on Salmon Internal Rep.: 7 p. (Manual) ment of natural spat settlement in the Genetics Research Program, January Silvert, W.L. 1992. BSIM Cookbook soft-shell clam, Mya arenaria. J. 1992. Supplement for MS-DOS. BSIM- Shellfish Res. 11: 206 (Abstract) Salmon Genetics Research Pro- Central. DFO Internal Rep.: 8 p. Robinson, S.M.C., and R.A. Chan- gram. 1992. Newsletter on Salmon (Manual) dler. 1992. An effective and safe Genetics Research Program, August Silvert, W.L. 1992. Introduction to method for sorting small molluscs 1992. BSIM. BSIM-Central. DFO Internal from sediment. Limno. & Ocean. Salmon Genetics Research Pro- Rep.: 5 p. (Manual) 38(5): 1088-1091. gram. 1992. Salmon Genetics Silvert, W.L. 1992. Many risks, Robinson, S.M.C., J.D. Martin, and Research Program Annual Report many models: Addressing the variety R.A. Chandler. 1992. Grand Manan 1991/92. Atlantic Salmon Federation, of problems that pollution can cause. and Cape Spencer scallop stock St. Andrews. ICES 1992 Mini-Symposium on update: 1990-1991. CAFSAC Res. Sameoto, D. D. and A. Herman. Ecosystem Modelling as a Tool to Doc. 92/79: 23 p. 1992. Effects of the outflow from the Predict Pollution Associated Risks for Robinson, S.M.C., J.D. Martin, and Gulf of St. Lawrence on Nova Scotia the Marine Environment. Proceedings R.A. Chandler. 1992. Assessment of shelf zooplankton. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. of the International Council for the a large mortality of scallops in the Bay Sci. 49: 857-869. Exploration of the Sea Statutory of Fundy. CAFSAC Res. Doc. 92/80: Saunders, R.L. 1992. Enhancing Meeting. ICES C.M. 1992/Mini: 4: 4 13 p. smelt production. World Aquacult. P. Robinson, S.M.C., J.D. Martin, R.A. 23(3): 37-39. Silvert, W.L. 1992. Assessing Chandler, G.J. Parsons, and C.Y. Saunders, R.L., A.P. Farrell, and D.E. environmental impacts of finfish Couturier. 1992. Larval settlement Knox. 1992. Progression of coronary aquaculture in marine waters. patterns of the giant scallop arterial lesions in Atlantic salmon Aquacult. 107: 67-71. (Placopecten magellanicus) in (Salmo salar) as a function of growth Silvert, W.L., and D.V. Subba Rao. Passamaquoddy Bay, New Brunswick. rate. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 49: 878- 1992. Dynamic model of the flux of CAFSAC Res. Doc. 92/115: 26 p. 884. domoic acid, a neurotoxin, through the Roddick, D.L. 1992. Banquereau Saunders, R.L. and F.M. O'Flynn. Mytilus edulis population of Cardigan Bank Arctic surfclam Mactromeris 1992. Physiological indications of Bay, P.E.I. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. polynyma, 1992. CAFSAC Inverte- smolt development in fibreglass and 49(2): 400-405. brate Committee Summary Sheet, concrete tanks. Ann. Rep. Salmon Sinclair, M., S. Wilson, and D.V November 1992. Genetics Res. Prog. 1991/1992: 18-19. Subba Rao. 1992. Overview of the Roddick, D.L., and D. Lemon. 1992. Schneider, F.I., and K.H. Mann. biological oceanography of the Gulf of Exploratory Survey for Small Arctic 1991. Rapid recovery of fauna Maine, p. 91 - 111. In J. Wiggins and Surfclams on the Eastern Scotian following simulated ice rafting in a C.N.K. Mooers [ed.] Proceedings of Shelf. Can. Ind. Rep. Fish. Aquat. Sci. Nova Scotia seagrass bed. Mar. Ecol. the Gulf of Maine Scientific Work- 215: 33 p. Prog. Ser. 78: 57-70. shop, Woods Hole, Massachusetts, 8- Roddick, D.L., and R.J. Miller. 1992. Siferd, T.D. and R.J. Conover. 1992. 10 Jan. 1991. Gulf of Maine Council The spatial and temporal overlap of An opening-closing plankton net for on the Marine Environment. Urban the American lobster and giant scallop horizontal sampling through polar sea- Harbors Institute, University of as related to the impact of inshore ice. Sarsia 76: 273-277. Massachusetts, Boston. scallop dragging. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Siferd, T.D. and R.J. Conover. 1992. Smith, S.J., and G. Robert. 1992. Sci. 7: 1486-1492. Natural history of ctenophores in the Scallops, sampling and the law. Ross, P.S., I.K.G. Visser, M.W.G. van Resolute Passage area of the Canadian American Statistical Association, de Bildt, W.D. Bowen, and A.D.M.E. high arctic with special reference to 1991. Proceedings of the Section on Osterhaus. 1992. Phocine distemper Mertensia ovum. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Statistics and the Environment: 102- 122 Charts and Publications

109. Wohlgeschaffen, and W.K.W. Li. Tremblay, M. J., M. Eagles, and R. Smith, T.E., and S.R. Kerr. 1992. 1992. Gametogenesis in Nitzschia W. Elner. 1992. Trial use of a claw Introductions of species transported in pungens f. multiseries. J. Phycol. 28: gauge as an alternate measure of ships’ ballast waters: The risk to 574-576. minimum legal size in the snow crab Canada’s marine resources. Can. Subba Rao, D.V., and Y. Pan. 1992. fishery of eastern Cape Breton (Area Tech. Rep. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 1867: vi Physiological ecology of Dinophysis 23). CAFSAC Res. Doc. 92/24. 11 p. + 16p. norvegica, a redwater bloom species, Tremblay, M.J., R.S. Rodger, and Smith, W.O., Jr. and W.G. Harrison. in Bedford Basin, Nova Scotia, p. 43. D.S. Pezzack. 1992. Evaluating trends 1992. New production in polar In J.-C. Therriault and M. Levasseur in catch rate from voluntary fishing regions: the role of environmental [ed.] Proceedings of the Third logs in the Nova Scotia lobster fishery. controls. Deep-Sea Res., 38: 1463- Canadian Workshop on Harmful CAFSAC Res. Doc. 92/121: 21 p. 1479. Marine Algae. Maurice Lamontagne Tremblay, M.J., and M. Sinclair. Stefansson, S.O., A.E. Berg, T. Institute, Mont-Joli, Quebec, May 12- 1992. Planktonic sea scallop larvae Hansen, and R.L. Saunders. 1992. 14, 1992. Can. Tech. Rep. Fish. (Placopecten magellanicus) in the The potential for development of Aquat. Sci. 1893. (Abstract) Georges Bank region: broadscale salinity tolerance in underyearling Subba Rao, D.V., J. Sita Devi, and distribution in relation to physical Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar). World J.S.S. Lakshminarayana. 1992. oceanography. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Aquacult. 23(2): 52-55. Harmful marine phytoplankton of Sci. 49: 1597-1615. Stephenson, R.L. 1992. An overview Canadian Atlantic waters, p. 43. In J.- Trippel, E.A., and J.D. Neilson. of herring assessments in the northeast C. Therriault and M. Levasseur [ed.] 1992. Fertility and sperm quality of and northwest Atlantic. ICES C.M. Proceedings of the Third Canadian virgin and repeat-spawning Atlantic 1992/H: 26: 7 p. Workshop on Harmful Marine Algae. cod (Gadus morhua) and associated Stephenson, R.L., M.J. Power, J.B. Maurice Lamontagne Institute, Mont- hatching success. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sochasky, W.H. Dougherty, F.J. Fife, Joli, Quebec, May 12-14, 1992. Can. Sci. 49: 2118-2127. G.D. Melvin, and D.E. Lane. 1992. Tech. Rep. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 1893. Tsukimura, B., S. Waddy, J.M. Vogel, 1991 4WX herring assessment. (Abstract) and D.W. Borst. 1992. The regulation CAFSAC Res. Doc. 92/69: 51 p. Sulak, K.J. 1992. Guide to adult of vitelogenesis in the lobster, Stevenson, D.K. and S.E. Campana flatishes (poissons plats) of the Homarus americanus. Amer. Zool. [ed.] 1992. Otolith microstructure Canadian Atlantic. Atlantic Reference 32: 28A (Abs.) examination and analysis. Can. Spec. Centre Species ID Leaflet No. 91-01 F: Ugarte, R.A., J. Pringle, and R. Publ. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 117: 130 p. 22 p. Duggan. 1992. A field study of Stewart, J.E. 1992. Invertebrates, p. Suthers, I.M., A. Fraser, and K.T. embryo development and ovigerous 53-56. In J. Wong [ed.]. Proceedings Frank. 1992. Comparison of lipid, female Homarus americanus behav- of the Canadian Council on Animal otolith and morphometric condition iour in relation to temperature. First Care Workshop on Animal Care indices of pelagic juvenile cod (Gadus European Crustacean Conference, Committees: Role and Responsibili- morhua) from the Canadian Atlantic. Paris, August 1992. (Abstract) ties. Can. Counc. Anim. Care, Ottawa. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 84: 31-40. Ulloa, O., S. Sathyendranath, T. Platt Stewart, J.E., and R.H. Cook. 1992. Taylor, S. 1992. Halibut ho! North- and R.A. Quifiones. 1992. Light Final progress report of the Study ern Aquacult. 8(1): 23-24, 32. scattering by marine heterotrophic Group on the Potential for Culture of Thiebaux, M.L., P.R. Boudreau, and bacteria. J. Geophys. Res. - Oceans Species. ICES C.M. 1992/F3 L.M. Dickie. 1991. An analytical 97(C6): 9619-9629. (Maricult. Comm.): 24 + Append. model of acoustic fish reflection for Volterra, L., and S.R. Kerr. 1992. Stobo, W.T., G.M. Fowler, and A.F. estimation of maximum dorsal aspect Summary of discussions of Workshop Sinclair. 1992. Short-term tagging target strength. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. 2: Impact of Marine Eutrophication mortality of laboratory held juvenile Sci. 48: 1772-1782. on Humans and Economic Activities. Atlantic herring (Clupea h. harengus). Thiebaux, M.L., and L.M. Dickie. Sci. Total Environ. (Suppl.): xix-xx. J. Northw. Atl. Fish. Sci. 12: 27-33. 1992. Models of aquatic biomass size Waddy, S.L. [ed.] 1992. Bull. Storey, A.E., R.E. Anderson, J.M. spectra and the common structure of Aquacult. Assoc. Can. 92-1: 72 p. Porter, and A. McCharles. 1992. their solutions. J. Theor. Biol. 159: Waddy, S.L. [ed.] 1992. Bull. Absence of parent-young recognition 147-161. Aquacult. Assoc. Can. 92-2: 24 p. in kittiwakes: a re-examination. Thouzeau, G. 1992. Biological Waddy, S.L. [ed.] 1992. Bull. Behaviour 120: 302-323. interactions between sea scallops Aquacult. Assoc. Can. 92-3: 88 p. Strong, M.B. 1992. Variability of (Placopecten magellanicus) and other Waddy, S.L. [ed.] 1992. Bull. trawl performance on Scotia-Fundy benthic megainvertebrates on Georges Aquacult. Assoc. Can. 92-4: 36 p. groundfish surveys. CAFSAC Res. Bank, Northwest Atlantic. Marine Waddy, S.L., and D.E. Aiken. 1992. Doc. 92158: 24 p. Benthic Ecology Meeting, 1992, Seasonal variation in spawning Subba Rao, D.V, F. Partensky, G.D. Newport, R.I., U.S.A. (Abstract) response of preovigerous lobster 123 Charts and Publications

(Homarus americanus) to manipula- Scotia. Atlantic Region LRTAP domoic acid: Accumulation and tion of photoperiod and temperature. Monitoring and Effects Report for excretion in two commercially Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 49: 1114- 1991, p. 108-147. Environment important bivalves. J. Appl. Phycol. 4: 1117. Canada, Dartmouth, NS. 297-310. Waddy, S.L., and D.E. Aiken. 1992. Welch, H.E., M.A. Bergmann, T.D. Wohlgeschaffen, G.D., D.V. Subba Environmental intervention in the Siferd, K.A. Martin, M.F. Curtis, R.E. Rao, and K.H. Mann. 1992. Vat reproductive process of the American Crawford, R.J. Conover and H. Hop. incubator with immersion core lobster, Homarus americanus. Invert. 1992. Energy flow through the marine illumination - a new inexpensive set- Reprod. Develop. 22: 245-252. ecosystem of the Lancaster Sound up for mass phytoplankton culture. J. Waiwood, K.G. 1992. Continuing region. Arctic 45(4): 343-357. Appl. Phycol. 4: 25-29. studies on Atlantic halibut. The Water Werner, F.E., F.H. Page, D.R. Lynch, Wormuth, J.H., R.K. O’Dor, N. Column (Winter 1992) J.W. Loder, R.G. Lough, R.I. Perry, Balch, M.C. Dunning, E.C. Forch, Waiwood, B.A., K. Haya, and L. Van D.A. Greenberg, and M.M. Sinclair. R.F. Harman, and T.W. Rowell. 1992. Eeckhaute. 1992. Energy metabolism 1992. Influences of mean advection Ommastrephidae, p. 105-119. In M.J. of hatchery-reared juvenile salmon and simple behaviour on the distribu- Sweeney,C.F.E. Roper, K.M. (Salmo salar) exposed to low pH. tion of cod (Gadus morhua) and Mangold, M.R. Clarke, and S.V. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 101C: 49- haddock (Melanogrammus aeglefinus) Boletzky [ed.] Larval and Juvenile 56. on Georges Bank, p. 319. EOS Chephalopods: A Manual for Their Waldron, D.E. 1992. Diet of silver 73(43).(Abstract) Identification. Smithson. Contrib. hake (Merluccius bilinearis) on the Wildish, D.J. 1992. The effect of Zool. Scotian Shelf. J. Northw. Atl. Fish. flow on the suspension feeding of Zitko, V. 1992. Assessment of the Sci., Vol. 14: 87-101. molluscs, p. 108-110. In J. Cook [ed.] significance of chemicals in Waldron, D.E., M.A. Showell, and Science Review 1990 & ‘91. Dep. sediments. J. Environ. Sci. Health M.C. Bourbonnais. 1992. Status of Fish. and Oceans, Dartmouth, N.S. A27: 273-281. the Scotian Shelf silver hake (whiting) Wildish, D.J., D.D. Kristmanson, and Zitko, V. 1992. Patterns of 2,3,7.8- population in 1991 with projections to A.M. Saulnier. 1992. Interactive substituted chlorinated dibenzodioxins 1993. NAFO SCR Doc. 92/50. effect of velocity and seston concen- and dibenzofurans in aquatic fauna. Watson-Wright, W.M., M.M. Maher, tration on giant scallop feeding Sci. Total Environ. 111: 95- 108. G.G. Sims, and J.F. Lawrence. 1992. inhibition. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. Zouros, E., K. R. Freeman, A. O. Ball, Cooking-induced changes in toxicity 155: 161-168. and G.R. Pogson. 1992. Direct and profile of paralytic shellfish Wildish, D.J., J.L. Martin, and M. evidence for extensive paternal poisons in lobster hepatopancreas, Ringuette. 1992. Methods to assess mitochondrial DNA inheritance in the p.99. VIII Int. IUPAC Symp. on potentially harmful microalgae in the marine mussel Mytilus. Nature. Mycotoxins and Phycotoxins, Mexico Bay of Fundy salmonid culture 359(6394): 412-414. City, November 1992. (Abstract) industry, p.23. In J.-C. Therriault and Zwanenburg, K. 1992. An assess- Watson-Wright, W.M., G. Sims, C. M. Levasseur [ed.] Proc. Third. Can. ment of eastern Scotian Shelf haddock Smyth, M. Gillis, M. Maher, D.E. Workshop on Harmful Marine Algae. for 1992. CAFSAC Research Docu- Sinclair, and M. Gilgan. 1992. Can. Tech. Rep. Fish. Aquat. Sci. ment 92/39. Identification of tetramine as toxin 1893. (Abstract) Zwanenburg, K.C.T., P. Bentzen, and causing food poisoning in Atlantic Wildish, D.J., and A.M. Saulnier. J.M. Wright. 1992. Mitochondrial Canada following ingestion of whelks 1992. The effect of velocity and flow DNA differentiation in western North (Neptuna decemcostata). Proc. 10th direction on the growth of juvenile and Atlantic populations of haddock World Congress on Animal, Plant and adult giant scallops. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. (Melanogrammus aeglefinus). Can. J. Microbial Toxins 2: 634-641. Ecol. 155: 133-143. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 49: 2527-2537. Watson-Wright, W.M., C. Smyth, G. Wildish, D.J., A.J. Wilson, and B. Sims, J. Marr; J. Lawrence, D. Frost. 1992. Benthic boundary layer 1993 Sinclair, and M. Gilgan. 1992. macrofauna of Browns Bank, north- Addison, R.F., and W.T. Stobo. 1993. Recent food safety incidents involving west Atlantic as potential prey of Organochlorine residue concentrations marine biotoxins in Atlantic Canada, juvenile benthic fish. Can. J. Fish. and burdens in grey seal (Halichoerus p. 69-79. In K. Mise and J.L. Richard Aquat. Sci. 49: 91-98. grypus) blubber during the first year of [ed.] Proc. 7th UJNR Int. Symp. on Williamson, A. 1992. Historical life. J. Zool. 230: 443-450. Emerging Food Safety Problems lobster landings for Atlantic Canada, Aiken, D. E. [ed.] 1993. World Resulting from Microbial Contamina- 1892-1989. Can. MS Rep. Fish. Aquaculture 24( 1): 80 p. tion, Tokyo, Japan. Aquat. Sci. 2164: 110 p. Aiken, D. E. [ed.] 1993. World Watt, W.D. and W.J. White. 1992. Wohlgeschaffen, G.D., K.H. Mann, Aquaculture 24(2): 112 p. Creating a de-acidified Atlantic D.V. Subba Rao, and R. Pocklington. Aiken, D. E. 1993. Aquaculture in salmon refuge in the East River, Nova 1992. Dynamics of the phycotoxin Atlantic Canada. Can. Bull. Fish. 124 Charts and Publications

Aquat. Sci. 226: 411-466. Benz, G. W. and W. E. Hogans, 1993. Campana, S.E., H.A. Oxenford, and Amiro, P.G. 1993. Habitat measure- Pennella filosa (L., 1758) (Copepoda: J.N. Smith. 1993. Radiochemical ment and population estimation of Siphonostomatoida) from the escolar determination of longevity in juvenile Atlantic salmon (Salmo Lepidocybium flavobrunneum (Smith, flyingfish (Hirundichthys affinis) salar), p. 81-97. In R.J. Gibson and 1849) in the north-west Atlantic. using Th-228/Ra-228. Mar. Ecol. R.E. Cutting [ed.]. Production of Systematic Parasit. 26: 127- 131. Prog. Ser. 100: 211-219. juvenile Atlantic salmon, Salmo salar, Black, G.A.P., R.K. Mohn, G. Robert, Christie, W.J., S.R. Kerr, J. Eaton, in natural waters. Can. Spec. Publ. and M.J. Tremblay. 1993. Atlas of the C.J. Edwards, E.L. Mills, J.H. Leach, Fish. Aquat. Sci. 118. biology and distribution of the sea M.L. Jones, W.W. Taylor, C.P Amiro, P.G., R.E. Cutting, B.M. scallop Placopecten magellanicus and Schneider, J.F. Koonce, J. Elrod, R.A. Jessop, T.L. Marshall, and S.E O’Neil. Iceland scallop Chlamys islandica in Ryder, U. Borgmann, and O.E. 1993. Status of Atlantic salmon stocks the Northwest Atlantic. Can. Tech. Johannson. 1993. Lake Ontario: An of Scotia-Fundy Region, 1992. DFO Rep. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 1915: 40 p. ecosystem in transition. Report of the Atl. Fish. Res. Doc. 93/13: ix + 16 p. Black, G.AP., and R. Mohn. 1993. Lake Ontario Pelagic Community Anderson, S. A., S. P. Lall, D. M. Interactive data visualization of Health Indicator Committee, Ref. No. Anderson and M. A. McNiven. 1993. fisheries management systems. ICES 1-635-160: 65 p. Evaluation of protein quality in fish CM 1993/D: 6: 17 p. Clark, D. S. 1993. The influence of meals by chemical and biological Boness, D.J., W.D. Bowen, and J. depth and bottom type on area swept assays. Aquaculture, 115: 305-325. Francis. 1993. Implications of DNA by groundtrawl, and consequences for Anderson, S. A., S. P. Lall, D. M. fingerprinting for understanding survey indices and population esti- Anderson and M. A. McNiven. 1993. pinniped mating systems and repro- mates. DFO Atl. Fish. Res. Doc. 93/ Lysine requirement for Atlantic ductive strategies. Symp. Zool. Soc. 40 15 p. salmon (Salmo salar) fingerlings. p. Long. 66: 61-93. Conover, R.J., and T.D. Siferd. 1993. 867-872 In S. J. Kaushik and P. Boudreau, P.R. 1993. Regional data Dark-season survival strategies of Luquet [ed.] Fish Nutrition in and information system requirements coastal-zone zooplankton in the Practice. INRA, Paris. for the Gulf of Maine, p.15-18. In E. Canadian arctic. Arctic 46(4): 303- Anderson, S. A., S. P. Lall, D. M. Braasch [ed.] Gulf of Maine Data and 311. Anderson and M. A. McNiven. 1993. Information Systems - Workshop Cranford, P.J., B.T. Hargrave, B.A. Quantitative lysine requirement of Proceedings. Dartmouth College, MacDonald, and J.E. Ward. 1993. In Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar). Can J. Hanover, N.H. situ feeding studies of adult sea Fish Aquat. Sci. 50: 316-322. Bowen, D., R. Brown, W. Kimmins, scallops. Presentation at the 9th Ang, P., G.J. Sharp and R. Semple. M. Mezei, J. Parsons, B. Pohojdak, International Pectinid Workshop, 1993. Changes in the population and W. Sobo. 1993. Birth Control for Nanaimo, B.C. (Poster) structure of Ascophyllum nodosum Le seals. Symposium on contraception in Cross, T., Bailey J., Friars, G. and Jolis due to mechanical harvesting. wildlife management. Denver, O’Flynn, F. 1993. Maintenance of Hydrobiologica 260/261: 321-326. Colorado. October, 1993. (Poster) genetic variability in reared Atlantic Anon. 1993. Briefing on measures to Brock, J., S. Sathyendranath, and T. salmon (Salmo salar) stocks, p.356- minimize bycatches in the silver hake Platt. 1993. Modeling the seasonality 366. In Salmon in the Sea. Sponsored fishery. Presented to Harris Panel on of subsurface light and primary by the Atlantic Salmon Trust, Atlantic Foreign Fishing, 13 August 1993. 21 production in the Arabian Sea. Mar. Salmon Federation, Dept. of Fisheries P. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 101: 209-221. and Oceans. Anon. 1993. Briefing on biological Brodie, P.F. 1993. A note on some Daly, J. G., A. K. Kew, A. R. Moore aspects of silver hake fishery manage- aspects of the physiology and bio- and G. Olivier. 1993. Responses of the ment. Presented to FRCC 6 August mechanical research conducted on salmonid immune system after 1993. 18 p. rorquals from Iceland. Int. Whaling vaccination with live, avirulent Anon. 1993. Salmon Genetics Comm. Rep. Comm. 43: 501-504. Aeromonas salmonicida, p.75. Research Program Annual Report Brodie, P.F. 1993. Noise generated Aquaculture Canada ‘93, 1992/93. by the jaw actions of feeding fin Charlottetown, PEI, Aug 24-27. Anon. 1993. Salmon Genetics whales. Can. J. Zool. 71. (Abstract) Research Program Newsletter. April Butler, M.A.E. and G. Robert. 1993. Duston, J. 1993. Effects of dietary 1993. Update of the Scotian Shelf shrimp betaine and sodium chloride on Baily, J. K, G. Olivier and G. W. fishery - 1992. CAFSAC Res. Doc. seawater adaptation in Atlantic salmon Friars. 1993. Inheritance of 92/108, 20 p. parr (Salmo salar L.). Comp. furunculosis resistance in Atlantic Campana, S.E., and J.M. Casselman. Biochem. Physiol. 105A: 673-677 salmon, p. 6. Aquaculture Canada ‘93, 1993. Stock identification using Frank, K.T., J.E. Carscadden, and Charlottetown, PEI, Aug 24-27. otolith shape analysis. Can. J. Fish. W.C. Leggett. 1993. Causes of (Abstract) Aquat. Sci. 50: 1062-1083. spatio-temporal variation in the 125 Charts and Publications patchiness of larval fish distribution: 93/108, Ser. No. N2301: 8 p. dissolved oxygen and ammonium Differential mortality or behaviour? Halliday, R.G., and T. Kenchington. associated with marine cultured Fish. Oceanogr. 2: 3/4, 114-123. 1993. Size selection of groundfish Atlantic salmon. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. Friars, G.W., 1993. Breeding Atlantic longline gear. DFO Scotia-Fundy 96: 249-257. Salmon: A Primer. Atlantic Salmon Region, Halifax, N.S., Project Sum- Hargrave, B.T., D.C.G. Muir, and T.F. Federation, St. Andrews, 33 p. mary No. 40, April, 1993, 4 p + insert. Bidleman. 1993. Toxaphene in Gavaris, S. 1993. Assessment of the Hanke, A. R. 1993. Commercial amphipods and zooplankton from the southwest Scotian Shelf and Bay of fishery based estimate of pollock Arctic Ocean. Chemosphere 27: Fundy cod. DFO Atl. Fish. Res. Doc. abundance on the Scotian Shelf. DFO 1949-1963. 93/32: 25. Atl. Fish. Res. Doc. 93/43: 6 p. Harrison, W.G. 1993. Nutrient Gavaris, S. 1993. Analytical esti- Hanke, A. R. 1993. Commercial recycling in production experiments, mates of reliability for the projected fishery based estimate of cod abun- p.149-158. In W.K.W. Li and S.Y. yield from commercial fisheries, dance in NAFO Division 4X. DFO Maestrini [ed.] Measurement of p. 185-191. In S. J. Smith, J. J. Hunt Atl. Fish. Res. Doc. 93/44: 7 p. Primary Production from the Molecu- and D. Rivard [ed.] Risk evaluation Hanke, A.R. 1993. Commercial lar to the Global Scale. ICES Marine and biological reference points for fishery based estimate of cod and Science Symposium 197. fisheries management. Can. Spec. haddock abundance on Georges Bank. Harrison, W.G., E.J.H. Head, E.P.W. Publ. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 120. DFO Atl. Fish. Res. Doc. 93/45: 8 p. Home, B. Irwin, W.K.W. Li, A.R. Gavaris, S., and L. Van Eeckhaute. Hanke, A.R., 1993. The effects of Longhurst, M.A. Paranjape, and T. 1993. Application of length at age hatch time and family competition on Platt. 1993. The western North distributions to derive age composi- the growth of grilse and a two- Atlantic Bloom Experiment. Deep-Sea tions of Georges Bank haddock from seawinter stock of Atlantic salmon Res. II 40: 279-305. length frequencies. ICCAT SCRS/93/ parr (Salmo salar L.). Ph.D. Thesis, Head, E.J.H., and E.P.W. Home. 55. University of New Brunswick, 1993. Pigment transformation and Gavaris, S., and L. Van Eeckhaute. Fredericton. vertical flux in an area of convergence 1993. Assessment of the eastern Harding, G.C. 1993. Larval lobster in the North Atlantic. Deep-Sea Georges Bank haddock. DFO Atl. ecology and recruitment, p. 2-4. In Research IT 40: 329-346. Fish. Res. Doc. 93/36: 33 p. Can. Atl. Fish. Sci. Adv. Comm. Heras, H., J. Kean-Howie, and R.G. Gibson, R.J., and R.E. Cutting [ed.] Invertebrates and Marine Plants Ackman, 1993 Use of lipid 1993. Production of juvenile Atlantic Subcommittee Report 92/15. Adden- microspheres as nutritional supple- salmon, Salmo salar, in natural waters. dum: The Year of the Lobster. ments in aquaculture, p.48. Can. Spec. Publ. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 118: Harding, G., E. Kenchington, and Z. Aquaculture Canada ‘93, 262 p. Zheng, 1993. Morphometrics of Charlottetown, PEI, Aug 24-27. Gordon, D.C., Jr., P.J. Cranford, D.K. lobster larvae, Homarus americanus (Abstract) Muschenheim, J.W. Loder, PD. Milne Edwards, in relation to stock Herman, A.W., N.A. Cochrane, and Keizer, and K. Krank. 1993. Predict- determinations in the Maritimes, D.D. Sameoto. 1993. Detection and ing the environmental impacts of Canada. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. abundance estimation of euphausiids drilling wastes on Georges Bank 50(1): 43-52. using an optical plankton counter. scallop populations, p. 139-147. In Hargrave, B.T. 1993. Seasonal Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 94: 165- 173. PM. Ryan [ed.] Managing the Envi- variability in particle sedimentation. Hoey, J. J., J. Mejuto, J. Porter, and Y. ronmental Impact of Offshore Oil Cont. Shelf Res. 14(2/3): 279-293. Uozumi. 1993. A standardized Production. Proceedings of the 32nd Hargrave, B.T., B. von Bodungen, P. biomass index of abundance for North annual meeting of the Canadian Stoffyn-Egli, and P.J. Mudie. 1993. Atlantic swordfish. Int. Comm. Society of Environmental Biologists, Seasonal variability in particle Conserv. Atl. Tunas Coll. Vol. Sci. St.John’s, Newfoundland, Canada, sedimentation under permanent ice Pap., Madrid 40: 344-352. April 1-4, 1992. cover in the Arctic Ocean. Cont. Shelf Hogans, W.E., M.J. Dadswell, L.S. Haist, V., and J. M. Porter. 1993. Res. 14: 279-293. Uhazy, and R.G. Appy, 1993. Para- Evaluation of alternative methods to Hargrave, B.T., L.I. Doucette, and sites of American shad, Alosa estimate age compositions from length T.G. Milligan. 1993. Geochemical sapidissima (Osteichyes: Clupeidae), frequency data with specific reference characteristics and benthic macrofauna from rivers of the North American to Atlantic swordfish, Xiphias gladius. biomass in intertidal and subtidal Atlantic coast and the Bay of Fundy, Int. Comm. Conserv. Atl. Tunas Coll. sediments of Annapolis Basin, Nova Canada. Can. J. Zool. 71: 941-946. Vol. Sci. Pap., Madrid 40: 331-343. Scotia, 1993. Can. Data Rep. Fish. Hunt, J. J., and M.-I. Buzeta. 1993. Halliday, R.G. 1993. An analysis of Aquat. Sci. 915: iv + 88 p. Biological update Georges Bank cod scientific advice and TAC levels for Hargrave, B.T., D.E. Duplisea, E. in unit areas 5Zj,m for 1978-92. DFO the Scotian Shelf (Divisions 4VWX) Pfeiffer, and D.J. Wildish. 1993. Atl. Fish. Res. Doc. 93/39: 20 p. silver hake stock. NAFO SCR Doc. Seasonal changes in benthic fluxes of Iverson, S.J., W.D. Bowen, D.J. 126 Charts and Publications

Boness, and O.T. Oftedal. 1993. The adductor muscles of the sea scallop Lall, S. P. 1993. Fish Digestibility interrelationship of maternal size and (Placopecten magellanicus) and the Measurements in Feedstuffs for milk energy output, and its effect on iceland scallop (Chlamys islandica). Atlantic Salmon, p.92. Aquaculture pup growth in grey seals. Physiol. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 50: 1222- Canada ‘93, Charlottetown, August Zool. 66: 61-88. 1228. 24-27, 1993. (Abstract) Johnson, C.R., and K.H. Mann. Kenchington, E. and D.L. Roddick, Lane, D. E., and R. L. Stephenson. 1993. Rapid succession in subtidal 1993. Molecular evolution within the 1993. A decision making framework understory seaweeds during recovery phylum Mollusca with emphasis on for providing catch advice in fisheries. from overgrazing by sea urchins in the class Bivalvia, 9th International Presented at Third Canadian Confer- eastern Canada. Bot. Mar. 36: 63-77. Pectinid Workshop, Nanaimo, B.C. ence on Environmental and Natural Kang, S. J, S. P. Lall, and R. G. (Abstract) Resources Economics, Univ. of Ackman. 1993. Utilization of dogfish Kenchington, T. and E.L.R. Ottawa, Oct. 1-3, 1993. PRISM liver oil by Atlantic Salmon (Salmo Kenchington, 1993. An eighteenth- Working Paper 93-62 (Univ. of salar), p.49. Aquaculture Canada ‘93, century commercial length-frequency Ottawa, Faculty of Admin.). Charlottetown, August 24-27, 1993. sample of Atlantic cod, Gadus Lawton, P. 1993. Salmon (Abstract) morhua, based on archaeological data. Aquaculture and the Traditional Keizer, P.D., D.C. Gordon, Jr., T.W. Fish. Res. 18: 335-347. Invertebrate Fisheries of the Fundy Rowell, R. McCurdy, D. Borgal, T.A. Kepkay, P.E. 1993. Surface coagula- Isles Region: Habitat Mapping and Clair, D. Taylor, J.G.Ogden, III, and tion of DOC and bacterial respiration - Impact Definition. Report to the New G.E.M. Hall. 1993. Synoptic water The biology of carbon dioxide flux Brunswick Department of Fisheries quality survey of Halifax/Dartmouth across the air-sea interface. Abstracts and Aquaculture. 84 p. Metro Area lakes on April 16, 1991. of the American Society for Lawton, P, and D. A. Robichaud. Can. Data Rep. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 9 14: Limnology and Oceanography: S33-1 1993. Progress Report on the 1992 vii + 76 p. (invited paper). LFA 36 Lobster Tagging Study. Kenchington, E. 1993. The use of Kepkay, P.E., S.E.H. Niven, and T.G. Manuscript prepared for LFA 35, 36, RNA/DNA in Monitoring Scallops Milligan. 1993. Low molecular and 38 Advisory Committees, Febru- Stock Health. Digby Scallop Days, weight and colloidal DOC production ary, 1993. 10 p. Digby, N.S. (Poster) during a phytoplankton bloom. Mar. Lawton, P., and D. A. Robichaud. Kenchington, E., and Lundy, M. J. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 100: 233-244. 1993. Second Progress Report on the 1993. Towards a minimum meat Lall, S. P., J. S. Anderson, D. M. 1992 LFA 36 Lobster Tagging Study. weight regulation for the inshore sea Anderson and R.A. Keith. 1993. Manuscript prepared for LFA 35, 36, scallop (Placopecten magellanicus) Digestibility and availability of amino and 38 Advisory Committees, August, fishery. DFO Atl. Fish. Res. Doc. 93/ acids from fishery by-products for 1993. 7 p. 16, 5p. Atlantic salmon, p.38. Fifth Int’1 Fish Li, W.K.W. 1993. Estimation of Kenchington, E. and M.J. Lundy. Nutrition and Feeding Symp. Hobart, primary production by flow cytometry, 1993. Fishing Logbooks: The Value Tasmania, October 4-7, 1993. (Ab- p.79-91. In W.K.W. Li and S.Y. of Logbooks in Scallop Management. stract) Meastrini [ed.] Measurement of Digby Scallop Days, Digby, N.S., Lall, S. P. and G. Olivier. 1993. Role Primary Production from the Molecu- Science and Technology Awareness of micronutrients in immune response lar to the Global Scale, ICES Marine Week, Halifax, N.S. (Poster) and disease resistance in fish. p. 101- Science Symposium 197. Kenchington, E. and M.J. Lundy. 118. In S. J. Kaushik and P. Luquet Li, W.K.W., B.D. Irwin, and PM. 1993. Scallop Abundance in the Bay [ed.] Fish Nutrition in Practice. Dickie. 1993. Dark fixation of 14C: of Fundy. Digby Scallop Days, Digby, INRA, Paris. Variations related to biomass and N.S., Science and Technology Aware- Lall, S. P., and G. Olivier. 1993. productivity of phytoplankton and ness Week, Halifax, N.S.(Poster) Effects of vitamins, iron and commer- bacteria. Limno. Ocean. 38: 483-494. Kenchington, E., M.J. Lundy, and V. cial immunostimulants on immune Li, W.K.W., PM. Dickie, W.G. Hazelton, 1993. Seasonal changes in response and disease resistance in Harrison, and B.D. Irwin. 1993. somatic and reproductive tissue Atlantic salmon, p.6. Fifth Int’1 Fish Biomass and production of bacteria weights in wild populations of Nutrition and Feeding Symp. Hobart, and phytoplankton during the spring Placopecten magellanicus from the Tasmania, October 4-7, 1993. (Ab- bloom in the western North Atlantic Bay of Fundy, Canada, 9th Interna- stract) Ocean. Deep-Sea Res. II 40: 307-327. tional Pectinid Workshop, Nanaimo, Lall, S. P. and G. Olivier 1993. The Li, W.K.W., and S.Y. Maestrini [ed.] B.C. (Abstract) effect of ascorbic acid on the immune 1993. Measurement of Primary Kenchington, E., K.S. Naidu, D.L. response and disease resistance of Production from the Molecular to the Roddick, D. Cook, and E. Zouros, Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) smolts Global Scale. ICES Marine Science 1993. The Use of biochemical genetic reared in sea water. Progress report Symposium 197: 1-287. markers to discriminate between presented to Hoffmann-La Roche. Li, W.K.W., T. Zohary, Y.Z. Yacobi, 127 Charts and Publications and A.M. Wood. 1993. UNESCO, Paris. S.J. Smith, J.J. Hunt, and D. Rivard Ultraphytoplankton in the eastern Martin, J. L., K. Haya, and D. J. [ed.] Risk Evaluation and Biological Mediterranean Sea: towards deriving Wildish. 1993. Distribution and Reference Points for Fisheries Man- phytoplankton biomass from flow domoic acid content of Nitzschia agement. Can. Spec. Publ. Fish. cytometric measurements of abun- pseudodelicatissima in the Bay of Aquat. Sci. 120. dance, fluorescence and light scatter. Fundy, p.613-618. In T. J. Smayda Mohn, R., and R. Cook. 1993. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 102: 79-87. and Y. Shimizu [ed.] Toxic Introduction to Sequential Population Loder, J.W., K.F. Drinkwater, N.S. phytoplankton blooms in the sea. Analysis. NAFO Sci. Count. Studies. Oakey, and E.P.W. Home. 1993. Elsevier, Amsterdam. No. 17: 110 p.. Circulation, hydrographic structure McClelland, G. 1993. Eimeria Mohn, R., and W.J. MacEachern. and mixing at tidal fronts: the view phocae (Apicomplexa: Eimeriidae) in 1993. Assessment of 4VsW cod in from Georges Bank. Phil. Trans. Roy. harbour seals Phoca vitulina from 1992. DFO Atl. Fish. Res Doc. 93/22: Soc.(London) A 343: 447-460. Sable Island, Canada. Dis. Aquat. 40 p. Longhurst, A.R. 1993. Seasonal Org. 17: 1-8. Moore, A. R., J. G. Daly, and G. cooling and blooming in the tropical McCurdy, P. 1993. Fish population Olivier. 1993. The S-layer on virulent ocean. Deep-Sea Res. 40(12): 1- 16. survey, Fifteen Mile Brook, Nova strains of Aeromonas salmonicida Lundy, M.J. and E. Kenchington, Scotia. Contract Report, Statcom protects bacteria against the bacteri- 1993. The Scallop Life Cycle. Digby Consultants Ltd. cidal activity of salmonid peritoneal Scallop Days, Digby, N.S., Science McGladdery, S.E., B.C. Bradford, macrophages, p.59. Aquaculture and Technology Awareness Week, and D.J. Scarratt, 1993. Investigations Canada ‘93, Charlottetown, PEI, Aug Halifax, N.S. (Poster) into the transmission of parasites of 24-27, 1993. (Abstract) Macdonald, J. S., and B. D. Chang. the bay scallop, Argopecten irradians Morrison, C. M. 1993. The digestive 1993. Seasonal use by fish of (Lamarck, 1819), during quarantine tract of the cod eleutheroembryo nearshore areas in an urbanized coastal introduction to Canadian waters. J. (“Yolk-sac larva”) and larva. NAFO inlet in southwestern British Colum- Shellf. Res. 12( 1): 49-58. Sci. Coun. Studies. 18: 23-24. bia. Northw. Sci. 67: 63-77. Messieh, S.N. 1993. Disposal of fish Morrison, C. M. 1993. Histology Mangor-Jensen, A., K. G. Waiwood, wastes in Atlantic Canada, p. 29-33. (Gmelin): a summary atlas. Amer. and R. H. Peterson. 1993. Water In Marine Pollution from Land-Based Malac. Bull. 10: 1-24. balance in eggs of striped bass Sources. United Nations Environment Morrison, C. M. 1993. Histology and (Morone saxatilis). J. Fish Biol. 43: Program. Industry and Environment, cell ultrastructure of the mantle and 345-353. January-June 1992, 15(1-2). mantle lobes of the Eastern oyster, Mann, K.H. 1993. Physical oceanog- Miller, R.J. 1993. More about habitat Crassostrea virginica (Gmelin): a raphy, food chains and fish stocks: A for juvenile Homarus americanus. summary atlas. Amer. Malac. Bull. 10: review. Int. Count. Explor. Sea, J. Lobster Newsletter 6: 8-9. 1-24. Mar. Sci. 50: 105-109. Miller, R.J. 1993. Spatial correlations Morrison, C. M. 1993. The reproduc- Marmorek, D. R., I. Parnell, J. of American lobster in three life tive stages of cod (Gadus morhua): Korman, and D. Meisner. 1993. history stages. 4th International gross anatomy and histology. NAFO Atlantic salmon regional acidification Workshop on Lobster Biology and Sci. Coun. Studies. 18: 11. model. Results of hydrochemical Management, Samriku, Japan. Morrison, C. M. 1993. The histology work in FY92-93. Contract Report, (Abstract) and ultrastructure of the adductor ESSA Environmental and Social Miller, R.J. and R.W. Elner. 1993. A muscle of the eastern oyster Systems Analysis Ltd., Vancouver. good time licensing strategy for Crassostrea virginica (Gmelin). Marshall, T.L. 1993. New estimates limited entry fisheries. N. Am. J. Fish. Amer. Malac. Bull. 10: 25-38. of commercial harvest and by-catch of Man. 13(2): 387-390. Morrison, C. M. 1993. Histology of Saint John River Atlantic salmon, Miller, R.J. and R.K. Mohn. 1993. the Atlantic cod, Gadus morhua: an 1981-1983. DFO Atl. Fish. Res. Doc. Critique of the Leslie method for atlas. Part Four. Eleutheroembryo and 93/46, 10 p. estimating sizes of crab and lobster larva. Can. Spec. Pub. Fish. Aquat. Marshall, T.L., J.A. Ritter and D.G. populations. N. Am. J. Fish. Man. Sci. No. 119: 504p. Reddin. 1993. Forecasting multi-sea- 13(4): 800-810. Morrison, C. M. 1993. Histology of winter salmon returns to the Saint Mohn, R. 1993. A comparison of the mantle and mantle lobes of the John River, N.B., Canada. ICES three methods to convert catch at eastern oyster, Crassostrea virginica C.M. 1993/M: 29, Ref C+H, 10 p. length data into catch at age. ICCAT (Gmelin). Aquaculture Canada ‘93, Martin, J. L. 1993. In the Bay of SCRS/93/56. Charlottetown. PEI. Aug. 24-27, 1993. Fundy, eastern Canada, p.7. In T. Mohn, R.K. 1993. Bootstrap (Abstract) Wyatt and A. Cembella [ed.] Harmful estimates of ADAPT parameters, their Morrison, C. M., J.C. Harshbarger, algal news, No.6. International projection in risk analysis and their and S. E. McGladdery. 1993. Oceanographic Commission of retrospective patterns, p. 173-184. In Schwannomas in rainbow smelt. J. 128 Charts and Publications

Aq. An. Health. 5: 317-323. Biotechnology strain (85XC). Ann. Kimmins, M. Mezei, B. Pohajdak, D. Morrison, C. M., J.P. Leger, and C. A. Rep. Salmon Gen. Res. Prog. 1992/93: Bowen, and W. Stobo. 1993. Morrison. 1993. Light microscopic 10-11. Immunocontraception of seals. Tenth and ultrastructural study of sporulation Oftedal, O.T., W.D. Bowen, and D.J. biennial conference on the Biology of of Goussia gadi (Apicomplexa: Boness. 1993. Energy transfer by Marine Mammals. Galveston, Texas. Coccidia) in the swimbladder wall of lactating hooded seals, and nutrient November, 1993. (Poster) haddock Melanogrammus aeglefinus. deposition in their pups, during the Parsons, G. J., S. M. C. Robinson, J. Dis. Aquat. Org. 17: 181-189. four days from birth to weaning. C. Roff, and M. J. Dadswell. 1993. Morrison, C. M., J.P. Leger, and C. A. Physiol. Zool. 66: 366-390. Daily growth rates as indicated by Morrison. 1993. Gametogenesis of Ojolick, E.J., R. Cusack, T.J. Benfey, valve ridges in postlarval giant Goussia gadi (Apicomplexa: and S.R. Kerr. 1993. Survival and scallops Placopecten magellanicus Coccidia) in the swim bladder wall of growth of triploid rainbow trout (Bivalvia: Pectinidae). Can. J. Fish. haddock Melanogrammus aeglefinus. (Oncorhyncus mykiss) at chronic high Aquat. Sci. 50(3): 456-464. Dis. Aquat. Org. 17: 127-135. temperatures. Cooperation Agreement Partensky, F., N. Hoepffner, W.K.W. Morrison, C. M., J.P Leger, and C. A. on Fisheries Development. Contract Li, O. Ulloa, and D. Vaulot. 1993. Morrison. 1993. Light and electron Rep.: 44 p. Photoacclimation of Prochlorococcus microscopic study of the pathology Olivier, G., A. R. Moore, and J. G. sp. (Prochlorophyta) strains isolated and merogony of Goussia gadi Daly. 1993. The A-layer on virulent from the north Atlantic and the (Apicomplexa: Coccidia) in the swim strains of Aeromonas salmonicida Mediterranean Sea. Plant Physiology bladder wall of haddock protects bacteria against the bacteri- 101: 285-296. Melanogrammus aeglefinus. Dis. cidal activity of salmonid peritoneal Perry, R.I., G.C. Harding, J.W. Loder. Aquat. Org. 17: 113-125. macrophages, p.51. Sixth International M.J. Tremblay, M.M. Sinclair, and Morrison, C. M. and CA. Conference of the European Associa- K.F. Drinkwater. 1993. Zooplankton MacDonald. 1993. The use of light tion of Fish Pathologists, Brest, France distributions at the Georges Bank and electron microscopy in studying Sept. 5-10. (Abstract) frontal system: Retention or disper- the protozoan parasites of cod and O’Neil, S. 1993. The Atlantic salmon sion? Cont. Shelf Res. 13(4): 357- other gadoids. Aquaculture Canada sport fishery. N.S. Conservation, Vol 383. ‘93, Charlottetown. PEI, Aug. 24-27, 17(2) p.10-11. Peterson, R. H., and R. G. Camey. 1993. (Abstract) O’Neil, S.E, and C.J. Harvie. 1993. 1993. First feeding of salmon fry. Morrison, C. M., and C.A. Morrison. Evaluation of the precision of catch Ann. Rep. Salmon Gen. Res. Prog. 1993. Life-cycle and ultrastructure of data in the Nova Scotia Atlantic 1992/93, p. 12. Goussia gadi (apicomplexa: coccidia) salmon catch-effort card system and Peterson, R. H., and D. J. Martin- in the swimbladder wall of the feasibility of a New Brunswick Robichaud. 1993. Rates of ionic haddock. Aquaculture Canada ‘93, application. DFO Atl. Fish. Res. Doc. diffusion across the egg chorion of Charlottetown, PEI, Aug. 24-27, 1993. 93/31, 34 p. Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar). (Abstract) Page, F. H. 1993. Overview of Physiol. Zool. 66: 289-306. Morrison, C. M., A.R. Moore, V.M. Environmental Trends in the Scotia- Peterson, R. H., and P. McCurdy. Marryatt, and D. J. Scarratt. 1993. Fundy Region Working/Discussion 1993. Distribution of fish in 3 coastal Disseminated sarcomas of soft-shell Document, Workshop on Scotia- watersheds of New Brunswick and clams, Mya arenaria Linnaeus 1758, Fundy Groundfish Management, BIO, Nova Scotia, Canada, p. 257. In R. J. from sites in Nova Scotia and New Dec 7- 8, 1993. Gibson and R. E. Cutting [ed.] Brunswick. J. Shellf. Res. 12: 65-69. Page, F., and S. Robinson. 1993. 1992 Production of juvenile Atlantic Morrison, C. M., and C.A. Morrison. Salmon farming in the Bay of Fundy: salmon, Salmo salar, in natural waters. 1993. A study of the pathology and a chilling reminder. World Aquacult. Can. Spec. Publ. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 118. life-cycle of Goussia gadi 23(4): 31-34 (Abstract). apicomplexa, coccidia, in the Pan, Y., D.V. Subba Rao, K.H. Mann, Pezzack, D. S. 1993. Overview swimbladder wall of the haddock. W.K.W. Li, and R.E. Warnock. 1993. Scotia Fundy, LFA 41 and LFA 34. Proceedings of the 32nd Annual Temperature dependence of growth 1992 Lobster Summary Sheets. Meeting of the Canadian Society of and carbon assimilation in Nitzschia Pezzack, D. S. 1993. (ed.) Scotia- Zoologists. pungens f. multiseries Hasle, the Fundy Lobster Summary Sheets. 18 p. Muelbert, M.M.C., and W.D. Bowen. causative diatom of domoic acid Platt, T., and S. Sathyendranath. 1993. Duration of lactation and poisoning, p. 619-624. In T.J. Smayda 1993. Commentary on “The remote postweaning changes in mass and and Y. Shimizu [ed.] Toxic sensing of ocean primary productivity: body composition of harbour seal Phytoplankton Blooms in the Sea. Use of a new data compilation to test pups. Can. J. Zool. 71: 1405-1414. Elsevier Science Publishers, Amster- satellite algorithms” by William Balch O’Flynn, F. M., J. K. Bailey, G. W. dam. et al. J. Geophys. Res. 98(C9): 16583- Friars, and R. L. Saunders. 1993. Parsons, J.L., R.G. Brown, W.C. 16584. 129 Charts and Publications

Platt, T., and S. Sathyendranath. Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) harvests F. M. O’Flynn. 1993. Feed depriva- 1993. Estimators of primary produc- and stock status in the North Atlantic, tion during winter-spring to reduce tion for interpretation of remotely p. 3-25. In D. Mills [ed.] Salmon in maturity as grilse - an update. Ann. sensed data on ocean color. J. the sea and new enhancement strate- Rep. Salmon Gen. Res. Prog. 1992193: Geophys. Res. 98(C8): 14561-14576. gies. Fishing News Books, Cornwall, 14. Platt, T., and S. Sathyendranath. U.K. Sevigny, J. M., and R. L. Saunders. 1993. Fundamental issues in measure- Robert, G., G.A.P. Black, and M.A.E. 1993. Canadian studies on gene ment of primary production, p.3-8. In Butler. 1993. Georges Bank scallop technology, biochemical markers, W.K.W. Li and S.Y. Maestrini [ed.] stock assessment - 1992. DFO Atl. production of transgenics and means Measurement of Primary Production Fish. Res. Doc. 93/15: 33 p. of reducing genetic interaction from the Molecular to the Global Robert, G. and M.A.E. Butler. 1993. between cultured and wild salmon. Scale. ICES Marine Science Sympo- Scallop fishing grounds on the Scotian Working Paper incorporated in Report sium 197. Shelf - 1992. DFO Atl. Fish. Res. of the Working Group on Genetics Platt, T., S. Sathyendranath, I. Joint, Doc. 93/18: 32 p. 1993, ICES C.M. 1993/F:7: 11- 18. and M.J.R. Fasham. 1993. Photosyn- Robinson, S. M. C. 1993. A review Sharp, G. J., C. Tetu, R. Semple and thesis characteristics of the of the biological information associ- D. Jones. 1993. Recent changes in the phytoplankton in the Celtic Sea during ated with enhancing scallop produc- seaweed community of Western P.E.I: late spring. Fish. Ocean. 2: 191-201. tion. World Aquacult. 24(2): 61-67. implications for the seaweed industry. Porter, J. M. 1993. National Report Robinson, S.M.C. 1993. The soft- Hydrobiologia 260/26 1: 291-296. of Canada, 1991-92. Int. Comm. shell clam fishery in the Canadian Showell, M.A. 1993. Biology of Conserv. Atl. Tunas, Rep. for Biennial Maritimes: an industry in change, silver hake, p.5-8. In Summary of the Period 1992-93, Part 1: 341-349. p. 145. J. Shellf. Res. 12(1). (Abstract) Silver Hake Workshop, Halifax, Nova Porter, J. M., M. J. W. Stokesbury, C. Ross, P.S., B. Pohajdak, W.D. Bowen, Scotia, 23-24 November 1993. A. Dickson, and W. E. Hogans. 1993. and R.F. Addison. 1993. Immune Showell, M.A. 1993. Temporal/ A mark-recapture experiment on function in free-ranging harbour seal spatial restrictions for reduction of bluefin tuna (Thunnus thynnus L.) mothers and their pups during lacta- bycatch, 26-27 p. In Summary of the from the Browns-Georges banks tion. J. Wildl. Diseases 29: 21-29. Silver Hake Workshop, Halifax, Nova region of the Canadian Atlantic: 1992 Rowell, T.W., and G.B. Fader. 1993. Scotia, 23-24 November 1993. update. Int. Comm. Conserv. Atl. Summary of a proposal to assess the Showell, M.A. 1993. Changes in Tunas Coll. Vol. Sci. Pap., Madrid offshore aggregate resources of the mesh size for the 4Vn winter (Jan- (SCRS/92/29). Scotian Shelf. Report presented to the Apr) cod fishery - 1979 to 1993. Pringle, J.D. and D.L. Burke. 1993. ICES Benthos Ecology Working CAFSAC WP 93/118. The Canadian lobster fishery and its Group (Kiel, Germany, May 3-8, Showell, M.A. 1993. Effect of mesh management, with emphasis on the 1993) 3 p. size/type on size distribution and catch Scotia Shelf and the Gulf of Maine, p. Sameoto, D.D., N. Cochrane, and A. rates for 1991 Scotian Shelf 91-122. In L.S. Parsons and W.H. Herman. 1993. Convergence of groundfish fisheries. NAFO SCR Lear [ed.] Perspectives on Canadian acoustic, optical and net-catch estima- Doc. 93/120, Ser. No. N2314: 10 p. marine fisheries management. Can. tions of euphausiid abundance: use of Showell, M.A., R. Branton, M.C. Bull. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 226. artificial light to reduce net avoidance. Bourbonnais, and R.G. Halliday. Pringle, J., R. Ugarte, R. Duggan, and Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 50: 334-346. 1993. Status of the Scotian shelf I? Koeller, 1993. Review of request Sathyendranath, S., and T. Platt. silver hake population in 1992 with for an extension to the lobster fishing 1993. Remote sensing of water- projections to 1994. NAFO SCR Doc. season in LFA 31A. DFO At. Fish. column primary production, p. 236- 93/102, Ser. No. N2295: 36 p. Res. Doc. 93/67: 20p. 243. In W.K. Li and M. Maestrini [ed.] Silvert, W.L. 1993. Size-structured Ragan, M.A., C.J. Bird, E.L. Rice, Measurement of Primary Production models of continental shelf food webs, and R.K. Singh, 1993. The nuclear from the Molecular to the Global p.40-43. In V. Christensen and D. 18S ribosomal RNA gene of the red Scale, ICES Marine Science Sympo- Pauly [ed.] Trophic Models of Aquatic alga Hildenbrandia rubra contains a sium 197. Ecosystems. ICLARM Conf. Proc. group I intron. Nucleic Acids Re- Sathyendranath, S., and T. Platt. 26. search 21: 3898. 1993. Underwater light field and Silvert, W.L. 1993. The distributed Rice, E. L., D. L. Roddick, and R. K. primary production: Application to derivative: An aid to modular model- Singh, 1993. A comparison of remote sensing, p.79-93. In V. Barale ling. Ecol. Modell. 68: 293-302. molluscan (Bivalvia) phylogenies and P.M. Schlittenhardt [ed.] Ocean Silvert, W.L. 1993. Object-oriented based upon palaeontological and Colour: Theory and Applications in a ecosystem modelling. Ecol. Modell. molecular data. Molec. Mar. Bio. Decade of CZCS Experience, Kluwer 68: 91-118. Biotech. 2: 137- 146. Academic Publ., Brussels. Silvert, W.L. 1993. Top-down Ritter, J.A. 1993. Changes in Saunders, R. L., R. S. Ferguson, and modelling in ecology, p. 605. In P.C. 130 Charts and Publications

Young [ed.] Concise Encyclopedia of the Canadian Council on Animal Care ing in Salvelinus-Coregonus assem- Environmental Systems. Pergamon Maritime Regional Workshop on blages in boreal forest lakes. Can. J. Press. Animal Care Committees. Can. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 50: 1442-1455. Sinclair, A., K. Zwanenburg, and P. Counc. Anim. Care, Ottawa: 40 p. Trippel, E. A., and L. Brown. 1993. Hurley. 1993. Can we estimate F Stewart, J.E. 1993. Review of: Lee, Assessment of pollock (Pollachius from length frequency data? DFO D.O.‘C, and J.F. Wickins. 1992. virens) in Divisions 4VWX and Atlantic Fish. Res. Doc. 93/ Crustacean Farming, Blackwell Subdivision 5Zc for 1992. DFO Atl. Smith, S.J. 1993. Conference Scientific Publ., London. Aquaculture Fish. Res. Doc. 93/60: 44 p. Reports: Workshop on Risk Evalua- 116: 370-372. Tsukimura, B., S. Waddy, C. W. tion and Biological Reference Points Subba Rao, D.V. 1993. Improving Burow, and D. W. Borst. 1993. The for Fisheries Management. Reviews ocean science in developing countries. characterization and regulation of in Fish Biology and Fisheries. 3: 366- Mar. Sci. Technol. Soc. J. 27: 42-54. lobster vitellogenin. Amer. Zool. 33: 367. Subba Rao, D.V, and Y. Pan. 1993. 122A (Abstract). Smith, S.J. and S. Gavaris. 1993. Photosynthetic characteristics of Van Guelpen, L. 1993. Substantial Improving the precision of abundance Dinophsis norvegica Claparde & northward range extension for estimates of eastern Scotian Shelf Lachmann, a red-tide dinoflagellate. Gephyroberyx darwini (Berycoidei, Atlantic cod from bottom trawl J. Plank. Res. 15: 965-976. Trachichtyidae) in the western North surveys. N. Am. J. Fish. Man. 13: 35- Subba Rao, D.V, Y. Pan, V. Zitko, G. Atlantic, possibly explained by habitat 47. Bugden, and K. Mackeigan. 1993. preference. J. Fish Biol. 42: 807-810. Smith, S. J., and S. Gavaris. 1993. Diarrhetic shellfish poisoning (DSP) Waddy, S. L. 1993. Affiliation and Evaluating the accuracy of projected associated with a subsurface bloom of association; The real story. World catch estimates from sequential Dinophysis norvegica in Bedford Aquacult. 24(2): 88-89. population analysis and trawl survey Basin, eastern Canada. Mar. Ecol. Waddy, S. L. [ed.] 1993. Proceedings abundance estimates. p. 163- 172. In S. Prog. Ser. 97: 117-126. of the Arctic Charr Conference. Bull. J. Smith, J. J. Hunt and D. Rivard [ed.] Taylor, S. 1993. Striped bass move Aquacult. Assoc. Can. 93-2: 40 p. Risk evaluation and biological into sea cages. Northern Aquaculture Waddy, S. L. [ed.] 1993. Arctic Char reference points for fisheries manage- 9(l): 11-12. Culture. Bull. Aquacult. Assoc. Can. ment. Can. Spec. Publ. Fish. Aquat. Todd, E. C. D., T. Kuiper-Goodman, 93-1: 40 p. Sci. 120. W. M. Watson-Wright, M. Gilgan, S. Waldron, D.E., M.A. Showell, and Smith, S. J., J. J. Hunt, and D. Rivard Stephen, J. Marr; S. Pleasance, M.A. M.C. Bourbonnais. 1993. Scotian [ed.] 1993. Risk evaluation and Qu Luu, and C. F. B. Holmes. 1993. Shelf silver hake (whiting) population biological reference points for fisher- Recent illnesses from seafood toxins size in 1992. NAFO WP 93/6. ies management. Can. Spec. Publ. in Canada: paralytic, amnesic and Walker, B.G., and W.D. Bowen. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 120: 442 p. diarrhetic shellfish poisoning. p.335- 1993. Behavioural differences among Steeves, G., G. Siddall, G. Awalt, and 340. In T. J. Smayda and Y. Shimizu adult male harbour seals during the B.T. Hargrave. 1993. [ed.] Toxic phytoplankton blooms in breeding season may provide evidence “SMARTRAP”, p.I- 138-I- 143. In the sea: proceedings fifth Int. Confer- of reproductive strategies. Can. J. IEEE Oceans ‘93 Proceedings. ence on Toxic Marine Phytoplankton, Zool. 71: 1585-1591. Stephenson, R. L. 1993. Herring 28 October- 1 November 1991, Walker, B.G., and W.D. Bowen. larvae and hydrography: studies and Newport, Rhode Island. Elsevier, 1993. Mass changes and feeding observations from the Bay of Fundy Amsterdam. behaviour in male harbour seals, and Gulf of Maine. ICES C.M. 1993/ Tremblay, M. J., J. W. Loder, F. E. Phoca vitulina, in relation to female H:31: 6 p. Werner, C. E. Naime, D. R. Lynch, F. reproductive status and male age. J. Stephenson, R. L., and D. E. Lane. H. Page, and M. M. Sinclair. 1993. Zool. (Lond.) 231: 423-436. 1993. Avoiding the risk of ignoring Drift of sea scallop larvae on Georges Walsh, S. J., P. A. Koeller. and W.D. risk: toward a framework for use of Bank: A model study of the roles of McKone. 1993. Proceedings of the risk in decision making. ICES C.M. mean advection, larval behavior and international workshop on survey 1993/H:32: 9 p. larval origin, p. 44. Larval Ecology trawl measuration, Northwest Atlantic Stewart, J.E. 1993. Infectious Meetings, Aug. 20-23, 1993, Port Fisheries Centre, St. John’s, New- diseases of marine crustaceans, p. 319- Jefferson, N.Y. (Abstract) foundland, March 18-19. Can. Tech. 341. In J.A. Couch and J. Fournie Trippel, E. A. 1993. Relations of Rep. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 1911: iv + 114 [ed.] Pathobiology of Marine and fecundity, maturation, and body size of p. Estuarine Organisms, Chapter 12. lake trout, and implications for Watson-Wright, W. M., M. Dorey, CRC Press, Boca Raton, Florida. management in northwestern Ontario and J. Jellett. 1993. Working to- Stewart, J.E. 1993. Studies involving lakes. N. Am. J. Fish. Man. 13: 64-72. gether... World Aquacult. 24(4): 51- fish and aquatic invertebrates, p. 15 Trippel, E.A., and F. W. H. Beamish. 53. 18. In J. Wong [ed.]. Proceedings of 1993. Multiple trophic level structur- Werner, F. E., F. H. Page, D. R. 131 Charts and Publications

Lynch, J. W. Loder, R. G. Lough, R. I. Res. 39, Suppl. 2: 5425-5433. Organic Carbon in the Changjiang Perry, D. A. Greenberg and M.M. Anonymous. 1992. Proc. Ocean Estuary. Geochemica 3: 305-312. (In Sinclair. 1993. Influences of mean Model Workshop held at BIO, January Chinese). advection and simple behaviour on the 15-17, 1992. Can. Tech. Rep. Hydrogr. Carr, M.-E., N.S. Oakey, B. Jones. distribution of cod and haddock early Oc. Sci. 140: xiv + 395 p. M.R. Lewis. 1992. Hydrographic life stages on Georges Bank. Fish. Bewers, J.M., J.O. Blanton, A.M. Patterns and Vertical Mixing in the Oceanog. 2(2): 43-64. Davies, PA. Gurbutt, E.E. Hofmann, Equatorial Pacific Along 150°W. J. Wildish, D. J. 1993. Book review: B.M.Jamart (Dec.), D.C.L. Lam, M. Geophys. Res. 97: 611-626. Marine biology, its accomplishment Takahashi, and G.K. Verboom. 1992. Clarke, R. A. 1992. Global Warming, and future prospect [J. Mauchline and A Conceptual Model of Contaminant Ocean Cooling. Nature 360: 17. T. Nemoto, ed.]. World Aquacult. Transport in Coastal Marine Systems. Dalrymple, R.W., E.M. LeGresley, 24(1): 70. AMBIO 21(2): 166-169. G.B. Holocene, J. Fader, and B.D. Wildish, D.J., P.D. Keizer, A.J. Bewers, J.M. 1992. Global Strategies Petrie. 1992. The Western Grand Wilson, and J.L. Martin. 1993. for Marine Environmental Protection. Banks of Newfoundland. Marine Seasonal changes of dissolved oxygen Can There be a Common Framework Geology, Waves and Currents 105: 95- and plant nutrients in seawater near for Managing Radioactive and Non- 118. salmonid pens in the macrotidal Bay radioactive Substances to Protect the DeCosmo, J., K.B. Katsaros, S.D. of Fundy. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 50: Marine Environment? Rep. Stud. Smith, R.J. Anderson, W. Oost. K. 303-311. GESAMP 45, (Add.1): 13 p. Bumke and A.L.M. Grant. 1992. Air- Wildish, D. J., and D. D. Bidleman, R.F., W.E. Cotham, R.F. Sea Water Vapor and Sensible Heat Kristmanson. 1993. Hydrodynamic Addison, and M.E. Zinck. 1992. Fluxes in High Winds - Observations control of bivalve filter feeders: a Organic Contaminants in the North- and Model Predictions. EOS: 73(43) conceptual view. p.299-324. In R. F. west Atlantic Atmosphere at Sable (Abstract). Dome [ed.] Bivalve filter feeders in Island, Nova Scotia, 1988-89. Dobson, F.W., M. Khandekar, R. estuarine and coastal ecosystem Chemosphere 24: 1389-1412. Lalbehany, and P.W. Vachon. 1992. processes. NATO ASI Series Vol. 633. Bose, R., C.L. Schnell, C. Pinsky, and The ERS- 1 Cal-Val Experiment: and Springer Verlag, Berlin. V. Zitko. 1992. Effects of Excitotoxins Overview. Proc. 26th Annual CMOS Xueliang Xu, W. Ji, J. D. Castell and on Free Radical Indices in Mouse Congress, Lava1 Univ., Quebec, June R. O’Dor. 1993. The Nutritional value Brain. Toxicol. Lett. 60: 211-219. 8-12, 1992. (Abstract) of Dietary n-3 and n-6 Fatty Acids for Brickman, D. and J.W. Loder. 1992. Dobson, F. 1992. Hudson 91-055: Chinese Prawn (Penaeus chinensis). The Energetics of the Internal Tide on Cruise Report. 1992. BIO Internal Aquacult. 118: 277-285. Northern Georges Bank. J. Phys. Note, DFO, Dartmouth, N.S. April Zohary, T., Y.Z. Yacobi, N. Kress, S. Ocean. 23(3): 409-424. 1992: 75. Brenner, D. Engel, A. Neori, and Bugden, G., R. Forbes, D.C. Gordon, Dobson, F.W., M. Khandekar, R. W.K.W. Li. 1993. Microbial B. Huppertz, P.D. Keizer, M. Lalbehany, and P.W. Vachon. 1992. populations in a warm-core eddy in Levasseur, J.L. Martin, R. Penny, J. The ERS-1 Cal-Val Experiment. the Eastern Mediterranean: effects of Smith, D.V. Subba Rao, D.J. Wildish, CMOS Newsletter 20, April 1992: 11- deep mixing. Israel Ocean. & Limno. and P. Yeats. 1992. Overview of 13. Res. Rep., ES-22-93. Canadian Phytoplankton Monitoring Drinkwater, K.F., M.J. Graça, and Program, p. 15- 16. In J.-C. Therriault J.W. Loder. 1992. Lagrangian Current and M. Levasseur [ed.] Proc. Third. Measurements from the Georges Bank PHYSICAL & CHEMICAL Can. Workshop on Harmful Marine Frontal Study, 1988-89, Part I: Drift SCIENCES BRANCH Algae. Can. Tech. Rep. Fish. Aquat. Buoy Trajectories. Can. Data Rep. Sci. 1893. (Abstract). Hydrogr. Ocean Sci. No. 116: iv + 105 1992 Cahill, M.L., and K. Drinkwater. p. Addison, R.F. 1992. Biochemical 1992. Warm-core Eddies and Cross- Drinkwater, K., B. Petrie, and S. Indices of Marine Pollution: A Review Shelf Exchange, p.87. Proc. and Narayanan. 1992. Overview of of Recent Field Studies. ICES C.M. Abstracts of AGU 1992 Ocean Environmental Conditions in the 1992/E: 15. Sciences Meeting, Jan. 27-31, 1992. Northwest Atlantic in 1992. NAFO Addison, R.F., and W.T. Stobo. 1992. New Orleans, Louisiana: (Abstract) SCR Doc. 92/73: 36 p. Organochlorine residue concentrations Cahill, M.L., and K. Drinkwater. Drinkwater, K.F., PC. Smith, and R. 1992. Warm-core Eddies and Cross- and burdens in grey seal (Halichoerus Pettipas. 1992. Spatial and Temporal Shelf Exchange, p.67. Proc. 26th Scales of Temperature Variability in grypus) blubber during the first year of Annual CMOS Congress, Laval Univ., life. J. Zool. (London) 230: 443-450. the Bay of Fundy. NAFO SCR Doc. Quebec, June 8-12, 1992.(Abstract) 92/71: 17 p. Anderson, L.G., and E.P Jones. 1992. Tracing Upper Waters of the Nansen Cai, D.L., F.C. Tan, and J.M. Edmond. Drinkwater, K.F. 1992. Overview of Basin in the Arctic Ocean. Deep-Sea 1992. Sources and Transport of Environmental Conditions on Eastern 132 Charts and Publications

Canadian Continental Shelves. Hendry, R.M. 1992. CSS Hudson 91- Ocean with Chlorofluorocarbons. CAFSAC Working Paper 921102: 24 007/91-015 Cruise Report. Unpub. Annal. Geophys. 10 (Supplement): p. MS: 45 p. C197. (Abstract). Drinkwater, K.F. 1992. AFAP Herman, A.W., N.A. Cochrane, and Jones, E.P 1992. Ocean Climate

Climate Studies in the Scotia-Fundy D.D. Sameoto. 1992. Detection and Questions and the CO2 Problem: Region. NAFO SCR Doc. 92/72: 8 p. Abundance Estimation of Euphausiids Transport of CO2 from the Atmos- Drinkwater, K.F. 1992. AFAP Using an Optical Plankton Counter. phere to the Deep Ocean. Cmos Climate Studies in the Scotia-Fundy Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 94: 165-173. Newsletter/Nouvelles SCM0 20(3): 6 Region. CAFSAC Working Paper 92/ Herman, A.W. 1992. Design and p. 102: 10p. Calibration of a New Optical Plankton King, T.L., J.F. Uthe, and C.J. Musial. Drinkwater, K.F., B. Petrie, and S. Counter Capable of Sizing Small 1992. Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocar- Narayanan. 1992. Environmental Zooplankton. Deep-Sea Res. 39: 395- bons in the Digestive Glands of the Conditions in the Newfoundland 415. American Lobster, Homarus Region in 1991. NAFO Working Holladay, J.S., J. Lee, I. St. John, J. americanus captured in the proximity Paper 92/18. Presented at the Special Rossiter, L. Lalumiere, and of a coal-coking plant. Bull. Envir. Meeting of the NAFO Scientific S.Prinsenberg. 1992. Real-time Contam. and Toxicol. 50: 907-914. Council, June 1-2, 1992: 12 p. Airborne Electromagnetic Measure- Kranck, K., and T.G. Milligan. 1992. Ellis, K.M., R.W.P. Nelson, and J.N. ment of Sea Ice. Soc. Explor. Characteristics of suspended Particles Smith. 1992. Environmental monitor- Geophys., New Orleans, Nov. 1992: 5 at an 11 Hour Anchor Station in San ing report for the Point Lepreau, N.B. p. Francisco Bay, California. J. of Nuclear Generating Station - 1989, Ikeda, M. 1992. Numerical Simula- Geophys. Res. 97: 11-11, 382. 1990. Can. Tech. Rep. Hydrogr. tion of Mesoscale Features in the Kranck, K., E. Petticrew, T.G. Ocean. Sci. 142: iv + 57 p. North Atlantic Current Observed by Milligan, and I.G. Droppo. 1992. In Frank, K.T., J.W. Loder, J.E. Geosat Altimeter Data. Proc. 26th Situ Particle Size Distributions Carscadden, W.C. Leggett, and C.T. Annual CMOS Congress, Lava1 Univ. Resulting from Flocculation of High Taggart. 1992. Larval Flatfish Distri- Quebec. June 8-12, 1992. (Abstract). Concentration Suspended Sediment, butions and Drift on the Southern Ikeda, M. 1992. Recent Development p.60-75. In Ashish J. Mehta [ed] Grand Bank. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. of Coupled Sea Ice-ocean Modelling Nearshore and Estuarine Cohesive 49(3): 467-483. over the Continental Shelf. Trends in Sediment Transport, Coastal and Gershey, R.M., E.P Jones, and Oceanography 1: 153-162. Estuarine Studies Series 42. D.W.R. Wallace. 1992. Halocarbon Ikeda, M. and C.L. Tang. 1992. Lalumiere, L.A. 1992. Analysis of distributions in the North Atlantic Detection of the Labrador Current Snow Thickness Data Collected by Ocean and Labrador Sea determined using Ice Floe Movement in Synthetic Impulse Radar Over the Beaufort Sea by purge and trap capillary GC, Proc. Aperture Radar Imagery and Ice Shelf in 1991, 1992. Can. Contr. Rep. 1992 Ocean. Sci. Meeting. EOS 72: Beacon Trajectories. Atmos.-Ocean Hydrogr. Oc. Sci. 43: viii + 73 p. 62. (Abstract) 30: 223-245. Lee, K. and E.M. Levy. 1992. Micro- Greenberg, D.A., J.W. Loder, Y. Ikeda, M. and Li Q. Zhang. 1992. bial Degradation of Petroleum in an Shen, D.R. Lynch, and F.E. Werner. Mesoscale Stability of an Ocean Intertidal Beach Environment: In situ 1992. A Finite Element Model for the Current over the Continental Slope in Sediment Enclosure Studies”, p. 140- Study of Georges Bank Circulation, the Bryan-Cox Primitive Equation 156. In C.S. Wong and P.J. Harrison p.84. Proc. 26th Annual CMOS Model. J. Mar. Res. 3: 519-527. [ed.] Marine Ecocystem Enclosed Congress, Lava1 Univ., Quebec, June Jones, E.P 1992. Oden 91 Expedition Experiments: Proceedings of a 8- 12, 1992.(Abstract). to the Arctic Ocean. Cmos Newsletter/ symposium held in Beijing, People’s Greenberg, D.A. and D.R. Lynch. Nouvelles SCM0 20(1): 7. Repub. China, May 9 to 14, 1987, Int’1 1992. Gulf of Maine Circulation Jones, E.P, F. Zemylak, and P. Dev. Res. Ctr. (IDRC) Ottawa. Modelling, p. 127-143. In Wiggen, J. Stewart. 1992. Operating Manual for Levy, E.M. 1992. Persistent Marine and C.N.K. Mooers [ed.] Proc. Gulf of the Bedford Institute of Oceanography Debris: Petroleum Residues and Maine Scientific Workshop, Woods Automated Dissolved Oxygen Plastics in the World’s Oceans. The Hole, 8- 10 Jan. 1991. Gulf of Maine Titration System. Can. Tech. Rep. Science of Global Change, ACS Council on the Marine Environment, Hydrogr. Ocean Sci. 138: iv + 51 p. Symposium Series 224-239. Boston. Urban Harbors Institute, Univ. Jones, E.P 1992. Chlorofluorocarbon Loder, J.W., R.I. Perry, K.F. Mass. Measurements in the Arctic Ocean: Drinkwater, J. Grant, G.C. Harding. Hargrave, B.T., P. Germain, J.-C. Ventilation and Circulation of Water W.G. Harrison, E.P.W. Home, N.S. Philippot, G. Hemon, and J.N. Smith. Masses in the Eurasian Basin. EOS Oakey, C.T. Taggart, M.J. Tremblay, 1992. Stable Elements and Po-210 in 73: 145. (Abstract) D. Brickman, and M.M. Sinclair. the Deep-Sea Amphipod Eurythenes Jones, E.P, and L.G. Anderson. 1992. 1992. Physics and Biology of the gryllus. Deep-Sea Res. 39: 37-44. Tracing Circulation in the Arctic Georges Bank Frontal System, p.57- 133 Charts and Publications

61. In J. Cook [ed.] Science Review Influence of Salinity on Cod Recruit- Assimilation of Wind Speeds and 1990 & ‘91, Dept. Fish. Oceans, ment in the Newfoundland Region. Wave heights from GEOSAT During Dartmouth, N.S. CAFSAC Res. Doc. 92198: 22 p. LEWEX, p. 194-201 In Proc. Third Loder, J.W., and C.K. Ross. 1992. Narayanan, S., S.J. Prinsenberg, and Int. Waves Workshop, Montreal, May Current and Hydrographic Variability E. Colbourne. 1992. Overview of 20-22, 1992. on the Southeast Shoal of the Grand Environmental Conditions in 2J3KL Perrie, W., and W. Liangming. 1992. Bank. Proc. 26th Annual CMOS NAFO Subareas in 1991: NAFO SCR. The Impact of Coupling the Boundary Congress, Lava1 Univ., Quebec, June Doc 92/6: 27 p. Layer to Ocean Waves, p. l50- 158. In 8-12, 1992. (Abstract). Needler, G. T. 1992. The World Ocean Proc. Third Int. Waves Workshop, Loder, J.W. (Chairman) and others. Circulation Experiment. Oceanus 35: Montreal, May 20-22, 1992. 1992. Circulation and Hydrography 74-78. Perrie, W., B. Toulany, and Z. Zhu. (Working Group Report), p. 159-168. In Novelli, A., M.T. Femandez-Sanches, 1992. Wind Estimates from Observed Report of the 1991 Gulf of Maine J. Kispert, A. Torreblanca, S. Gascon Directional Wave Spectra. In Proc. Scientific Workshop, Woods Hole, and V. Zitko. 1992. The Amnesic Third Int. Waves Workshop. Montreal, Mass. Shellfish Poison Domoic Acid May 20-22, 1992. Loder, J.W., D. Brickman, and E.P.W. Enhances Neurotoxicity by Excitatory Petrie, B., K. Drinkwater, and R. Home. 1992. Detailed Structure of Amino Acids in Cultured Neurons. Pettipas. 1992. Long-term Tempera- Currents and Hydrography on the Amino Acids 2: 233-244. ture and Salinity Variability on the Northern Side of Georges Bank. J. Novelli, A., J. Kispert, M.T. Fernandz- Scotian Shelf and in the Gulf of Geophys. Res. 97(C9): 14,331-14,351. Sanches, A. Torreblanca and V. Zitko. Maine, p.91 - 117. In The Climate of Loring, D., and R.T.T. Rantala. 1992. 1992. Domoic Acid-containing Toxic Nova Scotia, Symposium, November Manual for the Geochemical Analyses Mussels Produce Neurotoxicity in 19, 1991, AES, Environment Canada. of Marine Sediments and Suspended Neuronal Cultures Through a Petrie, B. 1992. Ocean Climate Particulate Matter. Earth-Science Rev. Synergism Between Excitatory Amino Variability on the Newfoundland and 32: 235-283. Acids. Brain Res. 577: 41-48. Labrador Shelves. CAFSAC Working Lynch, D.R., F.E. Werner, D.A. O’Boyle, R., T. Rowell, K. Paper 92/110: 14 p. Greenberg, and J.W. Loder. 1992. Drinkwater, and B. Petrie. 1992. Petrie, B., and J. Elliott. 1992. Diagnostic Model for Baroclinic Atlantic Fisheries Adjustment Pro- Summary-Current Modelling Wind-Driven and Tidal Circulation in gram, p. 68-74. In J. Cook [ed.] Session p. 112- 113. In Proc. Ocean Shallow Seas. Cont. Shelf Res. 12(1): Science Review 1990 & ‘91. Dept. Model Workshop held at BIO, January 37-64. Fish. Oceans, Dartmouth, N.S. 15-17, 1992. Can. Tech. Rep. Mertz, G., and D.G. Wright. 1992. O’Neill, J.T., and J.L. Bodner (ed.) Hydrogr. Ocean Sci. 140. Interpretations of the JEBAR Term. J. .1992. Oceans - An Oceanographic Petrie, B., K. Drinkwater, and R. Phys Ocean. 22: 301-305. Analysis System; User Reference, ver. Pettipas. 1992. Longterm Temperature Misra, Raj K., J.F. Uthe, and C.J. 1.52 (May 1, 1992). and Salinity Variability on the Scotian Musial. 1992. Multivariate Analysis of Oakey, N.S. 1992. Tidal Mixing Shelf and in the Gulf of Maine, p. 114. a Round-Robin Study on the Measure- Studies on Georges Bank. AGU Proc. 26th Annual CMOS Congress ment of Chloropiphenyls in Fish Oil. Spring Meeting, Paper 032E-2. Laval Univ., Quebec. June 8- 12, The Analyst 117: 1085-1091. (Abstract). 1992. (Abstract). Misra, R.K., and J.F. Uthe. 1992. A Oakey, N.S., and R.G. Pettipas. 1992. Petrie, B., J.W. Loder, S. Akenhead, Proposal for Judging Laboratory Vertical Mixing Rates on Georges and J. Lazier. 1992. Temperature and Performance in Trend Studies. Report Bank during June-July and October, Salinity Variability on the Eastern of the Working Group on Statistical 1988. Can. Data Rep. Hydrogr. Ocean Newfoundland Shelf: The Residual Aspects of Trend Monitoring. ICES Sci. 110: iv + 226 p. Field. Atmos.-Ocean 30(1): 120-139. C.M. 1992/Poll 1. Annex 5: 6 p. Perrie, W., and L. Wang. 1992. Petrie, L. 1992. Oceanographic and Misra, R.K. 1992. A Multivariate Coupling Wind and Wave Models. In Biological Data Relating to Short- Procedure for Linear Comparisons of Proc. AES Marine Workshop Pro- Finned Squid (Illex illecebrousus) Mean Vectors When Residual gram. Oct. 26-30, 1992. Halifax, N.S.: Southern Florida, January 1986. Can. Covariance and Regression Coeffi- 7 p. Data Rep. Hydrogr. Ocean Sci. 111: cient Matrices are Unequal. Perrie, W., and D. Resio. 1992. vii + 47 p. Biometrical Journal 34(7): 771-779. Properties of evolving and fully Pocklington, R. 1992. On the Myers, R.A., K. Drinkwater, and S. developed wind-generated Waves, absence of evidence for a causal Brown. 1992. The Influence of p. 115- 125. In Proc. Third Int. Waves relationship between anthropogenic Salinity on 2J3KL Cod Recruitment. Workshop, Montreal, May 20-22, emissions of CO2, increasing atmos- NAFO SCR Doc. 92/74: 12 p. 1992. pheric CO2 concentration, and global Myers, R.A., K.F. Drinkwater, N. Perrie, W., and B. Toulany. 1992. warming, p.78-90. In The Climate of Barrowman, and J. Baird. 1992. The Enhanced Wave Predictions from Nova Scotia, AES, Environment 134 Charts and Publications

Canada, Ottawa. Wave Modelling, Montreal, May 20- Ice in the Climate System: A NATO Pocklington, R. 1992. On the Ab- 22, 1992. advanced research workshop. Aussois, sence of Evidence for a Causal Rossiter, J.R., J.S. Holladay, and L.A. France. (Abstract). Connection between Anthropogenic Lalumiere. 1992. Validation of Stocker, T.F., D.G. Wright and L.A.

Emissions of CO2, Increasing Atmos- airborne sea ice thickness measure- Mysak. 1992. A Zonally Averaged pheric CO2 Concentration, and Global ment using Electromagnetic Induction Coupled Ocean-Atmosphere Model Warming. Delta 3: 6-7. during LIMEX ‘89 (UP-C8-028). Can. for Paleoclimate Studies. J. of Prinsenberg, S.J., and I.K. Peterson. Contr. Rep. of Hydrogr. Ocean Sci. 41: Climate 5: 773-797. 1992. Newfoundland Shelf Sea Ice x+86p. Strain, PM. and F.C. Tan. 1992. program, 1991. Can. Tech. Rep. Sandstrom, H., V. Tverberg, and N. Seasonal Evolution of Oxygen Isotope Hydrogr. Ocean Sci. 141: vii+99 p. Oakey. 1992. On Multi-layer and - Salinity Relationships in High Prinsenberg, S.J., J.S. Holladay, J.R. Continuous Flow over Topography - Latitude Surface Waters. American Rossiter, and L.A. Lalumiere. 1992. Hydrostatic Solution. AGU Fall Geophysical Union Annual Meeting, 1991 Beaufort Sea EM/Radar Ice and Meeting, Paper A21E-11. (Abstract). San Francisco, December 7-11, 1992. Snow Sounding Project. Can. Tech. Sangalang, G., and J.F. Uthe. 1992. (Abstract). Rep. Hydrogr. Ocean. Sci. 139: vi + Development of a Biochemical Tan, F.C. and J.M. Edmond. 1992. 61 p. General Stress Test for Juvenile Sources and Transport of Organic Prinsenberg, S.J. 1992. Effect of the Atlantic Salmon, p.168-170. In B.L. Carbon in the Orinoco Basin. 29th Snow Cover on Ice Growth Rates at Beattie [ed.] Atlantic Region LRTAP International Geological Congress, Land-fast Ice Stations in the Canadian Monitoring and Effects Workshop. Kyoto, Japan, August 24 to September Arctic. IAHR 92, Proc. of 11th Int. AES, Environment Canada, Bedford, 3, 1992. (Abstract). Symp. on Ice, 2: 633-644. N.S. February 1992. Tang, C.L. and M. Manore. 1992. Prinsenberg, S.J. 1992. Ice Cover Smith, S.D. 1992. Air-Sea-Ice Preface of LIMEX Special Issue. Effects On the Ocean in the Marginal Exchange Processes, p.53-59. In W.A. Atmos.-Ocean 2: 147-150. Ice Zone. In: The Effects of Sea Ice on Nierenberg [ed.] Encyclopedia of Tang, C.L. 1992. Oceanographic the Atmosphere, Ocean and Structures Earth Systems Science, Vol. 1, Features in the Newfoundland in the Marginal Ice Zone, p. 1- 13. Academic Press, San Diego. Marginal Ice Zone. Atmos.-Ocean Inst. for Space and Terrestrial Science Smith, S.D. 1992. [ed.] 1992. HEXOS 30(2): 151-172. Rep. ISTS-EOL-PR92-005. Newsletter 14, October 1992. Bedford Tang, C.L., and T. Yao. 1992. A Prinsenberg, S.J., and I.K. Peterson. Inst. of Oceanography: 29 p. Simulation of Sea-Ice Motion and 1992. Sea-Ice Properties off Labrador Smith, S.D., R.J.Anderson, W.A. Distribution off Newfoundland during and Newfoundland During LIMEX Oost, C. Kraan, N. Maat, J. DeCosmo, LIMEX, March 1987. Atmos.-Ocean ‘89. Atmos-Ocean. 30(2): 207-222. K. B. Katsaros, K. L. Davidson, K. 30(2): 270-296. Prinsenberg, S. 1992. Research and Bumke, L. Hasse, and H.M. Tang, C.L., A. Cavanie, M. El-Tahan, Development in Sea Ice Modelling, p. Chadwick. 1992. Sea Surface Wind F. Gohin, and R.F. McKenna. 1992. 18-25. In Proc. Ocean Model Work- Stress and Drag Coefficients: The Oceanic and Ice Processes in the shop., Can. Tech. Rep. Hydrogr. Hexos Results. Boundary-Layer Newfoundland Marginal Ice Zone. Ocean Sci. 140. Meteorology 60: 109-142. AGU Western Pacific Geophysics Prosi, F., D.H. Loring, and H. Back. Smith, S.D. 1992. Air-Sea-Ice Meeting. August 17-21, 1992, Hong 1992. Biochemical Pathways of Interaction and the Marginal Ice Zone, Kong. (Abstract) Cadmium through an artificially p.14-21. In M.M. Manore and D.G. Tang, C.L., and Q.Y. Gui. 1992. Atlas contaminated Intertidal Mudflat Barber [ed.] Proc. 1991 CIWG of Oceanographic and Ice Conditions system - A medium scale enclosure Workshop on the Marginal Ice Zone. in the Newfoundland Shelf and experiment. Oecologia 91: 396-403. Rep. ISTS-EOL-TR92-005, Earth Northern Grand Bank, March-April Quon, C. and M. Ghil. 1992. Multiple Observations Laboratory, Inst. for 1990. Can. Data Rep. Hydrogr. Ocean Equilibria in Thermosolutal Convec- Space and Terrestrial Science and Sci. 105: viii + 189 p. tion due to Salt-flux Boundary Dept. of Geography, Univ. of Water- Tee, K.T. 1992. Modelling of Low- Conditions. J. Fluid Mech. 245: 449- loo. frequency Salinity Variations in the St. 483. Stocker, T.F., D.G. Wright and W.S. Lawrence Estuary. Coastal and Rahman, M., M.G. Satish, W. Perrie, Broecker. 1992. The Influence of Estuarine Studies 40: 209-230. and J. Zhu. 1992. Drift Forces on a High-Latitude Surface Forcing on the Trites, R.W., and L. Petrie. 1992. Pair of Vertical Cylinders. Int. J. Global Thermohaline Circulation. Temperature and Salinity Measure- Num. Meth. Fluids 15: 817-838. Paleoceanography 7: 529-541. ments at the Salmonid Demonstration Resio, D., W. Perrie, S. Thurston and Stocker, T.F., D.G. Wright and W.S. and Development Farm, L’Etang Inlet, J. Hubertz. 1992. A Generic Third- Broecker. 1992. The Influence of N.B. during the Period 1986-1991. Generation Wave Model: AL, p. 102- High-Latitude Surface Forcing on the Can. Data Rept. Hydrogr. Ocean Sci. 114. In Proc. 3rd Int. Workshop on Global Thermnocline Circulation. In 115: iii + 24p. 135 Charts and Publications

Uthe, J. F. and R.K. Misra. 1992. 1992. Influences of Mean Advection Significance of Chemicals in Monitoring Chemical Contaminants in and Simple Behaviour on the Distribu- Sediments. J. Env. Sci. Health A27: Fish: The Experience of the Interna- tion of Cod (Gadus morhua) and 273-281. tional Council for the Exploration of Haddock (Melanogrammus the Sea. 1. Problems in the Design and aeglefinus) on Georges Bank, p.319. 1993 Execution of Monitoring Studies. 2. EOS 73(43). (Abstract). Anderson, L.G., D. Dyrssen, and E.P. Problems in the Statistical Analysis of Wohlgeschaffen, G. D., K. H. Mann, Jones. 1993. On Determining the Data from the Monitoring Studies. D.V. Subba Rao, and R. Pocklington. Oceanic Uptake of Anthropogenic

Presented (by invitation) at the 1992. Dynamics of the Phycotoxin CO2. Proc. 4th Int. CO2 Conf., Workshop on Designing Field Studies Domoic Acid: Accumulation and Carqueiranne, France, Sept. 13- 17, Concerning Environmental Contami- Execretion in Two Commercially 1993. nants, held at the Institute of Ocean Bivalves. J. Applied Phycology 4: Anderson, R.J. 1993. A Study of Sciences, Sidney, B.C., May 11 and 297-310. Wind Stress and Heat Flux Over the May 13, 1992; 15 p. (Extended Wright, D.G., and T.F. Stocker. 1992. Open Ocean by the Inertial-Dissipa- abstract). Ice and the Younger Dryas. In Ice in tion Method. J. Phys. Oceanogr. Uthe, J.F. (Chair). 1992. Report of the the Climate System: A NATO ad- 23(10), 2153-2161. Working Group on Statistical Aspects vanced research workshop, Aussois, Anderson, R.J., S.D. Smith, and F.W. of Trend Monitoring. ICES C.M. France. (Abstract). Dobson. 1993. Wind Stress Measure- 1992/poll. 1: 48 p. Wright, D.G. and T.F. Stocker. 1992. ments during the ERS-1 CAL-VAL Vachon, P.W., F.W. Dobson, S.D. Deep water mass properties in a 25D Experiment. Proc. 27th Annual CMOS Smith, R.J. Anderson, J.R. Buckley, model of the global ocean, p. 140. In Congress, Fredericton, N.B., June 8- M. Allingham, D. Vandemark, E.J. Proc. 26th Annual CMOS Congress, 11, 1993. (Abstract) Walsh, M. Khandekar, R. Lalbeharry, Laval Univ., Quebec, June 8-12, 1992. Bewers, J.M., and J. Karau. 1993. and E. Gill. 1992. The Grand Banks (Abstract). Sediment Quality Guideline Develop- ERS- 1 SAR Wave Spectra Validation Wright, D.G. and T.F. Stocker. 1992. ment in Canada. ICES paper C.M. Experiment. Proc. ERS-1 Symposium, Sensitivities of a Zonally Averaged 1993/E.17. Cannes, France, Nov. 1992. European Global Ocean Circulation Model. J. Bonardelli, J.C., K. Drinkwater, and Space Agency: 6 p. Geophys. Res. 97(C8): 12,707- 12,730. J.H. Himmelman. 1993. Current Vachon, P., F. W. Dobson, and M. Wright, D.G. 1992. Finite-Difference Variability and Upwelling Along the Khandekar 1992. High Sea State Approximations to the Advection- North Shore of Baie des Chaleurs. Validation of the ERS- 1 SAR. Proc. Diffusion Equation. Tellus 44A: 261- Atmos.-Ocean 31: 541-565. IGARSS 1992, Austin, TX, April 269. Brickman, D., and J.W. Loder. 1993. 1992. Wright, D.G., and A.J. Willmott. The Energetics of the Internal Tide on Waiwood, B.A., K. Haya, and L. Van 1992. On the Buoyancy-Driven Northern Georges Bank. J. Phys. Eeckhaute. 1992. Energy Metabolism Abyssal Circulation of the Southern Oceanogr. 23(3): 409-424. of Hatchery-reared Juvenile Salmon Ocean. J. Phys. Oceanogr. 22: 139- But-ridge, L.E., and K. Haya. 1993. (Salmo salar) Exposed to Low pH. 154. The Lethality of Ivermectin, a Poten- Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 101C: 49- Yeats, PA., J.A. Dalziel, and S.B. tial Agent for Treatment of Salmonids 56. Moran. 1992. A Comparison of Against Sea Lice, to the Shrimp Wells, P.G., and J.M. Bewers. 1992. Dissolved and Particulate Mn and Al Crangon Septemspinosa. Aquacult. Progress and Trends in Marine Distributions in the Western North 117: 9-14. Environmental Protection: An Intro- Atlantic. Oceanologica Acta 15: 609- Chou, C.L., and B.A. MacLeod. 1993. duction and Tribute to Michael 619. Cadmium in American Lobster Waldichuk. 1992. Mar. Poll. Bull.: Yeats, PA. 1992. The Distribution of (Homarus americanus) from the area 2(1-4): 3-5. Dissolved Vanadium in Eastern of Belledune Harbour, New Bruns- Wells, PG. and J.M. Bewers [ed.] Canadian Coastal Waters. Est., Coast. wick, Canada - 1992 results. Rep. to 1992. Progress and Trends in Marine and Shelf Sci. 34: 85-93. National Health & Welfare Canada, 9 Environmental Protection. Mar. Poll. Yoshida, J., and N. Oakey. 1992. p. Bull. 25: 119 p. Mixing Studies at a Front on Georges Chou, C.L., and J.F. Uthe. 1993. Wells, P.G. and J.M. Bewers. 1992. Bank. In AGU Spring Meeting, Paper Cadmium in American Lobster Challenges for Improved Marine 032E-3 (Abstract). (Homarus americanus) from the Area Environmental Protection: Summary. Zitko, V. 1992. Patterns of 2,3,7,8- of Belledune Harbour, New Bruns- 1992. Mar. Poll. Bull. 25: 1-4, 112- substituted Chlorinated wick, Canada: 1980-1992 Results. 117. Dibenzodioxins and Dibenzofurans in Can. Tech. Rep. Fish. Aquat. Sci. Werner, F.E., F.H. Page, D.R. Lynch, Aquatic Fauna. Sci. of Tot. Environ. 1916: vi + 25 p. J.W. Loder, R.G. Lough, R.I. Perry, 111: 95-108. Chou, C.L., J.F. Uthe, and R.D. Guy. D.A.Greenberg, and M.M. Sinclair. Zitko, V. 1992. Assessment of the 1993. The Determination of Free and 136 Charts and Publications

Bound Metal Ions in Lobster halocarbons in the Labrador Sea. 61 p. (Homarus americanus) Digestive Third Scientific Meeting of the Hamilton, J.M., N.S. Oakey, and D.E. Gland Extracts by Gel Chromatogra- Oceanographic Society, Seattle, WA, Kelley. 1993. Salt Finger Signatures in phy followed by Atomic Absorption April 13-16. Microstructure Measurements. J. Spectrophotometry and Polarography. Gershey, R.M. and E.P Jones. 1993. Geophys. Res. 98(2): 2453-2460. J. Assoc. Official Analytical Chemists Assessing recent ventilation of the Han, G., M. Ikeda, and PC. Smith. Intl. 76: 794-798. Labrador Sea: Measurement of 1993. Annual Variation of Sea-Surface Clarke, R. Allyn. 1993. The North halocarbons and total dissolved Slopes over the Scotian Shelf and Atlantic Current in the Northwest inorganic carbon. Proc. 27th Annual Grand Banks from Geosat Altimetry. Atlantic, p.89-92. In P. Malonette- CMOS Congress, Fredericton, N.B., Atmos.-Ocean 31(4): 591-615. Rizolli and T. Rossby [ed.] The North June 8-11, 1993. (Abstract) Haya, K., J.L. Martin, B.A. Waiwood, Atlantic Current System: A Scientific Gordon, D.C., Jr., P.J. Cranford, D.K. and L.E. Burridge. 1993. Uptake and Report. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA. Muschenheim, J.W. Loder, PD. Depuration of Paralytic Shellfish Clarke, R.A. 1993. The World Ocean Keizer, and K. Kranck. 1993. Predict- Toxins by Mussels Cultured in the Circulation Experiment (WOCE). ing the Environmental Impacts of Southwest Bay of Fundy, Eastern Bull. WMO: 42(1): 28-33. Drilling Wastes on Georges Bank Canada, p. 94. In Proc. 6th Int. Conf. Dalziel, J.A., PA. Yeats, and D.H. Scallop Populations, p. 139- 147. In Toxic Mar. Phytoplank., Nantes, Loring. 1993. Water Chemistry and Proc. Can. Soc. Env. Biologists, Conf. France, Oct. 18-22, 1993. (Abstract). Sediment Core Data from Pictou on Managing Env. Impact of Offshore Haya, K., B.A. Waiwood and J.L. Harbour and the East River Estuary. Oil Prod., St. John’s, Nfld., April Martin. 1993. Depuration of Paralytic Can. Tech. Rep. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 1992. Shellfish Toxins by Giant Scallops 1917: iv + 78 p. Greenberg, D.A., T.S. Murly, and A. Captured from the Bay of Fundy, Dobson, F.W., S.D. Smith, R.J. Ruffman. 1993. A Numerical Model Canada, p. 95. Proc. 6th Int. Conf. Anderson, P.W. Vachon, D. for the Halifax Harbour Tsunami Due Toxic Mar. Phytoplank., Nantes, Vandemark, J.R.Buckley, M. to the 1917 Explosion. Mar. Geod. France, Oct. 18-22, 1993. (Abstract). Allingham, M. Khandekar, R. 16(2): 153-167. Hendry, R.M. 1993. Bedford Institute Lalbehany, and E. Gill. 1993. The Greenberg, D.A., T.S. Murty, and A. of Oceanography CTD Trials. Can. Grand Banks ERS-1 SAR Wave Ruffman. 1993. The Tsunami from the Tech. Rep. Hydrog. Ocean Sci. 148: iv Equipment. EOS 74(4): 41 & 44-45. 1917 Explosion in Halifax Harbour. + 97 p. Dobson, F.W., S.D. Smith, and P.W. Proc. 27th Annual CMOS Congress, Hendry, R.M. 1993. Currents South Vachon. 1993. Recent Results from Fredericton, N.B. June 8-11, 1993. of the Grand Banks at 50: Estimates of the Grand Banks ERS-1 SAR Experi- (Abstract). Mass Transport. In, The North Atlantic ment. Proc. 27th Annual CMOS Greenberg, D.A., J.A. Loder, and Y. Current System: A Scientific Report, Congress, Fredericton, N.B., June 8- Shen. 1993. The Influence of Wind p. 111-112. In P. Malanotte-Rizzoli and 11, 1993. (Abstract) and Scotian Shelf Inflow on the T. Rossby [ed.]. MIT, Boston, Donelan, M.A., F.W. Dobson, S.D. Circulation Around Georges Bank, MA. (Extended Abstract). Smith, and R.J. Anderson. 1993. On p.53. Proc. 27th Annual CMOS Hendry, R.M. 1993. Seasonal the Dependence of Sea Surface Congress, Fredericton, N.B., June 8- Variations of Slope Water Currents Roughness on Wave Development. 11, 1993.(Abstract). South of the Grand Banks from Amer. Met. Soc. 23: 2143-2149. Gregory, D., B. Petrie, F. Jordan, and GEOSAT and in situ Measurements. Fernandez, M.T., V. Zitko, S. Gascon. P. Langille. 1993. Oceanographic, Annales Geophysicae, European A. Torreblanca, A. Novelli. 1993. Geographic and Hydrological Param- Geophysical Society, Vol. 11 (supp), Neurotoxic Effect of Okadaic Acid, a eters of Scotia-Fundy and Southern Part 1: C 101 (Abstract). Seafood-related Toxin, on Cultured Gulf of St. Lawrence Inlets. Can. Herman, A.W., N.A. Cochrane, and Cerebellar Neurons. Annals N.Y. Tech. Rep. Hydrogr. Ocean Sci. 143: D.D. Sameoto. 1993. Detection and Acad. Sci. 679: 260-269. viii + 248 p. Abundance Estimation of Euphausiids Gammelsrfld, T., L.G. Anderson, E. Gregory, D., E. Verge, and P. Langille. Using an Optical Plankton Counter. Fogelqvist, A. Foldvik, E.P. Jones, 1993. Long-term Temperature Moni- Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 94: 165-173. O.A. Nest, K. Olsson, O. Skagseth, T. toring Program 1991/1992 Scotia- Herman, A. W. 1993. Instruments for Tanhua, and S. Osterhus. 1993. Fundy and the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Measuring Subice Algal Profiles and Distribution of water masses over the Can. Data Rep. Hydrogr. Ocean Sci. Productivity in situ. Can. J. Fish. continental shelf in the southern 120: vi + 309 p. Aquat. Sci. 50(2): 359-369. Weddell Sea. Nansen Centennial Gurbutt, PA., B. Petrie, and F. Herman, A.W., D.F. Knox, J. Conrad, Symposium, Solstrand, Norway, June Jordan. 1993. The Physical Oceanog- and M.R. Mitchell. 1993. Instruments 21-25. raphy of the Bras D’Or Lakes: Data for Measuring Subice Algal Profiles Gershey, R.M. and E.P Jones. 1993. Analysis and Modelling. Can. Tech. and Productivity in situ. Can. J. Fish. Distribution of inorganic carbon and Rep. Hydrogr. Ocean Sci. 147: vii + Aquat. Sci. 50(2): 359-369. 137 Charts and Publications

Ikeda, M. 1993. Mesoscale Moran,S.B., K.O. Buessler, S.E.H. Prinsenberg, S.J., J.S. Holladay, and Variabilities and Gulf Stream Bifurca- Niven, M.P Bacon, J.K. Cochran, L.A. Lalumiere. 1993. Electromag- tion in the Newfoundland Basin H.D. Livingston and A.F. Michaels. netic/Radar Ice and Snow Sounding Observed by the Geosat Altimeter 1993. Regional Variability in Size- Project over the Newfoundland Shelf Data. Atmos.-Ocean 31(4): 567-589. Fractionated C/234Th Ratios in the in 1992. Can. Tech. Rep. Hydrogr. Ikeda, M. and R.A. Wood. 1993. Upper Ocean: Importance of Biologi- Ocean Sci. 144: vii + 59 p. Mesoscale Stability of an Ocean cal Recycling. Third Scientific Quon, C., and M. Ghil. 1993. Multi- Current in the Bryan-Cox Model. J. Meeting of Oceanogr. Soc., Seattle, ple Equilibria and Oscillations in Two- Geophys. Res. 98: 12,527-12,536. Washington, Apr. 13-16, 1993. Dimensional Thermohaline Convec- Jones, E.P., L.G. Anderson, and B. (Abstract #2-PCP-312.). tion with One Without Rotation, p. 49- Rudels. 1993. The deep water of the Morgan, M.R., R. Pocklington and K. 52. In J. Marshall [ed.] Proc. of 9th Canadian Basin. Proc. 27th Annual Drinkwater. 1993. Temperature Trends Conf. on Atmos. and Ocean. Waves CMOS Congress, Fredericton, N.B., at Coastal Stations on the Periphery of and Stability, San Antonio, Texas. June 8-11, 1993. (Abstract). the North Atlantic Ocean. Proc. 27th Amer. Met. Soc. Jones, E.P., L.G. Anderson, and B. Annual CMOS Congress, Fredericton, Quon, C., and M. Ghil. 1993. Ocean Rudels. 1993. A model for the N.B., June 8-11, 1993. (Abstract). Climate and Multiple Equilibria in formation and circulation of the deep Myers, R.A., K.F. Drinkwater, and N. Thermohaline Convection due to Salt- water of the Arctic Ocean. Nansen Barrowman. 1993. Cold Water and Flux Boundary Conditions, p. 410- Centennial Symposium, Solstrand, Recruitment in 2J3KL Cod. CAFSAC 419. Proc. of Climate, Environment Norway, June 21-25. Res. Doc. 92/97: 13 p. and Geophysical Fluid Dynamics, Kepkay, P.E., S.E.H. Niven, and T.G. Niven, S.E.H. and R.M. Moore. 1993. Beijing, China. China Meteorological Milligan. 1993. Low Molecular Thorium Sorption in Seawater Press. Weight and Colloidal DOC Production Suspensions of Aluminum Oxide Ross, C.K. 1993. Currents, Tempera- During a Phytoplankton Bloom. Mar. Particles. Geochimica et ture and Salinity Data from Eastern Ecol. Prog. Ser. 100: 233-244. Cosmochimica Acta 57: 2169-2179. Baffin Bay, August 1986 to September Khandekar, M.L., and F. Dobson. O’Neill, John T. and J.L. Bodner [ed.] 1987. Can. Data Rep. Hydrogr. Ocean 1993. On the Relationships between 1993. Oceans - An Oceanographic Sci. 118: vii + 193 p. the Wind Stress Coefficient, Fetch, Analysis System; User Reference, ver. Rudels, B., E.P. Jones, and L. Wave Age and the Wave Momentum 1.53 (Feb. 1, 1993); ver. 1.54 (Dec. 1, Anderson. 1993. Atlantic water in the Flux. Proc. Symp. on the Air-Sea 1993). Arctic Ocean. Proc. 27th Annual Interface, Marseilles, France. Perrie, W., and B. Toulany. 1993. An CMOS Congress, Fredericton, N.B., Lazier, J.R.N., and D.G. Wright. Accurate Efficient Nonlinear Code for June 8- 11, 1993. (Abstract) 1993. Annual Velocity Variations in Wave Modelling. Can. Tech. Rep. Rudels, B., E.P Jones, and L.G. the Labrador Current. J. Phys. Hydrogr. Ocean Sci. 146: iv + 54 p. Anderson. 1993. Sources and circula- Oceanogr. 23(4): 659-678. Perry, R.I., G.C. Harding, J.W. Loder, tion of intermediate depth waters of Loder, J.W., K.F. Drinkwater, N.S. M.J. Tremblay, M.M. Sinclair, and the Arctic Ocean. Nansen Centennial Oakey, and E.P.W. Home. 1993. K.F. Drinkwater. 1993. Zooplankton Symposium, Solstrand, Norway, June Circulation, Hydrographic Structure Distributions at the Georges Bank 21-25. and Mixing at Tidal Fronts: The View Frontal System: retention or disper- Sameoto, D., N. Cochrane, and A. from Georges Bank. Phil. Trans. Royal sion? Cont. Shelf Res. 13(4): 357- Herman. 1993. Convergence of Soc. of London (A) 343: 447-460. 383. Acoustic, Optical, and Net-catch Martin, J.L., K. Haya, and D.J. Peterson, I.K., and S.J. Prinsenberg. Estimates of Euphausiid Abundance: Wildish. 1993. Distribution and 1993. Ice Drift off Newfoundland, Use of Artificial Light to Reduce Net Domoic Acid Content of Nitzschia Derived from AVHRR Imagery and Avoidance. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. psuedodelicatissima in the Bay of Ice Beacons. Proc. 16th Canadian 50(2): 334-346. Fundy, p. 613-618. In T.J. Smayda, and Symp. on Remote Sensing. Sandstrom, H., and C. Quon. 1993. Y. Shimizu [ed.] Toxic Phytoplankton Sherbrooke, Quebec. On Time-dependent, Two-layer Flow Blooms in the Sea, Elsevier Science Petrie, B., and F. Jordan. 1993. over Topography. I. Hydrostatic Publishers B.V Nearshore, Shallow-water Tempera- Approximation. Fluid Dynamics Res. Misra, R.K., J.F. Uthe, C.L. Chou, ture Atlas for Nova Scotia. Can. Tech. 11: 119-137. D.P. Scott, and C.J. Musial. 1993. Rep. Hydrogr. Ocean Sci. 145: v + 84 Smith, S.D. 1993. Hindcasting iceberg Trend Analysis Using a Multivariate p. drift using current profiles and winds. Procedure for Data with Unequal Petrie, B. 1993. Storm-Forced Cold Region Sci. and Tech. 22: 33-45. Residual Covariance and Regression Currents on the Grand Banks from a Smith, S.D., F.W. Dobson, and R.J. Coefficient Matrices: Application to Two-Dimensional Barotropic Model. Anderson. 1993. The Wind Stress -Sea Canadian Atlantic Cod Data. Mar. Can. Tech. Rep. Hydrogr. Ocean Sci. State Relationship with Mixed Sea and Poll. Bull. 26(2): 73-77. 152: vi + 145 p. Swell. Proc. Symposium on the Air- 138 Charts and Publications

Sea Interface, Marseilles, France. Topliss, B.J., P. Challenor, R. Canadian Estuaries. Marine Chemis- Smith, J.N. and J.M. Bewers. 1993. Tokamkian, and H. Snaith. 1993. A try 43: 201-209. Radionuclides in the Marine Environ- Review of GEOSAT Data over Zitko, V. 1993. Expanded Polysty- ment -Uses and Concerns. Can. Canadian East Coast Waters. Can. J. rene as a Source of Contaminants. Chem. News: 23 - 25. Rem. Sens. 19(2): 117-130. Mar. Poll. Bull. 26: 584-585. Strain, PM., and F.C. Tan. 1993. Tremblay, J.J., J.W. Loder, F.E. Seasonal Evolution of Oxygen Werner, C.E. Naimie, D.R. Lynch, Isotope-Salinity Relationships in F.H. Page, and M.M. Sinclair. 1993. ENVIRONMENT CANADA High-latitude Surface Waters. J. Modelling the Dispersal of Sea ATLANTIC REGION Geophys. Res. 98(C8): 14,589-14,598. Scallop Larvae on Georges Bank in Subba Rao, D.V., Y. Pan, V. Zitko, G. Autumn: the Effects of Mean Bugden, K. MacKeigan. 1993. Advection, Larval Behaviour and ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY Diarrhetic Shellfish Poisoning (DSP) Larval Origin, p. 85. Proc. 27th LABORATORY, BIO Associated with a Subsurface Bloom Annual CMOS Congress, Fredericton, of Dinophysis Norvegica in Bedford N.B., June 8-11, 1993. (Abstract). 1992 Basin, Eastern Canada. Mar. Ecol. Trites, R.W., and L. Petrie. 1993. Bamwoya, J.J., L.A. Rutherford, PA. Prog. Ser. 97: 117- 126. Moored Current Meter Data from Hennigar, W.H. Home. 1992. Soil Tan, F.C., and P.M. Strain. 1993. Sea L’Etang Inlet, New Brunswick, 1988- and Sediment Contamination at Four Ice and Oxygen Isotopes in Hudson 1990. Can. Data Rep. Hydrogr. Ocean Wood Preservation Facilities in New Bay and Hudson Strait, Canada. Proc. Sci. 121: iii + 121 p. Brunswick and Nova Scotia in 1989. 3rd Int. Symposium, The Arctic Uthe, J.F. (Chair). 1993. Report of the Environment Canada, Environmental Estuaries and Adjacent Seas: Work. Group on Statistical Aspects of Protection Atlantic Region. Surveil- Biogeochemical Processes and Trend Monitoring. ICES C.M. 1993/ lance Report EPS-5-AR-92-4. Interaction with Global Change, Poll: 48 p. McLeay, D.J., S.G. Yee, K.G. Doe. Svetlogorsk, Russia, April 19-25, Wang, L., and W. Perrie. 1993. and L.M. Porebski. 1992. Develop- 1993. (Abstract). Coupled Wind-sea Models and Their ment of 10-day Marine/Estuarine Tan, F.C., and J.M. Edmond. 1993. Impact on Fluxes of Momentum, Amphipod Assay in Support of the Carbon Isotope Geochemistry of the Sensible Heat and Latent Heat. Can. Canadian Ocean Dumping Program Orinoco Basin. Est., Coast. Shelf Sci. Tech. Rep. Hydrogr. Ocean Sci. 149: (CEPA, Part VI). p. 222-234. In A.J. 36: 541-547. viii + 131 p. Niimi and M.C. Taylor [ed.] Proc. of Tang, C.L. 1993. Newfoundland Werner, F.E., F.H. Page, D.R. Lynch, the Eighteenth Annual Aquatic Marginal Ice Zone. Proc. Int. Symp. J.W. Loder, R.G. Lough, R.I. Perry, Toxicity Workshop: September 30 - on Sea-ice, Beijing, Oct. 19-22, 1993. D.A. Greenberg, and M.M. Sinclair. October 3, 1991, Ottawa, Ontario. (Abstract). 1993. Influences of Mean Advection Can. Tech. Rep. Fish. Ocean Sci. Tang, C.L. 1993. Effects of Winter and Simple Behaviour on the Distribu- 1863. Storms on Sea-Ice Over the New- tion of Cod and Haddock Early Life Rutherford, L.A., PA. Hennigar, foundland Shelf. Proc. 27th Annual Stages on Georges Bank, p.88. Proc. K.G. Doe, M.L. Nicol, M.M.E. CMOS Congress, Fredericton, N.B., 27th Annual CMOS Congress, Holmes, B.C. MacDonald, and W.H. June 8-11, 1993. (Abstract). Fredericton, N.B., June 8-11, 1993. Home. 1992. Chemical Characteriza- Tang, C.L. [ed.] 1993. Workshop on (Abstract). tion, Aquatic Toxicity and Environ- Remote Sensing of Sea-ice. Werner, F.E., F.H. Page, D.R. Lynch, mental Impact of Untreated Effluent Dartmouth, July 19-20, 1993. J.W. Loder, R.G. Lough, R.I. Perry, Discharges from Three Textile Mills in Tee, K.T., PC. Smith, and D. D.A. Greenberg and M.M. MacKay. the Atlantic Region. Environment LeFaivre. 1993. Topographic 1993. Influences of Mean Advection Canada, Environmental Protection, Upwelling off Southwest Nova Scotia. and Simple Behavior on the Distribu- Atlantic Region. Surveillance Report J. Phys. Oceanog. 23(8): 1703-1726. tion of Cod and Haddock Early Life EPS-5-AR-93-1. 144 p. Tee, K.T. 1993. Multiple Equilibrium Stages on Georges Bank. Fish. Sowles, J., R. Crawford, J. Machell, State of the North Atlantic Ocean, Oceanogr. 2(2): 43-64. G. Atkinson, P. Hennigar, S. Jones, J. p.325. EoS Trans. AGU 74(43). Wright, D.G., T.F. Stocker, and S. Patersen, and K. Coombs. 1992. Tilley, D.G., J.R. Buckley, F.W. Lehman. 1993. Ocean Circulation Evaluation of Gulf Watch 1991 Pilot Dobson, and R. Lalbeharry. 1993. Changes During Younger Dryas: Project of the Gulf of Maine Environ- Progress in SAR Ocean Wave Spectral Evidence from Modelling and Data, p. mental Monitoring Plan. The Gulf of Simulation and Inversion Using ERS- 130. Proc. 27th Annual CMOS Maine Council on the Marine Envi- 1 and Almaz Satellite Imagery and in Congress, Fredericton, N.B. June 8-11, ronment, October 1992. situ Data from the Grand Banks 1993. (Abstract). Tay, K.-L., K.G. Doe, S.J. Wade, Experiment. Proc. IGARSS 1933. Yeats, PA. 1993. Input of Metals to J.D.A. Vaughan, R.E. Berrigan and Tokyo, Japan. the North Atlantic from Two Large M.J. Moore. 1992. Sediment 139 Charts and Publications

Bioassessment in Halifax Harbour. Amos, C.L., A.J. Gibson, and M. Jansa, L.F., Lincoln, J.M. and Quinn, Env. Toxicol. Chem. 11: 1567-1581. Brylinsky. 1992. Sediment settling T.M. 1992. Site 879, rate analyses for a sediment stability Lithostratigraphy. Preliminary 1993 study of the inner Miramichi Bay, Summary of Drilling Results, Ocean Rutherford,L.A., W.R. Ernst, K.G. New Brunswick. Geological Survey Drilling Program Leg 144. Doe, and P.A. Hennigar. 1993. of Canada, Open File 02606, 40 p. Bogdanov, Y., Camoin, G., Enos, P., Chemical Characterization, Aquatic Amos, C.L., and H.A. Christian. Jansa, L.F., Lincoln, J.M. and Quinn, Toxicity and Environmental Impact of 1992. The Miramichi dump site B T.M. 1992. Site 877. Untreated Effluent Discharges from seabed stability survey - November Lithostratigraphy. Preliminary Three Textile Mills in the Atlantic 1991. Geological Survey of Canada, Summary of Drilling Results, Ocean Region. p. 293-299. In E.G. Open File 02605, 74 p. Drilling Program Leg 144. Baddaloo, S. Ramamoorthy, and J.W. Amos, C.L., B. Ardiles, K. Bentham, Bogdanov, Y., Camoin, G., Enos, P., Moore [ed.] Proceedings of the C. Davis, I. Hardy, W. Leblanc, L. Jansa, L.F., Lincoln, J.M. and Quinn, Nineteenth Annual Aquatic Toxicity Workshop: October 4-7, 1992, Johnson, L. Lockhart, B. MacLean, T.M. 1992. Site 874, Edmonton, Alberta. Can. Tech. Rep. Y. Michaud, R. Murphy, A. Lithostratigraphy. Preliminary Fish. Aquat. Sci. 1942. Robertson, M.H. Ruz, R. Sparkes, T. Summary of Drilling Results, Ocean Sutherland, and J. Zevenhuizen. Drilling Program Leg 144. 1992. C.S.S. Hudson and MV Bogdanov, Y., Camoin, G., Enos, P., MARINE WILDLIFE CONSER- Septentrion cruises - Grande-Baleine Jansa, L.F., Lincoln, J.M. and Quinn, VATION DIVISION region, Hudson Bay: a multi- T.M. 1992. Site 876, (CANADIAN WILDLIFE SERV- disciplinary survey of the coastal and Lithostratigraphy. Preliminary ICE) nearshore regions. Geological Survey Summary of Drilling Results, Ocean of Canada, Open File 02603, 208 p. Drilling Program Leg 144. 1992 and 1993 Anderson, T.W. and C.F.M. Lewis. Bogdanov, Y., Camoin, G., Enos, P., Contreras, F., and J. Kerekes. 1993. 1992. Evidence for ice margin retreat Jansa, L.F., Lincoln, J.M. and Quinn, Total phosphorus-chlorophyll relation- and proglacial lake [Agassiz?] T.M. 1992. Site 800, ships in tropical coastal lagoons in drainage by about 11 ka, Clearwater Lithostratigraphy. Preliminary Mexico. Verh. Internat. Verein. River Spillway Area, Saskatchewan. Summary of Drilling Results, Ocean Limnol. 25: 1-4. Current Research, Part B, Interior Drilling Program Leg 144. Kerekes, J. 1992. The Common Plains and Arctic Canada. Geological Bogdanov, Y., Camoin, G., Enos, P., Loon. Nova Scotia Conservation. Survey of Canada, Paper No. 92- Jansa, L.F., Lincoln, J.M. and Quinn, 16(2&3): 1-4. 01B: 7-11. T.M. 1992. Site 875, Avery, M.P 1992a. Vitrinite reflect- Lithostratigraphy. Preliminary ance [RO] of dispersed organics from Summary of Drilling Results, Ocean Shell PCI et al. Panuke B-90. Drilling Program Leg 144. Geological Survey of Canada, Open Bogdanov, Y., Camoin, G., Enos, P., NATURAL RESOURCES File 02622, 13 p. Jansa, L.F., Lincoln, J.M. and Quinn, Avery, M.P 1992b. Vitrinite reflectance T.M. 1992. Site 872, CANADA [Ro] of dispersed organics from Shell Lithostratigraphy. Preliminary Demascota G-32. Geological Survey of Summary of Drilling Results, Ocean ATLANTIC GEOSCIENCE Canada, Open File 02623, 15 p. Drilling Program Leg 144. CENTRE Bates, J.L. and Grant, G.M. 1992. Bogdanov, Y., Camoin, G., Enos, P., Electronic publishing is an on-going Jansa, L.F., Lincoln, J.M. and Quinn, 1992 learning experience. Poster presented T.M. 1992. Site 801, Aksu, A.E., A. Ulug, D.J.W. Piper, at the Joint Meeting of the Canadian Lithostratigraphy. Preliminary Y.T. Konuk, and S. Turgut. 1992. Quaternary sedimentary history of Cartographic Association and Carto- Summary of Drilling Results, Ocean Adana, Cilicia and Iskenderun Quebec, McGill University, Mon- Drilling Program Leg 144. Basins: northeast Mediterranean Sea. treal, Quebec, June 2-6, 1992. Bogdanov, Y., Camoin, G., Enos, P., Marine Geology 104(1/4): 55-71. Bergersen,D., Larsen, R.L. and Jansa, L.F., Lincoln, J.M. and Quinn, Aksu, A.E., T.J. Calon, D.J.W. Piper, shipboard scientific crew of ODP T.M. 1992. Site 873, S. Turgut, and E. Izdar. 1992. Leg 144 1992. Seismic stratigraphy Lithostratigraphy. Preliminary Architecture of late Orogenic of Guyots drilled during ODP Leg Summary of Drilling Results, Ocean Quaternary basins in northeastern 144: Preliminary Results. AGU, Fall Drilling Program Leg 144. Mediterranean Sea. Tectonophysics Meeting, 1992. Bogdanov, Y., Camoin, G., Enos, P, 210: 191-213. Bogdanov, Y., Camoin, G., Enos, P., Jansa, L.F., Lincoln, J.M. and Quinn, 140 Charts and Publications

T.M. 1992. Site 871, Geological Survey of Canada, Open 1992. Three-dimensional seismic Lithostratigraphy. Preliminary File 2566, 1 sheet. imaging of a Kimmeridgian paleo- Summary of Drilling Results, Ocean Coyner, K., Katsube, T.J., drainage system in the south Jeanne Drilling Program Leg 144. Williamson, M. and Best, M.E. d’Arc Basin, Grand Banks of Newfound- Buckley, D.E. 1992. Hudson 92-003 1992. Gas and water permeability of land. In: Program with Abstracts, cruise report. Geological Survey of tight shales from the Venture Gas Geological Association of Canada/ Canada, Open File 02602, 67 p. field, offshore Nova Scotia. Geo- Mineralogical Association of Canada Cameron, G. and G.V. Sonnichsen. logical Survey of Canada, Paper 92- Joint Annual Meeting, Wolfville, May 1992. ROV and Submersible Video 1D, p. 129-136. 25-27, 1992, v. 17, p. A117. Interpretation of Iceberg Scour Cranston, R.E. 1992. Gas hydrate Erik Banke Consulting. 1992. Features and Glory Holes on the investigations in the Okhotsk / Japan Listing of Possible Groundings by Northern Grand Banks of Newfound- Seas. Geological Survey of Canada, Icebergs on the Grand Banks of land. Geological Survey of Canada, Open File 02446, 104 p. Newfoundland Between 1983 and Open File 2569, 49 p. Cranston, R. E. 1992. Geochemical and 1989, Geological Survey of Canada, Christian, H.A. 1992. Geotechnical Sedimentological Results from Sediment Open File 2530, 79 p. Behaviour of Annapolis Basin Intertidal Cores Collected in the Okhotsk/Japan Erik Banke Consulting. 1992. Sediments, Geological Survey of Seas, Geological Survey of Canada, Recent Iceberg Groundings and Canada, Open File 2496, 11 p. Open File 2520, 67 p. Scours on the Grand Banks of Christian, H.A. 1992. Results of Dalrymple, R.W., E.M. Legresley, Newfoundland, Geological Survey of Geotechnical Field Investigations in G.B.J. Fader, and B.D. Petrie. 1992. Canada, Open File 2528, 218 p. Cumberland Basin During a Four-Day The western Grand Banks of New- Erik Banke Consulting. 1992. Case Period in September 1989; Data and foundland: transgressive Holocene Histories of the Groundings of Interpretation, Geological Survey of Icebergs 001 and 004 During March, Canada, Open File 2497, 31 p. sedimentation under the combined influence of waves and currents. 1989 on the Grand Banks of New- Clowes, R.M., EA. Cook,A.G. foundland, Geological Survey of Green, C.E. Keen, J.N. Ludden, J.A. Marine Geology 105: 95-118. Davies, E.H. and McAlpine, K.D. Canada, Open File 2527, 69 p. Percival, G.M. Quinlan, and G.F. Erik Banke Consulting. 1992. West. 1992. Lithoprobe: new per- 1992. Integrated multidisciplinary study of the Hibernia oil field, Compilation of Historical Accounts spectives on crustal evolution. of Iceberg Groundings on the Canada offshore eastern Canada. In: Pro- Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences Continental Shelf, Geological Survey gram with Abstracts, Geological 29(9): 1813- 1864. of Canada, Open File 2529, 79 p. Survey of Canada Oil and Gas Coflin, K.C., Keen, C.E. and Fensome, R.A. and Williams, G.L. Forum, Calgary, January 20-22, Marillier, F. 1992. Crustal cross 1992. Neogene dinoflagellates and 1992, p. 6. sections of the Appalachian orogen Scotian Shelf stratigraphy. Abstracts, Davies, E.H. and McAlpine, K.D. from the North American craton to Geological Survey of Canada, Oil 1992. Integrated multidisciplinary oceanic crust. Abstract, 5th Interna- and Gas Forum, Calgary, March study of the Hibernia oil field, tional Symposium on Seismic 1992. Reflection Probing of Continents and offshore eastern Canada. In: Pro- Fensome, R.A. and Williams, G.L.. Their Margins, Banff, Alberta. gram with Abstracts, American 1992. Neogene dinoflagellates and Coflin, K.C., Stephenson, R.A., Association of Petroleum Geologists Scotian Shelf stratigraphy. Poster Lane, L.S. and Dietrich, J.R. 1992. Annual Convention, Calgary, June Session, Canadian Paleontology Crustal struture and development of 21-24, 1992, p. 27. Conference 11, Ottawa, September the Canadian margin of the Beaufort Edwardson, K.A., J. Shaw, B. Wile, 1991. Sea. GAC/MAC Wolfville, Nova and W. Prime. 1992. Cruise report Fensome, R.A. and Williams, G.L. Scotia (Poster). 91-031: C.S.S. Navicula operations 1992. Neogene dinoflagellates and Conetec Investigations Ltd. 1992. in northeastern Newfoundland Scotian Shelf stratigraphy. Geologi- Guidelines for Interpretation of coastal waters: Ming’s Bight, White cal Survey of Canada, Oil and Gas CPTU Test Data for Determination Bay, Moreton’s Harbour, Bay of Forum, Calgary, February 1992. of Consolidation and Permeability Exploits and Twillingate Harbour. Fensome, R.A. and Williams, G.L.. Parameters of Soils, Geological Survey Geological Survey of Canada, Open 1992. Neogene dinoflagellates and of Canada, Open File 2519, 69 p. File 02492, 54 p. Scotian Shelf stratigraphy. Canadian Courtney, R.C. and Piper, D.J.W. Emory-More, M. and L. Davis. Paleontology Conference, Program 1992. The Gravity Signature Induced 1992. Detrital Gold Occurrences, with Abstracts, no. 2, Ottawa, by the Loading of an Old Atlantic Northern Newfoundland Shelf, September 1992, p. 13. Type Margin by a Quaternary Geological Survey of Canada, Open Fowler, M.G., McAlpine, K.D. and Submarine Fan: Evidence for a File 2591, 94 p. Williamson, M.A. 1992. Generation Thick Mechanical Lithosphere. Enachescu, M.E. and McAlpine, K.D. and migration of oils in the Jeanne 141 Charts and Publications d’Arc Basin, offshore eastern ter of coal measures in the Gulf of St. into ocean, their recognition and the Canada. In: Program with Abstracts, Lawrence region. In: Program and threshold for biological extinctions. Geological Survey of Canada Oil and Abstracts, Geological Survey of Palaeo3, v. 104, p. 271-286. Gas Forum, Calgary, January 20-22, Canada Oil and Gas Forum, Calgary, Jansa, L.F., Loncarevic, B.D. and 1992, p. 5. March 2-3, 1992, p. 35. Pe-Piper, G. 1992. Cretaceous Fowler, M.G., McAlpine, K.D. and Grant, A.C. 1992. Intracratonic diabase dykes in the Proterozoic Williamson, M.A. 1992. Generation tectonism: key to the mechanism of basement offshore Cape Breton, and migration of oils in the Jeanne diastrophism. In: S. Chatterjee and Nova Scotia and the offshore exten- d’Arc Basin, offshore eastern N. Hotton (eds.), New Concepts in sion of the Meguma Group. GAC/ Canada. In: Program with Abstracts, Global Tectonics. Texas Tech MAC Annual Meeting, Wolfville American Association of Petroleum University Press, p. 65-73. 1992, Abstract. Geologists Annual Convention, Grant, A.C. 1992. Aspects of Jackson, H.R., B.D. Loncarevic, and Calgary, June 21-24, 1992, p. 42. seismic character of Permo-Carbon- W. Blake Jr. 1992. Shallow seismic Fowler, M.G., McAlpine, K.D. and iferous sediments, Maritimes Basin and magnetic data from northernmost Williamson, M.A. 1992. Generation and Sydney Basin. In: Programs Baffin Bay: Insights into geology. and Migration of hydrocarbons in the with Abstracts, GAC/MAC Joint Current Research, Part B, Interior Jeanne d’Arc basin. AAPG Conven- Annual Meeting, Wolfville, p. A42. Plains and Arctic Canada. Geological tion, Calgary 1992. Grant, A.C. 1992. Seismic charac- Survey of Canada, Paper No. 92- Fowler, M.G., McAlpine, K.D. and ter of coal measures in the Gulf of St. 01B: 23-29. Williamson, M.A. 1992. Generation Lawrence region. In: Program with Jansa, L.F., Pe-Piper, G. and and migration of hydrocarbons in the Abstracts, Geological Survey of Loncarevic, B.D. 1992. Cretaceous Jeanne d’Arc basin. Calgary Oil and Canada Current Activities Forum, diabase dykes in the basement Gas Forum, March 1992 and AAPG Ottawa, January 21-22, 1992, p. 12. offshore Cape Breton, Nova Scotia Convention, Calgary, June 1992. Grant, A.C. 1992. Seismic charac- and the offshore extension of the ter of coal measures in the Gulf of St. Gee, J.S., Nakanishi,M. and scien- Meguma Group. Atlantic Geo- tific party of ODP Leg 144 1992. Lawrence region. In: Proceedings, science Society Annual Meeting, Paleomagnetic studies of the North- The Canadian Coal and Coalbed Fredericton, January 1992. western Pacific Guyots. Geomag- Muthane Geoscience Forum, Jenner, K.A. and J. Shaw. 1992. netism, Earth and Planetary Sciences Parksville, February 2-5, 1992, p. 33. Inner shelf Quaternary sediments off Society, Japan. Grant, A.C. and Moir, P.N. 1992. northeast Newfoundland. Current Global Geoenergy Research Ltd. Observations on coalbed methane Research, Part D, Eastern Canada 1993. Analyses and Interpretation of potential, Prince Edward Island. and National and General Programs. Geochemical and Source Rocks Data Geological Survey of Canada, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper from Scotian Shelf Wells. Geological Current Research, Paper 92-1E, p. No. 92-01D: 189-198. Survey of Canada, Open File 2804, 269-278. Johnston, B.L., K.W. Asprey, J.P.M. 232 p. Hein, F.J. and J.P.M. Syvitski. 1992. Gradstein, F.M. and Von Rad, U. Sedimentary environments and facies Syvitski, C.T. Schafer, M. Uyesugi, 1992. Stratigraphic evolution of in an arctic basin, Itirbilung Fiord, C.B. Chapman, S. Merchant, W.A. Mesozoic continental margin and Baffin Island, Canada. Sedimentary Boyce, R.J. Murphy, K.W. Leblanc, oceanic sequences, NW Australia Geology 81: 17-45. S. Hinds, P. Hamblin, and J. Locat. and N. Himalayas. Marine Geology. Hillaire-Marcel, C. and A. Rochon. 1992. Hudson 91-033 cruise report. Gradstein, F.M., U. Von Rad, M.R. 1992. Cruise report and on-board Geological Survey of Canada, Open Gibling, L.F. Jansa, M.A. Kaminski, studies, C.S.S. Hudson 90-13, May File 02468, 109 p. I.L. Kristiansen, J.G. Ogg, U. Rohl, 29 -June 22, 1990, Leg 1: the Josehans, H.W., K. Conway, M. M. Sarti, J.W. Thurow, G.E.G. Labrador Sea. Geological Survey of Packard, W. Hill, G. Standen, and T. Westerman, and J. Wiedman (Ana- Canada, Open File 02531, 126 p. Vandall. 1992. Cruise report, En- lytic authors). 1992. Stratigraphy and Huang, Z. and Williamson, M.A. deavour cruise, 92-004, Queen depositional history of the Mesozoic 1992. Estimation of in-situ thermal Charlotte Sound. Geological Survey continental margin of central Nepal, conductivity in the Jeanne d’Arc of Canada, Open File 02584, 130 p. 141 p. basin. AAPG Convention, Calgary Katsube, T.J., Williamson, M.A., Grant, A.C. and P.N. Moir. 1992. 1992. Murphy, T.B. and Best, M.E. 1992. Observations on coalbed methane Huang, Z. and Williamson, M.A. Relationship between pore structure and potential, Prince Edward Island. 1992. Thermal structure of the diagenetic processes of tight shales from Current Research, Part E. Geological Jeanne d’Arc basin. Calgary Oil and the Scotian Shelf. AAPG Convention, Survey of Canada, Paper No. 92- Gas Forum, March 1992 and AAPG Calgary, June 1992. 0lE: 269-278. Convention, Calgary, June 1992. Katsube, T.J., Williamson, M.A. and Grant, A.C. 1992. Seismic charac- Jansa, L.F. 1993. Cometary impacts Best, M.E. 1992. Shale pore 142 Charts and Publications structure evolution and its effect on tion on the Scotian Shelf. Geoscience rivers. Journal of Geology 100(5): permeability. In: Symposium Canada 19(1): 5-13. 525-544. Volume III of the 33rd Annual MacLean, B. C. 1992. Scotian Shelf Moir, P.N. and Grant, G.M. 1992. Meeting of the Society of Profes- Mesozoic Mapping Project, Geologi- The development of marine sional Well log analysts. Paper SCA- cal Survey of Canada, Open File geoscience atlas products at the 9214, p. 1-22. 2506, 5 p., 4 diskettes. Atlantic Geoscience Centre. Poster Katsube, T.J., Williamson, M.A., MacLean, B.C. and J.A. Wade. presentation at Current Activities Issler, D.R. and Best, M.E. 1992. 1992. Petroleum geology of the Forum, Geological Survey of Petrophysical properties of shales continental margin south of the Canada, Ottawa, January 2 1-22, and significance for sedimentary islands of St. Pierre and Miquelon, 1992. basin modelling. AAPG Convention, offshore eastern Canada. Bulletin of Mosher, D.C. and G. Sonnichsen. Calgary 1992. Canadian Petroleum Geology 40(3): 1992. Stratigraphy and sedimen- Katsube, T.J., Williamson, M.A., 222-253. tology of sediments on the northeast- Issler, D.R. and Best, M.E. 1992. MacLean, B.C. and Wade, J.A. em Grand Banks of Newfoundland Petrophysical properties of shales 1992. Petroleum geology of the St. from borehole investigation. Geo- and significance for sedimentary Pierre and Miquelon moratorium logical Survey of Canada, Open File basin modelling. Calgary Oil and block, eastern margin of Canada. In: 02409, 110 p. Gas Forum, March 1992. Abstracts of Geological Association Murphy, J.B., G. Pe-Piper, J.D. Katsube, T.J., Scromeda, N. and of Canada/Mineralogical Association Keppie, and D.J.W. Piper. 1992. Williamson, M.A. 1992. Effective of Canada Annual Meeting, v. 17, Correlation of Neoproterozoic III porosity and irreducible water Wolfville. sequences in the Avalon composite saturation of tight shales from the MacLean, B.C. and Wade, J.A. terrane of mainland Nova Scotia: Venture Gas field. Geological 1992. A first look at the petroleum tectonic implications. Atlantic Survey of Canada, Paper 92- 1D, geology of the Canada-France Geology 28: 143-151. p.111-119. boundary dispute region south of St. Nelson, J.B., D.A. Forsyth, D. Katsube, T.J., Issler, D.R., Pierre and Miquelon. In: Abstracts Teskey, A.V. Okulitch, D.L. Williamson, M.A. and Best, M.E. of GSC Oil and Gas Forum, Calgary. Marcotte, C.D. Hardwick, M.E. 1992. Evolution of shale Also in: Abstracts of American Bower, and R. MacNab. 1992. The petrophysical properties with Association of Petroleum Geologists/ 1991 Polar Margin aeromagnetic compaction in the overpressured Canadian Society of Petroleum survey in the Lincoln Sea, northern zone of the Beaufort-Mackenzie Geologists Annual Meeting, Calgary. Ellesmere Island and northern basin. AAPG Convention, Calgary, McAlpine, K.D, Coflin, K.C., Keen, Greenland. Current Research, Part B, June 1992. C.E. and Verhoef, J. 1992. An Interior Plains and Arctic Canada. Katsube, T.J., N. Scromeda, and M. intergrated geological and geophysi- Geological Survey of Canada, Paper Williamson. 1992. Effective porosity cal synthesis of deep crustal structure No. 92-01B: 31-36. of tight shales from the Venture gas and the evolution of rift basins in the Pe-Piper, G. and D.J.W. Piper. 1992. field, offshore Nova Scotia. Current Grand Banks of Newfoundland. Geochemical variations with time in Research, Part D, Eastern Canada AAPG Annual Convention Calgary, the Cenozoic high-K volcanic rocks and National and General Programs. Alberta (Poster). of the Island of Lesbos, Greece: Geological Survey of Canada, Paper Macnab, R., J. Verhoef, and S. significance for Shoshonite No.92-01D: 111-119. Srivastava. 1992. A new database of petrogenesis. Journal of Volcanology Lake, P. 1992. Wellsys: A Database magnetic observations from the and Geothermal Research 53(l/4): on Wells of Offshore Eastern Arctic and North Atlantic Oceans. 371-387. Canada, Geological Survey of Current Research, Part D, Eastern Perissoratis, C. and D.J.W. Piper. Canada, Open File 2501, 118 p. Canada and National and General 1992. Age, regional variation, and Lewis, C.F.M., A.G. Sherin, A.S. Programs. Geological Survey of shallowest occurrence of S1 Sapropel Atkinson, R.H. Harmes, F.D. Jodrey, Canada, Paper No. 92-01D: 173-178. in the Northern Aegean Sea. Geo- J.A. Nielsen, D.R. Parrott, B.J. Todd. Michel, H.K., K.E. Louden, F. marine Letters 12: 49-53. 1993. Cruise Report C.C.G.S. Marillier, and I. Reid. 1992. The Piper, D.J.W., P. Cochonat, G. Ollier, Griffon - Western Lake Ontario. seismic velocity structure of northern E. Le Drezen, M. Morrison, and A. August 7 to September 9, 1992. Appalachian crust around western Baltzer. 1992. Evolution progressive Cruise Number 92-800. Geological Newfoundland. Canadian Journal of d’un glissement rotationnel en un Survey of Canada, Open File 2678, Earth Sciences 29(3): 462-478. courant de turbidite: cas du seisme 76 p., 4 maps, 1 diskette. Milliman, J.D. and J.P.M. Syvitski. de 1929 des Grands Bancs [Terre - Loncarevic, B.D. and D.J.W. Piper. 1992. Geomorphic/tectonic control Neuve] (non-catastrophic evolution 1992. Application of high-quality of sediment discharge to the ocean: of a turbidity current from a slump: bathymetry to geological interpreta- the importance of small mountainous evidence from the 1929 “Grand 143 Charts and Publications

Banks” earthquake). Comptes Poile Bay to Bay D’espoir, Notre Geosciences 18(7): 839-897. Rendus de 1’Academie des Sciences, Dame Bay, and Bay of Exploits. Syvitski, J.P., S.J. Hinds, and H. Serie II, Mechanique, Physique, Geological Survey of Canada, Open Josenhans. 1992. Quaternary marine Chimie, Sciences de l’Univers, File 02482, 55 p. geology of the N.W. Gulf of St. Sciences de la Terre 314: 1057- 1064. Shaw, J. and D. Frobel. 1992. Aerial Lawrence. Geological Survey of Piper, D.J.W. and C.P.G. Pereira. video survey of the south coast of Canada, Open File 02485. 1992. Late Quaternary sedimentation Newfoundland, Port aux Basques to Taylor, R. B. 1992. Coastal Stability in central Flemish Pass. Canadian Terrenceville. Geological Survey of and Flooding at Grand Etang, Journal of Earth Sciences 29(3): 535- Canada, Open File 02565, 56 p. Fortress of Louisbourg, Nova Scotia. 550. Sinclair, I.K., K.D. McAlpine, D.F. Geological Survey of Canada, Open Piper, D.J.W. and A.E.Aksu. 1992. Sherwin, N.J. McMillan, G.C. File 2548, 25 p. Architecture of stacked Quaternary Taylor, M.E. Best, G.R. Campbell, Taylor, R.B. and D. Frobel. 1992. deltas correlated with global oxygen J.P. Hea, D. Henao, and R.M. Aerial video surveys, the coastline of isotopic curve. Geology 20(5): 415- Procter. 1992. Petroleum resources of Prince Edward Island. Geological 418. the Jeanne d’art Basin and environs: Survey of Canada, Open File 02580, Piper, D.J.W. and Sparkes, R. 1992. Grand Banks, Newfoundland. 16 p. Pliocene-Quaternary Sediment Geological Survey of Canada, Paper Wade, J.A. and MacLean, B.C. Isopachs in Central Flemish Pass, No. 92-08, 100 p. 1992. Petroleum resource estimates Geological Survey of Canada, Open Solomon, S.M., D.L. Forbes, and P.J. of St, Pierre Bank and adjacent File 2553, 5 p., 6 maps. Mudie. 1992. Report of the 1991 arreas of Atlantic Canada. In: Potter, P., Courtney, R.C. and NOGAP coastal surveys in the Abstracts of Geological Association McCloskey, T. 1992. Digital Data Beaufort Sea. Geological Survey of of Canada/Mineralogical Association Compilation: Scotian Shelf and Canada, Open File 02579, 114 p. of Canada Annual Meeting, v. 17, Labrador Sea Basin Atlas Series, Stea, R.R., D.L. Forbes, and R.J. Wolfville. Geological Survey of Canada, Open Mott. 1992. Quaternary geology and White, D.J., B. Milkereit, M.H. File 2493, 85 p. coastal evolution of Nova Scotia. Salisbury, and J.A. Percival. 1992. Praeg, D., B. D’Anglejan, and J.P.M. Geological Association of Canada, Crystalline lithology across the Syvitski. 1992. Seismostratigraphy Field Trip Guidebook, No. A6, 131 p. Kapuskasing uplift determined using of the middle St. Lawrence Estuary: Stea, R.R., G.B.J. Fader, and R. in situ Poisson’s ratio from seismic a late Quaternary glacial marine to Boyd. 1992. Quaternary seismic topography. Journal of Geophysical Estuarine depositional/erosional stratigraphy of the inner shelf region, Research 97(B13): 19993-20006. record. Geographie Physique et Eastern Shore, Nova Scotia. Current Williamson, M.A., Huang, Z., Quaternaire 46(2): 133-150. Research, Part D, Eastern Canada McAlpine, K.D., Thomas, F.C., Quinlan, G.M., J. Hall, H. Williams, and National and General Programs. Fensome, R.A., Katsube, T.J. and and J.A. Wright. 1992. Lithoprobe Geological Survey of Canada, Paper Avery, M.P. 1993. Hydrocarbon onshore seismic reflection transects No. 92-01D: 179-188. charge history of east coast offshore across the Newfoundland Appalachi- Stoffyn-Egli, P., G.V. Sonnichsen, basins: modelling geologic uncer- ans. Canadian Journal of Earth and A. Zawadski. 1992. Clay-size tainty. In: Current Research, Part E, Sciences (S.P. Colman-Sadd, S.J. minerals and near-surface strati- Geological Survey of Canada, Paper O’Brien, G.S. Stockmal, and F. graphy on the northeastern Grand 93-1E, p. 299-306. Marillier [ed.]) 29(9): 1865- 1877. Banks of Newfoundland. Current Williamson, M.A. and McAlpine, Shaw, J. 1992. Surficial Sediments Research, Part E. Geological Survey K.D. 1992. Hydrocarbon charge of Baie Verte, Newfoundland, of Canada, Paper No. 92-01E: 323- histories of Canada’s east coast Geological Survey of Canada, Open 331. basins: a research strategy. In: File 2457, 39 p., 5 maps. Syvitski, J.P.M. 1992. Marine Program with Abstracts, Geological Association of Canada/ Mineralogi- Shaw, J. and D.L. Forbes. 1992. geology of Baie des Chaleurs. cal Association of Canada Joint Barriers, barrier platforms, and Geographie Physique et Quatemaire Annual Meeting, Wolfville, May 25- spillover deposits in St. George’s 46(3): 331-348. 27, 1992, v. 17, p. A117. Bay, Newfoundland: paraglacial Syvitski, J.P.M. and A.G. Lewis. Williamson, M.A. and McAlpine, sedimentation on the flanks of a deep 1992. The seasonal distribution of suspended particles and their iron K.D. 1992. Understanding oil and coastal basin. Marine Geology 105: and manganese loading in a glacial gas distribution in offshore sedimen- 119-140. runoff fiord. Geoscience Canada tary basins: a research strategy for Shaw, J., H. Russell, A. Sherin, and 19(l): 13-20. the 1990’s. In: Bedford Institute of T. Atkinson. 1992. Cruise report 91- Syvitski, J.P.M. and S. Daughney. Oceanography Science Review 1990 026: C.S.S. Dawson operations in 1992. Delta2: Delta progradation and and 1991, p. 111-118. Newfoundland coastal waters: La basin filling. Computers and Williamson, M.A. and Desroches, K. 144 Charts and Publications

1992. Source rock maturity model- Bulletin Canadian Petroleum Geol- no.4, p. 47-55. ling, Sable and Jeanne d’Arc Basins ogy, v. 50, no. 4, p. 136-150. Atlantic Coastal Zone Information offshore eastern Canada. Calgary Oil Williamson, M.A. 1992. Hydrocar- Steering Committee. 1993. Atlantic and Gas Forum, March 1992 and bon resource studies of east coast Coastal Zone Database Directory. AAPG Convention, Calgary, June frontier basins: past, present and Geological Survey of Canada, Open 1992. future. Ottawa Forum, January 1992, File 2614, 912 p. Williamson, M.A. and Smyth, C. Calgary Oil and Gas Forum, March Austin, J.A., Sibuet, J-C., Srivastava, 1992. Timing of gas and 1992 and AAPG Convention, S.P., Coflin, K.C. and Tucholke, B.E. overpressure generation in the Sable Calgary 1992. 1993. Understanding the ocean- subbasin offshore Nova Scotia. Winters, G.V. and J.P.M. Syvitski. continent transition along conjugate AAPG Convention, Calgary, June 1992. Suspended sediment character passive continental margins: deep 1992 (poster). and distribution in Mcbeth Fiord, drilling in the northern Newfound- Williamson, M.A. and McAlpine, Baffin Island. Arctic 45(1): 25- land Basin. 1993 AGU Fall Meeting, K.D. 1993. Understanding oil and 35. Avery, M.P. 1992. Vitrinite Balitimore, Maryland (Abstract). gas distribution in offshore sedimen- Reflectance (RO) of Dispersed Avery, M.P. 1993a. Vitrinite reflect- tary basins: a research strategy for Organics from Conventional Cores ance (RO) of dispersed organics from the 1990’s. BIO Annual Review. from Seven Scotian Shelf Wells, Mobil et al Bluenose 26-47. Geo- Williamson, M.A. and McAlpine, Geological Survey of Canada, Open logical Survey of Canada, Open File K.D. 1992. Hydrocarbon habitat File 2455, 13 p. 02707, 19 p. studies of east coast frontier basins: Winters, G.V. and D.E. Buckley. Avery, M.P. 1993c. Vitrinite reflect- past, present and future. In: Program 1992. Factor analyses as a method of ance (Ro) of dispersed organics from with Abstracts, Geological Survey of evaluating sediment environmental Shell PC1 et al South Debarres O-76. Canada Oil and Gas Forum, Calgary, quality in Halifax Harbour, Nova Geological Survey of Canada, Open January 20-22, 1992, p. 2. Scotia. Current Research, Part D, File 02706, 17 p. Williamson, M.A. and Smyth, C. Eastern Canada and National and Avery, M.P 1993b. Vitrinite reflectance 1992. Basin offshore Nova Scotia: General Programs. Geological (Ro) of dispersed organics from Mobil et implications for gas migration Survey of Canada, Paper No. 92- al. Hebron I-13. Geological Survey of dynamics. Bulletin Canadian Petro- 01D: 165-171. Canada, Open File 02671, 16 p. leum Geology, v. 40, no. 2, p. 151- Bates, J.L. 1993. Digital on- 159. demand publishing. Poster presented Williamson, M.A. and C. Smyth. 1993 at the 16th International Cartographic 1992. Timing of gas and over- Amos, C.L., J.T. Judge, and J.V. Conference, Cologne, Germany, May pressure generation in the Sable Barrie. 1993. Storm-enhanced tidal 1993. Basin offshore Nova Scotia: implica- sand transport - Hecate Strait, British Batson, P.A., MacDonald, J., Wade, tions for gas migration dynamics. Columbia, Canada. Geological J.A. and Williams, G.L. 1993. Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Survey of Canada, Open File 02604, Offshore Oil and Natural Gas: video Geology 40(2): 151-169. 1 map sheet, scale 1:1,000,000. guide. Atlantic Geoscience Society, Williamson, M.A., Coflin, K.C., Amos, C.L., K.L. Tay, M. Hughes, Special Publication No. 12, 89 p. McAlpine, K.D., Huang, Z., White, A. Robertson, and B. Wile. 1993. Berry, J.A. and D.J.W. Piper. 1993. J. and Fowler, M.G. 1993. Heavy Seabed stability monitoring at dump Seismic stratigraphy of the central oil occurrence in the Jeanne d’Arc site B of Saint John Harbour, New Scotian Rise: a record of continental Basin: general data compilation. Brunswick, using Sea Carousel. margin glaciation. Geomarine Letters Proprietary report prepared for Geological Survey of Canada, Open 13: 197-206. participants in the Heavy Oil IPP File 02764, 40 p. Buckley, D.E., G.V. Winters, R.A. Project. Amos, C.L., T. Sutherland, and J. Fitzgerald, S. Penney, and K.W.G. Williamson, M.A. 1992. The Zevenhuizen. 1993. Sea Carousel Leblanc. 1993. Inorganic subsidence, compaction, thermal and measurements of seabed stability in geochemical data for marine maturation history of the Egret Manitounuk Sound, Grande Baleine, sediments from Hudson Bay and Member source rock, Jeanne d’Arc Hudson Bay. Geological Survey of James Bay: delta of Grande Baleine Basin, offshore Newfoundland. Canada, Open File 02765, 155 p. River, Manitounuk Sound, and delta Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Ascoli, P. and Grigelis, A. 1993. of La Grande River. Geological Geology 40(2): 136- 150. Middle Jurassic-Lower Cretaceous Survey of Canada, Open File 02720, Williamson, M.A. 1992. Subsid- foraminiferal zonation of eastern 126 p. ence, compaction thermal and Canada and eastern Europe (in Coflin, K.C. 1993. Flying Foam maturation history of the Egret Russian). Journal Russian Academy Structure, Jeanne d’Arc Basin, Grand Member source rock, Jeanne d’Arc of Sciences, section “Stratigraphy Banks of Newfoundland. 1993 Basin. offshore Newfoundland. and Geological Correlation”, v. 1, Annual Meeting of the Geological 145 Charts and Publications

Society of America, Boston, Massa- 1782-1798. fossil dinoflagellates. Fifth Interna- chusetts (Poster and Abstract). Edwardson, K.A., D.L. Forbes, J. tional Conference on Modern and Coflin, K.C. and McAlpine, K.D. Shaw, L. Johnston, D. Froebel, and Fossil Dinoflagellates, Program and 1993. National Seismic Digital D. Locke. 1993. Cruise report 92- Abstracts, p. 39. Library: Husky Frontier Geophysical 301 : nearshore and beach surveys Fensome, R.A., Taylor, F.J.R., Data Library. AGS Annual Meeting, along the northeast Newfoundland Norris, G., Sarjeant, W.A.S., Halifax, Nova Scotia. coast: Dog Bay, Gander Bay, Green Wharton, D.I. and Williams, G.L. Coflin, K.C., McAlpine, K.D., Bay and Baie Verte. Geological 1993. A classification of fossil and Enachescu, M.E. and Hogg, J.R. Survey of Canada, Open File 02619, living dinoflagellates. 1993. National Seismic Digital 66 p. Micropaleontology Press Special Library: Husky Frontier Geophysical Edwardson, K.A, D.L. Forbes, and Paper, no. 7. Data Library. GSC Forum, Ottawa J. Shaw. 1993. Gold assay results: Fensome, R.A., Taylor, F.J.R. and Ontario. northeast Newfoundland coastal and Williams, G.L. 1993. Dinoflagellate Coflin, K.C., Keen, C.E. and inner-shelf seabed samples. Geologi- phylogeny and its basis in systemat- Marillier, F. 1993. Crustal cross cal Survey of Canada, Open File ics: an evolving science. Fifth section of the Applalachian orogen 02772, 35 p. International Conference on Modem from the North American craton to Fader, G.B.J., R.O. Miller, R.R. and Fossil Dinoflagellates, Program oceanic crust. Tectonophysics. Stea, and S.S. Pecore. 1993. Cruise and Abstracts, p. 38. Submitted. report, C.S.S. Dawson 91-018, inner Forbes, D.L., J. Shaw, and B.G. Coflin, K.C., McAlpine, K.D., Scotian Shelf, June 4-21, 1991. Eddy. 1993. Late Quaternary sedi- Enachescu, M.E. and Hogg, J.R. mentation and the postglacial sea- Geological Survey of Canada, Open 1993. National Seismic Digital level minimum in Port au Port Bay File 02633, 30 p. Library. In: Program with Abstracts, and vicinity, west Newfoundland. Fensome, R.A., MacRae, A. and Geological Survey of Canada Atlantic Geology 29(1): 1-26. Williams, G.L. 1993. Dinoflagellate Current Activities Forum, Ottawa, Global Geoenergy Research Ltd. diversities, extinctions, sea-level January 19-20, 1993, p. 34. 1993. Analyses and Interpretation of curves and other such things. G.S.C. Coflin, K.C. and McAlpine, K.D. Geochemical and Source Rocks Data Forum, Abstracts, Ottawa, January 1993. National seismic digital from Scotian Shelf Wells. Geological library: Husky geophysical data 1993. Survey of Canada, Open File 2804, library. In: Program with Abstracts, Fensome, R.A., MacRae, A. and 232 p. Atlantic Geoscience Society Annual Williams, G.L. 1993. Dinoflagellate Grant, A.C. 1993. Evaluation of Colloquium and Symposia, Halifax, diversities, extinctions, sea-level coalbed methane “resource”, Gulf of February 12-13, 1993, p. 1. curves and other such things. Poster St. Lawrence region. Program with Courtney, R. 1993. Halifax Harbour Session, Geological Survey of Abstracts, GSC Forum 1993, bathymetric morphology. Geological Canada, Forum, 18-20 January 1993. Ottawa, p. 7. Survey of Canada, Open File 02637, Fensome, R.A., Henry, A.S., Grant, A.C. and Sanford, B.V. 1 map sheet, scale 1: 16,000. MacRae, R.A. and Williams, G.L. 1993. Hudson Platform: crustal Courtney, R.C. (compiler). 1993. 1993. Dinoflagellates: a new look at geophysics. Chapter 8. In: Sedimen- Inner Scotian Shelf off Halifax old bugs. Poster Session, Atlantic tary Cover of the Craton in Canada, (11D), Nova Scotia: EM100 Swath Geoscience Society, Annual Meeting D.F. Scott and J.D. Aitken (eds.). Bathymetry. Geological Survey of and Colloquium, Halifax, Nova Geological Survey of Canada, Canada, Open File 2803, 1 sheet. Scotia. Geology of Canada, no. 5, p. 655- Courtney, R., G. Sonnichsen, and R. Fensome, R.A., Gocht, H., Stover, 658. Parrott. 1993. Hibernia swath L.E. and Williams, G.L. 1993. The Grant, A.C. 1993. Book review, bathymetry. Geological Survey of Eisenack Catalog of Fossil Dino- “Interior Cratonic Basins”, M.W. Canada, Open File 02712, 1 map flagellates. New Series, v. 2, 550 p. Leighton et al. (eds.). American sheet, scale 1: 10,000. Fensome, R.A., MacRae, A. and Association of Petroleum Geologists, Damassa, S.P. and Williams, G.L. Williams, G.L. 1993. Dino- Memoir 51, 819 p. In: Bulletin of 1993. Provincialism and current Canadian Petroleum Geology, v. 41, events: North Atlantic Eocene- flagellate diversities, extinctions and p. 473-474. Oligocene dinoflagellates. Geologi- sea-level curves. Fifth International Grant, A.C. 1993. Hudson Bay: cal Society of America, Abstracts Conference on Modem and Fossil Industry Seismic Reflection Data. with Program, p. A386. Dinoflagellates, Program and In: Proceedings of the Hudson Bay Dehler, S.A. and C.E. Keen. 1993. Abstracts, p. 40. Lithosphere Study Workshop, Effects of rifting and subsidence on Fensome, R.A., Taylor, F.J.R., thermal evolution of sediments in Norris, G., Sarjeant, W.A.S., Ottawa, November 3-4, 1993, p. 13. Canada’s east coast basins. Canadian Wharton, D.I. and Williams, G.L. Hardy, I.A. and J. Zevenhuizen. Journal of Earth Sciences 30(9): 1993. A classification of living and 1993. Seabed surficial sediment 146 Charts and Publications sampling in the Grande Rivière de la 104: 271-286. Daigneault, M. Day, M.W. Kerwin, Baleine region, southeastern Hudson Jansa, L.F., G. Pe-Peper, and Z. W.F. Manley. 1993. Cruise Report: Bay. Geological Survey of Canada, Palacz. 1993. Geochemistry and CSS Hudson Cruise 93034 in Open File 02729, 362 p. regional significance of the early Hudson Strait, Ungava Bay, Eastern Hein, F.J., J.P.M. Syvitski, L.A. Cretaceous basalt-felsic igneous rock Canadian Arctic. October 16 - Dredge, and B.F. Long. 1993. associations on the Grand Banks, November 8, 1993. Geological Quaternary sedimentation and eastern Canada. Geological Survey Survey of Canada, Open File 28 18, marine placers along the north shore, of Canada, Open File 02704, 1 map 135 p. Gulf of St. Lawrence. Canadian sheet, scale 1:4,000,000. MacLean, B.C. and Wade, J.A. Journal of Earth Sciences 30(3): 553- Jansa, L.F. 1993. Early Cretaceous 1993. Petroleum geology of the 574. carbonate platforms of the northeast- continental margin south of the Huang, Z., P.J. Mudie, and A.E. em North American margin. Ameri- islands of St. Pierre and Miquelon. Aksu. 1993. Evaluation of can Association of Petroleum offshore eastern Canada. Bulletin of paleoclimatic proxies by the resealed Geologists, Memoir 56: 111-126. Canadian Petroleum Geology, v. 40, range method: results from Labrador Jansa, L.F., G. Pe-Piper, and B.D. p. 222-253. Sea, ODP Site 646. Canadian Journal Loncarevic. 1993. Appalachian MacNab, R., W. Roest, and L.C. of Earth Sciences 30(7): 1385-1389. basement and its intrusion by Kovacs. 1993. Visits to geoscience Jansa, L.F., Pe-Piper, G. and Cretaceous dykes, offshore southeast organizations in St. Petersburg and Loncarevic, B.D. 1993. Appala- Nova Scotia, Canada. Canadian Moscow, Russia, June 29 to July 7, chian basement and its intrusion by Journal of Earth Sciences 30( 12): 1993. Geological Survey of Canada, Cretaceous dykes, offshore southeast 2495-2509. Open File 02717, 61 p. Nova Scotia, Canada. Canadian Josenhans, H. and J. Zevenhuizen, MacRae, R.A., Fensome, R.A. and Journal of Earth Sciences, v. 30, p. 1993. Quaternary sediment maps of Williams, G.L. 1993. Dinoflagellate Jansa, L.F. 1993. Cometary the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Geological diversities, extinctions and sea-level impacts into ocean, their recognition Survey of Canada, Open File 02700, curves. Geological and Mineralogical and the threshold for biological 463 p. and map sheets, scales 1: 1,000 Associations of Canada, Annual extinctions. Palaeo3, v. 104, p. 271- and 1: 1,000,000. Meeting, Edmonton, Program and 286. Katsube, T.J. and Williamson, M.A. Abstracts, p. A65. Jansa, L.F. 1993. Sea levels, land 1993. Shale petrophysics and basin MacRae, R.A., Fensome, R.A. and levels and tide gauges, by K.O. charge modelling. Geological Williams, G.L. 1993. Fossil Ornery and D.C. Aubrey. Book Survey of Canada, Paper 94-D, p. dinoflagellate diversities: a specific Review, Elsevier. 179-188. approach. Geological Society of Jansa, L.F. 1993. Break-up of Lentin, J.K. and Williams, G.L. America, Abstracts and Program, p. Pangea: the North Atlantic perspec- 1993. Fossil dinoflagellates: index to A57. Poster also presented at the tive. Program and Abstracts, Annual genera and species 1993 edition. American Association of Strati- Convention of the Canadian Society American Association of graphic Palynologists, Program and of Petroleum Geologists, August 15- Stratigraphic Palynologists, Contri- Abstracts, p. 56. 19, 1993, Calgary, p. 151. butions Series, no. 28, 856 p. Miller, R.O. and G.B.J. Fader. 1993. Jansa, L.F. 1993. Paleogeography Li, M.Z. and C.L. Amos. 1993. Cruise report, C.S.S. Navicula 90- and stratigraphic record of global Sedtrans 92: Re-evaluation and 038. Cape St. Marys to Country change in the Mesozoic. Program Upgrade of the A.G.C. Sediment Island, Nova Scotia. October 9-25, with Abstracts, SEPM Meeting, Transport Model. Geological Survey 1990. Geological Survey of Canada, Pennsylvania State University, of Canada, Open File 2769, 135 p. Open File 2805, 18 p., 1 sheet. August 8-12, 1993, State College, Loncarevic, B.D. and the Shipboard Miller, A.A.L. 1993. Quaternary p. 65. Scientific Party. 1993. Cruise Report: foraminiferal biostratigraphy of three Jansa, L.F. 1993. Early Cretaceous CSS Matthew; Cruise 93054: shallow geotechnical boreholes, carbonate platforms of the northeast- Matthew Motion Sensor Trials Balmoral, Cohasset and Panuke em American margin with comments (MMST-93). Geological Survey of wellsites, western Sable Island Bank. on processes leading to their demise Canada, Open File 2730, 88 p. Geological Survey of Canada, Open and drowning. American Associa- MacLean, B.C. and Wade, J.A. File 02710, 88 p. tion of Stratigraphic Palynologists, 1993. East coast basin atlas series: Moir, P.N. 1993. Jeanne d’Arc Special Publication, p. 111-126. seismic markers and stratigraphic Basin structure maps. In: Hydrocar- Jansa, L.F. 1993. Cometary impacts picks in Scotian Basin wells. Atlan- bon Charge Modelling Project, IRAS into ocean: their recognition and the tic Geoscience Centre, Geological Newsletter, v. 5, p. 18. threshold constraint for biological Survey of Canada, 276 p. Moir, P.N. 1993. Industry standard extinctions. Palaeogeography, MacLean, B, B.D. Loncarevic, I. petroleum data models: implementa- Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology Hardy, R.G.B. Brown, R.A. tion at AGC. In: Hydrocarbon 147 Charts and Publications

Charge Modelling Project, IRAS J-48 well in the Sable Island area, Computers and Geosciences 19(3): Newsletter, v. 5, p. 19. offshore Nova Scotia. Geological 399-446. Mukhopadhyay, P.K. 1993. Charac- Survey of Canada, Open File 02724, Syvitski, J.P.M., S.J. Hinds, and J.A. terization and Maturation of Selected 342 p. Bums. 1993. Marine Geology of Cretaceous and Jurassic Source Salem, H.S. 1993d. Detailed results Lake Melville (Labrador). Geologi- Rocks and Crude Oil, Scotian Shelf. of petrophysical, electric, aniso- cal Survey of Canada, Open File Geological Survey of Canada, Open tropic, and elastic parameters at one 2759, 34 maps. File 2621, 99 p. meter depth increments for six Syvitski, J.P.M., S.J. Hinds, and J.A. Mukhopadhyay, P.K. 1993. Charac- Hibernia wells. Geological Survey of Bums. 1993. Marine Geology of terization and Maturation of Selected Canada, Open File 02722, 222 p. Goose Bay (Labrador). Geological Oil and Condensate Samples and Sanford, B.V. and Grant, A.C. 1993. Survey of Canada, Open File 2760, Correlation with Source Beds, Hudson Platform - Recent Advances 17 maps. Scotian Shelf. Geological Survey of in the Geology of the Hudson Platform. Taylor, R.B. 1993. Recent morphologi- Canada, Open File 2620, 94 p. Chapter 8. In; Sedimentary Cover of the cal changes and future management of Pe-Piper, G. and D.J.W. Piper. 1993. Craton in Canada, D.F Scott and J.D. Crescent Beach, Lunenburg County, Revised stratigraphy of the Miocene Aitken (eds.). Geological Survey of Nova Scotia. Geological Survey of volcanic rocks of Lesbos, Greece. Neues Canada, Geology of Canada no. 5, Canada, Open File 02675, 20 p. Jahrbuch Fur Geologie Und p. 687-689. Taylor, R.B. and D. Frobel. 1993. Palaeontologie, Monatschefte 2: 97- 110. Savoye, B., D.J.W. Piper, and L. The coastline of Nova Scotia, Part 1, Piper, D.J.W. and B. Savoye. 1993. Droz. 1993. Plio-Pleistocene evolu- Bay of Fundy and Gulf of Maine Processes of late Quaternary turbid- tion of the Van deep-sea fan off the (New Brunswick border to Yar- ity current flow and deposition on the French Rivera. Marine and Petro- mouth). Geological Survey of Var deep-sea fan, north-west Medi- leum Geology 10: 550-571. Canada, Open File 02705, 51 p. terranean Sea. Sedimentology 40(3): Savoye, B. and D.J.W. Piper. 1993. Thomas, F. C. 1993. Preliminary 557-582. Quaternary sea-level change and Cenozoic Micropalaeontological Pogrebitsky, Y.E., V.N. Shimaraev, sedimentation on the continental Biostratigraphy of 16 Wells, Jeanne V.V. Verba, J. Verhoef, R. Macnab, J. shelf and slope of Antibes, French D’Arc Basin, Grand Banks of Kisabeth, G. Jorgensen. 1993. Riviera. Geomarine Letters 13: 2-8. Newfoundland. Geological Survey Magnetic Anomaly Map of Russia Shaw, J., R.B. Taylor, and D.I. of Canada, Open File 2799, 55 p. and Adjacent Land and Marine Forbes. 1993. Impact of the Thomas, F.C. 1993. Cenozoic Areas. Geological Survey of Canada, Holocene transgression on the foraminiferal assemblages of the Open File 2639, 1 map Atlantic coastline of Nova Scotia. Hibernia area, Grand Banks of Ruffman, W.A. 1993. History of Geographie Physique et Quatemaire Newfoundland and paleoecological Canadian Geological and Geophysi- 47(2): 221-238. implications. In: Current Research, cal Surveys in the Area of St. Pierre Shaw, J. 1992. Surficial Sediments Part D, Geological Survey of Bank 42 degrees to 48 degrees N; 52 of Baie Verte, Newfoundland, Canada, Paper 1994-D, p. 1 - 12. degrees to 61 degrees. Geological Geological Survey of Canada, Open Verhoef, J. and W.R. Roest. 1993. Survey of Canada, Open File 2631, File 2457, 39 p., 5 maps. Reading the stripes: offshore discoveries 114p. Srivastava, S.P., Coflin, K.C. and in plate tectonics with examples from Salem, H.S. 1993c. Detailed results Sibuet, J.-C. 1993. Multichannel eastern Canada. Canadian Journal of of petrophysical, electric, aniso- seismic survey in the Newfoundland Earth Sciences 30(2): 261-277. tropic, and elastic parameters at one Basin: a Canadian-French collabora- Williams, G.L., Stover, L.E. and meter depth increments for eight tion. Abstract, GAC-MAC Annual Kidson, E.J. 1993. Morphology and Terra Nova wells. Geological Survey Meeting, Edmonton, Alberta. stratigraphic ranges of selected of Canada, Open File 02723, 258 p. Srivastava, S.P., Coflin, K.C. and Mesozoic-Cenozoic dinoflagellate Salem, H.S. 1993a. A preliminary Sibuet, J.-C. 1993. Multichannel taxa in the northern hemisphere. study of the physical properties of seismic survey in the Newfoundland Geological Survey of Canada, Paper the Terra Nova and Hibernia oil Basin: a Canadian-French collabora- 92-10, 137 p. fields in the Jeanne d’Arc Basin, tion. Abstract, GSC Forum, Ottawa, Williams, G.L., L.E. Stover, and E.J. offshore Newfoundland, Canada. Ontario. Kidson. 1993. Morphology and Geological Survey of Canada, Open Syvitski, J.P.M. 1993. Glaciomarine stratigraphic ranges of selected File 02686, 79 p. environments in Canada: an over- Mesozoic-Cenozoic dinoflagellate Salem, H.S. 1993b. Detailed quanti- view. Canadian Journal of Earth taxa in the northern hemisphere. tative analyses of physical properties Sciences 30(2): 354-371. Geological Survey of Canada, Paper (measured and deduced) at one meter Syvitski, J.P.M. and J.M. Alcott. No. 92-10, 140 p. depth increments for the interval 1993. Grain2: predictions of particle Williamson, M.A., Desroches, K. 355-5141 m (4786 m) of the Glenelg size seaward of river mouths. and King, S. 1993. Overpressure 148 Charts and Publications and hydrocarbon migration in the Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Hibernia-Nautilus area of the Jeanne Geology 41(2): 244-257. d’Arc Basin, offshore eastern Williamson, M.A. 1993. Hydrocar- Canada. Bulletin of Canadian bon Charge Modelling of Canada’s Petroleum Geology, v. 41, no. 4, East Coast Offshore Basins. Ex- p. 389-406. tended abstract and poster in Williamson, M.A., Desroches, K. Geofluids ‘93, p. 255-258. and King, S. 1993. Overpressure Zevenhuizen, J. 1993. Surficial and hydrocarbon migration in the marine geology, southeastern Hudson Hibernia-Nautilus area of the Jeanne Bay. Geological Survey of Canada, d’Arc Basin, offshore eastern Open File 02770, 57 p. Amos, C.L. Canada. Extended abstract in 1993. The Fox Island River Chromite Geofluids ‘93 volume, p. 69-72. Placer Survey - November 1991. Williamson, M.A., Katsube, T.J., Geological Survey of Canada, Open Huang, Z., Fowler, M.G., McAlpine, File 2607, 41 p. K.D., Thomas, F.C., Fensome, R.A. and Avery, M.P. 1993. Hydrocarbon charge history of east coast offshore basins: modelling geological uncertainty. In: Current Research, Part E, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 93-1E, p. 299-306. Williamson, M.A., Huang, Z., McAlpine, K.D., Thomas, F.C., Fensome, R.A., Katsube, T.J. and Avery, M.P. 1993. Hydrocarbon charge history of east coast offshore basins: modelling geologic uncertainty. In: Current Research, Part E, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 93-1E, p. 299-306. Williamson, M.A. and McAlpine, K.D. 1993. Understanding oil and gas distribution in offshore sedimentary basins: a research strategy for the 1990’s. BIO Annual Review. Williamson, M.A., T.J. Katsube, Z. Huang, M. Fowler, K.D. McAlpine, F.C. Thomas, R. Fensome, and M. Avery. 1993. Hydrocarbon charge history of east coast offshore basins: modelling geological uncertainty. Current Research, Part E. Geological Survey of Canada, Paper No. 93-1E: 299-306. Williamson, M.A., Coflin, K.C., McAlpine, K.D., Huang, Z., White, J. and Fowler, M.G. 1993. Heavy oil occurrence in the Jeanne d’Arc Basin: general data compilation. Proprietary report prepared for participants in the Heavy Oil IPP Project. Williamson, M.A. and K. Desroches. 1993. A maturation framework for Jurassic sediments in the Sable Subbasin, offshore Nova Scotia, 149 (This Page Blank in the Original)

150 (This Page Blank in the Original)

151 Government Gouvernement of Canada du Canada

Fisheries Pêches and Oceans et Océans Natural Resources Ressources naturelles Environment Environnement